Documentation

SymbolNameUnit
A$a_0$Coefficient a partial transient temperature rise

This is the coefficent $a_0$ used for calculating cable partial transient temperature rise acc. to IEC 60853-2.

Formulas
$\frac{M_0+\sqrt{{M_0}^2-N_0}}{N_0}$
1/s
$a_{12}$Distance phase 1 — phase 2

This is the center-to-center distance between two phases

mm
$a_{1t}$Distance phase 1 — earth continuity conductor

This is the center-to-center distance between a phase and any other conductor

mm
$a_{23}$Distance phase 2 — phase 3

This is the center-to-center distance between two phases

mm
$a_{2t}$Distance phase 2 — earth continuity conductor

This is the center-to-center distance between a phase and any other conductor

mm
$a_{31}$Distance phase 3 — phase 1

This is the center-to-center distance between two phases

mm
$a_{3t}$Distance phase 3 — earth continuity conductor

This is the center-to-center distance between a phase and any other conductor

mm
$A_{ab}$Cross-sectional area armour bedding
Formulas
$n_c D_{shj}+\left(D_{shj}+t_{ab}\right) \pi t_{ab}$multi-core cables without filler (duplex/triplex)
$\frac{\pi}{4} \left({D_{ab}}^2-\left(D_{ab}-t_{ab}\right)^2\right)$otherwise
mm$^2$
$A_{ar}$Cross-sectional area armour
Formulas
$n_{ar} \left(\frac{t_{ar}}{2}\right)^2 \pi$round wires
$n_{ar} t_{ar} w_{ar}$flat wires
$\frac{w_{ar}}{w_{ar}+g_{a,1}} \pi t_{ar} n_{ar} \left(D_{ab}+n_{ar} t_{ar}\right)$steel tape armour, CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 42
$\left(\left(\frac{d_{ar}+t_{ar}}{2}\right)^2-\left(\frac{d_{ar}-t_{ar}}{2}\right)^2\right) \pi$TECK
mm$^2$
$A_c$Cross-sectional area conductor

List of standardized cross-sectional area of conductor.

The equation for sector-shaped conductors is taken from 'Underground Power Cables', by S. Y. King, N. A. Halfter, Longman Group Ltd., 1. Edition 1982, page 231.

Formulas
$\frac{\pi}{4} \left({d_c}^2-{d_{ci}}^2\right)$cables, round conductors
$\frac{\frac{\pi}{4} {d_c}^2-n_c d_c t_i}{n_c}$cables, sector-shaped conductors (approximation)
${10}^6\frac{\pi}{4} \left({D_c}^2-{D_{ci}}^2\right)$PAC/GIL
Choices
Cross-sectional area mm$^2$Label
0.12826 AWG
0.20524 AWG
0.32422 AWG
0.50.5 mm$^2$
0.51920 AWG
0.750.75 mm$^2$
0.82318 AWG
1.01.0 mm$^2$
1.3116 AWG
1.51.5 mm$^2$
2.0814 AWG
2.52.5 mm$^2$
3.3112 AWG
4.04 mm$^2$
5.26110 AWG
6.06 mm$^2$
8.3678 AWG
10.010 mm$^2$
13.36 AWG
16.016 mm$^2$
21.154 AWG
25.025 mm$^2$
26.673 AWG
33.622 AWG
35.035 mm$^2$
42.411 AWG
50.050 mm$^2$
53.491/0 AWG
67.432/0 AWG
70.070 mm$^2$
85.013/0 AWG
95.095 mm$^2$
107.24/0 AWG
120.0120 mm$^2$
127.0250 kcmil
150.0150 mm$^2$
152.0300 kcmil
177.0350 kcmil
185.0185 mm$^2$
203.0400 kcmil
240.0240 mm$^2$
253.0500 kcmil
300.0300 mm$^2$
304.0600 kcmil
380.0750 kcmil
400.0400 mm$^2$
500.0500 mm$^2$
507.01000 kcmil
630.0630 mm$^2$
633.01250 kcmil
760.01500 kcmil
800.0800 mm$^2$
887.01750 kcmil
1000.01000 mm$^2$
1013.02000 kcmil
1140.02250 kcmil
1200.01200 mm$^2$
1270.02500 kcmil
1393.02750 kcmil
1400.01400 mm$^2$
1520.03000 kcmil
1600.01600 mm$^2$
1770.03500 kcmil
1800.01800 mm$^2$
2000.02000 mm$^2$
2030.04000 kcmil
2280.04500 kcmil
2500.02500 mm$^2$
2530.05000 kcmil
3000.03000 mm$^2$
3200.03200 mm$^2$
3500.03500 mm$^2$
mm$^2$
$a_c$Skin and proximity effect coefficient a PAC/GIL conductor

The equation for $z_c$ < 5 is identical in CIGRE TB 2018 (2003), Elektra 100 (1985), and Elektra 125 (1989).

The equation for $z_c$ > 30 is acc. Elektra 125 (1989) whereas in CIGRE TB 2018 (2003) and Elektra 100 (1985) the factor 1 is falsely outside the square-root.

Coefficients of the polynomial interpolation are taken from Table II of Elektra 125 (1989). The values are identical in CIGRE TB 218 (2003).

Formulas
$\frac{7{z_c}^2}{315+3{z_c}^2}$$z_c<5$
$\sqrt{\frac{z_c}{2}}-1$$z_c>30$
$0.19701-1.56295{\cdot}{10}^{-1} z_c+7.3796{\cdot}{10}^{-2} {z_c}^2-9.02854{\cdot}{10}^{-3} {z_c}^3+6.27032{\cdot}{10}^{-4} {z_c}^4-2.69028{\cdot}{10}^{-5} {z_c}^5+7.0674{\cdot}{10}^{-7} {z_c}^6-1.04301{\cdot}{10}^{-8} {z_c}^7+6.62315{\cdot}{10}^{-11} {z_c}^8$otherwise
$A_{comp}$Cross-sectional area compartment
Formulas
$\frac{\pi}{4} \left({D_{comp}}^2-{D_c}^2\right)$
m$^2$
$A_d$Cross-sectional area duct wall
Formulas
$\frac{\pi}{4} \left({Do_d}^2-{Di_d}^2\right)$
mm$^2$
$A_{d,fill}$Free cross-sectional area inside duct

Cross-sectional area of empty duct minus the cross-sectional area of all objects inside the duct.

Formulas
$\frac{\pi}{4} \left({Di_d}^2-N_c {D_e}^2\right)$
mm$^2$
$A_{di}$Duct surface (inner)
Formulas
$\pi D_{di}$
m$^2$
$A_{do}$Duct surface (outer)
Formulas
$\pi D_{do}$
m$^2$
$A_e$Surface of object
Formulas
$\pi D_o$
m$^2$
$A_{encl}$Cross-sectional area enclosure
Formulas
${10}^6\frac{\pi}{4} \left({D_{encl}}^2-{D_{comp}}^2\right)$
mm$^2$
$a_{encl}$Skin and proximity effect coefficient a PAC/GIL enclosure

The equation for $z_c$ < 5 is identical in CIGRE TB 2018 (2003), Elektra 100 (1985), and Elektra 125 (1989).

The equation for $z_c$ > 30 is acc. Elektra 125 (1989) whereas in CIGRE TB 2018 (2003) and Elektra 100 (1985) the factor 1 is falsely outside the square-root.

Coefficients of the polynomial interpolation are taken from Table II of Elektra 125 (1989). The values are identical in CIGRE TB 218 (2003).

Formulas
$\frac{7{z_{encl}}^2}{315+3{z_{encl}}^2}$$z_{encl}<5$
$\sqrt{\frac{z_{encl}}{2}}-1$$z_{encl}>30$
$0.19701-1.56295{\cdot}{10}^{-1} z_{encl}+7.3796{\cdot}{10}^{-2} {z_{encl}}^2-9.02854{\cdot}{10}^{-3} {z_{encl}}^3+6.27032{\cdot}{10}^{-4} {z_{encl}}^4-2.69028{\cdot}{10}^{-5} {z_{encl}}^5+7.0674{\cdot}{10}^{-7} {z_{encl}}^6-1.04301{\cdot}{10}^{-8} {z_{encl}}^7+6.62315{\cdot}{10}^{-11} {z_{encl}}^8$otherwise
$A_{er}$Surface of object

When several cables are present, the mutual radiant area between them must be subtracted from the area radiating to the riser inner surface.

Formulas
$\pi D_o$1 cable
$2\left(1-0.182\right) \pi D_o$2 cables touching
$3\left(\pi-0.618\right) D_o$3 cables touching trefoil
$4\left(\pi-0.785\right) D_o$4 cables touching
m$^2$
$A_f$Cross-sectional area fillerCross-sectional area of filler
Formulas
$\pi \left(\frac{D_f}{2}\right)^2-2\pi {r_{core}}^2$two-core cables, round conductors
$\pi \left(\frac{D_f}{2}\right)^2-3\pi {r_{core}}^2+\frac{\sqrt{3}}{4} {D_{core}}^2-3\frac{{r_{core}}^2}{2} \left(\frac{\pi}{3}-sin\left(\frac{\pi}{3}\right)\right)$three-core cables, round conductors
$\pi \left(\frac{D_f}{2}\right)^2-4\pi {r_{core}}^2+{D_{core}}^2-4\frac{{r_{core}}^2}{2} \left(\frac{\pi}{2}-sin\left(\frac{\pi}{2}\right)\right)$four-core cables, round conductors
$\pi \left(\frac{D_f}{2}\right)^2-5\pi {r_{core}}^2+\frac{{D_{core}}^2}{4} \sqrt{25+10\sqrt{5}}-5\frac{{r_{core}}^2}{2} \left(\frac{2\pi}{3}-sin\left(\frac{2\pi}{3}\right)\right)$five-core cables, round conductors
$\pi \left(\frac{D_f}{2}\right)^2-\left(\pi \left(\frac{D_f}{2}\right)^2-\pi \left(\frac{D_f}{2}-t_f\right)^2\right)$multi-core cables, sector-shaped conductors (approximation)
mm$^2$
$A_{foj}$Cross-sectional area protective jacket

Cross-sectional area of the protective jacket over the insulation of a fiber optic cable.

Formulas
$\frac{\pi}{4} \left({D_{foj}}^2-{D_{fot}}^2\right)$
mm$^2$
$A_{hsf}$Cross-sectional area fluid

Cross-sectional area of the fluid flowing inside a heat source, e.g. water of a district heat pipe.

Formulas
$\frac{\pi}{4} {Di_{hsp}}^2$
mm$^2$
$A_{hsi}$Cross-sectional area pipe insulation

Cross-sectional area of the insulation around the pipe in the center of a heat source, e.g. a district heat pipe.

Formulas
$\frac{\pi}{4} \left({D_{hsi}}^2-{Do_{hsp}}^2\right)$
mm$^2$
$A_{hsj}$Cross-sectional area protective jacket

Cross-sectional area of the protective jacket over the insulation of a heat source, e.g. a district heat pipe.

Formulas
$\frac{\pi}{4} \left({D_{hsj}}^2-{D_{hsi}}^2\right)$
mm$^2$
$A_{hsp}$Cross-sectional area fluid-filled pipe

Cross-sectional area of the pipe in the center of a heat source inside which the fluid is flowing, e.g. water in a district heat pipe.

Formulas
$\frac{\pi}{4} \left({Do_{hsp}}^2-{Di_{hsp}}^2\right)$
mm$^2$
$A_i$Cross-sectional area insulation
Formulas
$\frac{\pi}{4} \left({D_{is}}^2-{d_c}^2\right)$
mm$^2$
$a_i$Parameter a for radial derivative of dielectric losses
Formulas
$\frac{-\Delta \theta_i}{\left(r_{osc}-r_{isc}\right)^2}$min
$\frac{\Delta \theta_i}{\left(r_{osc}-r_{isc}\right)^2}$max
$A_{i,t}$Cross-sectional area insulation (IEC 60853)

In case of multi-core cables, an equivalent conductor is considered according to IEC 60853.

Formulas
$\frac{\pi}{4} \left({D_{i,t}}^2-{d_{c,t}}^2\right)$
mm$^2$
$A_j$Cross-sectional area jacket
Formulas
$n_c D_{shj}+\left(D_{shj}+2t_{ab}+2t_{ar}+t_j+t_{jj}\right) \pi \left(t_j+t_{jj}\right)$multi-core cables without filler (duplex/triplex)
$\frac{\pi}{4} \left({D_j}^2-\left(D_j-2\left(t_j+t_{jj}\right)\right)^2\right)$otherwise
mm$^2$
$A_k$Thermal property constant A

Constant based on thermal properties of the surrounding or adjacent materials.

Formulas
$\frac{C_{k1}}{\sigma_{kc}} \sqrt{\frac{\sigma_{ki}}{\rho_{ki}}}$
mm/s$^{1/2}$
$a_m$Mean distance between the phases

This is the geometric mean distance between phases.

In case of three single-core cables in flat formation, equal distance, with regular transposition, $a_m$ becomes the equation $2 \sqrt[3]{2}\cdot s_{c}$ as it is used in IEC 60287-1-1, chapter 2.3.2.

Formulas
$1000D_E$single-phase system
$s_c$two-phase system
$\left(a_{12} a_{23} a_{31}\right)^{\frac{1}{3}}$three-phase system
mm
$A_{prot}$Cross-sectional area protective cover
Formulas
${10}^6\frac{\pi}{4} \left({D_{prot}}^2-{D_{encl}}^2\right)$
mm$^2$
$a_{S1}$Length minor section 1

The length of the cable system electrical sections may be entered with respect to each other (1.0, 0.8, 1.2) or with the effective length (1000, 800, 1200).

p.u.
$a_{S2}$Length minor section 2

The length of the cable system electrical sections may be entered with respect to each other (1.0, 0.8, 1.2) or with the effective length (1000, 800, 1200).

p.u.
$a_{S3}$Length minor section 3

The length of the cable system electrical sections may be entered with respect to each other (1.0, 0.8, 1.2) or with the effective length (1000, 800, 1200).

p.u.
$A_{sc}$Cross-sectional area screen

For round and flat wires, the cross-sectional area of the screen is increased by an elongation factor.

Pipe-type cables are often manufactured with tapes that are 22.225 mm (0.825'') in width and are lapped 3.175 mm (0.125'') as described in CIGRE TB 880.

Formulas
$\left(\frac{t_{sc}}{2}\right)^2 \pi n_{scw} \left(1+\frac{\nu_{sc}}{100}\right)$round wires
$t_{sc} w_{sc} n_{scw} \left(1+\frac{\nu_{sc}}{100}\right)$flat wires
$\left(\left(\frac{D_{sc}}{2}\right)^2-\left(\frac{D_{scb}}{2}\right)^2\right) \pi$tape
$n_{scw} t_{sc} w_{sc}$pipe-type cable tape CIGRE TB 880 Sample case 3
mm$^2$
$A_{scb}$Cross-sectional area screen bedding
Formulas
$\pi t_{scb} \left(D_{scb}-t_{scb}\right)$
mm$^2$
$A_{scs}$Cross-sectional area screen serving
Formulas
$\pi t_{scs} \left(D_{scs}-t_{scs}\right)$
mm$^2$
$A_{sh}$Cross-sectional area sheath
Formulas
$d_{sh} t_{sh} \pi$
mm$^2$
$A_{shj}$Cross-sectional area sheath jacket
Formulas
$\frac{\pi}{4} \left({D_{shj}}^2-\left(D_{sh}-\left(H_{sh}+\Delta H\right)\right)^2\right)$
mm$^2$
$a_{shj}$Factor $a_{shj}$ for jacket around each core

The equation for three-core cables with jacket around each core is based on the Jicable paper 'Thermal analysis of three-core SL-type cables with jacket around each core using the IEC standard' by L.D. Ramirez et al., dated 2019.

Formulas
$-0.00183533{\rho_{ab}}^4+0.0633263{\rho_{ab}}^3-0.908708{\rho_{ab}}^2+8.02417\rho_{ab}-52.8651$$0.005 < X_{G2} <= 0.03$
$-0.0036756{\rho_{ab}}^4+0.116068{\rho_{ab}}^3-1.34557{\rho_{ab}}^2+7.37721\rho_{ab}-25.131$$0.03 < X_{G2} <= 0.15$
$A_{sp}$Cross-sectional area steel pipe

Cross-sectional area of steel pipe for pipe-type cables.

Formulas
$\pi t_{sp} \left(Di_{sp}+t_{sp}\right)$
mm$^2$
$A_{sw}$Cross-sectional area skid wires

Skid wires are considered to have the shape of a half circle with a radius of $t_{sw}$ and two wires are assumed to be present, offset by 180°.

Formulas
$n_{sw} \frac{\pi}{2} {t_{sw}}^2$
mm$^2$
$A_t$Cross-sectional area (inner) tunnel
Formulas
$w_t h_t$rectangular shape
$\pi \left(\frac{Di_t}{2}\right)^2$circular shape
m$^2$
$A_{tape}$Cross-sectional area tapes
Formulas
$2\pi \left(d_c+t_{ct}\right) t_{ct}+A_{scb}+A_{scs}$
mm$^2$
$a_{type}$Construction of armour

Armour made out of steel (SWR, SWF, and ST) is magnetic, whereas stainless steel (SSR, SSF) as well as copper (CuWR, CuWF) and aluminium (AlWR) are considered being non-magnetic. TECK armour is considered being made out of aluminium and thus also non-magnetic.

Choices
IdConstruction
SWRSteel wires round
SWFSteel wires flat
STSteel tape touching
SSRStainless steel wires round
SSFStainless steel wires flat
CuWRCopper wires round
CuWFCopper wires flat
BrzWRBronze wires round
BrsWRBrass wires round
AlWRAluminium wires round
TECKTECK touching (Aluminium)
$\alpha_0$Constant α burial depth

By using a conduction shape factor for a horizontal cylinder buried in a semi-infinite medium, the heat transfer coefficient for a buried pipeline or cable can be expressed as follows. This expression is appropriate for deeply buried pipes. When the top of line is close the soil surface (i.e. when the pipe is just barely buried), the burial depth approaches the radius and $\alpha_0$ tends to zero since $cos^{-1}(x)$ = 0 when x → 1.

Formulas
$\cosh^{-1}\left(\frac{2H}{D_{ext}}\right)$hyperbolic function
$\ln\left(\frac{2H}{D_{ext}}+\sqrt{\left(\frac{2H}{D_{ext}}\right)^2-1}\right)$natural logarithm
$\alpha_{ar}$Temperature coefficient armour material

From standard IEC 60287-1-1 per K at 20°C

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu0.00393IEC 60287-1-1
Al0.00403IEC 60287-1-1
Brz0.003IEC 60287-1-1
CuZn0.0019engineeringtoolbox.com
S0.0045IEC 60287-1-1
SS0.001engineeringtoolbox.com
1/K
$\alpha_{at}$Heat transfer coefficient to channel wall

The heat transfer coefficient to channel wall is selected according to DIN 4701 with 7.7 W/(K.m$^2$), which corresponds to the arithmetic mean of the values for walls, ceiling and floor.

Default
7.7

W/(K.m$^2$)
$\alpha_c$Temperature coefficient conductor material

Temperature coefficient of conductor material per K at 20°C, values are taken from standard IEC 60287-1-1 when available.

Value for Aldrey (AL3) is taken from diploma thesis 'Quantifying the effect of time and temperature on the mechanical behaviour of Aldrey overhead line conductors' by M. Frigerio, 2016.

Values for some other elements are:

  • Iron 5.671e-3
  • Molybdenum 4.579e-3
  • Tungsten 4.403e-3
  • Silver 3.819e-3
  • Platinum 3.729e-3
  • Gold 3.715e-3
  • Zinc 3.847e-3
  • Steel (alloy 0.05% carbon) 3.0e-3
  • Nichrome (80% Ni 20% Cr) 0.17e-3
  • Manganin (Cu86/Mn12/Ni2) +/-0.015e-3
  • Constantan (Cu-Ni alloy) -0.074e-3

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu0.00393IEC 60287-1-1
Al0.00403IEC 60287-1-1
AL30.004Manufacturer
Brz0.003IEC 60287-1-1
CuZn0.0019engineeringtoolbox.com
Ni0.00587engineeringtoolbox.com
SS0.001engineeringtoolbox.com
1/K
$\alpha_{encl}$Temperature coefficient enclosure material

Temperature coefficient of enclosure material per K at 20°C. Values are taken from standard IEC 60287-1-1 when available.

Value for Aldrey (AL3) is taken from diploma thesis 'Quantifying the effect of time and temperature on the mechanical behaviour of Aldrey overhead line conductors' by M. Frigerio, 2016.

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu0.00393IEC 60287-1-1
Al0.00403IEC 60287-1-1
ENAW60600.004weltstahl.com
S0.0045IEC 60287-1-1
SS0.001engineeringtoolbox.com
1/K
$\alpha_f$Phase shift

The phase-shift is relevant for the calculation of the magnetic field. When two systems are not in phase, which is usually the case for different frequencies, then there exists a certain phase shifting between them. With the value $\alpha_f$, the phase shift can be set for each system separately.

Choices
ValuePhase shift
0.00 °
60.060 °
120.0120 °
180.0180 °
240.0-120 °
300.0-60 °
°
$\alpha_{gas}$Thermal diffusivity gas

The thermal diffusivity is the thermal conductivity divided by density $\rho$ and specific heat capacity at constant pressure $c_p$. It measures the ability of a material to conduct thermal energy relative to its ability to store thermal energy, and is approximately analogous to whether a material is "cold to the touch".

Sources:

  • Equation for humid air is taken from paper by P.T. Tsilingiris: 'Thermophysical and transport properties of humid air at temperature range between 0 and 100°C', 2007
  • Equation for air is taken from paper by A. Dumas and M. Trancossi: 'Design of Exchangers Based on Heat Pipes for Hot Exhaust Thermal Flux, with the Capability of Thermal Shocks Absorption and Low Level Energy Recovery', 2009.
    They are calculated from polynomial curve fits to a data set for 100 K to 1600 K in the SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd Edition Table B-2. You may find a free air property calculator from Pierre Bouteloup

Formulas
$1.847185729{\cdot}{10}^{-5}+1.161914598{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \theta_{gas}+2.373056947{\cdot}{10}^{-10} {\theta_{gas}}^2-5.769352751{\cdot}{10}^{-12} {\theta_{gas}}^3-6.369279936{\cdot}{10}^{-14} {\theta_{gas}}^4$humid air @ 1 atm (Tsilingiris2007)
$9.1018{\cdot}{10}^{-11} {T_{gas}}^2+8.8197{\cdot}{10}^{-8} T_{gas}-1.0654{\cdot}{10}^{-5}$air @ 1 atm (Dumas&Trancossi2009)
${10}^{-6}\left(-4.3274+4.119{\cdot}{10}^{-2} T_{gas}+1.5556{\cdot}{10}^{-4} {T_{gas}}^2\right)$dry air @ 1 atm (UW/MHTL 8406, 1984)
$\frac{k_{gas}}{\rho_{gas} c_{p,gas}}$general formula for gases
m$^2$/s
$\alpha_i$Temperature coefficient of conductivity insulation material

Temperature coefficient of the specific direct current conductivity of insulation material.

Choices
MaterialValueReference
PE0.094HanyuYe2011 (MDPE type B)
HDPE0.094HanyuYe2011 (MDPE type B)
XLPE0.042Diban2020 (XLPE low)
XLPEf0.084Diban2020 (XLPE medium)
PVC0.05none
EPR0.05none
IIR0.05none
PPLP0.01Jeroense1997
Mass0.01Jeroense1997
OilP0.01Jeroense1997)
PP0.05none
SiR0.05none
EVA0.05none
XHF0.05none
1/K
$\alpha_p$Factor $\alpha_p$

Factor $\alpha_p$ for the calculation of the factor $p_1$ used to calculate the geometric factor for multi-core cables with round conductors.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\left(1+\frac{X_G}{1+\frac{X_G}{1+Y_G}}\right)^2}$two-core cables, IEC 60287-2-1
$\frac{1}{\left(1+\frac{2X_G}{1+\frac{2}{\sqrt{3}} \left(1+\frac{2X_G}{1+Y_G}\right)}\right)^3}$three-core cables, IEC 60287-2-1
$\frac{\left(c_c+r_c\right)^{n_c}}{\left(c_c+r_c+t_i+t_f\right)^{n_c}}$multi-core cables, Mie1905
$\alpha_{sa}$Heat transfer coefficient convection

Heat transfer coefficient for convection in channel acc. Heinhold eq. 18.18 to 18.20

Formulas
$\frac{0.0185k_{sa,1}}{k_{sa} D_o}+1.08k_{sa,2} \left(\frac{\Delta \theta_s}{k_{sa} D_o}\right)^{0.25}$
W/(K.m$^2$)
$\alpha_{sc}$Temperature coefficient screen material

Values for temperature coefficient of screen per K at 20°C. are taken from standard IEC 60287-1-1 where available and from standard technical handbooks for the others.

Value for Aldrey (AL3) is taken from diploma thesis 'Quantifying the effect of time and temperature on the mechanical behaviour of Aldrey overhead line conductors' by M. Frigerio, 2016.

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu0.00393IEC 60287-1-1
Al0.00403IEC 60287-1-1
AL30.004Manufacturer
Brz0.003IEC 60287-1-1
CuZn0.0019IEC 60287-1-1
S0.0045IEC 60287-1-1
SS0.001IEC 60287-1-1
Zn0.004engineeringtoolbox.com
1/K
$\alpha_{sh}$Temperature coefficient sheath material

Temperature coefficient of sheath material per K at 20°C. Values are taken from standard IEC 60287-1-1 when available.

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu0.00393IEC 60287-1-1
Al0.00403IEC 60287-1-1
Pb0.004IEC 60287-1-1
Brz0.003IEC 60287-1-1
S0.0045IEC 60287-1-1
SS0.001engineeringtoolbox.com
Zn0.004engineeringtoolbox.com
1/K
$\alpha_{sp}$Temperature coefficient steel pipe material

Temperature coefficient per K at 20°C of steel pipe material for pipe-type cables

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Al0.00403IEC 60287-2-1
S0.0045IEC 60287-2-1
SS0.001engineeringtoolbox.com
1/K
$\alpha_{st}$Heat transfer coefficient radiation

Heat transfer coefficient for radiation in channel acc. Heinhold eq. 18.21

Formulas
$\frac{K_t \sigma \left(\left(\theta_{de}+\theta_{abs}\right)^4-\left(\theta_t+\theta_{abs}\right)^4\right)}{\Delta \theta_s}$
W/(K.m$^2$)
$\alpha_{sw}$Temperature coefficient skid wire material1/K
$\alpha_{sys}$Inclination angle

Default
0

°
$\alpha_t$Conductor to surface attainment factor

This is the attainment factor for the temperature rise of the conductor above the outside surface of the cable according to the IEC 60853-2 standard. This factor takes the thermal capacitance of the cable into account and approaches a value of 1.0 if the transient time periods are sufficiently long compared to the thermal time constant of the cable.

The applied formula is equivalent to the following formula: $\Delta\theta_{c_t}/(n_{c}W_{c}(T_A+T_B))$

Formulas
$\frac{T_{a0} \left(1-e^{-a_0 \tau}\right)+T_{b0} \left(1-e^{-b_0 \tau}\right)}{T_A+T_B}$
B$B$Susceptance
Formulas
$\frac{-X_a}{{R_c}^2+{X_a}^2}$
S/m
$b_0$Coefficient b partial transient temperature rise

This is the coefficent $b_0$ used for calculating cable partial transient temperature rise acc. to IEC 60853-2.

Formulas
$\frac{M_0-\sqrt{{M_0}^2-N_0}}{N_0}$
1/s
$B_1$Loss coefficient $B_1$ armour

Loss coefficient $B_1$ of armour.

Formulas
$\omega \left(H_s+H_1+H_3\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$B_2$Loss coefficient $B_2$ armour

Loss coefficient $B_2$ of armour.

Formulas
$\omega H_2$
$\Omega$/m
$b_c$Skin and proximity effect coefficient b PAC/GIL conductor

The equation for $z_c$ < 5 is identical in CIGRE TB 2018 (2003), Elektra 100 (1985), and Elektra 125 (1989).

The equation for $z_c$ > 30 in CIGRE TB 2018 (2003) is missing a factor 2 in the square-root and the equation in Elektra 125 (1989) has the factor 5 falsely inside the square-root.

Coefficients of the polynomial interpolation are taken from Table II of Elektra 125 (1989) whereas the first value used in CIGRE TB 218 (2003) is wrong.

Formulas
$\frac{56}{211+{z_c}^2}$$z_c<5$
$\frac{2}{4\sqrt{2z_c}-5}$$z_c>30$
$0.5356-2.1030734{\cdot}{10}^{-1} z_c+6.495563{\cdot}{10}^{-2} {z_c}^2-1.089373{\cdot}{10}^{-2} {z_c}^3+1.0372874{\cdot}{10}^{-3} {z_c}^4-5.8238557{\cdot}{10}^{-5} {z_c}^5+1.9109965{\cdot}{10}^{-6} {z_c}^6-3.3893677{\cdot}{10}^{-8} {z_c}^7+2.509622{\cdot}{10}^{-10} {z_c}^8$otherwise
$B_{EMF}$Magnetic field strength

The magnetic field strength at point [$x_k$, $y_k$] due to all current sources at all time steps.

Formulas
$0.2\pi \sqrt{ 1/m_{EMF} \sum\limits_{j=10,10}^{j_{max}} { \left[ \sum\limits_{phases} {{H_x}^2} + \sum\limits_{phases} {{H_y}^2} \right] } }$
$\mu$T
$b_{encl}$Skin and proximity effect coefficient b PAC/GIL enclosure

The coefficient is not used for calculation of skin effect factor for PAC/GIL enclosure as falsely written in CIGRE TB 2018 (2003).

Formulas
$\frac{56}{211+{z_{encl}}^2}$$z_{encl}<5$
$\frac{2}{4\sqrt{2z_{encl}}-5}$$z_{encl}>30$
$0.5356-2.1030734{\cdot}{10}^{-1} z_{encl}+6.495563{\cdot}{10}^{-2} {z_{encl}}^2-1.089373{\cdot}{10}^{-2} {z_{encl}}^3+1.0372874{\cdot}{10}^{-3} {z_{encl}}^4-5.8238557{\cdot}{10}^{-5} {z_{encl}}^5+1.9109965{\cdot}{10}^{-6} {z_{encl}}^6-3.3893677{\cdot}{10}^{-8} {z_{encl}}^7+2.509622{\cdot}{10}^{-10} {z_{encl}}^8$otherwise
$B_k$Thermal property constant B

Constant based on thermal properties of the surrounding or adjacent materials.

Formulas
$\frac{C_{k2}}{\sigma_{kc}} \frac{\sigma_{ki}}{\rho_{ki}}$
mm$^2$/s
$b_{shj}$Factor $b_{shj}$ for jacket around each core

The equation for three-core cables with jacket around each core is based on the Jicable paper 'Thermal analysis of three-core SL-type cables with jacket around each core using the IEC standard' by L.D. Ramirez et al., dated 2019.

Formulas
$1.19428{\rho_{ab}}^4-37.1362{\rho_{ab}}^3+416.911{\rho_{ab}}^2-2081.31\rho_{ab}+5034.05$$0.005 < X_{G2} <= 0.03$
$0.953249{\rho_{ab}}^4-29.6207{\rho_{ab}}^3+331.32{\rho_{ab}}^2-1623.86\rho_{ab}+3524.83$$0.03 < X_{G2} <= 0.15$
$\beta_0$Constant $\beta_0$ (Ovuworie)
Formulas
$\\arccos\left(\frac{-2H}{D_{ext}}\right)$
$\beta_1$Substitution coefficient $\beta_1$ for eddy-currents
Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{4\pi \omega}{{10}^7\rho_{sh}}}$Cables, $\rho_{sh}$ at operating temperature
$\sqrt{\frac{4\pi \omega}{{10}^7\rho_{encl}}}$PAC/GIL
$\beta_6$Factor $|1-\beta(6)|$

This factor is dependent on soil properties and depth of laying as well as the cable or duct diameter.

The values quoted in IEC 60583-1 Table IV are for a depth of burial of 1.0 m and a soil thermal diffusivity of 0.50e-6 m$^2$/s. These values may be used for cable or duct depths within the range 0.75 to 1.5 m. For any other depth of burial or value of soil thermal diffusivity the numerical value may be obtained from the equation below.

The software does not need this factor as it calculates the factors $\beta_t$ for a single cable or $\gamma_t$ for $N_c$ > 1 by using the corresponding equations for $\tau$ between 1 and 6 hours.

Formulas
$1-|\frac{-\operatorname{expi}\left(\frac{-{D_o}^2}{16\tau \delta_{soil}}\right)}{2\ln\left(\frac{4L_{cm}}{D_o}\right)}|$
$\beta_{ar}$Reciprocal of temperature coefficient armour material

Reciprocal of temperature coefficient of resistance at 0 °C of the armour material.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\alpha_{ar}}-20$
Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu234.5IEC 60853-2
Al228.0IEC 60853-2
Brz313.0IEC 60853-2
CuZn506.3$1/α_{ar}$
S202.0IEC 60853-2
SS980.0$1/α_{ar}$
K
$\beta_b$Angle of exposed wetted surface of pipe
Formulas
$\\arccos\left(\frac{2H}{D_{ext}}\right)$
rad
$\beta_c$Reciprocal of temperature coefficient conductor material

Reciprocal of temperature coefficient of resistance at 0 °C of the conductor material.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\alpha_c}-20$
Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu234.5IEC 60853-2
Al228.0IEC 60853-2
AL3250.0Manufacturer
Brz313.0IEC 60853-2
CuZn506.3$1/α_{c}$
Ni140.5$1/α_{c}$
SS980.0$1/α_{c}$
K
$\beta_{encl}$Reciprocal of temperature coefficient enclosure material

Reciprocal of temperature coefficient of resistance at 0 °C of the enclosure material.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\alpha_{encl}}-20$
Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu234.5IEC 60853-2
Al230.3IEC 60853-2
ENAW6060250.0$1/α_{encl}$
S202.0IEC 60853-2
SS980.0$1/α_{encl}$
K
$\beta_{gas}$Volumetric thermal expansion coefficient gas

For an ideal gas, the volumetric (isobaric) thermal expansion depends on the type of process in which temperature is changed. Two simple cases are isobaric change, where pressure is held constant, and adiabatic change, where no heat is exchanged with the environment. In case of isobaric thermal expansion, the coefficient is the inverse of the temperature $T_{gas}$.

Values and equation for air are taken from the engineering toolbox .

Formulas
$2{\cdot}{10}^{-13} {\theta_{gas}}^4-2{\cdot}{10}^{-10} {\theta_{gas}}^2+5{\cdot}{10}^{-8} {\theta_{gas}}^2-{10}^{-5}\theta_{gas}+0.0037$air @ 1 bar
$\left(\theta_{gas}+\theta_{abs}\right)^{-1}$Gas-temperature in Celsius
${T_{gas}}^{-1}$general formula for gases
Choices
GasPressure-50°C-25°C0°C25°C50°C60°C80°C100°C125°C150°C
Air1 bar0.004550.004080.003690.003380.003120.003020.002850.00270.002510.00233
1/K
$\beta_k$Reciprocal of temperature coefficient metallic component

Reciprocal of temperature coefficient of resistance of the current carrying component at 0°C

K
$\beta_p$Factor $\beta_p$

Factor $\beta_p$ for the calculation of the factor $p_1$ used to calculate the geometric factor for multi-core cables with round conductors.

Formulas
$\frac{\alpha_p \left(\frac{X_G}{1+Y_G}-0.5\right)}{\frac{X_G}{1+Y_G}+1.5}$two-core cables, IEC 60287-2-1
$\frac{\alpha_p \left(\frac{2}{\sqrt{3}} \left(1+\frac{2X_G}{1+Y_G}\right)-3\right)}{\frac{2}{\sqrt{3}} \left(1+\frac{2X_G}{1+Y_G}\right)+3}$three-core cables, IEC 60287-2-1
$q_{Mie} \alpha_p$multi-core cables, Mie1905
$\beta_{sc}$Reciprocal of temperature coefficient screen material

Reciprocal of temperature coefficient of resistance at 0 °C of the screen material.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\alpha_{sc}}-20$
Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu234.5IEC 60853-2
Al230.3IEC 60853-2
AL3250.0$1/α_{sc}$
Brz313.0IEC 60853-2
CuZn506.3$1/α_{sc}$
S202.0$1/α_{sc}$
SS980.0$1/α_{sc}$
Zn230.0$1/α_{sc}$
K
$\beta_{sh}$Reciprocal of temperature coefficient sheath material

Reciprocal of temperature coefficient of resistance at 0 °C of the sheath material.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\alpha_{sh}}-20$
Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu234.5IEC 60853-2
Al230.3IEC 60853-2
Pb230.0IEC 60853-2
Brz313.0IEC 60853-2
S202.0IEC 60853-2
SS980.0$1/α_{ar}$
Zn230.0$1/α_{ar}$
K
$\beta_{sp}$Reciprocal of temperature coefficient steel pipe material

Reciprocal of temperature coefficient of resistance at 0 °C of steel pipe material for pipe-type cables.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\alpha_{sp}}-20$
Choices
MaterialValueReference
Al230.3IEC 60853-2
S202.0IEC 60853-2
SS980.0$1/α_{sp}$
K
$\beta_{sw}$Reciprocal of temperature coefficient skid wire material
Formulas
$\frac{1}{\alpha_{sw}}-20$
K
$\beta_t$Attainment factor cable surface—ambient

This is the surface to ambient temperature rise attainment factor for the cable or duct external surface, i.e. the ratio of the temperature rise at time i to the rise in the steady state.

Note: Dimension for $L_{cm}$ and $D_o$ is in meters.

Formulas
$\frac{-\operatorname{expi}\left(\frac{-{D_o}^2}{16\tau \delta_{soil}}\right)+\operatorname{expi}\left(\frac{-{L_{cm}}^2}{\tau \delta_{soil}}\right)}{2\ln\left(\frac{4L_{cm}}{D_o}\right)}$
$\beta_X$Crossing angle [rad]
Formulas
$\frac{\beta_{xing} \pi}{180}$
rad
$\beta_{xing}$Crossing angle [°]

Default
0.0

°
$\mathrm{Bi}_g$Biot number ground
Formulas
$\frac{h_{amb} D_{ext}}{2k_4}$Ovuworie
$\frac{h_{amb} D_{ref}}{2k_4}$OTC 23033
$\mathrm{Bi}_p$Biot number pipe
Formulas
$\frac{U_{inwall} D_{ref}}{2k_4}$Morud & Simonsen / OTC 23033
$\frac{U_{inwall} D_{ext}}{2k_4}$Ovuworie
C$C_{ag}$Capacitance armour - ground

Refer to 'Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables', F.F. da Silva, C.L. Bak (2013)

Formulas
$\frac{2\pi \epsilon_0 \epsilon_j}{\ln\left(\frac{D_e}{D_{ar}}\right)}$
F/m
$C_{av}$Heat capacity of the air flow
Formulas
$C_{vair} V_{air} A_t$
W/K
$C_b$Capacitance insulation

The operating capacity is decisive for all considerations relating to the electrical properties of a cable. In the case of cables with a non-radial field and shielding, the operating capacitances cannot be precisely calculated due to the inhomogeneities in the interstices. If the cables are not shielded, the limitation of the electric field to the outside is indefinite. Capacitance per unit lengths, especially to earth, cannot be given because they depend to a large extent on the electrical properties of the environment.

If cables with sector-shaped conductors and single-wire shielding have relatively thin insulation in relation to the conductor dimensions, e.g. cables up to $U_n$ 10 kV, the diameter of a conductor with the same circumference can be used as an approximation.

In a three core cable where individual cores are twisted together (it is assumed that two-core cables are not twisted), the electrical capacitance of the cable is larger than the electrical capacitance of the individual cores. This is because the cores are longer due to the twisting. In datasheets often the capacitance per cable is given. If the electrical capacitance is not given by the manufacturer, the value must be calculated manually, and the lay length must be taken into account by the user, using the same formula as given in section 2.5 for the electrical resistance of conductors. The electrical capacitance of the cable can then be found as the electrical capacitance of an individual core multiplied by the lay length factor, refer to CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 20.

Formulas
$\frac{2\pi \epsilon_0 \epsilon_i}{\ln\left(\frac{r_{osc}}{r_{isc}}\right)}$single-core, multi-core with separate screen/sheaths
$\frac{2\pi \epsilon_0 \epsilon_i}{\ln\left(\frac{2c_c \left({r_{osc}}^2-{c_c}^2\right)}{r_{isc} \left({r_{osc}}^2+{c_c}^2\right)}\right)}$two-core belted cables (with common screen or no screen but common sheath or no screen/sheath)
$\frac{2\pi \epsilon_0 \epsilon_i}{\ln\left(\sqrt{\frac{3{c_c}^2 \left({r_{osc}}^2-{c_c}^2\right)^3}{{r_{isc}}^2 \left({r_{osc}}^6-{c_c}^6\right)}}\right)}$three-core belted cables (with common screen or no screen but common sheath or no screen/sheath)
$F_{lay,3c} C_b$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 20, three-core cables with twisted cores
$\frac{1}{2\pi \epsilon_0} \frac{{10}^{-9}}{18} C_b$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 20, approximation
$\frac{2\pi \epsilon_0 \epsilon_i}{\ln\left(\frac{D_{comp}}{D_c}\right)}$PAC/GIL
F/m
$C_{bq}$Constants $C_1$ - $C_7$ multi-layer backfill

Constants $C_{b1}$ to $C_{b7}$ to be used in equations to calculate the segmental thermal resistances of the three flow paths $\Phi_1$, $\Phi_2$, and $\Phi_3$ of the multi-layer backfill method.

By way of Montecarlo optimization method, the best fit of the numerical data derived for the overall thermal resistance $R_{CG}$ was obtained with the values of the empirical constants $C_{b1}$ to $C_{b7}$ as published in the papers by R. de Lieto Vollaro et.al:

  • 'Experimental study of thermal field deriving from an underground electrical power cable buried in non-homogeneous soils', 2014
  • 'Thermal analysis of underground electrical power cables buried in non-homogeneous soils', 2011.

Choices
ConstantValue
$C_{b1}$0.01417
$C_{b2}$0.2095
$C_{b3}$0.1827
$C_{b4}$0.9092
$C_{b5}$0.2822
$C_{b6}$1.188
$C_{b7}$0.2732
$c_c$Distance conductor axis—cable axis

In two-core cables, $c_c=s_c/2$ and in three-core cables, $c_c=s_c/\sqrt 3$.

Formulas
$0.55r_1+0.29{\cdot}2t_i$multi-core cables, sector-shaped conductors
$\frac{s_c}{2sin\left(\frac{\pi}{n_c}\right)}$multi-core cables, round conductors
$\frac{s_c}{2}$two-core cables, round conductors
$\frac{s_c}{\sqrt{3}}$three-core cables, round conductors
$\frac{D_f-s_c}{2}$three-core cables, round conductors, CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 33
mm
$C_{c1}$Thermal capacitance part 1
Formulas
$Q_c+p_i Q_i$single-core cables
$Q_c+p_i Q_i$three-core cables
J/(m.K)
$C_{c2}$Thermal capacitance part 2
Formulas
$\left(1-p_i\right) Q_i+Q_{scb}+Q_{scs}+\frac{Q_s}{q_s}$single-core cables
$\left(1-p_i\right) Q_i+Q_{scb}+Q_{scs}+\frac{Q_s}{q_s}+\frac{p_{shj} Q_{shj}}{q_s}+\frac{3Q_f}{2q_s}$three-core cables, jacket around each core
$\left(1-p_i\right) Q_i+Q_{scb}+Q_{scs}+\frac{Q_s}{q_s}+\frac{3Q_f}{2q_s}$three-core cables, sheaths touching
J/(m.K)
$C_{c3}$Thermal capacitance part 3
Formulas
$\frac{Q_j}{q_s}$single-core cables, without armour
$\frac{p_{ab} Q_{ab}}{q_s}$single-core cables, with armour
$\left(1-p_{shj}\right) Q_{shj}+\frac{3Q_f}{2q_s}+\frac{3p_{ab} Q_{ab}}{q_s}$three-core cables, jacket around each core
$\frac{3Q_f}{2q_s}+\frac{3p_{ab} Q_{ab}}{q_s}$three-core cables, sheaths touching
J/(m.K)
$C_{c4}$Thermal capacitance part 4
Formulas
$\frac{\left(1-p_{ab}\right) Q_{ab}}{q_s}+\frac{Q_{ar}}{q_{ar}}+\frac{p_j Q_j}{q_{ar}}$single-core cables, with armour
$\frac{3\left(1-p_{ab}\right) Q_{ab}}{q_s}+\frac{3Q_{ar}}{q_{ar}}+\frac{3p_j Q_j}{q_{ar}}$three-core cables
J/(m.K)
$c_{color}$Wiring color code

IEC 60446 is equivalent to HD 308 S2, DIN VDE 0293-308, BS 7671 (since 2004), GOST R 50462 and other national norms.

  • International: Regulated by the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC). The countries that follow the IEC are most of European countries, the United Kingdom, and some other countries (Argentina, China, Hong Kong, Singapore, Russia, Ukraine, Belarus, Kazakhstan).
  • United States: Regulated by National Electrical Code (NEC). NEC specifies that neutral is white or gray and ground is green, green with yellow stripes, or bare copper. Any others color except the colors mentioned above can be used for other power line cables. There is a local practice about specific colors we should use. Local practice are divided again into two groups: 120/208/240 V a.c. and 277/480 V a.c.
  • Canada: Regulated by the Canadian Electric Code (CEC). The protective earth or ground uses green color or green with yellow stripes. The neutral cable color is white. For the line wire colors are quite similar to US wiring color codes. The active wiring color codes are separated into two groups: normal and isolated systems.
  • Brazil: Regulated by the Associação Brasileira de Normas Técnicas (ABNT). Any color can be used for active line except blue, green, yellow, green with yellow stripes.
  • Australia and New Zealand: Regulated by AS/NZS 3000:2018 3.8.1, table 3.4. Any color can be used for hot wire except yellow, blue, black, green, and green with yellow stripes. The recommendation is for single-phase line red or brown and switched line white, for multi-phase line red, white, blue, and neutral black or blue.

Choices
IdCountryStandardPhase 123NeutralGround
BBBblackblackblackblackbluegreen-yellow
IECInternationalIEC 60446brownblackgreybluegreen-yellow
AUSAustralia, New ZealandAS/NZS 3000redwhitedarkblueblack/bluegreen/green-yellow
USAUnited StatesNEC (120, 208 & 240V)blackredbluewhitegreen/green-yellow
NAMNEC (277 & 480V)brownorangeyellowwhitegreen/green-yellow
CANCanadaCEC C22.1-15redblackbluewhitegreen/green-yellow
BRABrazilABNT NBR 5410:2004blackwhiteredlight bluegreen
CHLChileNCH 4/2003blueblackredwhitegreen/green-yellow
INDIndia, Pakistan, UAE, KSA, ZAFBS 7671 until 2004redyellowblueblackgreen-yellow
PRCChina, Russiayellowgreenredblack/bluegreen-yellow
JAPJapanJSblackredwhitewhitegreen
IDNIndonesiaredyellowblackbluegreen-yellow
ISRIsraelbrownbrownbrownbluegreen-yellow
$C_{cs}$Capacitance conductor - shield

Refer to 'Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables', F.F. da Silva, C.L. Bak (2013)

Formulas
$\frac{2\pi \epsilon_0 \epsilon_i}{\ln\left(\frac{D_i}{d_c}\right)}$
F/m
$C_E$Capacitance to earth
Formulas
$C_b$Single-core or multi-core with separate screen or sheath or > 36 kV
$\frac{2\pi \epsilon_0 \epsilon_i}{\ln\left(\frac{{r_{osc}}^4-{c_c}^4}{2c_c r_{isc} {r_{osc}}^2}\right)}$Two-core belted cables (with common screen or no screen but common sheath or no screen/sheath)
$\frac{2\pi \epsilon_0 \epsilon_i}{\ln\left(\frac{{r_{osc}}^6-{c_c}^6}{3{c_c}^2 r_{isc} {r_{osc}}^3}\right)}$Three-core belted cables (with common screen or no screen but common sheath or no screen/sheath)
F/m
$C_{g1}$Factor C1 pipe
Formulas
$\sqrt{1-\left(\frac{H}{r_o}\right)^2}$
$C_{g2}$Factor C2 pipe
Formulas
$\frac{H}{r_o}+\frac{C_{g1}}{\beta_b \mathrm{Bi}_p}$
$C_{g3}$Factor C3 pipe
Formulas
$\frac{2C_{g1}}{\beta_b \left(\pi-\beta_b\right) \sqrt{{C_{g2}}^2-1}}$Morud & Simonsen $C_{g2}$ > 1
$\frac{1C_{g1}}{\beta_b \left(\pi-\beta_b\right) \sqrt{{C_{g2}}^2-1}}$Morud & Simonsen $C_{g2}$ ≤ 1
$c_{gas}$Constant c gas (PAC/GIL)

The functions F(p,$\theta$) and F(p) were introduced by J. Vermeer in the paper: 'A simple formula for the calculation of the convective heat transfer between conductor and sheath in compressed gas insulated (CGI) cables', 1983 as published in Elektra 87.

The parameters for N2 and SF6 are taken from Vermeer' paper. Those were recalculated using the method described in the paper and the researched gas parameters.

The parameters for Air, CO2 and O2 were calculated using the method described in the paper and the researched gas parameters.

Choices
IdGasCableizerVermeer1983
Airdry Air35.81
N2N235.5335.6
SF6SF669.2669.4
CO2CO238.32
O2O234.34
$c_{ij}$Coefficient c view factor
Formulas
$1+\frac{r_j}{r_i}+\frac{2s_{ij}}{r_i}$
$c_k$Voltage factor c

Definition according to Schneider Electric Cahier technique 158 (2000), chap. 3.3)

Default
1.1

$C_{k1}$Non-adiabatic constant $C_1$

Constant used in the non-adiabatic formula for conductors and spaced wire screens.

Default
2464.0

mm/m
$C_{k2}$Non-adiabatic constant $C_2$

Constant used in the non-adiabatic formula for conductors and spaced wire screens.

Default
1.22

K.m.mm$^2$/J
$C_{Mie}$Factor $C$ (Mie1905)

Factor $C_{Mie}$ for the calculation of the geometric factor for multi-core cables according to Gustav Mie, 'Das Problem der Wärmeleitung in einem verseilten electrischen Kabel', 1905.

Formulas
$\frac{1-\alpha_p \beta_p+\sqrt{\left(1-{\alpha_p}^2\right) \left(1-{\beta_p}^2\right)}}{\alpha_p-\beta_p}$IEC 60287-1-1
$\frac{p_{Mie}-\alpha_p}{\alpha_p p_{Mie}-1}$Mie1905
$C_{Nu,L}$Factor C

Factor $C_{Nu}$ for the calculation of the Nusselt number, ground—air.

Choices
Ra$C_{Nu}$
1 - 2000.96
200 - 1040.59
104 - 8x1060.54
8x106 - 1.5x10100.15
1.5x1010 - 3x10100.14
$c_{Nu,r}$Factor c

Factor $c_{Nu}$ for the calculation of the Nusselt number.

Constant c for Nusselt number in natural convection according to the paper 'The thermal rating of overhead-line conductors part I. The steady-state thermal model' by V.T. Morgan, 1982.

Choices
Ra=Gr·Pr$c_{Nu}$
Method Anders
10-10 - 10-20.675
10-2 - 1021.02
102 - 1040.85
104 - 1070.48
107 - 10120.125
Method Hartlein & Black, Chippendale, IEC 60287
104 - 1090.59
109 - 10130.021
$C_{Nu,w}$Factor C

Factor $C_{Nu_w}$ for the calculation of the Nusselt number.

Choices
Re$C_{Nu}$
4x10-1 - 4x1000.989
4x100 - 4x1010.911
4x101 - 4x1030.683
4x103 - 4x1040.193
4x104 - 4x1050.027
$c_{p,gas}$Specific heat capacity gas, constant pressure

The specific heat capacity of a material on a per mass basis is $c=\delta{C}/\delta{m}$. with $C$ being the heat capacity of a body made of the material and $m$ being the mass of the body.

For gases, there is need to distinguish between different boundary conditions for the processes under consideration. Typical processes for which a heat capacity may be defined include isobaric (constant pressure, d$P$ = 0) or isochoric (constant volume, d$V$ = 0) processes.

Sources:

  • Values for 0, 15, and 25°C were calculated with $c_p$ = $C_p/M_{mol}$ with the values from encyclopedia.airliquide.com
  • Values for 50, 75, and 100°C are taken from nist.gov
  • Values for 50, 75, and 100°C for dry air have been calculated using the equation from Irvine & Liley, 1984.
  • Equation for humid air is taken from paper by P.T. Tsilingiris: 'Thermophysical and transport properties of humid air at temperature range between 0 and 100°C', 2007
  • Equation for dry air is taken from paper by T.F. Irvine and P. Liley: 'Steam and gas tables with computer equations', 1984
  • Equation for air is taken from paper by A. Dumas and M. Trancossi: 'Design of Exchangers Based on Heat Pipes for Hot Exhaust Thermal Flux, with the Capability of Thermal Shocks Absorption and Low Level Energy Recovery', 2009. They are calculated from polynomial curve fits to a data set for 100 K to 1600 K in the SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd Edition Table B-2. You may find a free air property calculator from Pierre Bouteloup
  • Equations for N2 and SF6 are taken from paper by J. Vermeer: 'A simple formula for the calculation of the convective heat transfer between conductor and sheath in compressed gas insulated (CGI) cables', 1983 as published in Elektra 87
  • Values for N2 for 250–375 K are taken from the engineering toolbox .
  • Values for CO2 for 250–375 K are taken from the engineering toolbox .
  • Values for O2 for 250–375 K are taken from the engineering toolbox .
  • Equations for CO2 and O2 are a linear interpolation of the values between 250 and 375 K.

Note: 1 J = 1 W.s

Formulas
${10}^3\left(1.004571+2.050632{\cdot}{10}^{-3} \theta_{gas}-1.631537{\cdot}{10}^{-4} {\theta_{gas}}^2+6.2123{\cdot}{10}^{-6} {\theta_{gas}}^3-8.830479{\cdot}{10}^{-8} {\theta_{gas}}^4+5.071307{\cdot}{10}^{-10} {\theta_{gas}}^5\right)$humid air @ 1 atm (Tsilingiris2007)
$1.9327{\cdot}{10}^{-10} {T_{gas}}^4-7.9999{\cdot}{10}^{-7} {T_{gas}}^3+1.1407{\cdot}{10}^{-3} {T_{gas}}^2-4.489{\cdot}{10}^{-1} T_{gas}+1.0575{\cdot}{10}^3$air @ 1 bar (Dumas&Trancossi2009)
$1030.5-0.19975T_{gas}+3.9734{\cdot}{10}^{-4} {T_{gas}}^2$dry air @ 1 bar (UW/MHTL 8406, 1984)
${10}^3\left(0.103409{\cdot}{10}^1-0.284887{\cdot}{10}^{-3} T_{gas}+0.7816818{\cdot}{10}^{-6} {T_{gas}}^2-0.4970786{\cdot}{10}^{-9} {T_{gas}}^3+0.1077024{\cdot}{10}^{-12} {T_{gas}}^4\right)$dry air @ at 1 atm (Irvine&Liley1984)
$1037+0.101\theta_{gas}$N2 (Vermeer1983)
$630+1.87\theta_{gas}-4.33{\cdot}{10}^{-3} {\theta_{gas}}^2$SF6 (Vermeer1983)
$539.52+1.0149\left(\theta_{gas}+\theta_{abs}\right)$CO2 (linear interpolation)
$868.62+1.1029\left(\theta_{gas}+\theta_{abs}\right)$O2 (linear interpolation)
$\frac{3}{2} R_{gas}$monoatomic ideal gas
$\frac{7}{2} R_{gas}$diatomic molecule gas
$4R_{gas}$polyatomic molecule gas
Choices
GasFormula0°C15°C25°C50°C75°C100°C
Air78%N2+21%O2+minor1005.91006.21006.51008.51010.21012.9
N2N21041.41041.41041.41041.61042.21043.3
SF6SF6627.83652.96668.99706.12739.88770.06
CO2CO2826.84841.24850.85874.53897.43919.36
COCO1042.01042.01042.11042.81044.01045.8
O2O2916.72918.22919.62923.64928.66934.55
H2H214197.614267.614306.3143791442714458
NH3NH32179.52166.22164.52176.42203.02238.6
SO2SO2669.21658.98656.2657.12663.98673.57
HeHe5193.15192.95192.95193.05193.05193.0
ArAr521.85521.65521.55521.34521.18521.05
KrKr249.5249.31249.2248.99248.83248.71
XeXe160.67160.29160.09159.7159.43159.23
NeNe1030.41030.31030.31030.31030.31030.2
J/(kg.K)
$c_{p,soil}$Volumetric heat capacity soil material

The specific volumetric heat capacity of soil is used to calculate the thermal diffusivity and the thermal capacity of soil.

The values were taken from engineeringtoolbox.com
The equation is taken from the paper 'Estimation of soil thermal parameters from surface temperature of underground cables and prediction of cable rating (Li2005)' by H.J. Li, 2005.

Formulas
${10}^{-4}\frac{{k_4}^{0.2}}{4.68}$
Choices
MaterialValue
Asphalt920
Basalt840
Brick, common900
Clay, sandy1381
Concrete960
Granite790
Limestone909
Sand900
Sand, quartz930
Soil, dry800
Soil, wet1480
Soot840
Wet mud2512
J/(kg.K)
$c_{p,w}$Specific heat capacity water, constant pressure

The specific heat capacity of a material on a per mass basis is $c=\delta{C}/\delta{m}$ with $C$ being the heat capacity of a body made of the material and $m$ being the mass of the body. It is the amount of heat required to change the temperature of a mass unit of a substance by one degree. When calculating mass and volume flow in a water heating systems at higher temperature, the specific heat should be corrected.

Sources:

  • Values for fresh water are taken from the engineering toolbox .
  • Equation for fresh water is a third-degree polynominal function for the given values.

Formulas
$1.0254{\cdot}{10}^{-4} {\theta_w}^3+9.6457{\cdot}{10}^{-2} {\theta_w}^2-3.2983\theta_w+4219.9$
Choices
Water0.01°C10°C20°C25°C30°C
Fresh water4219.94195.54184.44181.64180.1
J/(kg.K)
$C_{sa}$Capacitance shield - armour

Refer to 'Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables', F.F. da Silva, C.L. Bak (2013)

Formulas
$2\pi \epsilon_0 \frac{\epsilon_{ab}}{\ln\left(\frac{D_{ab}}{D_{sh}}\right)}$with armour bedding
$2\pi \epsilon_0 \frac{\epsilon_{shj}}{\ln\left(\frac{D_{shj}}{D_{sh}}\right)}$with sheath jacket
$2\pi \epsilon_0 \left(\frac{\epsilon_{shj}}{\ln\left(\frac{D_{shj}}{D_{sh}}\right)}+\frac{\epsilon_{ab}}{\ln\left(\frac{D_{ab}}{D_{shj}}\right)}\right)$with armour bedding and sheath jacket
F/m
$C_{sg}$Capacitance shield - ground

Refer to 'Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables', F.F. da Silva, C.L. Bak (2013)

Formulas
$2\pi \epsilon_0 \frac{\epsilon_j}{\ln\left(\frac{D_j}{D_{sh}}\right)}$with jacket
$2\pi \epsilon_0 \frac{\epsilon_{ab}}{\ln\left(\frac{D_{ab}}{D_{sh}}\right)}$with armour bedding
$2\pi \epsilon_0 \left(\frac{\epsilon_j}{\ln\left(\frac{D_j}{D_{ab}}\right)}+\frac{\epsilon_{ab}}{\ln\left(\frac{D_{ab}}{D_{sh}}\right)}\right)$with jacket and armour bedding
F/m
$c_{shj}$Factor $c_{shj}$ for jacket around each core

The equation for three-core cables with jacket around each core is based on the Jicable paper 'Thermal analysis of three-core SL-type cables with jacket around each core using the IEC standard' by L.D. Ramirez et al., dated 2019.

Formulas
$1.05538{\rho_{ab}}^4-33.7582{\rho_{ab}}^3+397.204{\rho_{ab}}^2-2133.54\rho_{ab}-657.704$$0.005 < X_{G2} <= 0.03$
$0.372559{\rho_{ab}}^4-11.8278{\rho_{ab}}^3+137.785{\rho_{ab}}^2-734.738\rho_{ab}-1488.81$$0.03 < X_{G2} <= 0.15$
$c_{type}$Construction conductor
Choices
IdConstruction
1round solid
2round stranded
3round Milliken
4sector-shaped
5flexible 5/C
6flexible 6/D
$c_{v,gas}$Specific heat capacity gas, constant volume

Sources:

  • Values for 0, 15, and 25°C are taken from encyclopedia.airliquide.com
  • Values for 50, 75, and 100°C are taken from nist.gov
  • Values for 50, 75, and 100°C for dry air have been calculated using the values for $c_{p} divided by the extrapolated values for $\lambda$.

Note: 1 J = 1 W.s

Formulas
$\frac{3}{2} R_{gas}$monoatomic ideal gas
$\frac{5}{2} R_{gas}$diatomic molecule gas
$\frac{6}{2} R_{gas}$polyatomic molecule gas
Choices
GasFormula0°C15°C25°C50°C75°C100°C
Air78%N2+21%O2+minor717.09717.61718.03755.69760.04764.48
N2N2742.91743.01743.16743.64744.45745.66
SF6SF6566.95592.71609.08646.92681.12711.64
CO2CO2632.02647.38657.49682.15705.75728.18
COCO743.16743.45743.7744.63746.03747.97
O2O2655.21657.02658.46662.7667.89673.92
H2H210070.410140.910179.6102531030210333
NH3NH31642.11640.71644.81666.41699.11738.6
SO2SO2516.14512.3512.46518.07527.61538.85
HeHe3116.03116.03116.03116.03116.03116.0
ArAr312.43312.41312.38312.35312.33312.31
KrKr149.11149.05149.02148.98148.95148.92
XeXe95.65195.51495.44595.31295.22795.17
NeNe618.14618.14618.09618.13618.13618.12
J/(kg.K)
$C_{v,soil}$Heat capacity of a unit volume of soil

Soil volumetric heat capacity is the amount of energy required to raise the temperature of a unit volume of soil by one degree.

Unlike thermal conductivity, volumetric heat capacity increases strictly linearly as soil water content increases.

Volumetric heat capacity is also a linear function of bulk density. To increase the temperature of wetter, denser soil requires more energy than to increase the temperature of drier, less dense soil, which has a lower volumetric heat capacity. This is one factor that can contribute to lower soil temperatures.

Formulas
$\zeta_{soil} c_{p,soil}+\zeta_w c_{p,w} \nu_{soil}$
J/(K.m$^3$)
$c_{v,w}$Specific heat capacity water, constant volume

The specific heat capacity of a material on a per mass basis is $c=\delta{C}/\delta{m}$ with $C$ being the heat capacity of a body made of the material and $m$ being the mass of the body. It is the amount of heat required to change the temperature of a mass unit of a substance by one degree. When calculating mass and volume flow in a water heating systems at higher temperature, the specific heat should be corrected.

Sources:

  • Values for fresh water are taken from the engineering toolbox .
  • Equation for fresh water is a third-degree polynominal function for the given values.

Formulas
$3.2368{\cdot}{10}^{-4} {\theta_w}^3+4.7344{\cdot}{10}^{-2} {\theta_w}^2-2.20064\theta_w+4217.4$
Choices
Water0.01°C10°C20°C25°C30°C
Fresh water4217.44191.04157.04137.94117.5
J/(kg.K)
$C_{vair}$Volumetric heat capacity air

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of air, being derived from $Pr_{air}$, $k_{air}$ and $ u_{air}$.

Default
1200

Formulas
$\frac{\mathrm{Pr}_{air} k_{air}}{\nu_{air}}$
J/(K.m$^3$)
$CC_{pull}$Conduit clearance

The clearance in the duct is the distance between the top of the uppermost cable in the conduit and the inner top surface of the conduit. It should be at least 10% of the conduit inner diameter or 1/4 inch (6.35 mm). Cableizer will provide a warning if this is not the case.

For larger cables or installations with multiple bends, the clearance should be up to 1 inch (25.4 mm). Cableizer cannot be held responsible for insufficient clearance! But generally, clearance should not be a problem when respecting the maximum conduit fill $CF_{pull}$ limits.

The conduit clearance is calculated for up to four cables depending on their configuration.

Formulas
$Di_d-D_e$1 cable
$Di_d-2D_e$2 cables
$\frac{Di_d}{2}-1.366D_e+\frac{Di_d-D_e}{2} \sqrt{1-\left(\frac{D_e}{Di_d-D_e}\right)^2}$3 cables (triangular) / 4 cables (cradled)
$\frac{Di_d-D_e}{2}+\frac{Di_d-D_e}{2} \sqrt{1-\left(\frac{D_e}{2\left(Di_d-D_e\right)}\right)^2}$3 cables (cradled)
$Di_d-D_e-\frac{2{D_e}^2}{Di_d-D_e}$4 cables (diamond)
mm
$CF_{pull}$Conduit fill

Conduit fill is the percentage of the area inside the conduit taken up by the cables. Consult applicable codes, industry standards, and manufacturers' data for further information on conduit fill.

Dimensions and percentage areas of conduit and tubing are typically provided in tables. Dimensions for various types of conduits can be found e.g. in Chapter 9 of the 2005 National Electrical Code. Cableizer indicates a warning if the maximum fill percentage is above the NEC limitations of 53% for one cable, 31% for two cables, and 40% for three or more cables. Cableizer cannot be held responsible whether or not your arrangement is within regulations.

Formulas
$100\left(\frac{D_e}{Di_d}\right)^2 N_c$
$\%$
$CJ_{pull}$Conduit jamming ratio

Jamming is the wedging of three unbound cables when pulled into a conduit. This usually occurs because of crossovers when the cables twist or are pulled around bends. The conduit jamming ratio is the ratio of the conduit inner diameter $Di_d$ and the cable outside diameter $D_e$. When calculating jamming probabilities, a 5% factor is used to account for the oval cross-section of conduit bends.

The cable diameters should be measured, since actual diameters may vary from the published nominal values.

Cableizer does only indicate the jamming ratio for Three cables unbound. While jamming can occur when pulling four or more cables into a conduit, the probability is very low.

Cableizer indicates the risk for jamming according to the following table. As shown, different references use different ranges for quantifying the jamming risk. Cableizer cannot be held responsible should your cables jam!

Jamming ratio2.42.52.62.72.82.93.03.13.2
Cableizer / Southwire 1)very smallsmallmoderatesignificantmoderatesmallvery small
General Cable 2)impossiblepossibleprobableimpossible
IEEE Std 1185-2010 3) / Okonite 4)okprobableok
Polywater 5)okprobableok
1) Southwire, 'Power Cable Installation Guide', 2005
2) General Cable, 'Cable Installation Manual for Power and Control Cables', Ninth Edition, September 2011
3) IEEE Std 1185-2010, 'IEEE Recommended Practice for Cable Installation in Generating Stations and Industrial Facilities', 2011
4) Okonite, 'Installation Practices for Cable Raceway Systems', 2011
5) Polywater, 'Pull Planner Documentation', 2019
Formulas
$\frac{1.05Di_d}{D_e}$
$\mathrm{cos}\varphi$Power factor

The power factor of an AC system is defined as the ratio of the real power absorbed by the load to the apparent power flowing in the circuit, and is a dimensionless number in the interval between −1 and 1.

Default
1.0

$CR_{pull}$Conduit ratio

Conduit ratio is the ratio between the diameter of a single cable to the inner diameter of the duct. The conduit ratio is a measure for the cable configuration in the duct and Cableizer uses the following ratio limits:

  • Three cables unbound have a triangular configuration for $CR_{pull}$ < 2.5 and a cradled configuration for $CR_{pull}$ ≥ 2.5.
  • Three cables triplex always have a triangular configuration.
  • Four cables unbound have a diamond configuration for $CR_{pull}$ < 3.0 and a cradled configuration for $CR_{pull}$ ≥ 3.0.
  • Four cables quadruplex always have a diamond configuration.

Formulas
$\frac{Di_d}{D_e}$
$cuw_{sc}$Standard copper wire size

Values are based on ASTM B2-00 Standard Specification for Medium-Hard-Drawn Copper Wire and Values for in.$^2$ are taken from ASTM B33-00.

Choices
Sizemmmm$^2$in.cmilin.$^2$
AWG 400.07870.00490.00319.617.55e-06
AWG 390.0890.00620.003512.29.62e-06
AWG 380.1020.00810.00416.01.257e-05
AWG 370.1140.010.004520.21.59e-05
AWG 360.1270.0130.00525.01.963e-05
AWG 350.1420.0160.005631.42.463e-05
AWG 340.160.020.006339.73.117e-05
AWG 330.180.0260.007150.43.959e-05
AWG 320.2030.0320.00864.05.027e-05
AWG 310.2260.040.008979.26.221e-05
AWG 300.2540.0510.01100.07.854e-05
AWG 290.2870.0650.0113128.00.00010029
AWG 280.320.0810.0126159.00.00012469
AWG 270.3610.1020.0142202.00.00015837
AWG 260.4040.1280.0159253.00.00019856
AWG 250.4550.1620.0179320.00.00025165
AWG 240.5110.2050.0201404.00.00031731
AWG 230.5740.2590.0226511.00.00040115
AWG 220.6430.3240.0253640.00.00050273
AWG 210.7240.4110.0285812.00.00063794
AWG 200.8130.5170.0321020.00.00080425
AWG 190.9120.6540.03591290.00.00101223
AWG 181.0240.8230.04031620.00.00127556
AWG 171.1511.040.04532050.00.00161171
AWG 161.291.310.05082580.00.00202683
AWG 151.451.650.05713260.00.00256072
AWG 141.6282.080.06414110.00.00322705
AWG 131.8292.630.0725180.00.0040715
AWG 122.0523.310.08086530.00.00512758
AWG 112.3044.170.09078230.00.00646107
AWG 102.5885.260.101910380.00.00815527
AWG 92.9066.630.114413090.00.01027879
AWG 83.2648.370.128516510.00.012969
AWG 73.66510.50.144320820.00.016354
AWG 64.11513.30.16226240.00.020612
AWG 54.6216.80.181933090.00.025987
AWG 45.18921.20.204341740.00.032781
AWG 35.82726.70.229452620.00.041331
AWG 26.54333.60.257666360.00.052117
AWG 17.34842.40.289383690.00.065733
AWG 1/08.25253.50.3249105600.00.082907
AWG 2/09.26667.40.3648133100.00.10452
AWG 3/010.40485.00.4096167800.00.131768
AWG 4/011.684107.00.46211600.00.16619
D$d$Geometric mean shield diameter

Equivalent diameter between screen and sheath.

Formulas
$\frac{d_s}{1000}$
m
$D_{ab}$Diameter over armour bedding
Formulas
$F_x D_{shj}+2\left(t_f+t_{ab}\right)$multi-core cables type SS
$D_{sh}+2t_{ab}$otherwise
mm
$D_{ab,1}$Diameter over armour bedding 1

Cable with double layer armour applying CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15

Formulas
$F_x D_{shj}+2\left(t_f+t_{ab,1}\right)$multi-core cables type SS
$D_{sh}+2t_{ab,1}$otherwise
mm
$D_{ab,2}$Diameter over armour bedding 2

Cable with double layer armour applying CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15

Formulas
$D_{ab,1}+2\left(t_{a,1}+t_{ab,2}\right)$
mm
$D_{ar}$Diameter over armour
Formulas
$D_{ab}+2\left(t_{a,1}+t_{a,2}\right)$otherwise
$D_{ab}+2n_{a,1} t_{a,1}$steel tape armour
$D_{ab}+2t_{a,1}$TECK
mm
$d_{ar}$Mean diameter armour

The equation for duplex/triplex and pipe-type cables is according to CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 41.

Formulas
$\frac{S_{ar}}{\pi}$multi-core cables without filler (duplex/triplex), pipe-type cables
$D_{ab}+n_{a,1} t_{a,1}$steel tape armour
$D_{ab}+t_{a,1}+t_{a,2}$otherwise
mm
$d_b$Diameter backfill

Diameter of the backfill area.

mm
$d_{b3}$Distance c multi-layer backfill

Distance c to calculate the resistance of multi-layer backfill.

Formulas
$\sqrt{{s_{b3}}^2+{w_{b4}}^2}$
m
$d_{b4}$Distance d multi-layer backfill

Distance d to calculate the resistance of multi-layer backfill.

Formulas
$\sqrt{{s_{b4}}^2+{w_{b4}}^2}$
m
$d_c$External diameter conductor

The following conductor diameters are typical values as a function of the conductor cross-section.

  • For IEC sizes, the diameters are taken from IEC 60228 Ed. 3.0 and from HD 603 S2 Part 7 Section A plus HD 620 S2 Part 10 Section F.
  • For AWG/kcmil, the diameters are taken from UL 1581 Table 20.1 for solid conductor up to 12 AWG and table 20.3 for round stranded compressed conductors plus ASTM B8-11 for sizes larger than 2000 kcmil.

The user can choose an arbitrary value not limited to the values in the choices below, but a warning is indicated if the conductor diameter seem unreasonably small.

For sector-shaped multi-core cables, the conductor diameter is defined as the diameter of the circle circumscribing the sector-shaped conductors. Based on that value, an equivalent diameter of the conductor $d_x$ is calculated.

Choices
IECminnomDiameter [mm]
max
AWGminnommax
0.5 mm$^2$0.750.780.918 AWG1.01.021.03
0.75 mm$^2$0.920.961.016 AWG1.261.291.3
1.0 mm$^2$1.071.111.214 AWG1.61.631.64
1.5 mm$^2$1.311.361.512 AWG2.012.052.07
2.5 mm$^2$1.71.771.910 AWG2.822.872.9
4 mm$^2$2.172.262.48 AWG3.533.613.63
6 mm$^2$2.62.72.86 AWG4.424.524.57
10 mm$^2$3.43.53.74 AWG5.615.725.77
16 mm$^2$4.74.85.02 AWG7.047.197.26
25 mm$^2$5.66.16.51 AWG8.038.188.26
35 mm$^2$6.67.07.41/0 AWG9.029.199.3
50 mm$^2$7.78.18.62/0 AWG10.0810.310.39
70 mm$^2$9.39.610.03/0 AWG11.3511.611.71
95 mm$^2$11.012.013.44/0 AWG12.7513.013.13
120 mm$^2$12.313.015.0250 kcmil13.8914.214.33
150 mm$^2$13.714.416.2300 kcmil15.2115.515.67
185 mm$^2$15.315.816.4350 kcmil16.4616.816.97
240 mm$^2$17.618.218.9400 kcmil17.5817.918.11
300 mm$^2$19.720.021.1500 kcmil19.6320.020.24
400 mm$^2$22.323.024.6600 kcmil21.5622.022.23
500 mm$^2$25.326.026.8750 kcmil24.124.624.84
630 mm$^2$28.730.532.51000 kcmil27.8128.428.65
800 mm$^2$33.033.834.31250 kcmil31.1231.832.05
1000 mm$^2$37.041.042.21500 kcmil34.1134.835.15
1200 mm$^2$40.044.31750 kcmil36.8337.637.97
1400 mm$^2$43.247.52000 kcmil39.440.240.61
1600 mm$^2$46.350.02500 kcmil44.146.3
1800 mm$^2$49.252.83000 kcmil48.350.7
2000 mm$^2$51.955.54000 kcmil55.858.6
2500 mm$^2$58.262.05000 kcmil62.465.6
3000 mm$^2$63.866.0
3200 mm$^2$66.068.0
3500 mm$^2$69.170.0
mm
$D_c$Diameter conductor (outer)m
$d_{c,t}$External diameter conductor, transient

For calculation of the cyclic and emergency current rating of cables acc. IEC 60853, the multi-core cable is replaced by an equivalent single-core construction dissipating the same total conductor losses. The equivalent single-core conductor has a diameter as calculated by the formula below where $D_i$ is the value of diameter over insulation and $T_1$ the thermal resistance for the multi-core cable.

The actual conductors are considered to be completely inside the diameter of the equivalent single-core conductor, the remainder of the equivalent conductor being occupied by insulation.

Formulas
$d_c$single-core cables
$\sqrt{2} d_c$two-core cables, round conductors
$D_{i,t} e^{\frac{-2\pi T_1}{n_c \rho_i}}$three-core cables, round conductors
$d_x$multi-core cables, sector-shaped conductors
mm
$d_{ci}$Internal diameter conductor
Formulas
$d_c-2t_c$
mm
$D_{ci}$Diameter conductor (inner)
Formulas
$D_c-2t_c$
m
$D_{comp}$Diameter compartment
Formulas
$D_{encl}-2t_{encl}$
m
$D_{core}$Diameter over core cable
Formulas
$\frac{D_f-2t_f}{F_x}$multi-core cable round conductors
$D_f-2t_f$multi-core cable sector-shaped conductors
$D_{sw}$pipe-type cable with skid wires
$D_{shj}$pipe-type cable with sheath jacket, duplex/triplex cable
$D_e$single-core cable round conductors
mm
$D_{cs}$Diameter over conductor shield

This is the diameter below the insulation.

Formulas
$d_c+2\left(t_{ct}+t_{cs}\right)$
mm
$d_{cw}$Diameter of wires conductor (average)

The maximal diameter of wire in the conductor of flexible types 5 and 6 is given in the IEC 60228 Ed.3.0, more values were taken from ASTM B8-04.

The values for stranded conductors were calculated based on the given minimum number of wires in the conductor $n_{cw}$.

mm
$D_{di}$Inner diameter duct
Formulas
$\frac{Di_d}{1000}$
m
$D_{do}$Outer diameter duct
Formulas
$\frac{Do_d}{1000}$
m
$D_{dry}$Characteristic diameter drying zone

This is the diameter around a source where the soil has dried out. The equation originates from the book 'Kabel und Leitungen für Starkstrom' by L. Heinhold, 5th edition 1999 (in German).

Formulas
$\frac{4\left(L_{cm}-d_{psc}\right) g_{dry}}{{g_{dry}}^2-1}$
m
$D_e$External diameter object
Formulas
$\frac{n_c D_{shj}+\left(D_{shj}+2t_{ab}+2t_{ar}+2\left(t_j+t_{jj}\right)\right) \pi}{\pi}$multi-core cables without filler (duplex/triplex)
$D_j$otherwise
mm
$d_e$Equivalent diameter of screen/sheath and armour

Equivalent diameter between screen/sheath and armour. It becomes the equivalent diameter between screen and sheath when no armour is present.

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{{d_s}^2+{d_{ar}}^2}{2}}$single-core cable or cable with common sheath
$\frac{d_s}{2}+\frac{d_{ar}}{2}$cable with separate sheaths or separate screen and no sheath
$d_s$no armour
$d_{ar}$armour but no screen and no sheath
$d_s$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 26
mm
$D_E$Equivalent depth of earth return path

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.3

The equivalent depth of the earth return path of a 50 Hz system with an electric soil resistivity of 100 $\Omega$.m is about 930 m.

Default
930

Formulas
$\frac{2e^{0.5}}{\gamma_{bessel} m_E}$
m
$d_{ecc}$Diameter earth continuity conductormm
$D_{encl}$Diameter enclosure (outer)m
$D_{eq}$Equivalent diameter of a group of round objects

For multiple cables twisted or bound together, a combined diameter circumscribing all cables can be calculated. The resulting value is also approximately correct for three loose cables in touching trefoil formation.

The equivalent diameter over the conductors for three core cables without a filler (not round), can be calculated by dividing the circumference with $\pi$. In case of three-core cables, they are called triplex; and in case of two-core cables we call them duplex. The equation is according to CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 48 while the circumference of such a cable is according to CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 41.

For multiple unequal round objects, possibly non-touching, finding the smallest circle that encompasses all other circles is not easy and we consider following approximation as presented in stackoverflow.com

  1. Take the average of all your centers of the circles call this point X
  2. Let R1 be the maximum distance from X to a circle center
  3. Let R2 be the maximum radius of the circles
  4. Then all the circles must fall inside the circle centered at X with radius R1+R2

For spaced ducts inside the air-filled pipe, the above method often results in a circle larger than the inner diameter of the pipe. So instead, we are using another approximation by summation of squared areas of all circular objects inside the pipe to get $A_{eq}$ and then $D_{eq} = \sqrt{A_{eq} / \pi}$.

Formulas
$F_{eq} D_e$multiple cables
$\frac{n_c D_{shj}+\left(D_{shj}+2\left(t_{ab}+t_{ar}+t_j+t_{jj}\right)\right) \pi}{\pi}$duplex/triplex cable
$2.15D_{sc}$pipe-type cables with skid wires
$2.15D_{shj}$pipe-type cables with sheath jacket
$f{\left(\right)}$air-filled pipe with objects
mm
$D_{ext}$Diameter external

Outer diameter of the pipe, over the outer protective and insulating cover.

For cables, heat sources and PAC/GIL, we consider $D_{ext}$ to be the outer diameter $D_o$ in meters.

Formulas
$D_o$
m
$D_f$Diameter over filler
Formulas
$D_{scb}-2t_{scb}$common screen / common sheath (type CC)
$F_x D_{scs}+2t_f$separate screen / common sheath (type SC)
$F_x D_{sh}+2t_f$separate screen / separate sheaths (type SS)
$F_x D_{shj}+2t_f$jacket around each core (type SSJ)
$\frac{3D_{shj}+D_{shj} \pi}{\pi}$equivalent diameter three-core cable without a filler (type Triplex)
mm
$d_f$Diameter armour wire

This is the diameter of a round armour wire. In case of flat wires, an equivalent diameter of a round wire which gives the same cross-section with the flat is calculated.

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{4t_{ar} w_{ar}}{\pi}}$
mm
$D_{foj}$Diameter over protective jacket

Diameter over the protective jacket over the insulation of a fiber optic cable.

Formulas
$D_{fot}+2t_{foj}$
mm
$D_{fot}$Diameter tubemm
$d_{hot}$Spacing from hottest object in group

Spacing from centre of hottest cable for a single line source representing the heating effect of all other cables in a group.

Formulas
$\frac{4L_{cm}}{{F_{mh}}^{\frac{1}{N_c-1}}}$
m
$D_{hsi}$Diameter over pipe insulation

Outer diameter of the insulation around the pipe in the center of a heat source, e.g. a district heat pipe.

Formulas
$Do_{hsp}+2t_{hsi}$
mm
$D_{hsj}$Diameter over protective jacket

Diameter over the protective jacket over the insulation of a heat source, e.g. a district heat pipe.

Formulas
$D_{hsi}+2t_{hsj}$
mm
$D_i$Diameter over insulation incl. insulation screen

This is the diameter over the insulation including insulation screen, per phase. This value is used for thermal calculations.

Formulas
$d_c+2\left(t_{ct}+t_{cs}+t_{ins}+t_{is}\right)$
mm
$D_{i,t}$Diameter over insulation, transient

This is used for transient calculation acc. IEC 60853 when considering an equivalent conductor for multi-core cables.

Formulas
$d_c+2\left(t_i+t_{shj}\right)$multi-core cables, sector-shaped conductors
$F_x \left(d_c+2\left(t_i+t_{shj}\right)\right)$otherwise
mm
$d_{im}$Non-isothermal earth surface imaginary layer of soil

The imaginary layer of soil is used to model a non-isothermal earth surface.

Samson Semenovich Kutateladze introduced the fictitious layer method in his book 'Osnovy Teorii Teploobmena', Mashgiz, Moscow-Leningrad, 1962 (translated by Scripta Technica Inc. as 'Fundamentals of Heat Transfer', Edward Arnold (Publishers) Inc., London, 1963. It is also called the additional wall method, used to model a non-isothermal earth surface with the help of a fictitious earth layer with thickness $d_{im}$. The cable image line source is then placed at distance $L_{cm}+d_{im}$ above the fictitious layer.

Unlike others, we do not just use a constant but actually calculate in an iterative process the thickness of this imaginary layer of soil depending on the losses and ambient conditions. The heat generated from all sources within a certain range near the center $(-3≤x≤3)$ is used to calculate the surface temperature $T_{surf}$ above the center axis $(x=0)$. This temperature is used to calculate the Nusselt number $Nu_{L}$ and the thermal conductivity of the air above ground $k_{gas}$ both used to determine the heat transfer coefficient $h_{tr}$ which is needed to calculate the imaginary layer of soil $d_{im}$. The basics of the method we used was presented in the paper 'Calculation of cable thermal rating considering non-isothermal earth surface' from 2014 by S. Purushothaman, F. de León, and M. Terracciano.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\rho_4 h_{tr}}$
m
$D_{in}$Diameter pipe (inner)m
$D_{ins}$Diameter over insulation

This is the diameter below the insulation screen, which is an important parameter for dimensioning the accessories.

Formulas
$d_c+2\left(t_{ct}+t_{cs}+t_{ins}\right)$
mm
$D_{is}$Diameter over insulation screen

This is the diameter over the insulation screen, per cable.

Formulas
$d_c+2t_i$
mm
$D_j$Diameter over jacket
Formulas
$D_{ar}+2\left(t_j+t_{jj}\right)$All cables except pipe-type
$Do_{sp}+2t_j$pipe-type cables
mm
$D_{lay,3c}$Diameter of mechanical neutral line

The twisting of three cores are assumed to occur at the mechanical neutral line which is the location where a centre circle divides the cores into 2 equal large parts.

Formulas
$1.29D_i$type CC
$1.29D_{scs}$type SC
$1.29D_{shj}$type SS
mm
$D_o$Outer diameter

Diameter in meters used to calculate the thermal resistance of cables, ducts or heat source in air or for calculations where metric dimension is required.

Formulas
$\frac{D_e}{1000}$cables not in duct
$\frac{Do_d}{1000}$cables in duct
$\frac{D_e}{1000}$heat sources
$D_{prot}$PAC/GIL
$\frac{D_e}{1000}$fiber optic cable
m
$d_{pk1}$Distance to mirrored object

Distances from the centre of the pth cable to the centre of the reflection of cable k in the ground-air surface.

mm
$d_{pk2}$Distance to buried objects

Distance from the centre of the pth cable to the centre of cable k.

mm
$D_{prot}$Diameter protective cover
Formulas
$D_{encl}+2t_{prot}$
m
$d_{psc}$Point source correction

The IEC method to calculate the temperature at any point in the soil uses the exact analytical solution for a line source in an infinite environment in conjunction with Kennelly's hypothesis to account for the fact that a cable environment is semi-infinite in nature.

However, in reality the entire cable acts as the heat source which deforms the isotherms around the cable, especially with proximity to the earth surface. To consider this physical reality, it is assumed that the cable surface forms an isotherm and that one can imagine that the temperature field is built up by a line source which runs parallel to the cable axis at a distance $d_{psc}$ (eccentricity of the cable) closer to the earth surface according to the book 'Kabel und Leitungen für Starkstrom' by L. Heinhold, 5th edition 1999 (in German).

This yields to a tiny improvement in the ‰ range. Point source correction is optional in Cableizer, and not activated by default.

Formulas
$L_{cm}-\sqrt{{L_{cm}}^2-{r_o}^2}$
m
$D_{ref}$Diameter OHTC reference

The U-value of a pipe is often defined as above although the definition may differ from one engineering discipline to another. Insulation manufacturers calculate the U-value at the outer surface of the steel wall, excluding any contribution from internal convection, external convection, and conduction through steel. Pipeline designers typically use the inner diameter of the pipe to define the reference diameter and may exclude any contribution from convection.

The definition of the U-value also differs from one simulation tool to another. In the one-dimensional dynamic multiphase flow simulator OLGA the U-value is based on the inner diameter of the steel wall; user-specified U-values must include the contribution from internal convection. In the one-dimensional steady-state multiphase flow simulator PIPESIM, the U-value is based on the outer diameter of the steel wall; the inside film coefficient can be included in the specified U-value or calculated separately and added to the U-value.

For cables, heat sources and PAC/GIL, we consider $D_{ref}$ to be the diameter $D_{wall}$, same as the insulation manufacturers do.

Formulas
$D_{wall}$
m
$d_s$Equivalent diameter of screen and sheath

Equivalent diameter between screen and sheath.

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{{d_{sc}}^2+{d_{sh}}^2}{2}}$single-core cable or sheath and screen both being separate or common
$\sqrt{\frac{\left(F_x d_{sc}\right)^2+{d_{sh}}^2}{2}}$cable with separate screen and common sheath
$d_{sc}$screen but no sheath
$d_{sh}$sheath but no screen or CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 31
$\sqrt{\frac{\left(\frac{D_{ins}+D_{sc}}{2}\right)^2+\left(\frac{D_{sc}+D_{sw}}{2}\right)^2}{2}}$pipe-type cables with screen+skid wires
$D_{encl}-t_{encl}$PAC/GIL
mm
$D_{sc}$Diameter over screen
Formulas
$D_{scb}+2t_{sc}$otherwise
$D_{scb}+2n_{scw} t_{sc}$pipe-type cable tape CIGRE TB 880 Sample case 3
mm
$d_{sc}$Mean diameter screen
Formulas
$D_{scb}+t_{sc}$
mm
$D_{scb}$Diameter over screen bedding

This is the diameter below screen, sometimes called $D_1$.

Formulas
$d_c+t_{i1}+2t_{scb}$Standard case
$F_x \left(d_c+t_{i1}\right)+2\left(t_f+t_{scb}\right)$round cables, sector-shaped conductors, common screen
$D_i+2\left(t_f+t_{scb}\right)$multi-core cables, sector-shaped conductors, common screen
$D_i+2t_{scb}$multi-core cables, sector-shaped conductors, separate screen
mm
$D_{scs}$Diameter over screen serving

For multi-core cables with separate screen and common sheath, this is the diameter below sheath, sometimes called $D_shb$.

Formulas
$D_{sc}+2t_{scs}$
mm
$D_{sh}$Diameter over sheath
Formulas
$D_{shb}+2\left(t_{sh}+H_{sh}+\Delta H\right)$
mm
$d_{sh}$Mean diameter sheath
Formulas
$D_{shb}+t_{sh}+H_{sh}+\Delta H$
mm
$D_{shb}$Diameter below sheath
Formulas
$F_x D_{scs}+2t_f$multi-core cables, separate screen, common sheath
$D_{scs}$otherwise
mm
$D_{shj}$Diameter over sheath jacket
Formulas
$D_{sh}+2t_{shj}$
mm
$d_{sky}$Diameter skywiremm
$D_{soil}$Diameter soil layer

Outer diameter of soil layer providing a thermal resistance equivalent to $h_{soil}$.

Formulas
$D_{ext} e^{\frac{2k_4}{D_{ext} h_{soil}}}$
m
$D_{sw}$Diameter over skid wires
Formulas
$D_{sc}+2t_{sw}$
mm
$d_t$Channel covering
Formulas
$L_{cm}-\frac{Di_t}{2}$circular tunnel
$L_{cm}-\frac{h_t}{2}$rectangular tunnel
m
$d_w$Depth under waterm
$D_{wall}$Diameter pipe wall

Outer diameter of the steel pipe excluding outer protective cover.

For cables, heat sources and PAC/GIL, we consider $D_{wall}$ to be the diameter below the outer sheath, the insulation over the pipe or the protective cover respectively.

Formulas
$\frac{D_e-2t_j}{1000}$Cables
$\frac{D_{hsj}}{1000}$heat sources
$D_{encl}$PAC/GIL
m
$d_x$Equivalent diameter conductor

This equation somewhat underestimates the equivalent diameter of sector-shaped conductors that are not solid.

An alternative approach for multi-core cables with sector-shaped conductors would be to set the equivalent diameter equal to the nominal diameter of a round conductor with the same cross-sectional area. This would still only be an approximation, since the exact degree of compaction of sector-shaped conductors can vary and depends on manufacture. Also, nominal diameters are not available for all cross-sectional areas of conductors and we extrapolated the missing values.

For sector-shaped conductors, CIGRE TB 880 Case study 10 recommends to use the smallest typical conductor diameter as given in IEC 60228 or analogue American standard for AWG/kcmil conductors.

Formulas
$2\sqrt{\frac{A_c}{\pi}}$round conductors
$2\sqrt{\frac{A_c}{\pi}}+t_i$sector-shaped conductors
$\operatorname{min}\left(d_c\right)$sector-shaped conductors CIGRE TB 880 Case study 10
mm
$D_x$Characteristic diameter daily load

This is the diameter around a source at which the effect of the loss factor commences. Inside the circle of diameter $D_x$, the temperature changes according to the peak value of the losses. Outside this circle, it changes with the average losses. The characteristic diameter is a function of the diffusivity of the medium and the length of the loss cycle. In the majority of cases, the soil diffusivity $\delta_{soil}$ will not be known. In these cases, a value of 0.5*10-6 m$^2$/s can be used. This value is based on a soil thermal resistivity of 1.0 K.m/W and a soil moisture content of about 7% of dry weight.

The calculation of the characteristic (or fictitious) diameter for sinusoidal load is based on the IEEE paper 'Ampacity calculation for deeply installed cables' by E. Dorison et al, dated 2010. Three different methods can be chosen:

  1. Neher McGrath: Neher empirically evaluated constants to best fit the temperature rises calculated over a range of cable sizes. Based on the evaluations by Neher, the characteristic diameter becomes 212 mm for a transient load period of 24 hours (fixed value in Cableizer) and a soil diffusivity of 0.5*10-6 m$^2$/s.
  2. Heinhold: The method by Heinhold is from his book 'Kabel und Leitungen für Starkstrom' by L. Heinhold, 5th edition 1999 (in German). Heinhold defined three equations to calculate the characteristic diameter depending on the type of load curve (sinusoidal, rectilinear, or median).
  3. Dorison: The method by Dorison uses the modified Bessel function K of order 0: k0() and the modified Bessel function of first order: k1(). The IEC standard 60853 uses an approximation with an exponential integral valid for an infinite thin wire whereas the formulas presented in the paper the cable diameter influences the diameter of the area affected by load variations. This is particularly important for cables in tunnels, where the tunnel diameter replaces the diameter of the cable.

Formulas
$60000K_x \sqrt{\frac{\tau}{3600} \delta_{soil}}$method Neher-McGrath
$\frac{k_H}{\sqrt{n_{cycle}} {\rho_4}^{0.4}}$method Heinhold
$D_e e^{\frac{1}{\frac{q_x D_e}{2000}} |\frac{\operatorname{k0}\left(\frac{q_x D_e}{2000}\right)}{\operatorname{k1}\left(\frac{q_x D_e}{2000}\right)}|}$method Dorison
mm
$D_{x,w}$Characteristic diameter weekly load

The characteristic diameter $D_{x_w}$ is the location at which the effect of the weekly loss factor commences.

For more information, refer to the characteristic diameter $D_x$.

Formulas
$D_e e^{\frac{1}{\frac{q_x D_e}{2000}} |\frac{\operatorname{k0}\left(\frac{q_x D_e}{2000}\right)}{\operatorname{k1}\left(\frac{q_x D_e}{2000}\right)}|}$
mm
$D_{x,y}$Characteristic diameter yearly load

The characteristic diameter $D_{x_y}$ is the location at which the effect of the yearly loss factor commences.

For more information, refer to the characteristic diameter $D_x$.

Formulas
$D_e e^{\frac{1}{\frac{q_x D_e}{2000}} |\frac{\operatorname{k0}\left(\frac{q_x D_e}{2000}\right)}{\operatorname{k1}\left(\frac{q_x D_e}{2000}\right)}|}$
mm
$\Delta_1$Substitution coefficient $\Delta_1$ for eddy-currents
Formulas
$\left(1.14{m_0}^{2.45}+0.33\right) \left(\frac{d_e}{2s_c}\right)^{0.92m_0+1.66}$trefoil arrangement and non-flat formations
$4.7{m_0}^{0.7} \left(\frac{d_e}{2s_c}\right)^{0.16m_0+2}$flat formation, other outer phase (leading 3/T/W)
$0.86{m_0}^{3.08} \left(\frac{d_e}{2s_c}\right)^{1.4m_0+0.7}$flat formation, middle phase (1/R/U)
$\frac{-0.74\left(m_0+2\right) \sqrt{m_0}}{2+\left(m_0-0.3\right)^2} \left(\frac{d_e}{2s_c}\right)^{m_0+1}$flat formation, outer phase with greater loss (lagging 2/S/V)
$\delta_1$Thickness screening layer

Thickness of tape screen or flat wires or diameter of round wires used to calculate the screening factor.

Formulas
$t_{sc}$
mm
$\Delta_2$Substitution coefficient $\Delta_2$ for eddy-currents
Formulas
$0$trefoil arrangement and non-flat formations
$21{m_0}^{3.3} \left(\frac{d_e}{2s_c}\right)^{1.47m_0+5.06}$flat formation, other outer phase (leading 3/T/W)
$0$flat formation, middle phase (1/R/U)
$0.92{m_0}^{3.7} \left(\frac{d_e}{2s_c}\right)^{m_0+2}$flat formation, outer phase with greater loss (lagging 2/S/V)
$\delta_{ar}$Equivalent thickness of armour

The equivalent thickness of armour is based on the combined thickness of the first and second armour layer divided by the mean diameter of the first and second armour layer diameter. The error to a separately calculated value for each layer is not significant since the electrical resistance is calculated separately.

Formulas
$\frac{A_{ar}}{\pi d_{ar}}$
mm
$\delta_d$Distance cable—duct
Formulas
$\frac{D_{di}}{2}-\frac{D_o}{2}$
m
$\delta_i$Electrical thickness of insulation material
Formulas
$\frac{\frac{\alpha_i \Delta \theta_i}{\ln\left(\frac{r_{osc}}{r_{isc}}\right)}+\frac{\gamma_i U_o}{r_{osc}-r_{isc}}}{1+\frac{\gamma_i U_o}{r_{osc}-r_{isc}}}$
m
$\delta_k$Thickness metallic component

Thickness of metallic component, e.g. screen, sheath or armour.

mm
$\delta_{soil}$Thermal diffusivity soil

The soil thermal diffusivity is the ratio of the thermal conductivity to the volumetric heat capacity. It is an indicator of the rate of at which a temperature change will be transmitted through the soil by conduction. When the thermal diffusivity is high, temperature changes are transmitted rapidly through the soil. Logically, soil thermal diffusivity is influenced by all the factors which influence thermal conductivity and heat capacity. Thermal diffusivity is somewhat less sensitive to soil water content than are thermal conductivity and volumetric heat capacity. The thermal diffusivity is a particularly useful parameter to aid in understanding and modeling soil temperatures.

For calculation of cyclic rating factors it is not necessary to accurately know the value of thermal diffusivity and it is generally satisfactory to use the tabulated functions given in the standard IEC 60853 which are based on the value of 5 · 10-7 m$^2$/s, and correspond roughly to a soil having a thermal resistivity of 1 K.m/W, and a moisture content of around 7% of dry weight.

There are currently five options to choose from to define the thermal diffusivity:

  1. If no data are available on the soil the IEC 60853-2 recommends the value 5 · 10-7 m$^2$/s.
  2. If only the thermal resistivity is known the IEC 60853-2 provides values in table D1 from which we have created a best fit power function.
  3. If dry density, moisture content in % of dry weight and thermal resistivity are measured the IEC 60853-2 provides equation D-1.
  4. Diffusivity is related to density, heat capacity and thermal conductivity of the material.
  5. The paper 'Estimation of soil thermal parameters from surface temperature of underground cables and prediction of cable rating' by H.J. Li, 2005 provides an empirical formula based on the publication 'The Transient Temperature Rise of Buried Cable Systems' by J.H. Neher, 1964.
  6. The value can also be entered manually. Only the positive real number of the scientific notation shall be entered and the exponent 10-7 is added automatically.

Formulas
$\frac{{10}^{-3}}{\rho_4 \zeta_{soil} \left(0.82+0.042\nu_{soil}\right)}$IEC 60853-2 eq. D-1
$4.68{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \left(\frac{1}{\rho_4}\right)^{-0.8}$Li2005 / Neher1964
$4.7717{\cdot}{10}^{-7} {\rho_4}^{-0.785}$IEC 60853-2 Table D1 optimal fit
$\frac{k_4}{\zeta_{soil} c_{p,soil}}$Related to density, heat capacity and conductivity
Choices
Value$\delta_{soil}$$\rho_4$$k_4$
8e-078.0e-7 m²/s0.5 K.m/W2.00 W/(K.m)
7e-077.0e-7 m²/s0.6 K.m/W1.67 W/(K.m)
6.5e-076.5e-7 m²/s0.7 K.m/W1.43 W/(K.m)
6e-076.0e-7 m²/s0.8 K.m/W1.25 W/(K.m)
5.5e-075.5e-7 m²/s0.9 K.m/W1.11 W/(K.m)
5e-075.0e-7 m²/s1.0 K.m/W1.00 W/(K.m)
4.5e-074.5e-7 m²/s1.2 K.m/W0.83 W/(K.m)
4e-074.0e-7 m²/s1.5 K.m/W0.67 W/(K.m)
3e-073.0e-7 m²/s2.0 K.m/W0.50 W/(K.m)
2.5e-072.5e-7 m²/s2.5 K.m/W0.40 W/(K.m)
2e-072.0e-7 m²/s3.0 K.m/W0.33 W/(K.m)
m$^2$/s
$\Delta H$Correction depth of corrugation

Correction to consider larger diameter over corrugated sheath as by applying the depth of corrugation $H_{sh}$.
For example, to calculate CIGRE TB 880 Case study 5 a value of 0.25 mm needs to be set.

mm
$\Delta H_c$Heat of combustion coefficient

The gross heat of combustion value (or energy value or calorific value) is used to quantify the energy content of a cable in case of a fire.

The standard gross heat of combustion is the energy liberated when a substance undergoes complete combustion with oxygen at standard conditions (25°C and 1 bar). In thermodynamical terms it is the negative of the enthalpy change for the combustion reaction. The chemical reaction is typically a hydrocarbon or other organic molecule reacting with oxygen to form carbon dioxide and water and release heat. It can be calculated from the standard enthalpy of formation ($\Delta$Hf°) of the substances involved in the reaction, given as tabulated values. The gross heat of combustion is measured in a calibrated oxygen bomb calorimeter. It is usually utilized to quantify the performance of a fuel in a combustion system.

Sources:

  • 'Heats of combustion of high temperature polymers' by Richard N. Walters (2000)
  • 'Experimental investigation on the heat of combustion for solid plastic waste mixtures' by Liviu Costiuc (2015)
  • Prof. Dr. M. Häberlein
  • atozplastics.com (used for PS, PIB)
  • 'Heats of combustion of oil shale, bitumen, and their mixtures' by V. M. Abbasov (2008) (used for Bitumen)
  • 'Determination of calorific value, sulphur and heavy metal concentration in waste oils' by Thinguri Mwangi Thomas (1998) (used for mineral oil wth 9.093 kcal/g)
  • 'Formulation and Burning Behaviour of Fire Retardant Polyisoprene Rubbers' by David John Kind (2001) (used for IIR, NR, CR, CSM)
  • CIGRE TB 720 'Fire issues for insulated cables in air' (used for PP, EPR, HFFR, Paper)
  • 'Calorific values for different raw materials' by C.F. Nielsen (used for Jute)

Note, not all values listed below can be selected in the cable editor.

Choices
IdValueReference
PVC18.017.95-20.0
PE44.644.6-47.7
sPVC18.0≈PVC
sPE44.6≈PE
LDPE44.644.6-47.74
MDPE46.444.6-47.74
HDPE47.7444.6-47.74
XLPE44.644.6-47.74
XLPEf47.7444.6-47.74
PP45.845.8-46.0
PPLP40.950/50% paper/PP, paper 50% soaked oil/rosin
PUR31.6
PS42.041.6-43.65
PA31.431.4-33.0
STPe32.632.6-33.9
POC33.533.5-46.05
ETFE13.8
PET24.1321.6-24.13
PTFE5.0
HFFR20.015.0-25.0
FRNC13.0
NR43.143.1-45.0
EPR30.025.0-33.9
EPDM30.0≈EPR
EVA22.0
XHF45.0≈PE
HFS45.0≈PE
CR23.719.5-23.7
CSM15.4
IIR43.8
PIB47.0
OilP35.04paper 50% soaked with mineral oil (38.07)
Mass36.0paper 50% soaked with oil/rosin (ca. 40)
CJ34.2860% jute + 40% PP
RSP43.8IIR
BIT40.95Bitumen
tape20.0estimation
SiR15.515.5-22.6
fPOC16.7550% of POC
fPP22.950% of PP
fPE22.350% of PE
fPVC9.050% of PVC
PRod15.280% of PVC
PTube15.280% of PVC
OilD35.04assuming similar to oil impregnated paper
Jute17.017.0-20.0
TY18.017.0-20.0
Paper16.0
Air8.9
MJ/kg
$\Delta t$Length of time step
Formulas
$\frac{1}{360f_{max}}$
s
$\Delta \theta_{0t}$Air temperature increase

Fictitious increase of ambient temperature to account for the ventilation in a tunnel.

Formulas
$\frac{\left(\theta_{init}-\theta_a\right) \left(T_t+T_e\right)}{T_a+T_t+T_e} e^{\frac{-L_T}{L_0}}$
K
$\Delta \theta_{0x}$Temperature rise by crossing heat sources

Temperature rise by crossing heat sources, at the hottest point along the cable.

Formulas
$\sum\limits_{h=1}^{k_X} T_{mh} \cdot W_h$
K
$\Delta \theta_{0x,h}$Temperature rise of the conductor by source h

Temperature rise of the conductor(s) of the rated cable, due to crossing heat source h, at the hottest point in the cable route.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho W_h}{4\pi} \ln\left(\frac{\left(L_r+L_h\right)^2+\left(z_r-z_h\right)^2}{\left(L_r-L_h\right)^2+\left(z_r-z_h\right)^2}\right)$
K
$\Delta \theta_{air}$Temperature increase air

This is the temperature rise of the air inside an air-filled trough or channel.

Formulas
$T_{tr} W_{sum}$in trough
$\left(T_e+T_{at}\right) W_{sum}$in channel (Heinhold)
$\left(\frac{1}{2} T_{4pi}+T_{4pii}+T_{4piii}\right) W_{sum}+\Delta \theta_p$in air-filled pipe with objects
K
$\Delta \theta_c$Temperature rise conductor

This is the conductor temperature rise above the ambient temperature respectively above the surface temperature of cable or duct in tunnel and in trough (method by Anders 2010) and the surface temperature of the cable in riser.

For DC, the dielectric losses $W_d$ are zero and the corresponding terms disappear.

Formulas
$n_{ph} \left(W_c T_{int}+W_d T_d\right)+n_{cc} \left(\left(W_c+W_s+W_{ar}+W_{sp}+W_d\right) \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+T_{4iii}\right)+W_{duct} \left(\frac{T_{4ii}}{2}+T_{4iii}\right)\right)$Cables in air, in riser IEC 60287
$n_{ph} \left(W_c T_{int}+W_d T_d\right)+n_{cc} \left(W_d \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+v_4 T_{4ss}\right)+\left(W_c+W_s+W_{ar}+W_{sp}\right) \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+v_4 T_{4\mu}\right)+W_{duct} \left(\frac{T_{4ii}}{2}+v_4 T_{4\mu}\right)\right)$Cables buried
$n_{ph} \left(W_c T_{int}+W_d T_d\right)+n_{cc} \left(W_I+W_d\right) \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}\right)$Cables in tunnel
$n_{ph} \left(W_c T_{int}+W_d T_d\right)+n_{cc} \left(W_I+W_d\right) \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+T_{4t}\right)$Cables in tunnel (IEC 60287-2-3)
$n_{ph} \left(W_c T_{int}+W_d T_d\right)+n_{cc} \left(W_I+W_d\right) \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+T_{4iii}\right)$Cables in channel (Heinhold)
$n_{ph} \left(W_c T_{int}+W_d T_d\right)+n_{cc} \left(W_I+W_d\right) \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+T_{4iii}\right)$Cables in trough (air-filled)
$n_{ph} \left(W_c T_{int}+W_d T_d\right)+n_{cc} \left(W_I+W_d\right) T_{4iii}$Cables subsea
$n_{ph} \left(W_c T_{int}+W_d T_d\right)+n_{cc} \left(W_d v_4 T_{4ss}+\left(W_c+W_s+W_{ar}+W_{sp}\right) v_4 T_{4\mu}+W_{duct} \left(\frac{T_{4ii}}{2}+v_4 T_{4\mu}\right)\right)$cables in duct with bentonite filling and cyclic
K
$\delta \theta_c$Ohmic steady-state temperature rise

Permissible steady-state temperature rise of the conductor due to joule losses.

Formulas
$\theta_c-W_d \left(\frac{T_A}{2}+T_3+T_{4iii}\right)$
K
$\Delta \theta_{c,t}$Transient temperature rise conductor

This is the transient temperature rise of conductor above ambient temperature.

After calculating separately the two partial transients and the conductor to cable surface attainment factor the total transient rise above ambient temperature is obtained

  • for buried configurations by simple addition of the cable and modified environmental partial transients;
  • for cables in air by modification of the cable partial transient.

Formulas
$\Delta \theta_{c,t,o}$cables in air
$\Delta \theta_{c,t,o}+\alpha_t \left(\Delta \theta_{e,t}+v_4 \Delta \theta_{p,t}\right)$buried cables
$\Delta \theta_{c,t,o}+\Delta \theta_{d,t}+\alpha_t \Delta \theta_{e,t}+\alpha_t v_4 \Delta \theta_{p,t}$buried cables
K
$\Delta \theta_{c,t,corr}$Corrected transient temperature rise conductor

This is the corrected transient conductor temperature rise above ambient temperature caused by the change in conductor resistance with temperature during the transient period.

$\theta_{c_0}$ is the conductor temperature at the start of the transient.

Formulas
$\frac{\Delta \theta_{c,t}}{1+\frac{1}{\beta_c+\theta_{c,t,0}} \left(\Delta \theta_{c,t,\infty}-\Delta \theta_{c,t}\right)}$
K
$\Delta \theta_{c,t,\infty}$Steady-state temperature rise conductor

This is the conductor steady-state temperature rise above ambient, as defined by Amendment 1 (2008) of the IEC 60853-2.

IEC 60853-2 Ed.1 defines this to be the transient temperature rise of the conductor above ambient temperature without correction for variation in conductor loss, and based on the conductor resistance at the end of the transient.

K
$\Delta \theta_{c,t,o}$Transient temperature rise conductor by ohmic losses

This is the transient temperature rise of conductor above outer surface caused by ohmic losses. The transient response of a cable circuit to a step function of load current, considered in isolation, that is with the right-hand pair of terminals of the thermal circuit short-cuircuited, is found with the following formula calculating the transient temperature rise of conductor above outer surface. The parameter $W_c$ is the power loss per unit length in a conductor or an equivalent conductor based on the maximum conductor temperature attained. The power loss is assumed to be constant during the transient.

Formulas
$n_{ph} W_c \left(T_{a0} \left(1-e^{-a_0 \tau}\right)+T_{b0} \left(1-e^{-b_0 \tau}\right)\right)$
K
$\Delta \theta_{ce}$Temperature difference conductor—surface

This is the temperature difference between the conductor and the surface.

Formulas
$\theta_c-\theta_e$
K
$\Delta \theta_d$Temperature rise dielectric losses

This is the conductor temperature rise above the ambient temperature caused by dielectric losses respectively above the surface temperature of cable or duct in tunnel and above the surface temperature of the cable in riser. The temperature rise caused by dielectric losses is relevant for high-voltage cables because the losses are strongly voltage dependent. If the application of system voltage occurs, then an additional transient temperature rise due to the dielectric loss has to be calculated.

  • It shall be assumed that the dielectric power factor is constant and equal to an appropriate value in the relevant temperature range.
  • If the starting conductor temperature is different from the ambient temperature, then it may be assumed that the dielectric losses are included in the temperature rise obtained at the onset of the transient conditions.
  • For cables at voltages up to and including 275 kV, it is sufficient to assume that half the dielectric loss is produced at the conductor and the other half at the screen or sheath (therefore the ratio of losses is equal to 2).The apportioning factor $p_i$ is the same as that used when calculating transient due to joule losses.
  • For cables at voltages higher than 275 kV, the dielectric loss can be an important fraction of the total loss (i.e. paper insulated cables) and the factor used to apportion the thermal capacitance of the insulation (dielectric) to the conductor and sheath is replaced.The fraction of the dielectric loss starting from the conductor is still reckoned as 1/2 and therefore the ratio of losses is equal to 2.

Formulas
$W_d \left(n_{ph} T_d+n_{cc} \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+T_{4iii}\right)\right)$Cables in air, in trough (air-filled)
$W_d \left(n_{ph} T_d+n_{cc} \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+T_{4ss} v_4\right)\right)$Cables buried
$W_d \left(n_{ph} T_d+n_{cc} \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}\right)\right)$Cables in tunnel
$W_d \left(n_{ph} T_d+n_{cc} \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+T_{4t}\right)\right)$Cables in tunnel (IEC 60287-2-3)
$W_d \left(n_{ph} T_d+n_{cc} T_{4iii}\right)$Cables subsea
$W_d n_{ph} T_d$Cables in riser
$W_d \left(n_{ph} T_d+n_{cc} T_{4ss} v_4\right)$cables in duct with bentonite filling and cyclic
K
$\Delta \theta_{d,t}$Transient temperature rise by dielectric losses

The dielectric losses are applied when the cable is energized.

Formulas
$\Delta \theta_d$
K
$\Delta \theta_{dj}$Temperature rise dielectric losses $\rightarrow$ cable surface

$\Delta\theta_dj$ is a factor having the dimensions of temperature difference, accounts for dielectric losses. It is not used in our calculations but used in CIGRE TB 880.

Formulas
$W_d \left(\left(\frac{1}{1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2}-\frac{1}{2}\right) T_1-\frac{n_{ph} \lambda_2 T_2}{1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2}\right)$
K
$\Delta \theta_{duct}$Temperature rise duct (magnetic)
Formulas
$n_{cc} W_{duct} \left(\frac{T_{4ii}}{2}+T_{4iii}\right)$Cables in air
$n_{cc} W_{duct} \left(\frac{T_{4ii}}{2}+v_4 T_{4\mu}\right)$Cables buried
K
$\Delta \theta_{e,t}$Transient temperature rise outer surface

The transient response of the cable environment is calculated by an exponential integral formula.

Note: The parameters $D_o$ and $L_{cm}$ are in meters.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_4 W_I}{4\pi} \left(-\operatorname{expi}\left(\frac{-{D_o}^2}{16\tau \delta_{soil}}\right)--\operatorname{expi}\left(\frac{-{L_{cm}}^2}{\tau \delta_{soil}}\right)\right)$
K
$\Delta \theta_{gas}$Temperature difference conductor—enclosure
Formulas
$\theta_c-\theta_{encl}$Gas compartment of PAC/GIL
$\theta_e-\theta_{di}$Air space inside the duct of riser/J-tube
°C
$\Delta \theta_i$Temperature difference insulation
Formulas
$T_{ins} \left(W_c+\frac{W_d}{2}\right)$
K
$\Delta \theta_{i,max}$Limitation of temperature rise insulation material

In the case of HVDC cables, there are two limitations that must be observed. One is the maximum conductor temperature, similarly as in the AC case and the other is the limitation of the electric field strength in the insulation. The latter can be shown to be equivalent to limiting the temperature drop across the insulation.

In an HVDC cable, the electrical field is determined by the resistive properties (governed by the specific electric resistivity $\rho_i$) of the insulation material, contrary to a HVAC cable where this is determined by capacitive properties (governed by the dielectric permittivity $\epsilon_i$). The specific thermal resistivity $\rho_i$ is significantly dependent on temperature, and because this temperature is not constant throughout the insulation material, the electrical field is not constant and changes with changing cable loading situations. In order to ensure that the electrical fields in the insulation material remain within limits, the temperature difference over the insulation material is limited. This limit may be more stringent than the limit on the maximum conductor operating temperature with typical values between 10 and 15 K.

It is noted that the maximum temperature difference over the insulation material of a specific cable is an important parameter during type testing, and should not be surpassed during cable operation. To take this additional limitation into account, the CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 9 may be followed.

Cableizer provides a method where the losses generated in the dielectric are considered and the resulting rating will ensure the permissible temperature drop across the insulation.

Default
10

K
$\Delta \theta_{kp}$Temperature rise by object k

This is the temperature rise of cable p due to the total power $W_{tot}$ dissipated in cable k.

When both cables p and k are embedded in the same concrete (backfill), the temperature rise by buried object k is adjusted with the difference between the thermal resistivity of the backfill material $\rho_b$ and the thermal resistivity of the soil $\rho_4$: $$\Delta\theta_{kp}=\Delta\theta_b+(\Delta\theta_{kp}-\Delta\theta_b)*\rho_b/\rho_4$$ $\Delta\theta_b$ is the temperature rise by buried object k on the top border of the backfill. With this method, the difference in temperature rise inside the backfill due to the difference in thermal resistivity is taken into consideration.

Formulas
$\frac{W_{tot} \rho_4}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{d_{pk1}}{d_{pk2}}\right)$
K
$\Delta \theta_{kp,t}$Transient temperature rise outer surface by object k

This is the temperature rise of cable p due to the total power $W_{tot}$ dissipated in cable k.

Formulas
$\frac{W_{tot} \rho_4}{4\pi} \left(-\operatorname{expi}\left(\frac{-\left(\frac{d_{pk2}}{1000}\right)^2}{4\tau \delta_{soil}}\right)+\operatorname{expi}\left(\frac{-\left(\frac{d_{pk1}}{1000}\right)^2}{4\tau \delta_{soil}}\right)\right)$
K
$\Delta \theta_{max}$Maximum permissible conductor temperature rise

Maximum permissible conductor temperature rise above ambient.

Formulas
$\theta_{cmax}-\theta_a$cables/PAC/GIL
$\theta_{hsf}-\theta_a$heat source
$\theta_{fo}-\theta_a$fiber optic cable
K
$\Delta \theta_p$Temperature rise by other buried objects

This is the temperature rise above ambient at the surface of the pth cable, whose rating is being determined, caused by the power dissipated by the other (q - 1) cables in the group. The term $\Delta\theta_{pp}$ is excluded from the summation. The influence of touching cables or ducts is exluded from the summation.

For cables in air, $\Delta\theta_p$ is 0.

Formulas
$\sum\limits_{k=1}^q \Delta\theta_{kp}$
K
$\Delta \theta_{p,t}$Transient temperature rise outer surface by other buried objects

This is the temperature rise above ambient at the surface of the pth cable, whose rating is being determined, caused by the power dissipated by the other (q - 1) cables in the group. The term $\Delta\theta_{pp}$ is excluded from the summation. The influence of touching cables or ducts is exluded from the summation.

For cables in air, $\Delta\theta_p$ is 0.

Formulas
$\sum\limits_{k=1}^q \Delta\theta_{kp,t}$
K
$\Delta \theta_R$Conductor temperature rise above ambient temperature

This is the conductor temperature rise above ambient temperature.

$\Delta\theta_R(t)$: Conductor temperature rise above ambient at time t after application of current $I_{c2}$, neglecting variation in conductor resistance.
$\Delta\theta_R(i)$: Conductor temperature rise above ambient, when the magnitude for the step function current is the sustained rated current, and $i$ is expressed in hours.
$\Delta\theta_R(\infty)$: Conductor temperature rise above ambient in the steady state, i.e. the standard maximum permissible temperature rise.

K
$\Delta \theta_{R,\infty}$Maximum permissible conductor temperature rise

Value of the conductor temperature rise above ambient in the steady-state due to Joule losses, i.e. the standard maximum permissible temperature rise.

Formulas
$\theta_{cmax}-\theta_a-\Delta \theta_d$
°C
$\Delta \theta_s$Temperature difference surface—ambient

It is the difference between the surface temperature of a cable or duct in air and the ambient temperature. This equation is solved by iteration with an initial value for $\Delta\theta_s$ of 16°C.

Formulas
$\frac{\Delta \theta_s+T_{4iii} n_{cc} W_t+\Delta \theta_{sun}}{2}$cables in air
$\frac{\Delta \theta_c+\Delta \theta_d}{1+K_A {\Delta \theta_s}^{0.25}}$cables in air-filled trough, in air-filled pipe with objects
$\theta_{at}-\theta_{de}$cables in channel (Heinhold)
$\theta_{de}-\theta_{air}$cables in riser/J-tube
$\theta_e-\theta_{at}$heat source in air-filled trough, in air-filled pipe with objects
$\theta_e-\frac{T_{sa} \left(T_{sa}+T_{at}\right)}{T_{sa}+T_{at}+T_{st}} W_{hs}$heat source in channel
$\frac{\Delta \theta_s+T_{4iii} W_{tot}+\Delta \theta_{sun}}{2}$PAC/GIL in air
$\frac{\Delta \theta_c}{1+K_A {\Delta \theta_s}^{0.25}}$PAC/GIL in air-filled trough
$\theta_{de}-\frac{T_{sa} \left(T_{sa}+T_{at}\right)}{T_{sa}+T_{at}+T_{st}} n_{cc} W_{tot}$PAC/GIL in channel (Heinhold)
K
$\delta \theta_{SPK}$Peak cyclic temperature rise

Peak cyclic temperature rise of the cable surface.

Formulas
$k_{r2} \delta \theta_c$
K
$\Delta \theta_{sun}$Temperature difference solar radiation

Temperature rise by solar radiation.

Formulas
$\sigma_{sun} D_o H_{sun} T_{4iii}$in air
$\operatorname{Min}\left(30, \operatorname{Max}\left(0.037H_{sun}-26.3, 0\right)\right)$in air-filled trough
$\operatorname{Min}\left(30, \operatorname{Max}\left(28.751e^{-9.8d_t}, 0\right)\right)$in channel (Heinhold)
$\frac{0.29H_{sun}}{{V_{air}}^{0.89} {L_{cm}}^{0.07}}$in filled trough
K
$\Delta \theta_{uh}$Temperature rise by crossing heat sources z

Temperature rise by crossing heat sources, at the point z along the cable.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho W_h}{4\pi} \ln\left(\frac{\left(L_r+L_h\right)^2+\left(\nu \Delta z\right)^2 \mathrm{sin}^{2}\beta}{\left(L_r-L_h\right)^2+\left(\nu \Delta z\right)^2 \mathrm{sin}^{2}\beta}\right)$single source crossing
$\frac{\rho W_h}{4\pi} \ln\left(\frac{\left(L_r+L_h\right)^2+\left(z_r-z_h+\nu \Delta z \mathrm{sin}\beta\right)^2}{\left(L_r-L_h\right)^2+\left(z_r-z_h+\nu \Delta z \mathrm{sin}^{2}\beta\right)^2}\right)$several crossings
K
$\Delta \theta_x$Critical soil temperature rise

This is the temperature rise of the boundary between the dry and moist zones above the ambient temperature of the soil.

The method is based on a simple two-zone approximate physical model of the soil where the zone adjacent to the cable is dried out whilst the other zone retains the site's thermal resistivity, the zone boundary being on isotherm. This method is considered to be appropriate for those applications in which soil behaviour is considered in simple terms only. The method should be applied to a single isolated cable or circuit only, laid at conventional depths. Installations of more than one circuit shall consider necessary spacing between circuits.

When the permissible current rating is being calculated under conditions of partial drying out of the soil, also calculate a rating for conditions where drying out of the soil does not occur and take the lower rating.

Formulas
$\theta_x-\theta_a$IEC 60287
$\Delta \theta_{x0}+\frac{100\left(1-LF\right)}{3}$VDE 0276-1000
K
$\Delta \theta_{x0}$Critical soil temperature rise (VDE)

This is the temperature rise of the boundary between the dry and moist zones above the ambient temperature of the soil according to VDE 0276-1000 with continuous load ($LF$ = 1).

This value is fixed to 15 K in VDE 0276-1000 but can be adjusted in Cableizer.

Default
15.0

K
$\Delta W$Incremental heat generated

Incremental heat generated due to change of conductor resistance.

Formulas
$\frac{R_c \alpha_c {I_c}^2}{1+\alpha_c \left(\theta_{cmax}-\Delta \theta_{0x}-20\right)}$first step
$\Delta W \left(1-\frac{\Delta \theta_{0x}}{\Delta \theta_{max}-\Delta \theta_d}\right)$second step
W
$\Delta w_d$Increment of volumetric density of dielectric losses in HVDC cables
Formulas
$\left(\frac{r}{r_{osc}}\right)^{2\left(\delta_i-1\right)} e^{\alpha_i \left(a_i \left(r^2-{r_{isc}}^2\right)+\frac{\Delta \theta_i-a_i \left({r_{isc}}^2-{r_{osc}}^2\right)}{r_{isc}-r_{osc}} \left(r-r_{isc}\right)+\theta_c\right)+\gamma_i \frac{{\delta_i}^2 {U_o}^2 \left(\frac{r}{r_{osc}}\right)^{\delta_i-1}}{r_{osc} \left(1-\left(\frac{r_{isc}}{r_{osc}}\right)^{\delta_i}\right)}}$
W/m$^3$
$\Delta z$Length of the interval

Length of the interval used in the calculations.

It has to be verified that $\gamma\times\Delta z<\epsilon$ where $\epsilon$ is a small value, typically 0.01 acc. to IEC 60287-3-3.

m
$Di_d$Inner diameter ductmm
$Di_{hsp}$Inner diameter fluid-filled pipe

Inner diameter of the pipe in the center of a heat source inside which the fluid is flowing, e.g. water in a district heat pipe.

mm
$Di_p$Inner diameter enclosing pipe

Inner diameter of large enclosing pipe with ducts inside such as it is used for HDD.

m
$Di_{sp}$Inner diameter steel pipe

Inner diameter of steel pipe of pipe-type cables.

mm
$Di_t$Diameter (inner) tunnel

For shapes such as squares or rectangular ducts and tunnels where the height and width are comparable, the characteristic dimension for internal-flow situations is taken to be the hydraulic diameter, defined as $D=4*A/P$, where A is the cross-sectional area, and P is the wetted perimeter. The wetted perimeter for a tunnel is the total perimeter of all inner tunnel walls that are in contact with the flow.

For circular tunnels, the diameter is an input value.

Formulas
$\frac{4A_t}{2w_t+2h_t}$
m
$Do_d$Outer diameter duct

If the cable is not in a duct, $Do_d$ is equal to the cable outer diameter $D_e$.

Formulas
$Di_d+2\left(t_d+t_{dp}\right)$
mm
$Do_{hsp}$Outer diameter fluid-filled pipe

Outer diameter of the pipe in the center of a heat source inside which the fluid is flowing, e.g. water in a district heat pipe.

Formulas
$Di_{hsp}+2t_{hsp}$
mm
$Do_p$Outer diameter enclosing pipe

Outer diameter of large enclosing pipe with ducts inside such as it is used for HDD.

Formulas
$Di_p+\frac{2t_p}{1000}$
m
$Do_{sp}$Outer diameter steel pipe

Outer diameter of steel pipe of pipe-type cables.

Formulas
$Di_{sp}+2t_{sp}$
mm
$Do_t$Diameter (outer) tunnel

For rectangular tunnels, the outer diameter is calculated approximately using formula from Japanese Cable Standard JCS 0501. For circular tunnels, the outer diameter is the inner diameter plus the wall thickness.

The characteristic diameter of a trough is calculated as an equivalent diameter based on a formula by Huebscher, taken from engineeringtoolbox.com.

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{4\left(w_t+2t_t\right) \left(h_t+2t_t\right)}{\pi}}$tunnel rectangular shape (JCS standard)
$Di_t+2t_t$tunnel circular shape
$\frac{1.3\left(\left(h_t+t_t\right) \left(w_t+t_t\right)\right)^{0.625}}{\left(h_t+w_t+2t_t\right)^{0.25}}$trough equivalent diameter (Huebscher)
m
E$E_a$Induced shield voltage phase a

The voltage gradient induced in a cable shield may be considered as a special case in which the parallel conductor is a shield at a spacing from the conductor that it embraces equal to the mean radius of the shield. When no other current-carrying conductor is in the vicinity.

Equations for the different cases:

  • Normal case and the three-phase symmetrical fault:
    • eq 1: General case of any cable formation.
    • eq 2: Trefoil formation, where $S {ab} = S {bc} = S {ac}$, the general equation simplifies.
    • eq 3: Flat formation, in which the axial spacing of adjacent cables is equal and $= S_{m}$.
    • eq 4: Trefoil or flat with regular transposition for which the $GMD$ can be used.
  • Phase-to-phase fault:
    • eq 5: In the general case of any cable formation, assuming a fault between phases a and b with no ground current flowing, when $I_{ka}$ is the fault current, the shield/sheath voltage gradients are shown.
  • Single-phase ground fault (solidly grounded neutral):
    • eq 6: Precise calculation of shield/sheath overvoltages for underground-fault conditions requires a knowledge of the proportion of the return current that flows in the ground itself and the proportion that returns by way of the parallel ecc. This depends on a number of factors, which are not usually accurately known.Fortunately, however, the overvoltages of practical interest are those between shields/sheaths and the parallel ecc, and these can be simply calculated by the assumption that this conductor carries the whole of the return current. This assumption is normally accurate and leads to shield/sheath overvoltages that are slightly higher than those observed in practice.
      For a ground fault in phase a, and the general case of any cable formation when $I_{ka}$ is the fault current, the shield/sheath-to-ground conductor voltages are shown.
  • Magnitude of voltages:
    • eq 7: Typical maximum values of shield/sheath voltages calculated from these equations are given in Figure E.1 for a circuit in flat formation, for a current of 1000 A having a transposed ground conductor. For a three-phase symmetrical fault, the maximum voltage is reached in the outer cables and is the same as in Figure 1 but increased for higher current. For the phase-to-phase fault, the highest shield/sheath voltage results when the fault is between the outer cables so that $S {ac} = 2 \cdot S$. For a ground fault assuming the ground conductor to be laid as shown in Figure 2 of this guide, see Equation (E.8) and Equation (E.9).
      The highest of the three-sheath voltages for a fault in phase a is $E_{a}$, and since the effect of $R_{c}$ can generally be neglected, the preceding equation for $E_{a}$ can be expressed as shown in Equation (E.10).
      Figure E.1 shows the effect of varying $d/r_{g}$ over a typical range of values. It is clear that the overvoltages per meter due to the single-phase fault is much greater than for the other types of fault, for systems having solidly grounded neutral. For systems having impedance or resonant grounding of the neutral, the phase-to-phase fault is the most important.

    Formulas
    $+j \omega I_{ka} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \left(\frac{-1}{2} \ln\left(\frac{2{S_{ab}}^2}{d S_{ac}}\right)+j \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2} \ln\left(\frac{2S_{ac}}{d}\right)\right)$three-phase symmetrical fault, general case, without transposition
    $+j \omega I_{ka} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \left(\frac{-1}{2}+j \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}\right) \ln\left(\frac{2S_m}{d}\right)$three-phase symmetrical fault, trefoil, without transposition
    $+j \omega I_{ka} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \left(\frac{-1}{2} \ln\left(\frac{S_m}{d}\right)+j \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2} \ln\left(\frac{4S_m}{d}\right)\right)$three-phase symmetrical fault, flat, without transposition
    $+j \omega I_{ka} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{GMD}{d}\right)$three-phase symmetrical fault, with regular transposition
    $+j \omega I_{ka} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{2S_{ab}}{d}\right)$phase-to-phase fault between phases a + b
    $I_{ka} j \omega 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{2S_m}{d}\right)$single-phase ground fault in phase a, both-side bonded
    $I_{ka} \left(R_{ct}+j \omega 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{2{S_{ap}}^2}{d r_g}\right)\right)$single-phase ground fault in phase a, single-side bonded (solidly grounded neutral)
    $I_{ka} \left(R_E+j \omega 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{D_E}{d}\right)\right)$single-phase ground fault in phase a, single-side bonded (without ecc)
    $\frac{I_{kx}}{3} \left(Z_{ss}+2Z_{sg}\right)-I_{ka} \left(Z_{ss}-R_s\right)$single-phase ground fault in phase a minor section 1, cross-bonded, trefoil
    $\frac{I_{kx}}{3} \left(Z_{ss}+Z_{oog}+Z_{oig}\right)-I_{ka} \left(Z_{ss}-R_s\right)$single-phase ground fault in phase a minor section 1, cross-bonded, flat
V/m
$E_b$Induced shield voltage phase b

The voltage gradient induced in a cable shield may be considered as a special case in which the parallel conductor is a shield at a spacing from the conductor that it embraces equal to the mean radius of the shield. When no other current-carrying conductor is in the vicinity.

Formulas
$+j \omega I_{kb} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \left(\frac{1}{2} \ln\left(\frac{4S_{ab} S_{bc}}{d^2}\right)+j \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2} \ln\left(\frac{S_{bc}}{S_{ab}}\right)\right)$three-phase symmetrical fault, general case, without transposition
$+j \omega I_{kb} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{2S_m}{d}\right)$three-phase symmetrical fault, trefoil, without transposition
$+j \omega I_{kb} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{2S_m}{d}\right)$three-phase symmetrical fault, flat, without transposition
$+j \omega I_{ka} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{GMD}{d}\right)$three-phase symmetrical fault, with regular transposition
$-j \omega I_{ka} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{2S_{ab}}{d}\right)$phase-to-phase fault between phases a + b
$I_{kb} j \omega 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{2S_m}{d}\right)$single-phase ground fault in phase b, both-side bonded
$I_{kb} \left(R_{ct}+j \omega 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{S_{ap} S_{bp}}{r_g S_{ab}}\right)\right)$single-phase ground fault in phase a, single-side bonded (solidly grounded neutral)
$I_{kb} \left(R_E+j \omega 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{D_E}{d}\right)\right)$single-phase ground fault in phase a, single-side bonded (without ecc)
$\frac{I_{kx}}{3} \left(Z_{ss}+2Z_{sg}\right)-I_{kb} Z_{sg}$single-phase ground fault in phase a minor section 1, cross-bonded, trefoil
$\frac{I_{kx}}{3} \left(Z_{ss}-2Z_{oig}\right)-I_{kb} Z_{oig}$single-phase ground fault in phase a minor section 1, cross-bonded, flat
V/m
$E_{bs}$Installation constant E

The installation constant E for black surfaces of objects in free air is according to IEC 60287-2-1.

$E_c$Induced shield voltage phase c

The voltage gradient induced in a cable shield may be considered as a special case in which the parallel conductor is a shield at a spacing from the conductor that it embraces equal to the mean radius of the shield. When no other current-carrying conductor is in the vicinity.

Formulas
$+j \omega I_{kc} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \left(\frac{-1}{2} \ln\left(\frac{2{S_{bc}}^2}{d S_{ac}}\right)-j \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2} \ln\left(\frac{2S_{ac}}{d}\right)\right)$three-phase symmetrical fault, general case, without transposition
$+j \omega I_{kc} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \left(\frac{-1}{2}-j \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}\right) \ln\left(\frac{2S_m}{d}\right)$three-phase symmetrical fault, trefoil, without transposition
$+j \omega I_{ka} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \left(\frac{-1}{2} \ln\left(\frac{S_m}{d}\right)-j \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2} \ln\left(\frac{4S_m}{d}\right)\right)$three-phase symmetrical fault, flat, without transposition
$+j \omega I_{ka} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{GMD}{d}\right)$three-phase symmetrical fault, with regular transposition
$-j \omega I_{ka} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{4S_m}{d}\right)$phase-to-phase fault between phases a + b
$I_{kc} j \omega 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{2S_m}{d}\right)$single-phase ground fault in phase a, both-side bonded
$I_{kc} \left(R_{ct}+j \omega 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{S_{ap} S_{cp}}{r_g S_{ac}}\right)\right)$single-phase ground fault in phase a, single-side bonded (solidly grounded neutral)
$I_{kc} \left(R_E+j \omega 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{D_E}{d}\right)\right)$single-phase ground fault in phase a, single-side bonded (without ecc)
$\frac{I_{kx}}{3} \left(Z_{ss}+2Z_{sg}\right)-I_{kc} Z_{sg}$single-phase ground fault in phase a minor section 1, cross-bonded, trefoil
$\frac{I_{kx}}{3} \left(Z_{ss}+Z_{oog}+Z_{oig}\right)-I_{kc} Z_{oog}$single-phase ground fault in phase a minor section 1, cross-bonded, flat
V/m
$e_{hor}$Horizontal clearance

Horizontal clearance between cable groups.

mm
$E_i$Electrical field strength

With the exception of low-voltage cables, the electric field in power cables is limited to the volume of the dielectric by an inner and an outer conductive layer.The field distribution or voltage gradient is equivalent to a homogenous cylinder and is therefore represented by a homogenious radial field.

The value of the voltage gradient at point x within the insulation can be calculated using a logarithmic relationship. The electrical field strength is highest above the conductor shield (inner semi-conducting layer), below the insulation and lowest below the insulation screen (outer semi-conducting layer), above the insulation.

In high-voltage DC cables, a temperature gradient can change the conductivity of the insulator which leads to significant distortion of the electric field.

The values for dielectric strength of insulating materials is taken from chemistry.mdma.ch .

Formulas
$\frac{U_e}{1000} \frac{1}{r_x \ln\left(\frac{r_{osc}}{r_{isc}}\right)}$homogenous radial field
$\frac{\delta_i \frac{U_e}{1000} \left(\frac{r_x}{r_{osc}}\right)^{\delta-1}}{r_{osc} \left(1-\left(\frac{r_{isc}}{r_{osc}}\right)^{\delta_i}\right)}$function of the radial position $r_x$
Choices
Materialdielectric strengthReference
PE21.7
HDPE19.7
XLPE21.7same as PE
XLPEf19.7same as HDPE
PVC11.8range between 11.8 and 15.7
EPR23.6like Polypropylene/polyethlyene copolymer
IIR23.6
PPLP28.7like Aramid papers, calendered
Mass12.2like Aramid papers, uncalendered
OilP12.2like Aramid papers, uncalendered
PP23.6
SiR26.0range between 26 and 36
EVA19.3like Ethylene-chlortrifluoroethylene copolymer
XHF21.7same as PE
kV/mm
$e_{limit}$Limit of thickness of soil layer

Thickness of soil layer providing a thermal resistance equivalent to $h_{amb}$, when the laying depth approaches the radius of the pipe, $L_{cm}$ → $D_{ext}/2$.

Formulas
$\frac{D_{ext}}{2} \left(e^{\frac{2k_4}{D_{ext} h_{ext}}}-1\right)$
m
$E_{mag}$Magnitude of voltages

Typical maximum values of shield/sheath voltages calculated from these equations are given in Figure E.1 for a circuit in flat formation, for a current of 1000 A having a transposed ground conductor. For a three-phase symmetrical fault, the maximum voltage is reached in the outer cables. For the phase-to-phase fault, the highest shield/sheath voltage results when the fault is between the outer cables so that $S_{ac} = 2 \cdot S$.
The highest of the three-sheath voltages for a fault in phase a is $E_{a}$, and since the effect of $R_{c}$ can generally be neglected, the preceding equation for $E_{a}$ can be expressed as shown in the equation.

Figure E.1 shows the effect of varying $d/r_{g}$ over a typical range of values. It is clear that the overvoltages per meter due to the single-phase fault is much greater than for the other types of fault, for systems having solidly grounded neutral. For systems having impedance or resonant grounding of the neutral, the phase-to-phase fault is the most important.

Figure E.3 shows these voltages between shields/sheaths at the cross-bond position per unit length of 1 m of the minor section length calculated from the equations above for single-phase faults and compared with the voltages due to three-phase symmetrical faults and for phase-to-phase faults and for a short-circuit current of 1000 A. It is evident that the voltage due to the phase-to-phase fault is the greatest.
The shield/sheath voltage limiter generally consists of a star connected device having the star point grounded to a local ground. The resistance of these local ground plates is often high but some current will flow into the ground during a single-phase fault. The calculation of these currents and of the voltages between the shields/sheaths and the ground plates is complex and requires knowledge of the ground-plate resistances and the ground resistivity along the cable route. These values are not generally known, especially at the design stage, and hence it is usual to consider the duty of the shield/sheath voltage limiter only in terms of the voltage between shields/sheaths. Experience and measurements indicate that the shield/sheath-to-ground voltage rise is not generally sufficient to damage the shield/sheath voltage limiter, but, when there is any doubt, the star point should not be grounded, when this is permissible, with respect to transient overvoltages.

Formulas
$+j \omega I_{ka} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\left(\frac{S_m}{d}\right)^2 \frac{d}{r_g}\right)$highest single-phase ground fault in phase a, single-side bonded
$+j \omega I_{kb} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\left(\frac{S_m}{d}\right)^2 \frac{d}{r_g}\right)$highest single-phase ground fault in phase b, single-side bonded
$+j \omega I_{kc} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\left(\frac{S_m}{d}\right)^2 \frac{d}{r_g}\right)$highest single-phase ground fault in phase c, single-side bonded
V/m
$E_p$Induced shield voltage conductor p

Any conductor p, lying parallel with a set of three conductors carrying balanced three-phase currents, will have a voltage gradient $E_p$ induced along its length.

Clearly, as the spacing of the parallel conductors increases in relation to the mutual spacing of the groups of cables, the induced voltage tends to zero. Similarly, if the three cables of the group are regularly transposed at even intervals, the induced voltages in the parallel conductor sum to zero over a complete cycle of transposition.

Formulas
$+j \omega I_{kb} 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \left(\frac{1}{2} \ln\left(\frac{S_{ap} S_{cp}}{{S_{bp}}^2}\right)+j \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2} \ln\left(\frac{S_{cp}}{S_{ap}}\right)\right)$IEEE 575-2014
$-j \omega 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \left(I_{ka} \ln\left(\frac{S_{ap}}{r_g}\right)+I_{kb} \ln\left(\frac{S_{bp}}{r_g}\right)+I_{kc} \ln\left(\frac{S_{cp}}{r_g}\right)\right)$Energies 2022, 15-05010
V/m
$e_{soil}$Thickness soil layer

Thickness of soil layer providing a thermal resistance equivalent to $h_{amb}$.

Formulas
$\frac{D_{soil}}{2} \left(e^{\frac{2k_4}{D_{soil} h_{amb}}}-1\right)$
m
$e_{ver}$Vertical clearance

Vertical clearance between cable groups.

mm
$e_{wall}$Clearance to wallmm
$EC$Embodied carbon

Embodied carbon footprint is the amount of carbon (CO2) emission to produce a material.

Except for biodegradable plastics, plastics are made from so‐called feedstocks derived from crude oil refining and natural gas processing. About half the fossil fuel goes into the plastic itself while the remaining half is combusted to provide the energy during manufacture, meaning it takes about 2 kg of fossil fuel to produce 1kg of plastics. Petroleum holds in average 43 MJ/kg, plastic production requires about 86 MJ/kg. With about 3 hydrogen atoms for every carbon atom (15 g/mol) in the fuel consumed, the CO2 (44 g/mol) emission is 44/15 = 2.9 kg of CO2 for every kg of plastics produced. Because different production paths consume different amounts of energy, the energy used in the production of a chemical depends on its feedstock. Chemical obtained from the cracking and distillation of petroleum or inorganic sources are called raw materials. The total energy consumed in the production is the sum of the energy inputs for itself and all its predecessors, starting from the raw material. Energy is not only spent and CO2 released in producing the material but also in shaping it into its desired form. Primary shaping processes are e.g. casting, rolling, extrusion, molding etc. Secondary processes are e.g. welding, heat-curing, painting, coating, etc. The listed values are supposed to contain the energy and CO2 for material and processes for cable production.

Sources:

  1. The world's leading source of embodied energy and carbon data, the Inventory of Carbon & Energy .
  2. 'Useful Numbers for Environmental Studies and Meaningful Comparisons, Chapter 1 Materials' by B. Cushman-Roisin and B.T. Cremonini (2017)
  3. 'Materials and the Environment: Eco-informed Material Choice' by M. Ashby, 2nd edition (2012)
  4. 'Carbon Footprint and Sustainability of Different Natural Fibres for Biocomposites and Insulation Material' by M. Barth, M. Carus (2015) (used for Jute)
  5. 'Environmental Impact of Membrane and Foil Materials and Structures' by J. Cremers (2014), Technical Transactions (used for ETFE)
  6. 'Sustainable Engineering and Eco Design' by Chaouki Ghenai, intechopen.com (used for PTFE)
  7. 'Life Cycle Assessment of the Transmission Network in Great Britain' by G. P. Harrison at al (2010) (used for Mineral oil)
  8. 'Material Selection in Mechanical Design' by M. Ashby, 5th edition (2018), Rule of thumb

Note:

  • feedstock energy is typically included (if applicable)
  • Assumption for aluminium is a ratio of 25.6% extrusions, 55.7% rolled, 18.7% castings and worldwide average recycled content 33%
  • Value in MJ/kg for Aldrey (AL3) and EN-AW 6060 (AlMgSi0.5) are acc. to the publication 'Temperature Profiles of All-Aluminum-Alloy Conductors near Wedge Tension Clamps' by P. Bühlmann et al, 2018. Values for CO2 are assumed to be identical to aluminium.
  • There is are no significant differences between the fibres hemp and jute with respect to embodied energy and CO2.
  • Assumption for PPLP is a ratio of 50% paper, 50% PP plus volume 30% oil/rosin soaked
  • The book 'Material Selection in Mechanical Design' gives a rule of thumb for embodied energy that is 26 times the price in USD/kg for metals and ceramics and 7 times the price plus 65 for oil-based polymers. For embodied carbon, the rule of thumb is 0.06 times the embodied energy for metals, polymers and ceramics.
  • Not for all materials the end-of-life value is available or meaningful.
  • Not all values listed below can be selected in the cable editor.

Choices
IdkgCO2/kgkgCO2e/kgComment
PVC2.613.1(1) general type
PE2.042.54(1) general type
sPVC2.613.1≈PVC
sPE2.042.54≈PE
LDPE1.692.08(1)
MDPE1.69≈LDPE (no reference found)
HDPE1.571.93(1)
XLPE1.57≈HDPE (no reference found)
XLPEf1.57≈XLPE
PP3.69(2) production 83/3.2 plus extrusion 6.5/0.49
PPLP4.1150/50% paper/PP, paper 50% soaked oil/rosin
PUR4.064.84(1) flexible foam
PS4.484.39(2) production 102/4.0 plus extrusion 6.4/0.48
PA8.797.92(2) production 129/8.3 plus extrusion 6.5/0.49
STPe2.04≈PE (no reference found)
POC2.04≈PE (no reference found)
ETFE10.0880% of max value or range 26.5-210, CO2 acc. rule of thumb
PET2.35(2) production 89/4.1 plus extrusion 6.4/0.48
PTFE7.0approx. value from figure
HFFR2.04no reference found, ≈PE
FRNC2.04no reference found, ≈PE
NR3.6(2) production 71/2.2 plus moulding 17/1.4
EPR8.3≈IIR (no reference found)
EPDM8.3≈EPR
EVA2.68(2) production 83/2.2 plus extrusion 6.0/0.48
XHF1.7≈PE
HFS1.7≈PE
CR2.2(2) production 68.0/1.7 plus moulding 18.5/1.5
CSM2.04≈PE (no reference found)
IIR8.3(2) production 124/6.9 plus moulding 16/1.4
PIB3.6≈NR (no reference found)
OilP3.04paper 50% soaked mineral oil (49.9/3.09)
Mass3.04paper 50% soaked oil/rosin (≈mineral oil)
CJ3.9160% jute + 40% PP
RSP3.6≈NR
BIT0.430.55(1) bitumen
tape1.49≈paper
SiR14.1(1) silicon, CO2 acc. rule of thumb
fPOC2.04≈POC
fPP3.934.49≈PP
fPVC2.613.1≈PVC
fPE2.042.54≈PE
PRod2.61≈PVC (no reference found)
PTube2.61≈PVC (no reference found)
OilD3.04assuming similar to oil impregnated paper
Jute4.05(4) ≈hemp
TY3.5(2;3) ≈wool
Paper1.49(1) excluding calorific value of wood
Air0.0
Cu2.62.71(1) EU tube & sheet type
Al8.249.16(1) general type
AL38.249.16
ENAW60608.249.16
Pb1.571.67(1) general type
Brz3.734.0(1)
CuSn3.734.0≈Brz
CuZn2.462.64(1)
Fe1.912.03(1)
S1.371.46(1) general type, 59% recycled content
SS6.15(1)
Zn2.883.09(1) general type
Ni11.5
kgCO$_2$/kg
$EE$Embodied energy

Embodied energy is the amount of energy consumed to extract, refine, process, transport and fabricate a material or product. It is often measured from cradle to factory, cradle to use, or cradle to grave (end of life).

Except for biodegradable plastics, plastics are made from so‐called feedstocks derived from crude oil refining and natural gas processing. About half the fossil fuel goes into the plastic itself while the remaining half is combusted to provide the energy during manufacture, meaning it takes about 2 kg of fossil fuel to produce 1kg of plastics. Petroleum holds in average 43 MJ/kg, plastic production requires about 86 MJ/kg. With about 3 hydrogen atoms for every carbon atom (15 g/mol) in the fuel consumed, the CO2 (44 g/mol) emission is 44/15 = 2.9 kg of CO2 for every kg of plastics produced. Because different production paths consume different amounts of energy, the energy used in the production of a chemical depends on its feedstock. Chemical obtained from the cracking and distillation of petroleum or inorganic sources are called raw materials. The total energy consumed in the production is the sum of the energy inputs for itself and all its predecessors, starting from the raw material. Energy is not only spent and CO2 released in producing the material but also in shaping it into its desired form. Primary shaping processes are e.g. casting, rolling, extrusion, molding etc. Secondary processes are e.g. welding, heat-curing, painting, coating, etc. The listed values are supposed to contain the energy and CO2 for material and processes for cable production.

Sources:

  1. The world's leading source of embodied energy and carbon data, the Inventory of Carbon & Energy .
  2. 'Useful Numbers for Environmental Studies and Meaningful Comparisons, Chapter 1 Materials' by B. Cushman-Roisin and B.T. Cremonini (2017)
  3. 'Materials and the Environment: Eco-informed Material Choice' by M. Ashby, 2nd edition (2012)
  4. 'Carbon Footprint and Sustainability of Different Natural Fibres for Biocomposites and Insulation Material' by M. Barth, M. Carus (2015) (used for Jute)
  5. 'Environmental Impact of Membrane and Foil Materials and Structures' by J. Cremers (2014), Technical Transactions (used for ETFE)
  6. 'Sustainable Engineering and Eco Design' by Chaouki Ghenai, intechopen.com (used for PTFE)
  7. 'Life Cycle Assessment of the Transmission Network in Great Britain' by G. P. Harrison at al (2010) (used for Mineral oil)
  8. 'Material Selection in Mechanical Design' by M. Ashby, 5th edition (2018), Rule of thumb

Note:

  • feedstock energy is typically included (if applicable)
  • Assumption for aluminium is a ratio of 25.6% extrusions, 55.7% rolled, 18.7% castings and worldwide average recycled content 33%
  • Value in MJ/kg for Aldrey (AL3) and EN-AW 6060 (AlMgSi0.5) are acc. to the publication 'Temperature Profiles of All-Aluminum-Alloy Conductors near Wedge Tension Clamps' by P. Bühlmann et al, 2018. Values for CO2 are assumed to be identical to aluminium.
  • There is are no significant differences between the fibres hemp and jute with respect to embodied energy and CO2.
  • Assumption for PPLP is a ratio of 50% paper, 50% PP plus volume 30% oil/rosin soaked
  • The book 'Material Selection in Mechanical Design' gives a rule of thumb for embodied energy that is 26 times the price in USD/kg for metals and ceramics and 7 times the price plus 65 for oil-based polymers. For embodied carbon, the rule of thumb is 0.06 times the embodied energy for metals, polymers and ceramics.
  • Not for all materials the end-of-life value is available or meaningful.
  • Not all values listed below can be selected in the cable editor.

Choices
IdMJ/kgComment
PVC77.2(1) general type
PE81.1(1) general type
sPVC77.2≈PVC
sPE81.1≈PE
LDPE78.1(1)
MDPE78.1≈LDPE (no reference found)
HDPE76.7(1)
XLPE76.7≈HDPE (no reference found)
XLPEf76.7≈XLPE
PP89.5(2) production 83/3.2 plus extrusion 6.5/0.49
PPLP71.350/50% paper/PP, paper 50% soaked oil/rosin
PUR102.1(1) flexible foam
PS108.4(2) production 102/4.0 plus extrusion 6.4/0.48
PA135.5(2) production 129/8.3 plus extrusion 6.5/0.49
STPe81.1≈PE (no reference found)
POC81.1≈PE (no reference found)
ETFE168.080% of max value or range 26.5-210, CO2 acc. rule of thumb
PET85.0(2) production 89/4.1 plus extrusion 6.4/0.48
PTFE180.0approx. value from figure
HFFR81.1no reference found, ≈PE
FRNC81.1no reference found, ≈PE
NR88.0(2) production 71/2.2 plus moulding 17/1.4
EPR140.0≈IIR (no reference found)
EPDM140.0≈EPR
EVA89.0(2) production 83/2.2 plus extrusion 6.0/0.48
XHF76.0≈PE
HFS76.0≈PE
CR86.5(2) production 68.0/1.7 plus moulding 18.5/1.5
CSM81.1≈PE (no reference found)
IIR140.0(2) production 124/6.9 plus moulding 16/1.4
PIB88.0≈NR (no reference found)
OilP53.2paper 50% soaked mineral oil (49.9/3.09)
Mass53.2paper 50% soaked oil/rosin (≈mineral oil)
CJ41.860% jute + 40% PP
RSP88.0≈NR
BIT51.0(1) bitumen
tape28.2≈paper
SiR235.5(1) silicon, CO2 acc. rule of thumb
fPOC81.1≈POC
fPP115.1≈PP
fPVC77.2≈PVC
fPE81.1≈PE
PRod77.2≈PVC (no reference found)
PTube77.2≈PVC (no reference found)
OilD53.2assuming similar to oil impregnated paper
Jute10.0(4) ≈hemp
TY56.0(2;3) ≈wool
Paper28.2(1) excluding calorific value of wood
Air0.0
Cu55.0(1) EU tube & sheet type
Al155.0(1) general type
AL3218.0
ENAW6060218.0
Pb25.21(1) general type
Brz69.0(1)
CuSn69.0≈Brz
CuZn44.0(1)
Fe25.0(1)
S20.1(1) general type, 59% recycled content
SS56.7(1)
Zn53.1(1) general type
Ni190.0
MJ/kg
$\epsilon_0$Vacuum permittivity

The vacuum permittivity or electric constant is a physical constant for the capability of the vacuum to permit electric field lines.

Default
8.854187817620389e-12

F/m
$\epsilon_{ab}$Relative permittivity armour bedding
Formulas
$\frac{\epsilon_{ab,1} t_{ab,1}+\epsilon_{ab,2} t_{ab,2}}{t_{ab}}$
Choices
MaterialValue
PE2.26omnicable.com
PVC2.7omnicable.com
EPR2.24omnicable.com
POC2.26= PE
IIR2.6= SiR
NR2.6= SiR
PP2.21omnicable.com
SiR2.6omnicable.com
CR2.6= NR
CSM2.15omnicable.com (Teflon)
CJ1.87Mustata 2013
RSP2.7= SiR
BIT2.8various sources
fPOC2.3= POC
fPP2.21= PP
fPE2.3= PE
fPVC2.7= PVC
tape1.5assumption
Ot2.3PE, IEC 60287-1-1
$\epsilon_c$Effective emissivity conductor
Choices
IdComponentValue
1Conductor, unpainted0.3
2Conductor, black color painting (by brush)0.9
$\epsilon_{di}$Emissivity duct surface (inner)
$\epsilon_{do}$Emissivity duct surface (outer)
$\epsilon_e$Emissivity cable
$\epsilon_{encl}$Effective emissivity enclosure
Choices
IdComponentValue
1Enclosure, unpainted0.1
2Enclosure, white color painting (by brush)0.7
3Enclosure, black color painting (by spray)0.95
$\epsilon_f$Relative permittivity filler
Choices
MaterialValueReference
fPOC2.16< PE, omnicable.com
fPP2.11< PP, omnicable.com
fPE2.16< PE, omnicable.com
fPVC2.6< PVC, omnicable.com
sPVC2.7omnicable.com
sPE2.26omnicable.com
PRod2.5PE/PVC
PTube2.5PE/PVC
OilD3.7OilP, IEC 60287-2-1
TY1.87= Jute
Jute1.87Mustata 2013
tape5.0assumption
Air1.0air = 1.0006
Ot2.3PE, IEC 60287-1-1
$\epsilon_{gas}$Dielectric constant of gas in compartment

The breakdown electrical field for SF6+N2 mixtures was studied in 'A Study on Dielectric Strength and Insulation Property of SF6/N2 Mixtures for GIS' by Su-Youl Woo et al. (2012). They came up with the formulas for breakdown E-field (p.u.) being

  • $0.974\cdot p_{gas}$ for 20/80% mix
  • $1.228\cdot p_{gas}$ for 50/50% mix
with $p_{gas}$ being the gas pressure.

The dielectric strength is relative to air with dry air having a dielectric strength of 3 kV/mm and SF6 one of < 8 kV/mm.

Choices
IdGasdielectric constantdielectric strength
Airdry air1.0005361.0
N2N21.000581.15
SF6SF61.0022.5
CO2CO21.0009210.95
O2O2 1.0004950.85
$\epsilon_{hsj}$Effective emissivity protective jacket

Effective emissivity of protective jacket over the insulation of a heat source, e.g. a district heat pipe.

Choices
IdComponentValue
1black cover0.9
2gray cover0.8
3white cover0.7
4none (enclosure)0.3
$\epsilon_i$Relative permittivity insulation material

The values for relative permittivity, known as dielectric constant, of insulation are taken from standard IEC 60287-1-1 where available with the following additions:

  • Values for Polypropylene (PP) is taken from paper 'Evaluation of DC electric field distribution of PPLP specimen based on the measurement of electrical conductivity in LN2' by Jae-Sang Hwang et.al., 2013
  • Values for Silicone rubber (SiR) is taken from kronjaeger.com
  • Value for Ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) is taken from plasticfantasticlibrary.com

The dielectric constant depends on the temperature. In the range of normal operating temperatures for cables, this dependency for impregnated paper, PE and XLPE is negligible. PVC mixtures, on the other hand, show a strong temperature dependency.

Choices
MaterialValueReference
PE2.3IEC 60287-1-1
HDPE2.3IEC 60287-1-1
XLPE2.5IEC 60287-1-1
XLPEf4.0 (U_n <= 30kV)
3.0 (U_n > 30kV)
IEC 60287-1-1
PVC8.0IEC 60287-1-1
EPR3.0IEC 60287-1-1
IIR4.0IEC 60287-1-1
PPLP2.8IEC 60287-1-1
Mass4.0IEC 60287-1-1
OilP3.6 (self-contained U_n <= 150kV)
3.5 (self-contained U_n > 150kV)
3.7 (pipe-type oil-filled)
3.6 (pipe-type external gas pressure)
3.4 (pipe-type internal gas pressure)
IEC 60287-1-1
PP2.21Jae-Sang Hwang et.al., 2013
SiR3.2kronjaeger.com
EVA2.95plasticfantasticlibrary.com
XHF3.1amplex.com.au
Ot2.3IEC 60287-1-1
$\epsilon_j$Relative permittivity jacket
Choices
MaterialValueReference
PE2.26omnicable.com
HDPE2.34omnicable.com
XLPE2.3omnicable.com
PVC2.7omnicable.com
POC2.26= PE
PP2.21omnicable.com
SiR2.6omnicable.com
FRNC2.26= PE
CR2.6= NR
CSM2.15omnicable.com (Teflon)
CJ1.87Mustata 2013
RSP2.7= SiR
BIT2.8various sources
HFS3.1= XHF
Ot2.3PE, IEC 60287-1-1
$\epsilon_k$Heat loss allowance factor

Factor to allow for heat loss into adjacent components.

Formulas
$\sqrt{1+F_k A_k \sqrt{\frac{t_k}{S_k}}+{F_k}^2 B_k \frac{t_k}{S_k}}$general formula for conductors and spaced wire screens
$\sqrt{1+X_k \sqrt{\frac{t_k}{S_k}}+Y_k \frac{t_k}{S_k}}$simplified formula for conductors and spaced wire screens
$1+0.61M_k \sqrt{t_k}-0.069\left(M_k \sqrt{t_k}\right)^2+0.0043\left(M_k+\sqrt{t_k}\right)^3$formula for screens, sheath and wires
$\epsilon_{prot}$Effective emissivity protective cover
Choices
IdComponentValue
1black cover0.9
2gray cover0.8
3white cover0.7
4none (enclosure)0.3
$\epsilon_{rad}$Effective emissivity

A real body at temperature T does not emit with the black body emissive power $\sigma\cdot{T^4}$ but rather with some fraction $\epsilon$.

The total emittances for a variety of surfaces is given in the following table which is an extract from the slides Radiative heat transfer for the course Heat transfer by John Richard Thome (EPFL, 2008).

Choices
MaterialType / treatmenttemperature °Ctemperature °Fnomminmaxmedian
AluminiumPolished, 98% pure200-600392-11120.040.060.05
AluminiumCommercial sheet901940.09
AluminiumHeavily oxidized90-540194-10040.30.20.330.265
BrassHighly polished2605000.04
BrassDull plate40-260104-5000.22
BrassOxidized40-260104-5000.460.560.51
CopperHighly polished electrolyte901940.02
CopperSlightly polished to dull401040.120.150.135
CopperBlack oxidized401040.04
SteelPolished40-260104-5000.070.10.085
Stainless steelafter repeated heating230-900446-16520.50.70.6
PaintBlack gloss401040.9
PaintWhite paint401040.890.970.93
PaintLacquer401040.80.950.875
PaintVarious oil paints401040.920.960.94
PaintRed lead901940.93
$\epsilon_{shj}$Relative permittivity sheath jacket material
Choices
MaterialValueReference
PE2.26omnicable.com
HDPE2.34omnicable.com
PVC2.7omnicable.com
POC2.3= PE
PP2.21omnicable.com
SiR2.6omnicable.com
FRNC2.26= PE
CR2.6= NR
CSM2.15omnicable.com (Teflon)
Ot2.3PE, IEC 60287-1-1
$\eta 0_{gas}$Reference dynamic viscosity gas

Used in Sutherlands model vor dynamic viscosity of ideal gases at $T_{gas0}$.

Sources:

  • Values are taken from Wikipedia and the book 'Air Pollution and Greenhouse Gases' by Z. Tan (2014)
  • Value for SF6 is taken from 'Gravitational Transport of Particles in Pure Gases and Gas Mixtures' by Dr. S.K. Dua et al. (2007)
  • Value for Ne is taken from 'Analysis of Sutherland Constant from Coefficient of Viscosity of Gases Using Attractive Potential Model' by J.N. Mandal & S.N. Roy (2016)

Note: 1 Pa = 1 kg/(m.s$^2$)

Choices
GasFormula$\eta_0$$S_{gas}$$T0_{gas}$
Air78%N2+21%O2+minor1.827e-05120291.15
N2N21.781e-05111300.55
SF6SF61.541e-05336296.15
CO2CO21.48e-05240288.15
COCO1.72e-05118292.15
O2O22.018e-05127293.25
H2H28.76e-0672293.85
NH3NH39.82e-06370293.15
SO2SO21.254e-05416293.65
HeHe1.9e-0579.4273
ArAr2.1e-05165273.15
KrKr2.34e-05233.15273.15
XeXe2.1216e-05252273.15
NeNe2.1216e-0595.8273.15
Pa.s
$\eta_{di}$Reflectivity duct surface (outer)
Formulas
$1-\epsilon_{di}$
$\eta_{do}$Reflectivity duct surface (outer)
Formulas
$1-\epsilon_{do}$
$\eta_e$Reflectivity cable
Formulas
$1-\epsilon_e$
$\eta_{gas}$Dynamic viscosity gas

Dynamic viscosity (also known as absolute viscosity) is the measurement of the fluid's internal resistance to flow.

Sources:

  • Values for 0, 15, and 25°C are taken from encyclopedia.airliquide.com
  • Values for 50, 75, and 100°C are taken from nist.gov
  • Values for 50, 75, and 100°C for SF6 have been interpolated from values published in J. Wilhelm et.al: 'Viscosity Measurements on Gaseous Sulfur Hexafluoride. Journal of Chemical & Engineering Data', 2005
  • Values for 50, 75, and 100°C for SO2 have been interpolated from values published in C.Y. Ho: 'Properties of Inorganic and Organic Fluids, CINDAS, Data Series on Materials Properties, Vol. V-1, 1988.
  • Values for 50, 75, and 100°C for dry air have been calculated using the equation from Irvine & Liley, 1984.
  • Equation for humid air is taken from paper by P.T. Tsilingiris: 'Thermophysical and transport properties of humid air at temperature range between 0 and 100°C', 2007
  • Equation for dry air is taken from paper by T.F. Irvine and P. Liley: 'Steam and gas tables with computer equations', 1984
  • Equations for N2 and SF6 are taken from paper by J. Vermeer: 'A simple formula for the calculation of the convective heat transfer between conductor and sheath in compressed gas insulated (CGI) cables', 1983 as published in Elektra 87
  • Equation for CO2 is a linear interpolation of the values calculated acc. Sutherland's model between 0 and 90°C.

Sutherland's formula can be used to derive the dynamic viscosity of an ideal gas as a function of the temperature. According to Sutherland's formula, if the absolute temperature is less than $S_{gas}$, the relative change in viscosity for a small change in temperature is greater than the relative change in the absolute temperature, but it is smaller when $T_{gas}$ is above $S_{gas}$. The kinematic viscosity though always increases faster than the temperature.

Note: Often called $\mu$ instead of $\eta$

Note: 1 Pa = 1 kg/(m.s$^2$)

Formulas
$1.715747771{\cdot}{10}^{-5}+4.722402075{\cdot}{10}^{-8} \theta_{gas}-3.663027156{\cdot}{10}^{-10} {\theta_{gas}}^2+1.873236686{\cdot}{10}^{-12} {\theta_{gas}}^3-8.050218737{\cdot}{10}^{-14} {\theta_{gas}}^4$humid air @ 1 atm (Tsilingiris2007)
${10}^{-6}\frac{1.4592{T_{gas}}^{\frac{3}{2}}}{109.1+T_{gas}}$dry air @ 1 bar (UW/MHTL 8406, 1984)
${10}^{-6}\left(-9.8601{\cdot}{10}^{-1}+9.080125{\cdot}{10}^{-2} T_{gas}-1.17635575{\cdot}{10}^{-4} {T_{gas}}^2+1.2349703{\cdot}{10}^{-7} {T_{gas}}^3-5.7971299{\cdot}{10}^{-11} {T_{gas}}^4\right)$dry air @ at 1 atm (Irvine&Liley1984)
$1.66{\cdot}{10}^{-5}+4.14{\cdot}{10}^{-8} \theta_{gas}$N2 (Vermeer1983)
$1.47{\cdot}{10}^{-5}+4.11{\cdot}{10}^{-8} \theta_{gas}$SF6 (Vermeer1983)
$1.11{\cdot}{10}^{-6}+4.669{\cdot}{10}^{-8} \left(\theta_{gas}+\theta_{abs}\right)$CO2 (linear interpolation)
$\nu_{gas} \rho_{gas}$general formula for gases
$\eta 0_{gas} \frac{T0_{gas}+S_{gas}}{T_{gas}+S_{gas}} \left(\frac{T_{gas}}{T0_{gas}}\right)^{1.5}$Sutherland's model
Choices
GasFormula0°C15°C25°C50°C75°C100°C
Air78%N2+21%O2+minor1.7218e-051.7962e-051.8447e-051.9601e-052.0721e-052.018e-05
N2N21.6629e-051.7339e-051.7805e-051.8947e-052.0044e-052.1108e-05
SF6SF61.3771e-051.4589e-051.5123e-051.6675e-051.7786e-050.001888
CO2CO21.3711e-051.4446e-051.4932e-051.6134e-051.7315e-051.8475e-05
COCO1.6515e-051.7201e-051.7649e-051.8741e-051.9794e-052.0813e-05
O2O21.9143e-051.9993e-052.055e-051.8741e-051.9794e-052.0813e-05
H2H28.3969e-068.7098e-068.9154e-069.4193e-069.9103e-061.0389e-05
NH3NH39.1931e-069.7289e-061.0093e-051.102e-051.1968e-051.2929e-05
SO2SO21.1796e-051.2475e-051.2924e-059.589e-051.0664e-051.1739e-05
HeHe1.8695e-051.9388e-051.9846e-052.0971e-052.2073e-052.3154e-05
ArAr2.1017e-052.1987e-052.2624e-052.4114e-052.5624e-052.7093e-05
KrKr2.3219e-052.4375e-052.5132e-052.6984e-052.8774e-053.0509e-05
XeXe2.1216e-052.2278e-052.2985e-052.4745e-052.6493e-052.8224e-05
NeNe2.9382e-053.0427e-053.1113e-053.2791e-053.4419e-053.6005e-05
Pa.s
$\eta_w$Dynamic viscosity water

The dynamic viscosity (also called absolute viscosity) is used to calculate Reynolds Number to determine if a fluid flow is laminar, transient or turbulent.

Sources:

  • Values for seawater are taken from the engineering toolbox .
  • Values for fresh water are taken from the engineering toolbox .
  • Equations for seawater and fresh water are third-degree polynominal functions for the given values.

Formulas
$\nu_w \zeta_w$general equation
$-1.3333{\cdot}{10}^{-8} {\theta_w}^3+1.2784{\cdot}{10}^{-6} {\theta_w}^2-6.0181{\cdot}{10}^{-5} \theta_w+1.888{\cdot}{10}^{-3}$seawater
$-1.2949{\cdot}{10}^{-8} {\theta_w}^3+1.2858{\cdot}{10}^{-6} {\theta_w}^2-6.0068{\cdot}{10}^{-5} \theta_w+1.791{\cdot}{10}^{-3}$fresh water
Choices
Water0.01°C5°C10°C15°C20°C25°C30°C
Seawater0.001890.001610.001410.0012210.001090.000970.00087
Fresh water0.00179140.0013060.00100160.000890.0007972
Pa.s
F$f$System frequency

The system frequency of a cable is limited to the choices below. However, when laid in a project, the frequency of every cable system can be chosen arbitrary.

Choices
Frequency
0 Hz
16.7 Hz
25 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
Hz
$F_{\alpha}$Inclination derating factor

In the case of inclined ducts, it is important to consider that the methods for determining $T_4$. The IEC standards assume that a 1 m cable length equates to a 1 m length of ground surface for the heat to be dissipated from. This assumption is violated for inclined ducts, and the effect should be taken into account.

For example: in case of a 45 degrees inclined duct, then 1 m of cable equates to 0.71 m of ground surface, and hence, $T_4$ should be increased by a factor of 1.41.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{cos\left(\frac{\alpha_{sys} \pi}{180}\right)}$
p.u.
$F_{ar}$Factor $F$ armour losses

The addition of steel tape armour increases the eddy-current loss in the sheath. The values for $\lambda_{12}$ given in IEC 60287-1-1, clause 2.3.7 and 2.3.8 should be multiplied by this factor.

We consider this factor only for steel tape armour. However, the procedure given in the paper 'Effective assessment of electric power losses in three-core XLPE cables' by Ander Madariaga et al., dated 2013, applies this factor also for cables with steel wire armour.

Formulas
$\left(1+\frac{1\left(\frac{d_{sh}}{d_{ar}}\right)^2}{1+\frac{d_{ar}}{\mu_s \delta_{ar}}}\right)^2$
$f_{ar}$Factor between AC and DC resistance armour

Get the a.c. resistance of magnetic steel armour wire from the d.c. resistance depening on the wire diameter according to IEC 60287-1-1, clause 2.4.2.1

Formulas
$\frac{1.4-1.2}{5-2} \left(t_{ar}-2\right)+1.2$
$\Omega$/m
$f_{atm}$Relation atmospheric pressure to standard atmosphere
Formulas
$\frac{p_{atm}}{1013.25}$
$f_{cb}$Factor for cross-bonded earthing

This is the multiplication factor for cross-bonded earthing.

When all the lengths of the three cable sections are identical, $f_{cb}$ becomes zero.

When the lengths of the three cable sections are not known, $p_{cb}$ should be set to 1, and $q_{cb}$ to 1.2, giving a value for $f_{cb}$ slightly below 0.004 which is the value stated in IEC standard. For two single core cross-bonded cables, which is not covered in the IEC standard, no $q_{cb}$ exists.

Formulas
$\frac{{p_{cb}}^2+{q_{cb}}^2+1-p_{cb}-p_{cb} q_{cb}-q_{cb}}{\left(p_{cb}+q_{cb}+1\right)^2}$three-phase system
$\frac{{p_{cb}}^2+1-p_{cb}}{\left(p_{cb}+1\right)^2}$two-phase system
$0$single-phase system
$F_{cor,sh}$Effective length per unit pitch length corrugated sheath

Default
1.05

Formulas
$\frac{0.25{L_{pitch}}^2+{H_{sh}}^2}{L_{pitch} H_{sh}} \left(\\arcsin\left(\frac{L_{pitch} H_{sh}}{0.25{L_{pitch}}^2+{H_{sh}}^2}\right)+0\right)$
$F_e$Factor $F_e$ eddy-current losses

Single core cables with Milliken conductors and both-side bonding:
Where the conductors are subject to a reduced proximity effect, as with Milliken conductors, the eddy-current loss factor cannot be ignored, but shall be obtained by multiplying the value of the eddy-current loss factor for single-core cables bonded at single point for the same cable configuration by the factor $F_e$.

Two- and three-core cables with steel tape armour:
The addition of steel tape armour increases the eddy-current loss in the sheath. The values for the eddy-current loss factor shall be multiplied by the factor $F_e$ if the cable has steel-tape armour.

Formulas
$\frac{4{M_e}^2 {N_e}^2+\left(M_e+N_e\right)^2}{4\left({M_e}^2+1\right) \left({N_e}^2+1\right)}$
$F_{eq}$Factor for envelope circle for a group of equal circles

Solutions for the smallest diameter circles into which $n$ unit-diameter circles can be packed have been proved optimal for $n$ = 1 through 10, based on a paper by R.L. Graham et.al. 'Dense packings of congruent circles in a circle', 1999, based on Kravitz, S. 'Packing Cylinders into Cylindrical Containers' Math. Mag. 40, 65-70, 1967.

Formulas
$1$$N_c<=1$
$2$$N_c<=2$
$1+0.6667\sqrt{3}$$N_c<=3$
$1+\sqrt{2}$$N_c<=4$
$1+\sqrt{2\left(1+\frac{1}{\sqrt{5}}\right)}$$N_c<=5$
$1+\frac{1}{sin\left(\frac{\pi}{6}\right)}$$N_c<=7$
$1+\frac{1}{sin\left(\frac{\pi}{7}\right)}$$N_c<=8$
$1+\sqrt{2\left(2+\sqrt{2}\right)}$$N_c<=9$
Choices
NFactorequationdensityoptimalReference
11.01.0trivially optimal
22.0$1+1=1+1/sin(\pi/2)$0.5trivially optimal
32.1547$1+2/\sqrt 3=1+1/sin(\pi/3)$0.6466trivially optimal
42.4142$1+\sqrt 2=1+1/sin(\pi/4)$0.6864trivially optimal
52.7013$1+\sqrt (2(1+1/\sqrt 5))=1+1/sin(\pi/5)$0.6854proved optimalGraham (1968)
63.0$1+1/sin(\pi/6)$0.6666proved optimalGraham (1968)
73.0$1+1/sin(\pi/6)$0.7777trivially optimal
83.3048$1+1/sin(\pi/7)$0.7328proved optimal
93.6131$1+\sqrt (2(2+\sqrt 2))=1+1/sin(\pi/8)$0.6895proved optimalPirl (1969)
103.8130.6878proved optimalPirl (1969)
113.9238$1+1/sin(\pi/9)$0.7148proved optimalMelissen (1994)
124.02960.7392proved optimalFodor (2000)
134.2361$2+\sqrt 5=1+1/sin(\pi/10)$0.7245proved optimalFodor (2003)
144.32840.7474conjectured optimal
154.5214$1+\sqrt (6+2/\sqrt 2+4\sqrt (1+2/\sqrt 5))$0.7339conjectured optimal
164.61540.7512conjectured optimal
174.7920.7403conjectured optimal
184.8637$1+\sqrt 2 +\sqrt 6=1+1/sin(\pi/12)$0.7611conjectured optimal
194.8637$1+\sqrt 2 +\sqrt 6=1+1/sin(\pi/12)$0.8034proved optimalFodor (1999)
205.12230.7623conjectured optimal
215.25230.7612
225.39720.7435
235.54520.748
245.65170.7514
255.75280.7554
265.82820.7654
275.90640.774
286.01490.7739
296.13860.7696
306.19770.781
316.29150.7832
326.42940.7741
336.48670.7843
346.6110.778
356.69720.7803
366.67470.7909
376.75880.81
386.96190.784
397.05790.7829
407.12380.7882
417.260.7779
427.34680.7781
437.41990.781
447.4980.7826
457.57290.7847
467.65020.786
477.72420.7878
487.79130.7907
497.88690.7877
507.94750.7916
518.02750.7914
528.08470.7956
538.17960.7922
548.2040.8023
558.21110.8158
568.38350.7968
578.44720.7988
588.52460.7982
598.59250.7991
608.64620.806
$F_{form}$Form factor

The form factor F was introduced by J. Vermeer in the paper: 'A simple formula for the calculation of the convective heat transfer between conductor and sheath in compressed gas insulated (CGI) cables', 1983 as published in Elektra 87.

A different form factor - for single- and three-core PAC/GIL - was introduced by K. Itaka, T. Araki, and T. Hara in the paper: 'Heat Transfer Characteristics of Gas Spacer Cables', 1978.

Formulas
$\frac{D_c \left(1-\frac{D_c}{D_{comp}}\right)^{2.167}}{\ln\left(\frac{D_{comp}}{D_c}\right)}$Vermeer1983
$\frac{1{D_c}^{\frac{3}{4}}}{\left(\ln\left(\frac{D_{comp}}{D_c}\right)+2.2\right) \left(1+\left(\frac{D_c}{D_{comp}}\right)^{\frac{3}{5}}\right)^{\frac{5}{4}}}$Itaka1978, single-core
$\frac{3{D_c}^{\frac{3}{4}}}{\left(\ln\left(\frac{D_{comp}}{2.4D_c}\right)+2.2\right) \left(1+3^{\frac{4}{5}} \left(\frac{D_c}{D_{comp}}\right)^{\frac{3}{5}}\right)^{\frac{5}{4}}}$Itaka1978, three-core
$F_g$Gravitational force

The parameters influencing the gravitational force are the number of cables being pulled, their weight, and the gravity of earth which is 9.81 N/kg.

Formulas
$N_c m_{tot} g$
N/m
$F_{ij}$View factor object—object

Radiation view factor coefficient for radiation thermal resistance calculation from one cable to another.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{2\pi} \left(\pi+\sqrt{{c_{ij}}^2-\left(r_{ij}+1\right)^2}-\sqrt{{c_{ij}}^2-\left(r_{ij}-1\right)^2}+\left(r_{ij}-1\right) \\arccos\left(\frac{r_{ij}-1}{c_{ij}}\right)-\left(r_{ij}+1\right) \\arccos\left(\frac{r_{ij}+1}{c_{ij}}\right)\right)$
$F_k$Imperfect contact thermal factor

Factor to account for imperfect thermal contact between conductor or screen, sheath or armour and surrounding or adjacent non-metallic materials.

  • 0.7 is recommended for most cases.
  • 1.0 is used for conductor and screen of oil-filled cables.
  • 0.9 can be used when the metallic component is completely bonded on one side to the adjacent medium (e.g. aluminium foil to oversheath).
  • 0.5 is used for isolated screen wires, not fully embedded, situated under an extruded tube and air spaces are present between the wires.

Screen wires are considered isolated if the wires cover < 70% of the circumference. Isolated screen wires are considered fully embedded if they are separated by at east one wire diameter and fully surrounded by non-metallic materials, then a value of 0.7 can be used, otherwise 0.5.

Choices
ValueCase
1.0for conductor and screen of oil-filled cables
0.9if completely bonded on one side
0.7recommended value
0.5for isolated screen wires, not fuly embedded
$F_{lay,3c}$Effective length per unit lay length twisted conductors

The fact that triplex or three core cables are twisted together leads to the possible need of a correction factor to take into account the longer length of the cores. This correction factor is the lay length factor as given in CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 20.

A typical lay length factor is 1.01.

Default
1.01

Formulas
$\sqrt{1+\left(\frac{\pi D_{lay,3c}}{L_{lay,3c}}\right)^2}$
$F_{lay,ar}$Effective length per unit lay length armour

For concentric wires or straps, touching, or tapes with overlap, or two or more layers of tapes in contact with each other, the effective length is limited to 2.

Formulas
$\sqrt{1+\left(\frac{\pi d_{ar}}{L_{lay,ar}}\right)^2}$single-core/multi-core cable
$\operatorname{Min}\left(2, \sqrt{1+\left(\frac{\pi d_{ar}}{L_{lay,ar}}\right)^2}\right)$for touching wires or tapes with overlap, single-core cable, IEC 60287-1-1 clause 5.4.2 (2.4.1)
$\sqrt{1+\left(\frac{S_{ar}}{L_{lay,ar}}\right)^2}$multi-core duplex/triplex cable, CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 23
$1$TECK cable
$F_{lay,c}$Effective length per unit lay length conductor strands

An average lay length factor for all strands in a conductor can be defined, assuming the conductor being build up from strands of uniform dimensions.

If the lay length factor averaged over all strands in the conductor is unknown, a typical value of 1.05 can be used both for copper and aluminium.

Default
1.0

Formulas
$\sqrt{1+\left(\frac{\pi d_{cw}}{L_{lay,c}}\right)^2}$
$F_{lay,sc}$Effective length per unit lay length screen wires

Default
1.05

Formulas
$\sqrt{1+\left(\frac{\pi d_{sc}}{L_{lay,sc}}\right)^2}$
$F_{lay,sw}$Effective length per unit lay length skid wires

Default
1.05

Formulas
$\sqrt{1+\left(\frac{\pi D_{sw}}{L_{lay,sw}}\right)^2}$
$F_m$Mutual radiation coefficient

Radiation view factor coefficient for radiation thermal resistance calculation within a cable system.

Formulas
$0$1 cable
$\frac{1}{\pi} \left(\\arcsin\left(\frac{D_o}{s_{air}}\right)+\sqrt{\left(\frac{s_{air}}{D_o}\right)^2-1}-\frac{s_{air}}{D_o}\right)$2 cables
$\frac{2}{\pi} \left(\\arcsin\left(\frac{D_o}{s_{air}}\right)+\sqrt{\left(\frac{s_{air}}{D_o}\right)^2-1}-\frac{s_{air}}{D_o}\right)$3 cables (middle)
$\frac{1}{\pi} \left(\\arcsin\left(\frac{D_o}{s_{air}}\right)+\sqrt{\left(\frac{s_{air}}{D_o}\right)^2-1}-\frac{s_{air}}{D_o}\right)$3 cables (outer)
$\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{\pi} \left(\frac{\pi}{2}-1\right)$3 cables touching trefoil
Choices
InstallationValue
1 cable0
2 cables touching0.182
2 cables spaced 2·D0.081
2 cables spaced 3·D0.054
3 cables touching0.363 (middle cable)
0.182 (outer cables)
2 cables spaced 2·D0.163 (middle cable)
0.081 (outer cables)
3 cables spaced 3·D0.107 (middle cable)
0.054 (outer cables)
3 cables touching trefoil0.348
$F_{mh}$Mutual heating coefficient

Mutual heating substitution coefficient for a group of equally loaded buried cables.

There are (q-1) terms considered in the product, with the term $d_{pp1}/d_{pp2}$ excluded. q is the number of non-touching cables within the same cable system.

For cables in a multi-layer backfill and for transient simulations, $F_{mh}$ = 1 with the mutual heating considered in the factor $\Delta\theta_p$ instead.

In case of cyclic loading $F_{mh}$ = 1.

Formulas
$\displaystyle \prod_{k=1}^{q} \frac{d_{pk1}}{d_{pk2}}$
$f_{ppc}$Factor permissible pull force

When a cable is to be pulled using a winch and steel wire rope, the rope may be secured to the cable by either:

  • A pulling eye attached to the cable conductors
  • A pulling eye formed from the armour wires.
  • A pulling eye over the complete cable end
  • A cable stocking of steel wire braid

Applying a pulling eye on the conductors of the cable is typically recommended. Do not use metallic shielding wires, tapes, braids or armor not designed for the purpose in pulling force calculations.

Note that both copper and aluminium are extremely ductile metals which, in their annealed state, have no clearly defined yield point so that elongation can commence at stresses substantially less than the yield stress for the material. Galvanised mild steel, as used for cable armouring, has a more clearly defined yield stress below which negligible elongation will occur.

The following values apply when using pulling eyes on the conductors or where a pulling eye is constructed from the armour or designed to pull on the armour only.

Choices
MaterialUK / VDEUSA/CANAUS/NZLCH
Copper conductor50.070.270.060.0
Aluminium conductor30.026.330.030.0
Steel wire armour150.0130.0130.0130.0
Copper wire armour50.070.270.060.0
Aluminium wire armour30.052.750.030.0
N/mm$^2$
$F_{ppc}$Permissible pull force

The maximum force which may be used is limited by the tensile strength of the conductors or armour wires, or by the gripping capability of the cable stocking, depending on the method used.

When pulling using a stocking/grip, a stocking with the correct diameter and length should be selected, such that all the force is transferred to the conductor(s). After installation it is recommended to cut off two metres beyond the point where the cable stocking/grip was attached and check for no signs of stretching on the sheath.

When the pull is on the armour it shall be confirmed that the sidewall pressure does not exceed that which would occur when using the maximum pull on the conductor in conjunction with the minimum installation bend radius $r_{mbp}$. For example, if the armour pull for a particular cable exceeds the conductor pull by 50% then the minimum bend radius shall also be increased by 50%.

In the case of multi-core cables, the cross sectional area of all conductor cores is taken into account. If multiple cables are pulled at the same time into a common conduit, it is usually assumed that the pulling force does not act on all cables at the same time and a reduced number is considered (e.g. in Switzerland, if three cables are pulled into a common duct only 2 cables are considered being pulled).

Recommendations are not harmonized in the various regions and countries, for example US and Canada consider IEEE Standard 1185 and AEIC Pub G5-90, European countries (UK, Germany, etc.) have similar values for which we refer to VDE. Special requirements or recommendations may apply, and the user might need to adjust the total permissible pull force that is by default calculated as follows:

Number of cablesTotal permissible pull force
One cable$F_{ppc}$
Two cables2 · $F_{ppc}$
Three cables unbound2 · $F_{ppc}$
Three cables triplex3 · $F_{ppc}$
Four cables unbound0.8 · 4 · $F_{ppc}$
Four cables quadruplex4 · $F_{ppc}$
Five cables0.8 · 5 · $F_{ppc}$
Six cables0.8 · 6 · $F_{ppc}$

Formulas
$f_{ppc} A_c n_c$pull on conductor
$f_{ppc} A_{ar}$pull on armour
N
$F_{pt}$Function of pressure and temperature

The functions F(p,$\theta$) and F(p) were introduced by J. Vermeer in the paper: 'A simple formula for the calculation of the convective heat transfer between conductor and sheath in compressed gas insulated (CGI) cables', 1983 as published in Elektra 87.

For the conditions prevailing CGI-cables and PAC/GIL filled with SF6 or with N2, that is for temperatures between 30°C and 90°C and for gas pressures between 2 and 6 bars for SF6 and 10 and 20 bars for N2, it can be shown that the functional relation $F_{pt}$ can be linearized.

Formulas
$c_{Kc} {p_{comp}}^{0.667}$Linearized function of pressure, Vermeer1983
$\left(\frac{{\rho_{gas}}^2 {k_{gas}}^2 c_{p,comp}}{{\nu_{gas}}^2}\right)^{0.333}$Function of pressure and temperature, Vermeer1983
$F_{pull}$Pulling force

Calculations of pulling forces or pulling tensions for cable trays are similar to those for pulling cable in conduit, adjusting the coefficient of friction to reflect using rollers and sheaves.

If the sheaves in the bends in cable trays are well-maintained, they will not have the multiplying effect on the force that bends in conduit have. The sheaves will turn with the cable, allowing the coefficient of friction to be assumed zero. This results in the commonly-used approximation for conduit bend equation becoming one. Even though cable tray bends produce no multiplying effect, it is essential for heavier cables to include the force required to bend the cable around the sheave. If the sheaves are not well-maintained, the bend will have a multiplying effect. The pulling force must then be calculated using the same equations used for installations in conduit.

Pulling lubricants must be compatible with cable components and be applied while the cable is being pulled. Pre-lubrication of the conduit is recommended by some lubricant manufacturers.

The approximate results display only the pulling forces at the end of the respective sections, while the forward and backward direction tabs display the pulling forces all along the route. The approximate results also use a simplified equation for bends, which does not consider the gravitational forces or the vertical elevations.

Formulas
$F_{pull}+F_g L_{leg} \left(sin\left(\phi_{el}\right)+K_{dyn} cos\left(\phi_{el}\right)\right)$Straight section
$F_{pull} e^{K_{dyn} \phi_{arc}}$bend (approximation)
$F_{pull} cosh\left(K_{dyn} \phi_{arc}\right)+sinh\left(K_{dyn} \phi_{arc}\right) \sqrt{{F_{pull}}^2+\left(F_g r_{arc}\right)^2}$bend horizontal
$F_{pull} e^{K_{dyn} \phi_{arc}}-\frac{F_g r_{arc}}{1+{K_{dyn}}^2} \left(2K_{dyn} sin\left(\phi_{arc}\right)-\left(1-{K_{dyn}}^2\right) \left(e^{K_{dyn} \phi_{arc}}-cos\left(\phi_{arc}\right)\right)\right)$bend vertical upward, pull up
$F_{pull} e^{K_{dyn} \phi_{arc}}+\frac{F_g r_{arc}}{1+{K_{dyn}}^2} \left(2K_{dyn} e^{K_{dyn} \phi_{arc}} sin\left(\phi_{arc}\right)+\left(1-{K_{dyn}}^2\right) \left(1-e^{K_{dyn} \phi_{arc}} cos\left(\phi_{arc}\right)\right)\right)$bend vertical downward, pull up
$F_{pull} e^{K_{dyn} \phi_{arc}}+\frac{F_g r_{arc}}{1+{K_{dyn}}^2} \left(2K_{dyn} sin\left(\phi_{arc}\right)-\left(1-{K_{dyn}}^2\right) \left(e^{K_{dyn} \phi_{arc}}-cos\left(\phi_{arc}\right)\right)\right)$bend vertical downward, pull down
$F_{pull} e^{K_{dyn} \phi_{arc}}-\frac{F_g r_{arc}}{1+{K_{dyn}}^2} \left(2K_{dyn} e^{K_{dyn} \phi_{arc}} sin\left(\phi_{arc}\right)+\left(1-{K_{dyn}}^2\right) \left(1-e^{K_{dyn} \phi_{arc}} cos\left(\phi_{arc}\right)\right)\right)$bend vertical upward, pull down
N
$f_{rad}$Factor sidewall bearing pressure

Sidewall bearing pressure is exerted on a cable as it is pulled around a bend. Excessive sidewall bearing pressure can cause cable damage and is the most restrictive factor in many installations.

The value for the sidewall bearing pressure factor is determined based on the following equations and can optionally be applied to the calculation or excluded from it ($f_{rad}$ fixed to 1). When excluding the sidewall bearing pressure factor from the calculations, the resulting sidewall bearing pressure might be overestimated.

Formulas
$1$1 cable
$\frac{f_{wc}}{2}$2 cables touching / 3 cables triangular / 4 cables diamond
$\frac{3f_{wc}-2}{3}$3 cables cradled
$\frac{4f_{wc}-3}{4}$4 cables cradled
$f_{wc}-1$5/6 cables
$F_{rad}$Sidewall bearing pressure

The effect of bends on the pulling force $F_{pull}$ is substantial. Along a route with multiple bends, the greatest pulling force will be developed through the last bend (unless there are slopes or cable pushers involved), as will the greatest sidewall bearing pressure (radial force). If possible, the cable pull should be done from the end with the most severe bends (always check both forward and backwards directions in the cable pulling editor).

The parameters influencing the sidewall bearing pressure are the sidewall pressure factor, the pulling force at the end of the bend, and the radius of the bend.

The approximate results display only the radial forces at the end of the bends (maximum values), while the forward and backward direction tabs display the radial forces all along the bends.

Formulas
$\frac{f_{rad} F_{pull}}{r_{arc}}$
Choices
TypeProtectionValue
Maximum admissible radial loads in conduitsunarmoured cable10000
armoured cable15000
armoured cable (double)18000
N/m
$F_{red}$Derating factor

For crossing, this is the ratio of the permissibe current when taking into account the presence of crossing heat sources to the permissible current of the insulated cable (derating factor).

For trough, this is the derating factor when using the method according IEE Wiring Regulations, BS 7671

Formulas
$\sqrt{1-\frac{\Delta \theta_{0x}}{\Delta \theta_{max}-\Delta \theta_d}}$crossing
$\sqrt{\frac{T_{4iii}}{T_{4iii}+T_{tr}}}$trough
$F_{T10,1}$Table 10.1, VDE 0276-1000

Calculation factor according to German Standard VDE 0276-1000 (1999), Table 10, single cables, applicable to single-core cables in air with spacing of one cable diameter.

  • The factors are according to DIN VDE 0255:1972.
  • A cable tray is a continuous plate with walls on the side but without a cover.
  • A cable tray is considered with holes when the holes cover at least 30 % of the total plate surface.
  • In flat formation of cables with metallic screen or sheeth, the larger spacing between cables acts against increasing losses in screen/sheath and therefore, no statement about reduction-free spacing can be given.

Choices
arrangement
 
layers
 
systems
1
23
on the surface10.920.890.88
tray without holes10.920.890.88
20.870.840.83
30.840.820.81
40.8340.8140.804
50.8270.8070.797
60.820.80.79
tray with holes11.00.930.9
20.970.890.85
30.960.880.82
40.9540.870.814
50.9470.860.807
60.940.850.8
horizontal ladder11.00.970.96
20.970.990.93
30.960.980.92
40.9540.9570.914
50.9470.9330.907
60.940.910.9
vertical supports10.940.910.89
20.940.90.86
p.u.
$F_{T10,3}$Table 10.3, VDE 0276-1000

Calculation factor according to German Standard VDE 0276-1000 (1999), Table 10, single cables, applicable to single-core cables in air grouped in trefoils with spacing of two cable diameters between the groups.

  • The factors are according to CENELEC Report R064.001 for Standard HD 384.5.523:1991.
  • A cable tray is a continuous plate with walls on the side but without a cover.
  • A cable tray is considered with holes when the holes cover at least 30 % of the total plate surface.
  • In case of grouped cables, no reduction of rating is necessary if the horizontal or vertical spacing between cables is at least four times the cable diameter.

Choices
arrangement
 
layers
 
groups
1
23
on the surface10.980.960.94
tray without holes10.980.960.94
20.950.910.87
30.940.90.85
40.9370.8940.84
50.9340.8870.83
60.930.880.82
tray with holes11.00.980.96
20.970.930.89
30.960.920.85
40.9570.9140.844
50.9540.9070.837
60.950.90.83
horizontal ladder11.01.01.0
20.970.950.93
30.960.940.9
40.9570.9370.89
50.9540.9340.88
60.950.930.87
vertical supports10.940.910.89
20.940.90.86
p.u.
$F_{T11,s}$Table 11.1, VDE 0276-1000

Calculation factor according to German Standard VDE 0276-1000 (1999), Table 11, first part, applicable to multicore cables in air with spacing of one cable diameter.

  • The factors are according to CENELEC Report R064.001 for Standard HD 384.5.523:1991.
  • A cable tray is a continuous plate with walls on the side but without a cover.
  • A cable tray is considered with holes when the holes cover at least 30 % of the total plate surface.
  • No reduction of rating is necessary if the horizontal or vertical spacing between cables is at least twice the cable diameter.

Choices
arrangement
 
layers
 
cables
1
23456
on the surface10.970.960.940.930.9150.9
tray without holes10.970.960.940.930.9150.9
20.970.950.920.90.880.86
30.970.940.910.890.8650.84
40.970.9370.9070.8870.8620.837
50.970.9340.9040.8840.8590.834
60.970.930.90.880.8550.83
tray with holes11.01.00.980.950.930.91
21.00.990.960.920.8950.87
31.00.980.950.910.880.85
41.00.9770.9470.9070.8770.847
51.00.9740.9440.9040.8740.844
61.00.970.940.90.8750.84
horizontal ladder11.01.01.01.01.01.0
21.00.990.980.970.9650.96
31.00.980.970.960.9450.93
41.00.9770.9670.9540.9390.924
51.00.9740.9640.9470.9320.917
61.00.970.960.940.9250.91
vertical supports11.00.910.890.880.8750.87
21.00.910.880.870.860.85
p.u.
$F_{T11,t}$Table 11.2, VDE 0276-1000

Calculation factor according to German Standard VDE 0276-1000 (1999), Table 11, second part, applicable to multicore cables in air with touching cables.

  • The factors are according to CENELEC Report R064.001 for Standard HD 384.5.523:1991.
  • A cable tray is a continuous plate with walls on the side but without a cover.
  • A cable tray is considered with holes when the holes cover at least 30 % of the total plate surface.

Choices
arrangement
 
layers
 
cables
1
23456789
on the surface10.970.850.780.750.730.710.70.690.68
tray without holes10.970.850.780.750.730.710.70.690.68
20.970.840.760.730.7050.680.70.690.63
30.970.830.750.720.690.660.6440.6270.61
40.970.8240.7440.710.680.650.6370.6140.6
50.970.8170.7370.70.670.640.6240.6070.59
60.970.810.730.690.660.630.6140.5970.58
tray with holes11.00.880.820.790.7750.760.750.740.73
21.00.870.80.770.750.730.7140.6970.68
31.00.860.790.760.7350.710.6940.6770.66
41.00.8540.7840.750.7250.70.6850.670.654
51.00.8470.7770.740.7150.690.6760.6620.647
61.00.840.770.730.7050.680.6670.6540.64
horizontal ladder11.00.870.820.80.7950.790.7870.7840.78
21.00.860.80.780.770.760.750.740.73
31.00.850.790.760.7450.730.720.710.7
41.00.8440.780.750.7340.7170.7070.6970.687
51.00.8370.770.740.7240.7040.6940.6840.674
61.00.830.760.730.710.690.680.670.66
vertical supports11.00.880.820.780.7550.730.7270.7240.72
21.00.880.810.760.7350.710.7070.7040.7
on wall10.950.780.730.720.860.680.6740.6670.66
p.u.
$F_{T12}$Table 12, VDE 0276-1000

Calculation factor according to German Standard VDE 0276-1000 (1999), Table 12, applicable to cables in air at different air temperatures.

Choices
permissible conductor temp.
 
air temp.
10
1520253035404550
901.151.121.081.041.00.960.910.870.82
801.181.141.11.051.00.950.890.840.77
701.221.171.121.061.00.940.870.790.71
651.251.21.131.071.00.930.850.760.65
601.291.221.151.081.00.910.820.710.58
p.u.
$F_{T13}$Table 13, VDE 0276-1000

Calculation factor according to German Standard VDE 0276-1000 (1999), Table 13, applicable to multicore cables with conductor cross-sections of 1.5 mm2 to 10 mm2.
The factors are to be used with respect to the nominal current rating of three-core cables.

Choices
Number of loaded conductorsburiedin air
50.70.75
70.60.65
100.50.55
140.450.5
190.40.45
240.350.4
400.30.35
610.250.3
p.u.
$f_{wc}$Weight correction factor

The configuration of cables can affect the pulling force. A weight correction factor is used in the equations to account for this effect.

The value for the weight correction factor is determined based on the follwing equations and can optionally be applied to the calculation or excluded from it ($f_{wc}$ fixed to 1). When excluding the weight correction factor from the calculations, the resulting pulling force might be underestimated.

Formulas
$1$1 cable
$\frac{1}{\sqrt{1-\left(\frac{D_e}{Di_d-D_e}\right)^2}}$2 cables touching / 3 cables triangular
$1+1.33\left(\frac{D_e}{Di_d-D_e}\right)^2$3/4 cables cradled
$1+2\left(\frac{D_e}{Di_d-D_e}\right)^2$4 cables diamond
$1.4$5/6 cables
$F_x$Geometrical distance factor for multi-core cables

The factor for two-core cables with round conductors is equal to 2.
The factor for three-core cables with round conductors is equal to $2.1547=1+2/\sqrt 3=1/(2 \sqrt 3 -3)$.

Formulas
$1$single-core cables, round conductors & multi-core cables, sector-shaped conductors
$1+\frac{1}{sin\left(\frac{\pi}{2}\right)}$two-core cables, round conductors
$1+\frac{1}{sin\left(\frac{\pi}{3}\right)}$three-core cables, round conductors
$1+\frac{1}{sin\left(\frac{\pi}{4}\right)}$four-core cables, round conductors
$1+\frac{1}{sin\left(\frac{\pi}{5}\right)}$five-core cables, round conductors
G$g$Standard acceleration of gravity

The standard acceleration due to gravity (or standard acceleration of free fall) is the nominal gravitational acceleration of an object in a vacuum near the surface of the Earth

Default
9.80665

m/s$^2$
$G$Conductance
Formulas
$\frac{2\pi \kappa_i}{\ln\left(\frac{r_{osc}}{r_{isc}}\right)}$
S/m
$G_1$Geometric factor $G_1$

The calculation of thermal resistances of the internal components of cables for single-core cables is straightforward. However, the calculations of two- and three-core cables are more complicated and rigorous mathematical formulas cannot be determined, but mathematical expressions to fit the conditions have been derived. The general method employs geometric factor in place of the logarithmic term for single-core cables according to IEC 60287-2-1.

The quantity $G_1$ for two- and three-core cables with round conductors is given graphically in IEC 60287-2-1, Figure 2 and 3.

The IEC 60287 differs between two- and three-core belted (unscreened, low voltage) cables and three-core screened cables which have a separate screen over each core. Further differences are made between round and sector-shaped conductors.

Formulas
$\ln\left(C_{Mie}\right) K_G$multi-core cables, round conductors
$\ln\left(1+\frac{2t_1}{d_c}\right)$three-core cables, type SS with sheath or type SS/SC screened without sheath
$2\left(1+\frac{2.2t_{i1}}{2\pi \left(d_x+t_{i1}\right)-t_{i1}}\right) \ln\left(\frac{D_f}{d_c}\right)$two-core cables, sector-shaped conductors
$3\left(1+\frac{3t_{i1}}{2\pi \left(d_x+t_{i1}\right)-t_{i1}}\right) \ln\left(\frac{D_f}{d_c}\right)$three-core cables, sector-shaped conductors
$3\left(1+\frac{3t_{i1}}{2\pi \left(d_x+t_{i1}\right)-t_{i1}}\right) \ln\left(\frac{D_{sc}}{d_c}\right)$three-core cables, sector-shaped conductors, screened
$\left(0.85+0.2\left(\frac{2t_1}{t_{i1}}-1\right)\right) \ln\left(\left(8.3-2.2\left(\frac{2t_1}{t_{i1}}-1\right)\right) \frac{t_1}{d_c}+1\right)$three-core cables, round conductors (Simons1923)
$4\left(1+\frac{4t_{i1}}{2\pi \left(d_x+t_{i1}\right)-t_{i1}}\right) \ln\left(\frac{D_f}{d_c}\right)$four-core cables, sector-shaped conductors
$5\left(1+\frac{5t_{i1}}{2\pi \left(d_x+t_{i1}\right)-t_{i1}}\right) \ln\left(\frac{D_f}{d_c}\right)$five-core cables, sector-shaped conductors
$G_2$Geometric factor $G_2$ cables with separate sheaths

The geometric factor for three-core cables with separate sheaths is the digital calculation of the quantity G given graphically in IEC 60287-2-1, Figure 6, used to calculate the thermal resistance of filler material and armour bedding as part of $T_2$ for cables with separate sheaths. In case of CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 45, the first two equations are being used.

For unarmoured three-core cables with extruded insulation and individual copper tape screens on each core, the thermal resistance of the fillers and binder is in $T_2$ and not in $T_3$ as in IEC 60287. In this case, the third and fourth equations are being used.

The equation for three-core cables with jacket around each core is based on the Jicable paper 'Thermal analysis of three-core SL-type cables with jacket around each core using the IEC standard' by L.D. Ramirez et al., dated 2019.

Formulas
$2\pi \left(0.00022619+2.11429X_{G2}-20.4762{X_{G2}}^2\right)$sheaths touching or CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 45, $0 < X_{G2} <= 0.03$
$2\pi \left(0.0142108+1.17533X_{G2}-4.49737{X_{G2}}^2+10.6352{X_{G2}}^3\right)$sheaths touching or CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 45, $0.03 < X_{G2} <= 0.15$
$2\pi \left(0.00020238+2.03214X_{G2}-21.6667{X_{G2}}^2\right)$equal thickness between sheaths and between sheaths and armour, $0 < X_{G2} <= 0.03$
$2\pi \left(0.0126529+1.101X_{G2}-4.56104{X_{G2}}^2+11.5093{X_{G2}}^3\right)$equal thickness between sheaths and between sheaths and armour, $0.03 < X_{G2} <= 0.15$
$G_{FEA}+G_{corr}$three-core cables, jacket around each core, $0 < X_{G2} <= 0.15$
$g_a$Substitution coefficient g

Substitution coefficient for the calculation of the geometric constant.

Formulas
$\displaystyle \sqrt {\prod_{k=1}^{q} \frac{d_{pk1}}{d_{pk2}}}$
$g_{a,1}$Gap betweenmm
$G_b$Geometric factor backfill

The geometric factor for the calculation of the external thermal resistance transforms the rectangular backfill area into an equivalent circle.

The following equation according to IEC 60287-2-1 Ed.3.0 is limited to ratios of $b_y/b_x$ of less than 3 and ratios of $L_b/r_b$ of more than 1.

When choosing 'El-Kady/Horrocks 1985' as calculation method, the extended values given in the list below are used.

Reference: M.A. El-Kady and D.J. Horrocks, Ontario Hydro, Toronto, Canada, 'Extended Values for Geometric Factor of External Thermal Resistance of Cables in Duct Banks', IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems, Vol. PAS-104, No. 8, August 1985.

Formulas
$\ln\left(u_b+\sqrt{{u_b}^2-1}\right)$
Choices
$\frac{h_b}{w_b}$ \ $\frac{L_b}{h_b}$0.61.02.03.04.05.06.07.08.09.010.011.012.013.014.015.016.017.018.020.0
0.050.080.320.390.590.770.931.081.211.341.451.561.671.771.871.962.052.142.232.312.47
0.10.10.360.650.941.181.391.571.721.872.02.132.252.372.472.572.662.762.852.943.12
0.21.140.451.01.371.681.932.122.242.392.532.662.792.93.013.123.213.313.413.513.69
0.30.180.561.261.682.022.292.482.62.752.893.023.153.273.383.493.593.693.83.894.08
0.40.220.681.431.862.192.452.662.82.953.093.223.353.473.583.693.793.883.954.024.12
0.50.250.811.511.922.212.462.672.832.993.133.253.383.53.613.713.813.914.014.114.29
0.60.290.91.622.042.342.592.812.983.153.293.423.553.683.83.914.024.134.244.354.56
0.70.320.971.712.142.442.72.923.13.273.433.573.723.863.994.124.244.374.494.624.86
0.80.351.041.812.262.582.873.123.343.553.743.924.114.294.474.644.815.05.195.395.79
0.90.391.111.92.392.743.073.373.643.914.164.44.654.95.155.395.635.896.146.416.94
1.00.421.172.02.522.933.313.674.014.354.685.015.345.686.016.356.687.017.347.678.33
1.20.471.242.062.582.983.353.74.034.364.685.025.345.675.986.36.616.937.257.578.21
1.40.521.312.122.643.033.43.754.084.414.735.055.375.696.06.316.626.927.257.578.2
1.60.561.372.182.73.13.473.824.154.484.815.145.465.786.096.46.717.037.347.668.29
1.80.61.432.242.763.173.553.914.244.584.925.265.595.926.246.566.877.197.527.858.5
2.00.641.482.312.833.253.644.014.364.725.075.435.786.126.456.787.117.457.798.138.82
2.20.671.522.392.93.353.774.174.554.945.325.716.096.476.847.217.587.968.338.719.46
2.40.71.562.462.983.443.894.324.745.165.586.06.426.837.247.658.058.468.879.2810.11
2.60.731.592.533.053.544.024.494.945.395.846.296.747.197.638.088.528.979.419.8610.75
2.80.761.622.63.133.654.154.655.135.626.16.587.067.558.038.518.999.479.9610.4411.41
3.00.791.642.663.23.744.284.815.335.856.376.887.47.928.438.959.479.9910.5111.0212.06
3.20.821.672.723.273.844.414.975.536.086.637.187.738.298.849.399.9510.511.0611.6112.72
3.40.841.72.773.353.954.555.145.736.326.97.488.078.669.259.8410.4311.0211.6112.213.38
3.60.861.722.813.424.054.685.315.946.567.17.798.419.049.6610.2910.9211.5412.1712.7914.04
3.80.881.752.853.494.164.825.485.146.87.458.18.769.4210.0810.7411.4112.0712.7313.3914.71
4.00.91.772.893.564.264.965.666.357.047.738.429.119.8110.511.211.912.613.2913.9915.38
4.50.941.832.963.744.535.316.16.887.668.449.2210.010.7911.5712.3513.1413.9314.7115.517.08
5.00.971.883.03.914.795.676.557.428.299.1710.0410.9111.7912.6613.5314.415.2816.1517.0318.79
$g_{bs}$Installation constant g

The installation constant g for black surfaces of objects in free air is according to IEC 60287-2-1.

$G_{corr}$Geometric factor $G_{corr}$ for jacket around each core

The equation for three-core cables with jacket around each core is based on the Jicable paper 'Thermal analysis of three-core SL-type cables with jacket around each core using the IEC standard' by L.D. Ramirez et al., dated 2019.

Formulas
$\frac{\left(X_{G2}+0.006\right) \left(\frac{t_{shj}}{t_{sha}}+0.061\right) \left(a_{shj} {\rho_{shj}}^2+b_{shj} \rho_{shj}+c_{shj}\right)}{1000}$
$g_{dry}$Geometric constant of circle drying zone

The geometric constant of the circle where the soil has dried out $D_{dry}$ is based on the book 'Kabel und Leitungen für Starkstrom' by L. Heinhold, 5th edition 1999 (in German).

Formulas
$e^{\frac{2\pi \Delta \theta_x}{\rho_4 n_{ph} \left(\mu W_I+W_d\right)}}$1 cable, $D_{dry} > D_{x}$
$e^{\frac{\frac{2\pi \Delta \theta_x}{\rho_4 n_{ph}}+\left(1-\mu\right) W_I \ln\left(g_x\right)}{W_I+W_d}}$1 cable, $D_{dry} < D_{x}$
$e^{\frac{2\pi \Delta \theta_x}{\rho_4 N_c \left(\mu W_I+W_d\right)}}$2 cables flat touching / 3 cables touching trefoil, $D_{dry} > D_{x}$
$e^{\frac{\frac{2\pi \Delta \theta_x}{\rho_4 N_c}+\left(1-\mu\right) W_I \ln\left(g_x\right)}{W_I+W_d}}$2 cables flat touching / 3 cables touching trefoil, $D_{dry} < D_{x}$
$e^{\frac{2\pi \Delta \theta_x}{\rho_4 N_c \left(\mu W_I+W_d\right)}}$2/3 cables flat spaced, $D_{dry} > D_{x} > 2s_{c}$
$e^{\frac{2\pi \Delta \theta_x}{\rho_4 N_c \left(\mu W_I+W_d\right)}}$2/3 cables flat spaced, $D_{dry} > 2s_{c} > D_{x}$
$e^{\frac{\frac{2\pi \Delta \theta_x}{\rho_4 N_c}+\left(1-\mu\right) W_I \ln\left(g_x\right)}{W_I+W_d}}$2/3 cables flat spaced, $D_{x} > D_{dry} > 2s_{c}$
$e^{\frac{\frac{2\pi \Delta \theta_x}{\rho_4}+N_c \left(1-\mu\right) W_I \ln\left(g_x\right)-2\left(W_I+W_d\right) \ln\left(g_a\right)}{W_I+W_d}}$2/3 cables flat spaced, $D_{x} > 2s_{c} > D_{dry}$
$e^{\frac{\frac{2\pi \Delta \theta_x}{\rho_4}+2\left(\mu W_I+W_d\right) \ln\left(g_a\right)}{\mu W_I+W_d}}$2/3 cables flat spaced, $2s_{c} > D_{dry} > D_{x}$
$e^{\frac{\frac{2\pi \Delta \theta_x}{\rho_4}+\left(1-\mu\right) W_I \ln\left(g_x\right)-2\left(\mu W_I+W_d\right) \ln\left(g_a\right)}{W_I+W_d}}$2/3 cables flat spaced, $2s_{c} > D_{x} > D_{dry}$
p.u.
$G_{encl}$Factor G for the calculation of the Nusselt number
Formulas
$\left(\left(1+\frac{0.6}{{\mathrm{Pr}_{gas}}^{0.7}}\right)^{-5}+\left(0.4+2.6{\mathrm{Pr}_{gas}}^{0.7}\right)^{-5}\right)^{\frac{-1}{5}}$
$G_{FEA}$Geometric factor $G_{FEA}$ based on FEM fitting

The equation for three-core cables with jacket around each core is based on the Jicable paper 'Thermal analysis of three-core SL-type cables with jacket around each core using the IEC standard' by L.D. Ramirez et al., dated 2019.

Formulas
$-760.75{X_{G2}}^4+323.985{X_{G2}}^3-55.8292{X_{G2}}^2+7.80188X_{G2}+0.107238$
$G_{od}$Aspect ratio object/duct
Formulas
$\frac{D_{di}}{D_o}$single object
$\frac{D_{di}}{2D_o}$two objects touching
$\frac{D_{di}}{2.15D_o}$three objects in trefoil
$g_s$Substitution coefficient $g_s$ for eddy-currents
Formulas
$1+\left(\frac{t_{sc}+t_{scs}+t_{sh}}{D_{sh}}\right)^{1.74} \left({10}^{-3}\beta_1 D_{sh}-1.6\right)$Cables, screen and sheath
$1+\left(\frac{t_{sh}}{D_{sh}}\right)^{1.74} \left({10}^{-3}\beta_1 D_{sh}-1.6\right)$Cables, only sheath, CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 26
$1+\left(\frac{t_{encl}}{D_{encl}}\right)^{1.74} \left(\beta_1 D_{encl}-1.6\right)$PAC/GIL
$G_{s00}$Factor $G_{s 0.0}$

Factor $G_{0.0}$ in IEC for the calculation of the geometric factor for multi-core cables according to IEC 60287-2-1.

Formulas
$1.06019-0.0671778X_G+0.0179521{X_G}^2$$n_c<=2$
$1.09414-0.0944045X_G+0.0234464{X_G}^2$$n_c>=3$
$G_{s05}$Factor $G_{s 0.5}$

Factor $G_{0.5}$ in IEC for the calculation of the geometric factor for multi-core cables according to IEC 60287-2-1.

Formulas
$1.06798-0.0651648X_G+0.0158125{X_G}^2$$n_c<=2$
$1.09605-0.0801857X_G+0.0176917{X_G}^2$$n_c>=3$
$G_{s10}$Factor $G_{s 1.0}$

Factor $G_{1.0}$ in IEC for the calculation of the geometric factor for multi-core cables according to IEC 60287-2-1.

Formulas
$1.067-0.0557156X_G+0.0123212{X_G}^2$$n_c<=2$
$1.09831-0.0720631X_G+0.0145909{X_G}^2$$n_c>=3$
$g_u$Geometric constant of circle buried

Geometric constant of a circle in a semi-infinite environment.

Note: $ln(u+\sqrt{u^2-1})=\cosh^{-1}u$

Formulas
$u+\sqrt{u^2-1}$IEC 60287-2-1 Ed.3.0 (2023), CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 8
$2u$simplification, IEC 60287-2-1 Ed.2.0 (2015)
$g_x$Geometric constant of circle characteristic diameter

The geometric constant of the circle with the characteristic diameter $D_{x}$ is based on the book 'Kabel und Leitungen für Starkstrom' by L. Heinhold, 5th edition 1999 (in German).

Formulas
$\frac{2L_c}{D_x}+\sqrt{\left(\frac{2L_c}{D_x}\right)^2-1}$cyclic load variation, daily
$\frac{2L_c}{D_{x,w}}+\sqrt{\left(\frac{2L_c}{D_{x,w}}\right)^2-1}$cyclic load variation, weekly
$\frac{2L_c}{D_{x,y}}+\sqrt{\left(\frac{2L_c}{D_{x,y}}\right)^2-1}$cyclic load variation, yearly
p.u.
$\gamma_{ar}$Angular time delay

The angular time delay of the longitudinal magnetic flux in the steel wires behind the magnetizing force varies with the particular sample of steel. Unless reference can be made to measurements on the steel wire to be used, some average value must should be assumed. No appreciable error is involved if, for wires of diameters from 4 mm to 6 mm and tensile breaking strengths around 400 N/mm$^2$, a value of $π/4$ (45°) is assumed.

Default
0.7854

rad
$\gamma_{bessel}$Bessel constant

Bessel's constant (1.78107) linked to the Euler constant $\gamma_{euler}$

Default
1.7810724179901964

Formulas
$e^{\gamma_{euler}}$
p.u.
$\gamma_C$Propagation constant

telegrapher equation

Formulas
$\sqrt{Z_1 Y_1}$
$\gamma_c$Skin and proximity effect factor $\gamma$ PAC/GIL conductor
Formulas
$\frac{2t_c}{D_c}$
$\gamma_{encl}$Skin and proximity effect factor $\gamma$ PAC/GIL enclosure
Formulas
$\frac{2t_{encl}}{D_{encl}}$
$\gamma_{euler}$Euler's constant

Euler’s constant or the Euler-Mascheroni constant is a number of central importance to number theory and special functions such as Bessel functions.

Default
0.577215664901532

m/s$^2$
$\gamma_i$Electrical field coefficient insulation material

Electrical field strength coefficient (or coefficient of variation on the electric field) of the specific direct current conductivity of insulation material. Often the symbol $\beta$ is used.

Default
0.046

Formulas
$\frac{1}{E_i}$
mm/kV
$\gamma_{prop}$Cable propagation constant

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.5

The cable propagation constant, or surge propagation, consists of the real attenuation constant and the imaginary phase constant.

Formulas
$\sqrt{\mathcal{Z}_{int} Y_{cs}}$
$\gamma_t$Attainment factor cables

This is the attainment factor for groups of cables the cable or duct external surface, i.e. the ratio of the temperature rise at time i to the rise in the steady state. This function is used in calculating cyclic rating factor for groups of cables.

Note: The parameters $L_{cm}$ and $D_o$ are in meters.

Formulas
$\frac{-\operatorname{expi}\left(\frac{-{D_o}^2}{16\tau \delta_{soil}}\right)+\operatorname{expi}\left(\frac{-{L_{cm}}^2}{\tau \delta_{soil}}\right)+\left(N_c-1\right) \left(-\operatorname{expi}\left(\frac{-{F_{mh}}^2}{16\tau \delta_{soil}}\right)+\operatorname{expi}\left(\frac{-{L_{cm}}^2}{\tau \delta_{soil}}\right)\right)}{2\ln\left(\frac{4L_{cm} F_{mh}}{D_o}\right)}$
$\gamma_X$Attenuation factor for crossing

As $\gamma$ depends upon the current in the rated cable, which is to be determined, an iterative solution is necessary, using as a first estimation of this current the rated current when the heat source is assumed to be parallel to the rated cable $\Delta\theta_0$.

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{\left(1-\Delta W T_{eq}\right) T_L}{T_r}}$
1/m
$GMD$Geometric mean distance between phases of the same system

This is the geometric mean distance $a$ between phases according to IEC 60287.

The formulae for $GMD$ were taken from the book Electric Power Generation, Transmission, and Distribution by Leonard L. Grigsby (2006), chapter 14.1.2.7.

In case of three single-core cables in flat formation, equal distance, with regular transposition, $GMD$ becomes the equation $2 \sqrt[3]{2}\cdot s_{c}$ as it is used in IEC 60287-1-1, chapter 2.3.2.

Formulas
$\left(a_{12} a_{23} a_{31}\right)^{\frac{1}{3}} \frac{1}{1000}$conductor—conductor, 3 cables, individual
$S_m$conductor—conductor, 3 cables, trefoil
$2^{\frac{1}{3}} S_m$conductor—conductor, 3 cables, flat
$2^{\frac{1}{6}} S_m$conductor—conductor, 3 cables, rectangular
$S_m$conductor—conductor, 2 cables
$D_E$conductor, 1 cable
$GMR_{cc}$conductor—conductor, multi-core cable
$\left({a_m}^{n_{scw}}-\left(\frac{d_s}{2}\right)^{n_{scw}}\right)^{\frac{1}{n_{scw}}} \frac{1}{1000}$screen of single-core cable to conductor of other cable
$\left({a_m}^2-\left(\frac{d_s}{2}\right)^2\right)^{\frac{1}{2}} \frac{1}{1000}$sheath of single-core cable to conductor of other cable
$\left({a_m}^{n_{ar}}-\left(\frac{d_{ar}}{2}\right)^{n_{ar}}\right)^{\frac{1}{n_{ar}}} \frac{1}{1000}$armour of single-core cable to conductor of other cable
m
$GMD_t$Geometric mean distance between earth continuity conductor and the cables of the same system

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.9

Formulas
$\left(a_{1t} a_{2t} a_{3t}\right)^{\frac{1}{3}} \frac{1}{1000}$Flat formation with transposed cables and parallel earth continuity conductor
$0.7GMD$Flat formation with transposed earth continuity conductor
m
$GMR_{ar}$Geometric mean radius armour

The formula for the GMR was taken from the book Electric Power Generation, Transmission, and Distribution by Leonard L. Grigsby (2006).

Formulas
$\left(0.7788\frac{t_{ar}}{2} n_{ar} \left(\frac{t_{ar}}{2}\right)^{n_{ar}-1}\right)^{\frac{1}{n_{ar}}} \frac{1}{1000}$
m
$GMR_c$Geometric mean radius conductor

The formula for round conductors was taken from the book 'Electric Power Generation, Transmission, and Distribution' by Leonard L. Grigsby (2006), chapter 14.1.2.3.

The formula for shaped conductors was taken from the paper 'Series impedance of distribution cables with sector-shaped conductors' by Andrew J. Urquhart (2015)

Formulas
$K_{GMR} r_{z1}$round conductors
$e^{-\left(\frac{1}{4}\right)} \sqrt{\frac{A_c}{\pi}} \frac{1}{1000}$sector-shaped conductors
m
$GMR_{cc}$Geometric mean radius conductor bundle

The formula for round conductors was taken from the book 'Electric Power Generation, Transmission, and Distribution' by Leonard L. Grigsby (2006), chapter 14.1.2.3.

Formula for shaped conductors can be found in the paper 'Series impedance of distribution cables with sector-shaped conductors' by Andrew J. Urquhart (2015)

Formulas
$\left(GMR_c \left(\frac{s_c}{1000}\right)^{n_c}\right)^{\frac{1}{n_c}}$two and three round conductors with same separation
$4^{\frac{1}{16}} \left(GMR_c \left(\frac{s_c}{1000}\right)^3\right)^{\frac{1}{4}}$four round conductors with same separation
mm
$GMR_{sc}$Geometric mean radius screen

The formula for the GMR was taken from the book Electric Power Generation, Transmission, and Distribution by Leonard L. Grigsby (2006).

Formulas
$\left(0.7788\frac{t_{sc}}{2} n_{scw} \left(\frac{t_{sc}}{2}\right)^{n_{scw}-1}\right)^{\frac{1}{n_{scw}}} \frac{1}{1000}$
m
$GMR_{sp}$Geometric mean radius steel pipe
Formulas
$e^{-\left(\frac{1}{4}\right)} \sqrt{\frac{A_{sp}}{\pi}} \frac{1}{1000}$
m
$\mathrm{Gr}_c$Grashof number conductor→gas
Formulas
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} {D_c}^3}{{\nu_{gas}}^2} \left(\theta_c-\theta_{film}\right)$
$\mathrm{Gr}_{encl}$Grashof number gas→enclosure
Formulas
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} {D_{comp}}^3}{{\nu_{gas}}^2} \left(\theta_{film}-\theta_{encl}\right)$
$\mathrm{Gr}_{ext}$Grashof number riser—air
Formulas
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} {L_d}^3}{{\nu_{gas}}^2} \left(\theta_{de}-\theta_{air}\right)$
$\mathrm{Gr}_{gd}$Grashof number gas—duct
Formulas
$none$Riser closed at both ends (Hartlein & Black)
$none$Riser open at both ends, $Ra$ >= 10^5 (Hartlein & Black IIa)
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} \left(\frac{D_{di}}{2}\right)^4}{{\nu_{gas}}^2 L_d} |\theta_{air}-\theta_{di}|$Riser open at both ends, 0.1 ≤ $Ra$ < 10^5 (Hartlein & Black IIb)
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} \left(\frac{D_{di}}{2}\right)^3}{{\nu_{gas}}^2} |\theta_{air}-\theta_{di}|$Riser open at top and closed at bottom (Hartlein & Black)
$none$Riser closed at both ends (Anders)
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} {\delta_d}^4}{L_d {\nu_{gas}}^2} \left(\theta_e-\theta_{air}\right)$Riser open at both ends (Anders/Hartlein & Black)
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} \left(\frac{D_{di}}{2}\right)^4}{L_d {\nu_{gas}}^2} \left(\theta_{dm}-\theta_{di}\right)$Riser open at top and closed at bottom (Anders)
$\mathrm{Gr}_L$Grashof number, ground—air

The Grashof number is a dimensionless number in fluid dynamics and heat transfer which approximates the ratio of the buoyancy to viscous force acting on a fluid. It frequently arises in the study of situations involving natural convection.

The transition to turbulent flow occurs in the range 10$^8$ < $Gr_L$ < 10$^9$ for natural convection from vertical flat plates. At higher Grashof numbers, the boundary layer is turbulent; at lower Grashof numbers, the boundary layer is laminar.

Formulas
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} \left(T_{gas}-T_{bulk}\right) {L_{cm}}^3}{{\nu_{gas}}^2}$for vertical flat planes
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} \left(T_{gas}-T_{bulk}\right) {D_o}^3}{{\nu_{gas}}^2}$for pipes
$\mathrm{Gr}_{og}$Grashof number cable—gas
Formulas
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} {L_d}^3}{{\nu_{gas}}^2} \left(\theta_e-\theta_{di}\right)$Riser closed at both ends (Hartlein & Black)
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} {L_d}^3}{{\nu_{gas}}^2} \left(\theta_e-\theta_{di}\right)$Riser open at both ends, 133 ≤ $Ra$ ≤ 7000 (Hartlein & Black IIa)
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} {L_d}^3}{{\nu_{gas}}^2} \left(\theta_e-\theta_{air}\right)$Riser open at both ends, $Ra$ > 7000 (Hartlein & Black IIb)
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} {L_d}^3}{{\nu_{gas}}^2} \left(\theta_e-\frac{\theta_e+\theta_{di}+\theta_{air}}{3}\right)$Riser open at top and closed at bottom (Hartlein & Black)
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} {\delta_d}^3}{{\nu_{gas}}^2} \left(\theta_e-\theta_{di}\right)$Riser closed at both ends (Anders)
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} {\delta_d}^4}{L_d {\nu_{gas}}^2} \left(\theta_e-\theta_{air}\right)$Riser open at both ends (Anders/Hartlein & Black)
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} {L_d}^3}{{\nu_{gas}}^2} \left(\theta_e-\theta_{gas}\right)$Riser open at top and closed at bottom (Anders)
$\mathrm{Gr}_{prot}$Grashof number surface→air
Formulas
$\frac{g \beta_{gas} {D_o}^3}{{\nu_{gas}}^2} \left(\theta_e-\theta_{film}\right)$
H$H$Distance pipe center—ground
Formulas
$\frac{L_c}{1000}$
m
$H_1$Inductance $H_1$ armour

1st component of inductance due to armour steel wires.
For steel tape armour, the length of lay $p_a$ is assumed to be equal to the mean diameter of the armour layer $d_{a}$.

Formulas
${10}^{-7}\pi \mu_e \frac{n_{ar} {d_f}^2}{L_{lay,ar} d_{ar}}sin\left(\phi_{ar}\right)cos\left(\gamma_{ar}\right)$
H/m
$H_2$Inductance $H_2$ armour

2nd component of inductance due to armour steel wires.
For steel tape armour, the length of lay $p_a$ is assumed to be equal to the mean diameter of the armour layer $d_{a}$.

Formulas
${10}^{-7}\pi \mu_e \frac{n_{ar} {d_f}^2}{L_{lay,ar} d_{ar}}sin\left(\phi_{ar}\right)sin\left(\gamma_{ar}\right)$
H/m
$H_3$Inductance $H_3$ armour

3rd component of inductance due to armour steel wires.
For non-touching wires, $H_3$ is zero.

Formulas
$0.4\left(\mu_t {cos\left(\phi_{ar}\right)}^2-1\right) \frac{d_f}{d_{ar}}{\cdot}{10}^{-6}$
H/m
$h_{amb}$Pseudo film coefficient of ambient fluid at ground level

When a pipe is fully buried, a term, the pseudo film coefficient, $h_{amb}$, is modeling the heat transfer by convection at the sea/soil interface.

Formulas
$\frac{D_{ext}}{D_{soil}} h_{ext}$Carslaw & Jaeger
$\frac{D_{ext}}{D_{ref}} h_{ext}$Morud & Simonsen / Ovuworie / OTC 23033
$\frac{\mathrm{Nu}_w k_w}{D_{soil}}$fully buried
W/(K.m$^2$)
$h_{atm}$Height above sea level

The table shows typical values of atmospheric pressure at different heights above sea level.

Choices
mpressure (hPa)
01013
1000899
2000795
3000701
4000616
5000540
m
$h_b$Height backfill

Height of the backfill area.

mm
$h_{bs}$Heat dissipation coefficient for black surfaces in free air

All cables are assumed to be served cables or having a non-metallic surface, and are thus considered to have a black surface. All ducts are also considered to have a black surface, except for metallic ducts, in which case a value of $h_{bs}$ equal to 88% of the value for a black surface is assumed.

It is also the heat dissipation coefficient for cable surface to tunnel wall.

Formulas
$\frac{Z_{bs}}{{D_o}^{g_{bs}}}+E_{bs}$
W/m$^2$/K$^{5/4}$
$h_{buried}$Heat transfer coefficient pipe fully buried

By using a conduction shape factor for a horizontal cylinder buried in a semi-infinite medium, the heat transfer coefficient for a buried pipeline or cable can be expressed as follows. For the case of laying depth L larger than half of the diameter D, the cosh can be simplified using the logarithmic equation.

In the method of Carslaw & Jaegers reference book on conduction from 1959, the external heat transfer coefficient is called $h_{soil+amb}$ and is combining the heat transfer by conduction through the surroundings and the heat transfer by convection above the soil surface. The quantity $e_{soil}$ stands for the thickness of an extra thin soil layer modeling the thermal resistance resulting from convection at the soil surface. This thickness can be determined from the continuity equation of the heat flux rate at the sea/soil interface.

Formulas
$\frac{2k_4}{D_{ref}} \cosh^{-1}\left(\frac{2\left(H+e_{soil}\right)}{D_{ext}}\right)$Carslaw & Jaeger
$\frac{2k_4}{D_{ref}} \frac{\mathrm{Bi}_p}{\left(1+{\mathrm{Bi}_p}^2 {\alpha_0}^2+2\mathrm{Bi}_p \alpha_0 \operatorname{coth}\left(\alpha_0\right)\right)^{0.5}}$Morud & Simonsen
$\frac{2k_4}{D_{ref}} \frac{\mathrm{Bi}_p sinh\left(\alpha_0\right)}{\left(\left(cosh\left(\alpha_0\right)+\mathrm{Bi}_p \alpha_0 sinh\left(\alpha_0\right)+\frac{\mathrm{Bi}_p}{\mathrm{Bi}_g}\right)^2-\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{Bi}_p}{\mathrm{Bi}_g}\right)^2\right)^{0.5}}$Ovuworie / OTC 23033
W/(K.m$^2$)
$H_c$Heat energy content

The heat energy content is the product of the mass $m$ and the gross heat of combustion value $\Delta$ $H_c$

Formulas
$m_{tot} \Delta H_c$
MJ/m
$h_{conv,c}$Heat transfer coefficient convection conductor—gas
Formulas
$\frac{k_{gas} \mathrm{Nu}_c}{D_c}$
W/(K.m$^2$)
$h_{conv,encl}$Heat transfer coefficient convection gas—enclosure
Formulas
$\frac{k_{gas} \mathrm{Nu}_{encl}}{D_{comp}}$
W/m2.K
$h_{conv,ext}$Heat transfer coefficient convection riser—air

NoteDuring development of the IEC method, we identified an error in the publications used for the two methods by Anders and Chippendale. The error is considerable and giving optimistic results. We have corrected this in our implementation in deviation to the referenced publications.
Explanation: In the publications by Anders and Chippendale, the equation for heat transfer coefficient for forced convection uses a factor of 2, meaning only half the outer diameter of the duct is used as characteristic length. The publication by Chippendale refers to a publication by Anders from 1996, which was the basis for our implementation of Anders method. In the publication from 1996, Anders refers to his own publication D.2.8 'Rating of cables on riser' from Jicable 1995. In there, the factor 2 is used and it is stated the heat transfer coefficient can be calculated as described in Holman (1990) or Incropera and Dewitt (1990). We do not have the edition from 1990 but in the 6th edition from 2011 of the book 'Introduction to Heat Transfer' by F.P. Incropera and D.P. Dewitt, the equation 7.44 does not consider this factor of 2.

Formulas
$\frac{\mathrm{Nu}_{ext} k_{gas}}{L_d}$natural convection (no wind)
$\frac{\mathrm{Nu}_{ext} k_{gas}}{D_{do}}$forced convection due to wind >0.5 m/s
$\left({h_{nat}}^2+{h_{for}}^2\right)^{0.5}$natural and forced convection at low wind speed≤0.5 m/s
$\frac{k_{gas} c_{Nu,r}}{L_d} {\mathrm{Ra}_{ext}}^{n_{Nu,r}}$natural convection Chippendale, IEC 60287
$\operatorname{max}\left(h_{nat}, h_{for}\right)$higher heat transfer coefficient from natural or forced convection, IEC 60287
W/(K.m$^2$)
$h_{conv,gd}$Heat transfer coefficient convection gas—duct
Formulas
$none$Riser closed at both ends (Hartlein & Black)
$none$Riser open at both ends (Hartlein & Black IIa)
$\frac{k_{gas} \mathrm{Nu}_{gd}}{L_d}$Riser open at both ends, 0.1 ≤ $Ra$ < 10^5 (Hartlein & Black IIb)
$\frac{k_{gas} \mathrm{Nu}_{gd}}{L_d}$Riser open at top and closed at bottom (Hartlein & Black)
$\frac{h_{conv,og} D_o}{D_{di}}$Riser closed at both ends (Anders)
$\frac{\left(\frac{0.6D_o}{D_{di}}+0.4\right) k_{gas} \mathrm{Nu}_{gd}}{\delta_d}$Riser open at both ends (Anders)
$\frac{k_{gas} \mathrm{Nu}_{gd}}{D_{di}}$Riser open at top and closed at bottom (Anders)
W/(K.m$^2$)
$h_{conv,int}$Heat transfer coefficient convection cable—riser
Formulas
$\frac{k_{gas} \mathrm{Nu}_{int}}{\delta_d}$Chippendale
$\frac{k_{gas}}{\delta_d} 0.188{\mathrm{Ra}_{int}}^{0.322} \left(\frac{L_d}{\delta_d}\right)^{-0.238} \left(\frac{D_{di}}{D_o}\right)^{0.442}$IEC 60287
W/(K.m$^2$)
$h_{conv,og}$Heat transfer coefficient convection cable—gas
Formulas
$\frac{k_{gas} \mathrm{Nu}_{og}}{L_d}$general case (Hartlein & Black)
$\frac{k_{gas} \mathrm{Nu}_{og}}{\delta_d}$Riser open at both ends, 133 ≤ $Ra$ ≤ 7000 (Hartlein & Black IIa)
$\frac{k_{gas} \mathrm{Nu}_{og}}{\delta_d}$Riser closed at both ends (Anders)
$\frac{\left(0.46\frac{D_{di}}{D_o}+0.54\right) k_{gas} \mathrm{Nu}_{og}}{\delta_d}$Riser open at both ends (Anders)
$\frac{k_{gas} \mathrm{Nu}_{og}}{L_d}$Riser open at top and closed at bottom (Anders)
W/(K.m$^2$)
$h_{conv,sa}$Heat transfer coefficient convection surface—air

When the velocity of surrounding fluid is less than approximately 0.5 m/s in air, natural convection will have the dominating influnece and a value of 200 W/(K.m$^2$) may be used.

If the flow is due to free convection, the heat transfer coefficient and the Nusselt number depend on the Grashof number. In this case, the approximate heat transfer coefficient can be determined using the following numerical equation. (Source:

Formulas
$\frac{k_{gas} \mathrm{Nu}_{prot}}{D_o}$general equation for PAC/GIL
$12\sqrt{V_{air}}+2$approximate equation
W/(K.m$^2$)
$h_{em}$Factor $h$ emergency overload

This factor $h_{em}$ is used to calculate $I_{em}$.

It is the factor between the constant current applied to the cable prior to the emergency loading $I_{ss}$ (= $I_c$) to the sustained (100% load factor) rated current $I_R$ for the conductor to attain, but not exceed, the standard maximum permissible temperature $\theta_{max}$.

Formulas
$\frac{I_{ss}}{I_R}$
$h_{era}$Heat transfer coefficient convection ERA

Convection heat transfer coefficient acc. the method published by ERA in 1988. The value is valid for vertical risers/J-tubes.

Formulas
$5.72$
W/(K.m$^2$)
$h_{ext}$Heat transfer coefficient external

The external heat transfer coefficient (or outside film coefficient) is a convection coefficient, calculated from the Nusselt number of the ambient fluid.

Acc. to a publication from Bai2005, empirical correlations are commonly used to determine the value of h for unburied pipes in conditions of natural or forced convection. These correlations normally assume that the pipe is suspended in an infinite medium. This assumption, reasonable for pipes in free span, is questionable for embedded or trenched pipelines.

If the flow is due to free convection, the heat transfer coefficient and the Nusselt number depend on the Grashof number. In this case, the approximate heat transfer coefficient can be determined using the following numerical equation. (Source:

When the velocity of surrounding fluid is less than approximately 0.05 m/s in water, natural convection will have the dominating influnece and a value of 200 W/(K.m$^2$) may be used.

Default
200.0

Formulas
$\frac{\mathrm{Nu}_w k_w}{D_{ext}}$pipe in water
$2100\sqrt{V_w}+350$approximation for free convection
W/(K.m$^2$)
$h_{ground}$Heat transfer coefficient part of pipe in contact with ground

The heat transfer coefficient of ground is combining the inside film coefficient, heat transfer coefficient of pipe wall and heat transfer coefficient of soil.

The equation acc. Carslaw & Jaegers is used for $h_{buried}$ reaching a limit when $H$ → $D_{ext}/2$ using the quantity $e_{limit}$.

Formulas
$\frac{2k_4}{D_{ref}} \frac{1}{\cosh^{-1}\left(1+\frac{2e_{limit}}{D_{ext}}\right)}$Carslaw & Jaeger
$\frac{2k_4}{D_{ref}} \frac{2}{\beta_b \left(\pi-\beta_b\right)} \frac{C_{g1}}{\sqrt{{C_{g2}}^2-1}} \left(\frac{\pi}{2}-\\arctan\left(\sqrt{\frac{C_{g2}+1}{C_{g2}-1}} tan\left(\frac{\beta_b}{2}\right)\right)\right)$Morud & Simonsen $C_{g2}$ > 1
$\frac{2k_4}{D_{ref}} \frac{1}{\beta_b \left(\pi-\beta_b\right)} \frac{C_{g1}}{\sqrt{1-{C_{g2}}^2}} \ln\left(\frac{tan\left(\frac{\beta_b}{2}\right)+\sqrt{\frac{1-C_{g2}}{1+C_{g2}}}}{tan\left(\frac{\beta_b}{2}\right)-\sqrt{\frac{1-C_{g2}}{1+C_{g2}}}}\right)$Morud & Simonsen $C_{g2}$ ≤ 1
$\frac{2k_4}{D_{ref}} \frac{1}{\pi \left(1+\frac{\mathrm{Bi}_p}{\mathrm{Bi}_g}\right)} \frac{2\mathrm{Bi}_p sin\left(\beta_0\right) \\arctan\left(\sqrt{\frac{1-K_{par}}{1+K_{par}}}\right)}{\sqrt{1-{K_{par}}^2}}$Ovuworie $|K_{par}|$ < 1
$\frac{2k_4}{D_{ref}} \frac{1}{\pi \left(1+\frac{\mathrm{Bi}_p}{\mathrm{Bi}_g}\right)} \mathrm{Bi}_p sin\left(\beta_0\right)$Ovuworie $K_{par}$ = 1
$\frac{2k_4}{D_{ref}} \frac{1}{\pi \left(1+\frac{\mathrm{Bi}_p}{\mathrm{Bi}_g}\right)} \frac{2\mathrm{Bi}_p sin\left(\beta_0\right) \tanh^{-1}\left(\sqrt{\frac{K_{par}-1}{K_{par}+1}}\right)}{\sqrt{{K_{par}}^2-1}}$Ovuworie $K_{par}$ > 1
$\frac{2k_4}{D_{ref}} \frac{\mathrm{Bi}_p}{\left(\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{Bi}_p}{\mathrm{Bi}_g}\right) \left(1+2\mathrm{Bi}_p\right)\right)^{0.5}}$OTC 23033
W/(K.m$^2$)
$h_{in}$Heat transfer coefficient internal

The internal heat transfer coefficient (or inside film coefficient) is also a convection coefficient, calculated from the Nusselt number of the internal fluid. It is the heat transfer by convection at the inner surface of the pipe wall in contact with the pipeline product (gas, oil, water, and possibly solids.

In cables, there is no fluid flow at the inner surface of the insulation. In PAC/GIL, the convection of the gas inside the chamber is considered separately. In both cases, the value of $h_{in}$ is set to quasi-infinity in order to eliminate the its influence.

Formulas
${10}^{100}$cables/PAC/GIL
$\frac{\mathrm{Nu}_{fluid} k_{fluid}}{D_{in}}$Pipelines
W/(K.m$^2$)
$h_{lg}$Ratio of heat dissipation coefficients

The ratio of heat dissipation coefficients for group of cables in air is according to IEC 60287-2-2

Formulas
$1.41$2 cables or ducts, side by side, $e_{hor}/Do_d$ < 0.5
$1.65$3 cables or ducts, side by side, $e_{hor}/Do_d$ < 0.75
$1.2$2 trefoils, side by side, $e_{hor}/Do_d$ < 1
$1.25$3 trefoils, side by side, $e_{hor}/Do_d$ < 1.5
$1.35$2 cables or ducts, one above the other, $e_{ver}/Do_d$ < 0.5
$1.085\left(\frac{e_{ver}}{Do_d}\right)^{-0.128}$2 cables or ducts, one above the other, $e_{ver}/Do_d$ < 1.89
$1.57$3 cables or ducts, one above the other, $e_{ver}/Do_d$ < 0.5
$1.19\left(\frac{e_{ver}}{Do_d}\right)^{-0.135}$3 cables or ducts, one above the other, $e_{ver}/Do_d$ < 3.62
$1.39$2 pair/trefoil, one above the other, $e_{ver}/Do_d$ < 0.5
$1.106\left(\frac{e_{ver}}{Do_d}\right)^{-0.078}$2 pair/trefoil, one above the other, $e_{ver}/Do_d$ < 3.63
$1.57$3 pair/trefoil, one above the other, $e_{ver}/Do_d$ < 0.5
$1.19\left(\frac{e_{ver}}{Do_d}\right)^{-0.135}$3 pair/trefoil, one above the other, $e_{ver}/Do_d$ < 3.63
$1.23$near to a surface, $e_{wall}/Do_d$ < 0.5
$1$otherwise
$h_{rad,ce}$Heat transfer coefficient radiation conductor—enclosure

Radiation heat transfer coefficient from conductor surface to inner wall of the PAC/GIL enclosure or from surface of PAC/GIL to surrounding air.

Formulas
$\sigma K_{ce} \left(\theta_c+\theta_{abs}+\theta_{encl}+\theta_{abs}\right) \left(\left(\theta_c+\theta_{abs}\right)^2+\left(\theta_{encl}+\theta_{abs}\right)^2\right)$
W/(K.m$^2$)
$h_{rad,ext}$Heat transfer coefficient radiation riser—air

Radiation heat transfer coefficient from outer surface of the duct used for riser/J-tube to ambient air.

Formulas
$\sigma \epsilon_{do} \left(\theta_{de}+\theta_{abs}+\theta_{air}+\theta_{abs}\right) \left(\left(\theta_{de}+\theta_{abs}\right)^2+\left(\theta_{air}+\theta_{abs}\right)^2\right)$
W/(K.m$^2$)
$h_{rad,int}$Heat transfer coefficient radiation cable—riser

Radiation heat transfer coefficient from cable surface to inner wall of the duct used for riser/J-tube.

Formulas
$\frac{\sigma K_r \left(\left(\theta_e+\theta_{abs}\right)^4-\left(\theta_{di}+\theta_{abs}\right)^4\right)}{\theta_e+\theta_{abs}-\left(\theta_{di}+\theta_{abs}\right)}$general
$\frac{\sigma \left(\theta_e+\theta_{abs}+\theta_{di}+\theta_{abs}\right) \left(\left(\theta_e+\theta_{abs}\right)^2+\left(\theta_{di}+\theta_{abs}\right)^2\right)}{1+\frac{1-\epsilon_e}{\epsilon_e}+\frac{D_o \left(1-\epsilon_{di}\right)}{D_{di} \epsilon_{di}}}$IEC 60287
W/(K.m$^2$)
$h_{rad,sa}$Heat transfer coefficient radiation surface—air

Radiation heat transfer coefficient from surface of PAC/GIL to the surrounding air.

Formulas
$\sigma K_r \left(\theta_e+\theta_{abs}+\theta_{film}+\theta_{abs}\right) \left(\left(\theta_e+\theta_{abs}\right)^2+\left(\theta_{film}+\theta_{abs}\right)^2\right)$
W/(K.m$^2$)
$H_s$Conductance sheath

Conductance due to the sheath.

Formulas
$2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{2a_m}{d_s}\right)$
H/m
$H_{sh}$Depth of corrugation

This is also the height H of the corrugation acc. CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 30

mm
$h_{soil}$Heat transfer coefficient wall—soil

Assuming uniform temperatures at mudline and the outer surface of the pipe (i.e. Dirichlet boundary conditions), the heat transfer coefficient equivalent to the thermal resistance of the surrounding soil is commonly calculated from the following expression (Carslaw1959). This expression is appropriate for deeply buried pipes. When the top of line is close the soil surface (i.e. when the pipe is just barely buried), the heat transfer coefficient increases to infinity.

Formulas
$\frac{2k_4}{D_{ext} \alpha_0}$
W/(K.m$^2$)
$H_{sun}$Intensity of solar radiation

This is the intensity of solar radiation which should be taken as 1000 W/m2 for most latitudes. It is recommended that the local value should be obtained where possible which can be calculated with our solar radiation tool.

According to ERA Report No 88-0108, in clear atmosphere the maximum solar received by a vertical tube is 725 W/m2 and occurs when the altitude of the sun is approximately 32°.

Default
1000

W/m$^2$
$h_t$Height (inner)

For cables in tunnels, this is the inner height of the tunnel (only applicable for rectangular tunnels).
For cables in troughs, this is the inner height of the trough.

Formulas
$\frac{\pi Di_t}{4}$
m
$h_{T4}$Ratio of thermal resistance to ambient

The ratio of thermal resistance to ambient for group of cables in air is quickly converging equation is solved by iteration, starting with a value of $h_{lg}$.

Formulas
$h_{lg} \left(\frac{1-k_l}{h_{T4}}+k_l\right)^{0.25}$
$H_{tc}$Parameter Hc trough cover
Formulas
$\frac{H_{ts} w_t \rho_4}{t_t \rho_t H_{ts}+w_t}$
$h_{tr}$Heat transfer coefficient

The heat transfer coefficient (or film coefficient) is the proportionality constant between the heat flux q and the temperature difference $\Delta T$ as the thermodynamic driving force for the flow of heat: $h_{tr}=\frac{q}{\Delta T}$. It is used in calculating the heat transfer, typically by convection.

Calculation of $h_{tr}$ is based on the paper 'Calculation of cable thermal rating considering non-isothermal earth surface' from 2014 by S. Purushothaman, F. de León, and M. Terracciano. Fourier transformation was used to convert the two-dimensional problem for horizontal plates into a simple one-dimensional problem.

Typical values for the equivalent thermal resistance of the soil per unit surface, representing convection, is given in various sources such as

  • 5.0 W/(K.m$^2$) in the CIGRE TB 218 'Gas insulated transmission lines (GIL)' as well as in Electra 125 'Calculation of the continuous rating of three core, rigid type, compressed gas insulated cables in still air and buried'
  • 9.0 W/(K.m$^2$) in the paper by R. de Lieto Vollaro et.al 'Experimental study of thermal field deriving from an underground electrical power cable buried in non-homogeneous soils', 2014, which is the reference for our multi-layer backfill method.
  • 20.0 W/(K.m$^2$) in the book 'Kabel und Leitungen für Starkstrom' by L. Heinhold, 5th edition 1999 (in German) used when calculating rating of cables in unventilated, shallow-buried channels.

Formulas
$\frac{\mathrm{Nu}_L k_{gas}}{L_{char}}$Kutateladze
$5$Kennelly (CIGRE TB 218)
$9$multi-layer backfill (R. de Lieto Vollaro et al. 2014)
$20$channel (Heinhold)
W/(K.m$^2$)
$H_{ts}$Parameter Hs depending on air velocity
Formulas
$2.72{w_t}^{0.75}+5.85w_t$still air
$w_t \left(11.5+4.1V_{air}\right)$moving air
$H_x$Magnetic field x

The x-component of the magnetic field at point [$x_k$, $y_k$] due to current source at [$x_1$, $y_1$].

Formulas
$\frac{-I_{EMF}}{\pi} \left(\frac{y_k-y_1}{\left(x_k-x_1\right)^2+\left(y_k-y_1\right)^2}+\frac{y_k+y_1+2p_{soil}}{\left(x_k-x_1\right)^2+\left(y_k+y_1+2p_{soil}\right)^2}\right)$
mH
$H_y$Magnetic field y

The x- and y-component of the magnetic field at point [$x_k$, $y_k$] due to current source at [$x_1$, $y_1$].

Formulas
$\frac{I_{EMF}}{\pi} \left(\frac{x_k-x_1}{\left(x_k-x_1\right)^2+\left(y_k-y_1\right)^2}-\frac{x_k-x_1}{\left(x_k-x_1\right)^2+\left(y_k+y_1+2p_{soil}\right)^2}\right)$
mH
I$I_{ar}$Induced circulating current armour
Formulas
$\operatorname{max}\left(I_c \sqrt{\frac{\lambda_{21} R_c}{R_{ar}}}\right)$
A
$I_c$Conductor current

The permissible current rating of a power cable can be derived from the expression for the temperature rise above ambient temperature.

  • Cables in air consider the temperature rise by solar radiation and the thermal resistance to ambient is for a continuous load.
  • Buried cables consider the temperature rise by other buried cables and heat sources/sinks as well as the effect of drying-out of soil by applying the ratio of the thermal resistivities of dry and moist soils. The thermal resistance to ambient may have transient load variation and correction factors due to backfill material.
  • For DC cables, the dielectric losses $W_d$ are zero and $\Delta\theta_d$ disappears and without induction the factors $\lambda_1$ and $\lambda_2$ are zero.
  • The current rating for a four-core low-voltage cable may be taken to be equal to the current rating of a three-core cable for the same voltage and conductor size having the same construction, provided that the cable is to be used in a three-phase system where the fourth conductor is either a neutral conductor or a protective conductor. When it is a neutral conductor, the current rating applies to a balanced load.
  • Where it is desired that moisture migration be avoided by limiting the temperature rise of the cable surface to not more than $\Delta\theta_x$, the corresponding rating shall be obtained from the equation below. However, depending on the value of $\Delta\theta_x$ this may result in a conductor temperature which exceeds the maximum permissible value. The current rating used shall be the lower of the two values obtained.
  • For transient calculations, $I_c$ is the constant steady-state current applied to cable prior to application of a step function, a cyclic load or prior to emergency loading.

*** These formulae are valid when the outer temperature $\theta_{omax}$ defines the load of a system.

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{\theta_c-\theta_a-\Delta \theta_d-\Delta \theta_{sun}}{R_c \left(T_1+n_{ph} \left(1+\lambda_1\right) T_2+\left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right) \left(n_{ph} T_3+n_{cc} \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+T_{4iii}\right)\right)+n_{cc} \lambda_4 \left(\frac{T_{4ii}}{2}+T_{4iii}\right)\right)}}$Cables in air, in riser IEC 60287
$\sqrt{\frac{\theta_c-\theta_a+\left(v_4-1\right) \Delta \theta_x-v_4 \Delta \theta_p-\Delta \theta_d}{R_c \left(T_1+n_{ph} \left(1+\lambda_1\right) T_2+\left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right) \left(n_{ph} T_3+n_{cc} \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+T_{4\mu} v_4\right)\right)+n_{cc} \lambda_4 \left(\frac{T_{4ii}}{2}+T_{4\mu} v_4\right)\right)}}$Cables buried
$\sqrt{\frac{\theta_c-\theta_{de}-\Delta \theta_d}{R_c \left(T_1+n_{ph} \left(1+\lambda_1\right) T_2+\left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right) \left(n_{ph} T_3+n_{cc} \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}\right)\right)\right)}}$cables in tunnel
$\sqrt{\frac{\theta_c-\theta_a-\Delta \theta_d-\Delta \theta_{0t}}{R_c \left(T_1+n_{ph} \left(1+\lambda_1\right) T_2+\left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right) \left(n_{ph} T_3+n_{cc} \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+T_{4t}\right)\right)\right)}}$Cables in tunnel (IEC 60287-2-3)
$\sqrt{\frac{\theta_c-\theta_t-\Delta \theta_d}{R_c \left(T_1+n_{ph} \left(1+\lambda_1\right) T_2+\left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right) \left(n_{ph} T_3+n_{cc} \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+T_{4iii}\right)\right)\right)}}$Cables in channel (Heinhold)
$\sqrt{\frac{\theta_c-\theta_{at}-\Delta \theta_d}{R_c \left(T_1+n_{ph} \left(1+\lambda_1\right) T_2+\left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right) \left(n_{ph} T_3+n_{cc} \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+T_{4iii}\right)\right)\right)}}$Cables in trough (air-filled)
$\sqrt{\frac{\theta_c-\theta_a-\Delta \theta_d-\Delta \theta_p}{R_c \left(T_1+n_{ph} \left(1+\lambda_1\right) T_2+\left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right) \left(n_{ph} T_3+n_{cc} T_{4iii}\right)\right)}}$Cables subsea
$\sqrt{\frac{\theta_c-\theta_e}{R_c \left(T_1+n_{ph} \left(1+\lambda_1\right) T_2+\left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right) n_{ph} T_3\right)}}$Cables in riser
$I_c F_{red}$With reduction (derating) factor
$\sqrt{\frac{\theta_{omax}-\theta_a-W_d n_{cc} T_{4iii}-\Delta \theta_{sun}}{R_c n_{cc} T_{4iii} \left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3+\lambda_4\right)}}$*** Cables in air, in riser IEC 60287
$\sqrt{\frac{\theta_{omax}-\theta_a+\left(v_4-1\right) \Delta \theta_x-v_4 \Delta \theta_p-W_d n_{cc} T_{4ss} v_4}{R_c n_{cc} T_{4\mu} v_4 \left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3+\lambda_4\right)}}$*** Cables buried
$\sqrt{\frac{\theta_{omax}-\theta_a-W_d n_{cc} T_{4t}-\Delta \theta_{0t}}{R_c n_{cc} T_{4t} \left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right)}}$*** Cables in tunnel (IEC 60287-2-3)
$\sqrt{\frac{\theta_{omax}-\theta_t-W_d n_{cc} T_{4iii}}{R_c n_{cc} T_{4iii} \left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right)}}$*** Cables in channel (Heinhold)
$\sqrt{\frac{\theta_{omax}-\theta_{at}-W_d n_{cc} T_{4iii}}{R_c n_{cc} T_{4iii} \left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right)}}$*** Cables in trough (air-filled)
$\sqrt{\frac{\theta_{omax}-\theta_a-\Delta \theta_d-\Delta \theta_p}{R_c n_{cc} \frac{1}{U_{OHTC} \pi D_{ext}} \left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2\right)}}$*** Cables subsea
$\sqrt{\frac{\theta_{omax}-\theta_a-\Delta \theta_d-\Delta \theta_{sun}}{R_c n_{cc} T_{4iii} \left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3+\lambda_4\right)}}$*** Cables in riser
$\sqrt{\frac{\theta_c-\theta_a+\left(v_4-1\right) \Delta \theta_x-v_4 \Delta \theta_p-\Delta \theta_d}{R_c \left(T_1+n_{ph} \left(1+\lambda_1\right) T_2+\left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right) \left(n_{ph} T_3+n_{cc} T_{4\mu} v_4\right)+n_{cc} \lambda_4 \left(\frac{T_{4ii}}{2}+T_{4\mu} v_4\right)\right)}}$cables in duct with bentonite filling and cyclic
A
$I_C$Capacitive load current

In the case of multi-core cables without conductive layers with a common metal sheath (design I) and with conductive layers over each core and a common metal sheath (design II), charging currents only flow in the conductors during undisturbed operation. In the jackets or shields, the charging currents, which are phase-shifted by $2\pi/3$ against each other, cancel each other out.

In the case of single- and multi-core cables with a metal sheath and, if necessary, a conductive layer over each core (design III), currents also flow in the sheaths or shields. They are equal to zero in the middle of the cable section, increase towards both ends and reach half of the charging current flowing in the conductor at the feeding end. The currents cancel each other out at the nodes (connection points of the sheaths or shields).

Note: refer to table 14.7 in $C_b$ for design I, II, III (called Bauform).

Formulas
$U_e \omega C_b$
A/m
$I_{c,ins}$Current rating @ field limited conductor temperature

For the rating calculation of HVDC cables two limiting factors are considered.

  1. The first is the maximum permissible temperature in the conductor related to the maximum operating temperature of the insulation.
  2. The second factor is the maximum permissible electric field at the insulation screen when the cable carries the load current.

The electric field at the insulation screen (outer radius of the insulation) is increasing as the load increases. This can be explained by the fact that the field distribution is mainly determined by the conductivity of the insulation for a given voltage. Since the conductivity is temperature dependent, the electric field distribution also becomes temperature dependent. It can be shown that the electric field at the insulation screen can be taken into account as a function of temperature drop across the insulation (\Delta\theta_{ins}$). It should be noted that the temperature drop limit might be reached in a specific condition where the other limit of the conductor temperature is not yet reached. It should be noted that the given temperature drop is verified during type testing and is only valid for the given voltage.

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{\Delta \theta_{i,max}}{\operatorname{max}\left(R_{c,ins}\right) T_{ins}}}$
A
$I_{c,LF}$Conductor root mean square current

According to the book 'Kabel und Leitungen für Starkstrom' by L. Heinhold, 5th edition 1999 (in German).

Formulas
$\sqrt{LF} I_c$
A
$I_{c,max}$Highest current load of lineA
$I_{c,peak}$Permissible peak cyclic load current

The cyclic rating of a single three-core cable or a group of equally loaded identical cables located in a uniform soil requires computation of a cyclic rating factor M by which the permissible steady-state rated current (100% load factor) may be multiplied to obtain the permissible peak value of current during a daily (24 h) or longer cycle such that the conductor temperature attains, but does not exceed, the standard permissible maximum temperature during the cycle. A factor derived in this way uses the steady-state temperature, which is usually the permitted maximum temperature, as its reference. The cyclic rating factor depends only on the shape of the daily cycle, and is independent of the actual magnitudes of the current.

Formulas
$M I_c$
A
$I_{c,sum}$Total current for all parallel systems

Total current for all parallel conductors from the same system.

Formulas
$N_{sys} I_c$
A
$I_{Ce}$Capacitive earth short-circuit current

In the case of cables of design I and II, the earth fault current $I_Ce$ flows from the faulty conductor T, for example, to the sheath or shield and from there via the conductor-sheath capacitance per unit length to the intact conductors R and S that are at the full delta voltage.

The currents caused by the conductor-conductor capacitance per unit length only flow in the conductors and have no influence on the earth fault current. They are generated by the delta voltage both in undisturbed operation and in the event of an earth fault and are therefore of the same magnitude in both cases.

In the case of design III cables, currents with the same phase position as the corresponding phase currents flow in the sheaths or shields. The currents of the healthy phases are therefore equal to zero in the middle of the cable and at both ends of the cable they reach half the value of the phase currents at the feeding end of the cable. If the fault is in the immediate vicinity of the end of the feeder, the earth fault current is almost equal to the current in the faulty phase.

Note: refer to table 14.7 in $C_b$ for design I, II, III (called Bauform).

Formulas
$3U_e \omega C_E$three-phase system
$2U_e \omega C_E$two-phase system
$U_e \omega C_E$single-phase system
A/m
$I_{em}$Emergency overload current

This is the current which may be applied for time $\tau$ so that the conductor temperature at the end of the period of emergency loading reaches $\theta_{max}$.

The method only holds for values of $I_2\leq2.5I_R$

Formulas
$I_R \sqrt{\frac{{h_{em}}^2 R_{ss}}{R_{max}}+\frac{1-{h_{em}}^2 \frac{R_{ss}}{R_{max}}}{\frac{\Delta \theta_{c,t}}{\Delta \theta_{R,\infty}}}}$
A
$I_{EMF}$Phase current for EMF calculation

The magnetic field is calculated based on the law of Biot-Savart where each subconductor is represented by a filament current extending along its axis.

The current for each phase at the time step $t_{EMF}$ is given as follows.

Formulas
$\sqrt{2} I_c cos\left(\omega t_{EMF}+\alpha_f\right)$3-phase system with relative phase angle 120°, phase R (L1)
$\sqrt{2} I_c cos\left(\omega t_{EMF}-\frac{2\pi}{3}+\alpha_f\right)$3-phase system with relative phase angle 120°, phase S (L2)
$\sqrt{2} I_c cos\left(\omega t_{EMF}+\frac{2\pi}{3}+\alpha_f\right)$3-phase system with relative phase angle 120°, phase T (L3)
$\sqrt{2} I_c cos\left(\omega t_{EMF}+\alpha_f\right)$2-phase system with relative phase angle 180°, phase U (L1)
$-\sqrt{2} I_c cos\left(\omega t_{EMF}+\alpha_f\right)$2-phase system with relative phase angle 180°, phase V (L2)
$\sqrt{2} I_c cos\left(\omega t_{EMF}+\alpha_f\right)$Mono-phase system (L1)
$I_c$DC system, phase P (L1)
$-I_c$DC system, phase N (L2)
A
$I_k$Complex conductor current

Definition according to IEEE 575-2014 Annex D.2.4

Formulas
$-0.5+\frac{j \sqrt{3}}{2}$phase 1
$1+1j{\cdot}0$phase 2
$-0.5-\frac{j \sqrt{3}}{2}$phase 3
A
$I_{k0}$Phase-to-ground fault current

Definition according to Schneider Electric Cahier technique 158 (2000), chap. 2.1 + 3.3)

This type of fault brings the zero-sequence impedance Zo into play. Except when rotating machines are involved (reduced zero-sequence impedance), the short-circuit current Isco is less than that of a three phase fault. Calculation of $I_{sco}$ may be necessary, depending on the neutral system (system earthing arrangement), in view of defining the setting thresholds for the zero-sequence (HV) or earth-fault (LV) protection devices.

$I_{k3} = \frac{c Un}{\sqrt{3} \lvert Z_{(1)} \rvert}$, $I_{k0} = I_{k1} = \frac{c Un \sqrt{3}}{\lvert 2 Z_{(1)} + Z_{(0)} \rvert}$ $\rightarrow$ $I_{k0} = \frac{3 \lvert Z_{(1)} \rvert}{2 Z_{(1)} + Z_{(0)}}$

Formulas
$\frac{3|Z_1|}{|2Z_1+Z_h|} I_{k3}$
A
$I_{k1}$Phase-to-neutral fault current

Definition according to Schneider Electric Cahier technique 158 (2000), chap. 2.1)

This is a fault between one phase and the neutral, supplied with a phase-to-neutral voltage $U/\sqrt{3}$. The short-circuit current $I_{sc_1}$ is:
$I_{sc_1} = \frac{U/\sqrt{3}}{Z_{sc}+Z_{Ln}}$

In certain special cases of phase-to-neutral faults, the zero-sequence impedance of the source is less than the short-circuit impedance $Z_{sc}$ (for example, at the terminals of a star-zigzag connected transformer or of a generator under subtransient conditions). In this case, the phase-to-neutral fault current may be greater than that of a three-phase fault.

A
$I_{k2}$Phase-to-phase fault current

Definition according to Schneider Electric Cahier technique 158 (2000), chap. 2.1)

This is a fault between two phases, supplied with a phase-to-phase voltage U. In this case, the short-circuit current $I_{sc_2}$ is less than that of a three-phase fault:
$I_{sc_3} = \frac{U/\sqrt{3}}{Z_1}$, $I_{sc_2} = \frac{U}{2 \cdot Z_1}$ $\rightarrow$ $I_{sc_2} = \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2} I_{sc_3}$

For a fault occuring near rotating machines, the impedance of the machines is such that $I_{sc_2}$ is close to $I_{sc_3}$

Formulas
$\frac{\sqrt{3}}{2} I_{k3}$
A
$I_{k3}$Three-phase symmetrical fault currentA
$I_{k,per}$Short-circuit current, permissible

Permissible short-circuit current (r.m.s. over duration).

Formulas
$\epsilon_k I_{kAD}$
kA
$I_{ka}$Complex conductor current a

Definition according to IEEE 575-2014 Annex D.1

Formulas
$\left(-0.5+\frac{j \sqrt{3}}{2}\right) I_k$
A
$I_{kAD}$Short-circuit current, adiabatic

Short-circuit current calculated on an adiabatic basis (r.m.s over duration).

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{{K_k}^2 {S_k}^2 \ln\left(\frac{\theta_{kf}+\beta_k}{\theta_{ki}+\beta_k}\right)}{t_k}}$calculation of short-circuit current
$\frac{I_{kSC}}{\epsilon_k}$calculation of short-circuit temperature
kA
$I_{kb}$Complex conductor current a

Definition according to IEEE 575-2014 Annex D.1

Formulas
$\left(1+1j{\cdot}0\right) I_k$
A
$I_{kc}$Complex conductor current c

Definition according to IEEE 575-2014 Annex D.1

Formulas
$\left(-0.5-\frac{j \sqrt{3}}{2}\right) I_k$
A
$I_{kSC}$Short-circuit current, effective

Known effective maximum short-circuit current (r.m.s. over duration).

kA
$I_{kx}$Split fault current

Definition according to IEEE 575-2014 Annex E.1.4.3.2

Formulas
$I_{k0} \frac{3Z_{ss}-3R_s+2Z_{oog}+4Z_{oig}}{3Z_{ss}+2Z_{oog}+4Z_{oig}}$
A
$I_{method}$Current calculation method

For buried cables, the user may choose from various cyclic and other calculation methods. For cables in air the conductor temperature follows changes in load current sufficiently rapidly so that the usual daily cycles do not permit peak loads greater than the steady state value. Transient current step and emergency rating acc. IEC 60853 are possible for one system while the other systems hold steady-state/cyclic load.

Choices
IdMethodInfo
0continuous load (IEC 60287)The calculation is done according to the newest edition of the IEC 60287 standards for steady-state conditions. The term steady state is intended to mean a continuous constant current (100% load factor) just sufficient to produce asymptotically the maximum conductor temperature, the surrounding ambient conditions being assumed constant. The external thermal resistance of touching cables or ducts is calculated acc. to the corresponding equations listed in IEC 60287-2-1 whereas for non-touching cables of the same system, the grouping factor Feq is being used.
1cyclic rating, load factor (Neher-McGrath 1954)In order to evaluate the effect of a cyclic load upon the maximum temperature rise of a cable system, Neher observed that one can look upon a heating effect of a cyclical load as a wave front that progresses alternately outwardly and inwardly in respect to the conductor during the cycle. He further assumed that, with the total joule losses generated in the cable equal, the heat flow during the loss cycle is represented by a steady component of magnitude plus a transient component, which operates for a period of time during each cycle. The transient component of the heat flow will penetrate the earth only to a limited distance from the cable, thus the corresponding thermal resistance will be smaller than its counterpart which pertains to steady-state conditions. Neher evaluated constants empirically to best fit the temperature rises calculated over a range of cable sizes to measured data. IEC 60853 and Neher-McGrath approach for sinusoidal loads can be considered to be equivalent for cable diameters of up to 100 mm.
2cyclic rating, load factor (Heinhold 1999)The calculation of the cyclic rating is basically the same as the method by Neher-McGrath. However, the type of load curve can be chosen to be sinusoidal, rectilinear or median (being neither sinusoidal nor rectilinear).
3cyclic rating, load factor (Dorison 2010)In the majority of practical cases, the load variations will exhibit a more complex pattern than the one described by a daily load cycle. For example, loading of cables is usually much lighter during the weekend than during the weekdays. For deeply buried cables, the yearly load variations will play a significant role because of the very long time constants at great depths. The method allows for daily, weekly and yearly load variations. The cable diameter influences the diameter of the area affected by load variations. This is particularly important for larger cables and for cables in duct. The method calculates the characteristic diameter by the use of bessel functions. This method works basically acc. to Neher-McGrath but is not based on empirical data and thus suitable for all cable diameters and equivalent to IEC 60853 approach for sinusoidal loads.
4cyclic rating, cyclic rating factor (input)Enter the loss-load factor (μ) of the daily current cycle as an input parameter. The diameter of the area affected by load variations, the characteristic diameter, is being calculated using the method from Dorison for a sinusoidal load.
5cyclic rating, cyclic rating factor (IEC 60853)The cyclic rating factor is denoted by M, and is the factor by which the permissible steady-state rated current (100% load factor) may be multiplied to obtain the permissible peak value of current during a daily (24 h) or longer cycle such that the conductor attains, but does not exceed, the standard permissible maximum temperature during this cycle. A factor defined in this way has the steady-state temperature, which is usually the permitted maximum temperature, as its reference. The cyclic rating factor depends only on the shape of the daily cycle and is thus independent of the actual magnitudes of the current. The loss-load factor (μ) of the daily current cycle is determined first by decomposing the cycle into hourly rectangular pulses. The temperature responses of the cable and soil to the complete cycle of losses can be found by adding together the response to each hourly rectangular pulse, having regard to the time period between each pulse and the time of maximum temperature. Detail of the load cycle is needed over a period of only 6 h before the time of maximum temperature, and earlier values can be represented with sufficient accuracy by using an average. The loss-load factor μ provides this average.
6emergency overload (IEC 60853)The methods for calculating the emergency ratings apply to cables buried in the ground, either directly or in ducts, and to cables in air. Provision is made for incorporating the transient caused by a sudden application of voltage (i.e. the transient due to dielectric loss). The method is intended for emergency loads not greater than about 2.5 times rated full load current (100% load factor). The procedure for calculating the short time rating of single circuits is based on a knowledge of the conductor temperature transient. Considering an isolated buried circuit carrying a constant current I1 applied for a sufficiently long time for steady-state conditions to be effectively reached. Subsequently, from a time defined by t=0, an emergency load current I2 (greater than I1) is applied. If I2 is applied for any given time t, the question is how large may I2 be so that conductor temperature does not exceed a specified value, taking into account the variation of the electrical resistivity of the conductor with temperature. The effect of dielectric loss is neglected in this treatment, but is taken into account at the end of the calculation.
7transient current step (IEC 60853)The transient temperature response of a cable to a step-function of current in its conductor depends on the combination of thermal capacitances and resistances formed by the constituent parts of the cable itself and its surroundings. The methods applies to cables buried in the ground, either directly or in ducts, with max 168 current steps within the coming week. This method assumes that the voltage and current had been applied for a sufficiently long time for the conductor temperature rise to have reached a steady state.
$I_R$Transient conductor current

This is the new load current applied as a step function to a system with given operating conditions.

For the emergency rating it is the sustained (100% load factor) rated current for the conductor to attain, but not exceed, the standard maximum permissible conductor temperature $\theta_{cmax}$.

A
$I_s$Induced circulating current shield
Formulas
$0$single-side bonded
$\operatorname{max}\left(I_c \sqrt{\frac{\lambda_{11,sb} R_c}{R_s}}\right)$both-side bonded
$\operatorname{max}\left(I_c \sqrt{\frac{\lambda_{11,sb} R_c}{R_s}}\right)$cross-bonded
A
$I_{sp}$Induced circulating current pipe
Formulas
$I_c \sqrt{\frac{\lambda_3 R_c}{R_{sp}}}$
A
$I_{ss}$Steady-state current before transientA
$inst_{air}$Installation in air

According to IEC 60287-2-1 for a single group of cables and IEC 60287-2-2 for more than one group of cables. The wall clearance $e_{wall}$ is the distance between the closest cable to the wall and the object clearance $e_{hor}$ and $e_{ver}$ is the horizontal and vertical distance between two objects. Both values are relative to the outer diameter of the object.

There are discrepancies between the two standards IEC 60287-2-1 and -2-2, we use -2-1 when possible:

  • For one object near a wall, the -2-1 considers the object free from wall at a clearance factor of 0.3 whereas the -2-2 considers the factor 0.5 and mentiones this to be valid also for a surface below the object.
  • For two objects spaced horizontally, the standard -2-1 considers the objects spaced at a clearance factor of 0.75 whereas the -2-2 considers the factor 0.5.
  • For two and three objects spaced vertically, the standard -2-1 considers the objects spaced at a clearance factor of 1 whereas the -2-2 considers the factor 0.5 plus an equation (refer to $h_{lg}$) between 0.5 and 4.

Aditions to IEC 60287-2-1 have been made:

  • In IEC 60276-2-1 only vertically spaced cables are considered. We extended for horizontally spaced cables by considering IEC 60287-2-2 for multi-core cables.
  • In IEC 60276-2-2 only 2 groups spaced vertically are considered. We extended for 3 groups by considering the parameter $h_{lg}$ for 3 vertically spaced multi-core cables.
  • Cables can be in ducts where the ducts will then be treated as cables. The error increases for larger ducts.
  • Ducts can have multiple cables inside and the duct may be filled with bentonite.
  • Groups of 2 cables touching horizontally are treated in an analogous way as groups of 3 cables in touching trefoil.
  • Spacing between the cables can be set. For spacing less than being thermally independend, the parameter $h_{bs}$ is interpolated between spaced and touching.
  • A cyclic load factor can be applied which calculates the conductor root mean square current acc. to Heinhold.

Choices
IdInstallationFactor
Z

E

g
Clearance
wall
objectsInfo
11 object0.213.940.60.30Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.3⋅D
22 objects touching, horizontal0.292.350.50.50Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.5⋅D
32 objects spaced, horizontal0.213.940.60.50.75Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.5⋅D, horizontal clearance 0.75⋅D
42 objects touching, vertical1.420.860.250.50Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.5⋅D
52 objects spaced, vertical0.752.80.30.51.0Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.5⋅D, vertical clearance D
63 objects touching, horizontal0.621.950.250.50Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.5⋅D
73 objects spaced, horizontal0.213.940.60.50.75Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.5⋅D, horizontal clearance 0.75⋅D
83 objects touching, vertical1.610.420.21.00Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ D
93 objects spaced, vertical1.312.00.20.51.0Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.5⋅D, vertical clearance D
103 objects touching trefoil0.961.250.20.50Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.5⋅D
111 objects near wall/floor1.690.630.2500Clipped direct to a vertical wall or laying on the floor, D ≤ 0.08 m
123 objects touching trefoil near wall/floor0.940.790.200Clipped direct to a vertical wall or laying on the floor, D ≤ 0.08 m
13more than one group of 2 cables0.292.350.5--The arrangement of more than one group of 2 cables is limited to configurations in IEC 60287-2-2
14more than one group of 3 cables0.961.250.2--The arrangement of more than one group of 3 cables is limited to configurations in IEC 60287-2-2
15more than one multi-core cable0.213.940.6--The arrangement of more than one multi-core cable is limited to configurations in IEC 60287-2-2
$inst_{buried}$Installation buried
Choices
IdMethodInfo
nonedirectly buriedThis analytic method is according to IEC 60287-2-1 with objects buried directly in homogenous and thermally stable soil. Cables can be laid inside ducts.
drydrying-out of soilThis analytic method is an extension to the directly buried method with object buried directly in thermally unstable soil. Backfills cannot be added but cables can be laid inside ducts.
Buried systems with partial drying-out of the soil are limited to a single circuit according to IEC 60287-1-1. Consider sufficient spacing between the systems to limit mutual heating
backwith backfillThis analytic method is an extension to the directly buried method. Up to five non-empty rectangular or round backfill areas can be defined. Objects may also be installed outside of the backfills and cables can be laid inside ducts.
femfinite element methodThis numeric method uses finite element to calculate the external thermal resistance of the ambient outside of cables and ducts. All losses are still calculated according to IEC standard. Finite Element can result in significant deviations to IEC method
subinstallation subseaThis analytic method is in principle identical to the IEC Standard method. The preview is changed to represent objects buried in seabed underwater.
The distinct subsea module offers more calculation methods in addition the IEC 60287 to allow for partially or non-buried cables but has other limitations in installation.
$inst_{elec}$Installation of cables for electrical calculations
Choices
IdInstallationInfo
11 cable1 single-core cable (single-phase system) / 1 multi-core cable
22 cables2 single-core cables (two-phase system), DC or railway system
33 cables flat3 single-core cables (three-phase system), flat vertical or horizontal
43 cables trefoil3 single-core cables (three-phase system), trefoil (equilateral triangle)
53 cables rectangular3 single-core cables (three-phase system), rectangular (right isosceles triangle)
$inst_{riser}$Installation of cables in riser
Choices
IdInstallationInfo
11 cable1 single-core cable (single-phase system) / 1 multi-core cable
22 cables touching2 single-core cables (two-phase system)
33 cables touching trefoil3 single-core cables (three-phase system)
$inst_{sea}$Installation of subsea cables
Choices
IdInstallationInfo
11 cableTypical installation for two-/three-core subsea cables
22 cables horizontalInstallation of two-phase system single-core subsea cables
33 cables horizontalInstallation of three-phase system single-core subsea cables
43 cables touching trefoilNon-typical installation (for testing purpose)
$inst_t$Installation in air inside a room

According to IEC 60287-2-1 for a single group.

Coefficient f is used for channel acc. Heinhold. The values for one single cable, three cables spaced horizontally and three cables trefoil are given in the book 'Kabel und Leitungen für Starkstrom' by L. Heinhold, 5th edition 1999. There are no values for 2 cables nor touching cables and no difference between horizontal and vertical laying. In comparison with the value for trefoil being 2/3, the value for 3 objects touching is assumed to be 5/6 and for 2 objects touching is assumed to be 8/9.

Choices
IdInstallationFactor
Z
EgfInfo
11 object0.213.940.61.0Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.3D
22 objects touching, horizontal0.292.350.50.888Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.5D
32 objects spaced, horizontal > 0.75·D0.213.940.61.0Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.3D, hor. clearance ≥ 0.75D
42 objects touching, vertical1.420.860.250.888Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.5D
52 objects spaced, horizontal > 1.0·D0.752.80.31.0Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.5D, ver. clearance ≥ D
63 objects touching, horizontal0.621.950.250.833Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.5D
73 objects spaced, horizontal > 0.75·D0.213.940.61.0Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.3D, hor. clearance ≥ 0.75D
83 objects touching, vertical1.610.420.20.833Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ D
93 objects spaced, vertical > 1.0·D1.312.00.21.0Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.5D, ver. clearance ≥ D
103 objects touching trefoil0.961.250.20.667Installation on non-continuous brackets, ladder supports or cleats, clearance to wall ≥ 0.5D
J$j_{max}$Phase angle range
Formulas
$360\frac{f_{max}}{f_{min}}+1$
°
K$K_0$Coefficient K gas (PAC/GIL)

The coefficient K0 is used in the formula from Elektra 100 and is equal to the coefficient $C$ which was used by J. Vermeer in the paper: 'A simple formula for the calculation of the convective heat transfer between conductor and sheath in compressed gas insulated (CGI) cables', 1983 as published in Elektra 87.

The cost, and the need for insulation alone and not switching, led to the use of an N2/SF6 gas mixture with a majority of 80%N2 and a minority of 20%SF6. The mixture has different dielectric and thermal properties and the CIGRE TB 218 (2003) provides an expression to calculate the this coefficient to be calculated for different mixtures of N2 and SF6 gas.

SF6 is a potent greenhouse gas with a high global warming potential, and its concentration in the earth atmosphere has been rapidly increasing over the last few decades. And during its working cycle, SF6 decomposes under electrical stress, forming toxic byproducts that are a health threat for working personnel in the event of exposure. For these reasons, other insulating gases and mixtures are tested to replace SF6 altogether. According to today’s consideration the most suitable insulating alternatives apart from N2 are carbon-dioxide (CO2), a mixtures of N2/CO2, or dry air. N2/CO2 and dry air show similar results to the N2/SF6 gas mixture, but with a lower level of absolute insulation capability and in consequence a larger dimensioning.

The parameters for N2 and SF6 are taken from Vermeer' paper or from the paper from Itaka (1978) in case this method is selected. The parameters for N2 and SF6 were recalculated using the method described in the paper and the researched gas parameters.

The parameters for Air, CO2 and O2 were calculated using the method described in the paper and the researched gas parameters.

Formulas
$\left(1-V_{gas}\right)^{0.75} K_{0,gas1}+{V_{gas}}^{0.75} K_{0,gas2}$Mixture of two gases, CIGRE TB 218 (2003)
$\left(1-V_{gas}\right) K_{0,gas1}+V_{gas} K_{0,gas2}$Mixture of two gases, linear approximation
$c_{gas} K_{vermeer}$Vermeer1983, basic formula
Choices
IdGasCableizerVermeer1983Itaka1978
Airdry Air5.864
N2N25.8195.8314.9
SF6SF611.34111.324.4
CO2CO26.275
O2O25.623
$K_{02}$Factor $K_{0.2}$

Factor $K_{0.2}$ for the digital calculation of the screening factor for three-core cables.

Formulas
$0.998095-0.123369X_K+0.020262{X_K}^2-0.00141667{X_K}^3$round conductors, $0 < X_K <= 6$
$0.82416-0.0288721X_K+0.000928511{X_K}^2-1.37121e-05{X_K}^3$round conductors, $6 < X_K <= 25$
$1.00169-0.0945X_K+0.00752381{X_K}^2$sector-shaped conductors, $0 < X_K <= 6$
$0.811646-0.0238413X_K+0.000994933{X_K}^2-1.55152e-05{X_K}^3$sector-shaped conductors, $6 < X_K <= 25$
$K_{06}$Factor $K_{0.6}$

Factor $K_{0.6}$ for the digital calculation of the screening factor for three-core cables.

Formulas
$0.999452-0.0896589X_K+0.0120239{X_K}^2-0.000722228{X_K}^3$round conductors, $0 < X_K <= 6$
$0.853348-0.0246874X_K+0.000966967{X_K}^2-1.59967e-05{X_K}^3$round conductors, $6 < X_K <= 25$
$1.00171-0.0769286X_K+0.00535714{X_K}^2$sector-shaped conductors, $0 < X_K <= 6$
$0.833598-0.0223155X_K+0.000978956{X_K}^2-1.58311e-05{X_K}^3$sector-shaped conductors, $6 < X_K <= 25$
$K_1$Screening factor

In addition to the semi-conducting screens around the insulation, the majority of modern three-core cable constructions also have a metallic screen made of copper tapes or wires added around each core. The main purpose of this screen is to provide a uniform electric field inside the cable. Screening provides additional heat paths along the screening material of high thermal conductivity. In order to take account of the thermal conductivity of the metallic screens, the thermal resistance $T_1$ shall be multiplied by a factor $K$, called the screening factor, which is given in IEC 60287-2-1, Figure 4 for circular conductors and Figure 5 for sector-shaped conductors with different values of $\delta_1$ and different cable specifications.

For flat wires, screening is considered if there are sufficient wires to be considered touching. We consider a coverage of 90% of the circumference sufficient. For round wires, screening is not considered.

Formulas
$K_{02}+Z_K \left(-3K_{02}+4K_{06}-K_{10}\right)+{Z_K}^2 \left(2K_{02}-4K_{06}+2K_{10}\right)$round conductors & sector-shaped conductors, $3 < X_K < 25$
$K_{02}+2.5\left(Y_K-0.2\right) \left(K_{06}-K_{02}\right)$sector-shaped conductors, $0 < X_K <= 3$, $0.2 < Y_K <= 0.6$
$K_{10}$Factor $K_{1.0}$

Factor $K_{1.0}$ for the digital calculation of the screening factor for three-core cables.

Formulas
$0.997976-0.0528571X_K+0.00345238{X_K}^2$round conductors, $0 < X_K <= 6$
$0.883287-0.0153782X_K+0.000260292{X_K}^2$round conductors, $6 < X_K <= 25$
$1.00171-0.0769286X_K+0.00535714{X_K}^2$sector-shaped conductors, $0 < X_K <= 3$
$1.00117-0.0752143X_K+0.00533334{X_K}^2$sector-shaped conductors, $3 < X_K <= 6$
$0.842875-0.0227255X_K+0.00105825{X_K}^2-1.77427e-05{X_K}^3$sector-shaped conductors, $6 < X_K <= 25$
$k_4$Thermal conductivity soil

The soil thermal conductivity is the ratio of the magnitude of the conductive heat flux through the soil to the magnitude of the temperature gradient. It is a measure of the soil's ability to conduct heat, just as the hydraulic conductivity is a measure of the soil's ability to 'conduct' water.

Soil thermal conductivity is influenced by a wide range of soil characteristics and it has been found to be a function of dry density, saturation, moisture content, mineralogy, temperature, particle size/shape/arrangement, and the volumetric proportions of solid, liquid, and air phases. A number of empirical relationships have been developed to estimate thermal conductivity based on these parameters.

Among common soil constituents, quartz has by far the highest thermal conductivity and air has by far the lowest thermal conductivity. Often, the majority of the sand-sized fraction in soils is composed primarily of quartz, thus sandy soils have higher thermal conductivity values than other soils, all other things being equal. Since the thermal conductivity of air is so low, air-filled porosity exerts a dominant influence on soil thermal conductivity. The higher the air-filled porosity is, the lower the thermal conductivity is. Soil thermal conductivity increases as water content increases, but not in a purely linear fashion. For dry soil, relatively small increases in the water content can substantially increase the thermal contact between mineral particles because the water adheres to the particles, resulting in a relatively large increase in the thermal conductivity.

For a typical unfrozen silt-clay soil, the Kersten correlation may be used, based on the data for five soils and valid for moisture contents of ≤7 % The two equations are taken from the paper 'Empirical and theoretical models for prediction of soil thermal conductivity: a review and critical assessment' by A. Różański, 2020.

Although the thermal conductivity of onshore soils has been extensively investigated, until recently there has been little published thermal conductivity data for deepwater soil. Many deepwater offshore sediments are formed with predominantly silt- and clay-sized particles, because sand-sized particles are rarely transported this far from shore. Hence, convective heat loss is limited in these soils, and the majority of heat transfer is due to conduction (see T.A. Newson et al., 2002). Measurements in 1999 of thermal conductivity for deepwater soils from the Gulf of Mexico by MARSCO Inc. have shown values in the range of 0.7 to 1.3 W/(m.K), which is lower than that previously published for general soils and is approaching that of still seawater, 0.65 W/(m.K). This is a reflection of the very high moisture content of many offshore soils, where liquidity indices well in excess of unity can exist and which are rarely found onshore. Although site-specific data are needed for the detailed design most deepwater clay is fairly consistent.

The table lists the thermal conductivities of typical soils surrounding pipelines as given in the Subsea Engineering Handbook by Yong Bai and Qiang Bai, 2012.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\rho_4}$inverse of thermal resistivity
$0.1442\left(0.9\log\left(\nu_{soil}\right)-0.2\right){\cdot}{10}^{\frac{0.6243\zeta_{soil}}{1000}}$Kersten correlation for fine-grained soils (silt, clay, etc.)
$0.1442\left(0.7\log\left(\nu_{soil}\right)+0.4\right){\cdot}{10}^{\frac{0.6243\zeta_{soil}}{1000}}$Kersten correlation for coarse-grained soils (sand)
Choices
Materialminmeanmax
Peat (dry)0.17
Peat (wet)0.54
Peat (icy)1.89
Sand soil (dry)0.430.560.69
Sand soil (moist)0.870.9551.04
Sand soil (soaked)1.92.162.42
Clay soil (dry)0.350.4350.52
Clay soil (moist)0.690.780.87
Clay soil (wet)1.041.31.56
Clay soil (frozen)2.51
Gravel0.91.0751.25
Gravel (sandy)2.51
Limestone1.3
Sandstone1.631.8852.08
W/(m.K)
$K_A$Coefficient K in air
Formulas
$\frac{\pi D_o h_{bs}}{1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3} T_{int}$cables
$\frac{\pi D_o h_{bs}}{1+\lambda_1} T_{int}$PAC/GIL
$\pi D_o h_{bs} T_{hs}$heat sources
$\pi D_o h_{bs} T_{fo}$FOC
$k_{air}$Thermal conductivity air

The first formula for air in tunnel at atmospheric pressure is taken from IEC 60287-2-3.

The formulas for dry air at different pressures ate taken from paper by Daniel L. Carrol at al: 'Thermal Conductivity of Gaseous Air at Moderate and High Pressures', 1968

Formulas
$2.42{\cdot}{10}^{-2}+7.2{\cdot}{10}^{-5} \theta_{at}$IEC 60287-2-3 @ 1 atm
$24.545+0.0765\theta_{gas}-5{\cdot}{10}^{-5} {\theta_{gas}}^2$dry air @ 1 bar (Carroll1968)
$24.762+0.075\theta_{gas}-4{\cdot}{10}^{-5} {\theta_{gas}}^2$dry air @ 5 bar (Carroll1968, interpolated)
$24.979+0.0734\theta_{gas}-3{\cdot}{10}^{-5} {\theta_{gas}}^2$dry air @ 10 bar (Carroll1968, interpolated)
$25.586+0.0692\theta_{gas}-4{\cdot}{10}^{-6} {\theta_{gas}}^2$dry air @ 25 bar (Carroll1968)
$27.222+0.0635\theta_{gas}-4{\cdot}{10}^{-5} {\theta_{gas}}^2-5{\cdot}{10}^{-7} {\theta_{gas}}^3+{10}^{-8}{\theta_{gas}}^4$dry air @ 50 bar (Carroll1968)
Choices
GasPressure0°C15°C25°C50°C75°C100°C
Air1 bar0.0245450.0256810.0264260.0282450.0300010.031695
Air5 bar0.0247620.0258780.0266120.0284120.0301620.031862
Air10 bar0.0249790.0260730.0267950.0285740.0303150.032019
Air25 bar0.0255860.0266230.0273140.0290360.0307540.032466
Air50 bar0.0272220.0281640.0287810.0302970.0318650.033672
W/(m.K)
$k_{ar}$Thermal conductivity armour material

Sources:

  • The values for copper and aluminium are form the standard IEC 60287-2-1, Figure 4, stating the thermal resistivity, which is the inverse of the thermal conductivity.
  • Physical and mechanical properties for naturally hard copper alloys such as Bronze and Brass can be found in the electrical-contacts-wiki
  • The other values are average values from various sources such as values at 20°C (or approximately) taken from engineeringtoolbox.com

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu370.37IEC 60287-1-1
Al208.33IEC 60287-1-1
Brz118electrical-contacts-wiki (CuSn4)
CuZn184electrical-contacts-wiki (CuZn10)
S36.1engineeringtoolbox.com
SS14.4engineeringtoolbox.com
W/(m.K)
$K_{BICC}$Constant relating to conductor formation

The constant $K$ is taken from the 'Electric Cables Handbook', 3rd Edition, BICC Cables, 1997.

  • Values from the book are for stranded conductors at 50 Hz with 1 (solid), 3, 7, 19, 37, and 61 number of wires, the other values are interpolated.
  • The given values are applicable to non-compacted circular conductors.
  • For compacted conductors the value for solid conductor should be used.
  • Values for hollow conductors are dependant on the inner and outer diameter of the conductor. The book only lists the value 0.0383 for a 12 mm duct.
  • No information was given for shaped conductors, the same values are taken as for non-compacted circular conductors.
  • No information was given for other frequencies than 50 Hz, the same values are used.

Choices
Number of wiresConstant K
10.05
30.0778
60.0678
70.0642
120.0617
150.0599
180.0584
190.0544
300.0545
340.0535
350.0533
370.0528
470.0522
530.0519
580.0516
610.0514
910.0512
1270.051
1690.0507
2170.0504
2710.0501
$k_{Boltz}$Boltzmann constant

The Boltzmann constant is a physical constant relating energy at the individual particle level with temperature. It is the gas constant $R_{gas0}$ divided by the Avogadro constant $N_{Avogadro}$.

Default
1.38064852e-23

J/K
$k_c$Thermal conductivity conductor material

Thermal conductivity of conductor material at 20°C from following sources:

  • The values for copper and aluminium are form the standard IEC 60287-3-3, chapter 4.2, stating the thermal resistivity, which is the inverse of the thermal conductivity.
  • Value for Aldrey (AL3) is taken from document 'Aluminium in der Elektrotechnik und Elektronik' by Aluminium-Zentrale e.V., Düsseldorf, 1. Auflage.
  • Physical and mechanical properties for naturally hard copper alloys such as Bronze and Brass can be found in the electrical-contacts-wiki
  • The other values are average values from various sources such as values at 20°C (or approximately) taken from engineeringtoolbox.com

Values for some other elements:

  • Silver 429
  • Gold 311
  • Tungsten 174
  • Molybdenum 138
  • Zinc 116
  • Iron 81.6
  • Platinum 70.0
  • Steel (alloy 0.5% carbon) 42.9
  • Constantan (Cu-Ni alloy) 23.2
  • Manganin (Cu86/Mn12/Ni2) 45.5
  • Nichrome (80% Ni 20% Cr) 11.3

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu384.62IEC 60287-3-3
Al204.08IEC 60287-3-3
AL3210.08Aluminium in der Elektrotechnik und Elektronik
Brz118electrical-contacts-wiki (CuSn4)
CuZn184electrical-contacts-wiki (CuZn10)
Ni91.0engineeringtoolbox.com
SS16.31engineeringtoolbox.com
W/(m.K)
$K_{ce}$Radiation shape factor conductor—enclosure

Radiation shape factor for concentric cylindrical annuli (conductor to enclosure) such as a PAC/GIL.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\frac{1}{\epsilon_c}+\frac{n_c D_c}{D_{comp}} \left(\frac{1}{\epsilon_{encl}}-1\right)}$
$K_{cv}$Convection factor

Coefficient for convection to air, which is an experimentally determinded constant for heat transfer by convection from the cable surface to the air. The values in the standard for vertical and horizontal spacing are equal and thus not repeated here.

The standard does not give values for 2 cables. It was assumed that the values are identical to 3 cables.

Choices
IdValueInstallationComment
10.131 cable
20.1153 cables > 2·Dequal for horizontal and vertical spacing
30.0863 cables ≤ 2·Dequal for horizontal and vertical spacing
40.073 cables
$K_{dyn}$Corrected dynamic friction coefficient

The coefficient of dynamic friction multiplied by the weight correction factor.

Formulas
$f_{wc} \mu_{dyn}$
$k_{encl}$Thermal conductivity enclosureW/(m.K)
$k_{foj}$Thermal conductivity protective jacket material

Thermal conductivity of the protective jacket material over the insulation of a fiber optic cable.

Choices
Materialvalue [W/(m.K)]value [W/(ft.K)]
PE0.2860.08717
PP0.2220.06767
PVC0.1670.0509
SiR0.20.06096
W/(m.K)
$K_G$Factor $K_G$

Factor $K_G$ in IEC for the calculation of the geometric factor for multi-core cables with circular conductors according to IEC 60287-2-1.

Formulas
$G_{s00}+Y_G \left(-3G_{s00}+4G_{s05}-G_{s10}\right)+{Y_G}^2 \left(2G_{s00}-4G_{s05}+2G_{s10}\right)$
$k_{gas}$Thermal conductivity gas

Thermal conductivity of a substance is an intensive property that indicates its ability to conduct heat.

Air and other gases are generally good insulators, in the absence of convection. Light gases, such as hydrogen and helium typically have high thermal conductivity. Dense gases such as xenon have low thermal conductivity. An exception, sulfur hexafluoride, a dense gas, has a relatively high thermal conductivity due to its high heat capacity. Argon, a gas denser than air, is often used in double paned windows to improve their insulation characteristics.

Sources:

  • Values for 0, 15, and 25°C are taken from encyclopedia.airliquide.com
  • Values for 50, 75, and 100°C are taken from nist.gov
  • Values for 50, 75, and 100°C for SF6 and SO2 have been interpolated from values from engineersedge.com
  • Values for 50, 75, and 100°C for dry air have been calculated using the equation from Irvine & Liley, 1984.
  • Equation for humid air is taken from paper by P.T. Tsilingiris: 'Thermophysical and transport properties of humid air at temperature range between 0 and 100°C', 2007
  • Equation for dry air is taken from paper by T.F. Irvine and P. Liley: 'Steam and gas tables with computer equations', 1984
  • Equation for air is taken from paper by A. Dumas and M. Trancossi: 'Design of Exchangers Based on Heat Pipes for Hot Exhaust Thermal Flux, with the Capability of Thermal Shocks Absorption and Low Level Energy Recovery', 2009.
    They are calculated from polynomial curve fits to a data set for 100 K to 1600 K in the SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd Edition Table B-2. You may find a free air property calculator from Pierre Bouteloup
  • Equations for N2 and SF6 are taken from paper by J. Vermeer: 'A simple formula for the calculation of the convective heat transfer between conductor and sheath in compressed gas insulated (CGI) cables', 1983 as published in Elektra 87
  • Second formula for SF6 is taken from paper by M.J. Assael at al: 'Reference Correlation of the Thermal Conductivity of Sulfur Hexafluoride from the Triple Point to 1000 K and up to 150 MPa', 2012
  • Values for 100, 200, 300, 400, and 500 K are taken from engineeringsedge.com .
  • Additional and more precise values for N2 for 240–400 K are taken from the engineering toolbox .
  • Additional and more precise values for CO2 for 240–400 K are taken from the engineering toolbox .
  • Equation for CO2 is a linear interpolation of the values between 240 and 400 K.

Formulas
$2.40073953{\cdot}{10}^{-2}+7.278410162{\cdot}{10}^{-5} \theta_{gas}-1.788037411{\cdot}{10}^{-7} {\theta_{gas}}^2-1.351703529{\cdot}{10}^{-9} {\theta_{gas}}^3-3.322412767{\cdot}{10}^{-11} {\theta_{gas}}^4$humid air @ 1 atm (Tsilingiris2007)
$2.42{\cdot}{10}^{-2}+7.2{\cdot}{10}^{-5} \theta_{gas}$humid air @ 1 atm (IEC 60287-2-3)
$1.5207{\cdot}{10}^{-11} {T_{gas}}^3-4.8574{\cdot}{10}^{-8} {T_{gas}}^2+1.0184{\cdot}{10}^{-4} T_{gas}-3.9333{\cdot}{10}^{-4}$air @ 1 bar (Dumas&Trancossi2009)
$\frac{2.334{\cdot}{10}^{-3} {T_{gas}}^{\frac{3}{2}}}{164.54+T_{gas}}$dry air @ 1 bar (UW/MHTL 8406, 1984)
$-2.276501{\cdot}{10}^{-3}+1.2598485{\cdot}{10}^{-4} T_{gas}-1.4815235{\cdot}{10}^{-7} {T_{gas}}^2+1.73550646{\cdot}{10}^{-10} {T_{gas}}^3-1.066657{\cdot}{10}^{-13} {T_{gas}}^4+2.47663035{\cdot}{10}^{-17} {T_{gas}}^5$dry air @ at 1 atm (Irvine&Liley1984)
$2.43e-2+6.63{\cdot}{10}^{-5} \theta_{gas}$N2 (Vermeer1983)
$1.17e-2+6.2{\cdot}{10}^{-5} \theta_{gas}$SF6 (Vermeer1983)
$\frac{1461860-18539.4T_{gas}+77.7891{T_{gas}}^2+0.0241059{T_{gas}}^3}{29661.7+505.67T_{gas}+{T_{gas}}^2}$SF6 (Assael2012)
$-7.302{\cdot}{10}^{-3}+8.075{\cdot}{10}^{-5} \left(\theta_{gas}+\theta_{abs}\right)$CO2 (linear interpolation)
$-2.991{\cdot}{10}^{-3}+7.836{\cdot}{10}^{-5} \left(\theta_{gas}+\theta_{abs}\right)$O2 (linear interpolation)
Choices
GasFormula0°C15°C25°C50°C75°C100°C
Air78%N2+21%O2+minor0.024360.0254990.0262470.0277340.0295010.031224
N2N20.0240010.0251080.0258350.0273850.028990.030557
SF6SF60.0116270.0127010.0134120.0147480.0166480.018548
CO2CO20.0146750.0158440.0166430.0186850.0207690.022875
COCO0.024740.025790.0264780.0281630.0298040.031411
O2O20.024350.025550.026340.0285180.305240.32531
H2H20.172580.180050.184880.196780.209390.22142
NH3NH30.0229160.0240730.0249340.027390.0302410.033443
SO2SO20.0084340.0090920.009540.0106810.0118560.013031
HeHe0.14620.151690.155310.16420.17290.18141
ArAr0.0164830.0172450.0177460.0188370.0200150.021161
KrKr0.0086520.0090820.0093630.0100440.0107110.011357
XeXe0.0051070.0053650.0055350.00595790.00637480.0067862
NeNe0.0454120.0470260.0480840.0506730.0531880.055638
W/(m.K)
$K_{GMR}$Factor geometric mean radius

The geometric mean radius factor depends on the construction of the conductor, the number of stranded wires and the compaction of the strand.

The IEC 60287-1-3 Ed.1.0 Table 1 lists values factor K

  • Values in the standard are for 1 (solid), 3, 7, 19, 37, 61, 91, and 127 number of wires, the other values are interpolated.
  • The given values are applicable to non-compacted circular conductors.
  • The equation for a single solid wire is $\exp(\frac{-1}{4})$ being equal to 0.77880078...
  • For compacted conductors the value for solid conductor is used (0.7788).
  • Values for hollow conductors are dependant on the inner and outer diameter of the conductor as by example in annex B of the the IEC standard.
  • No information was given for shaped conductors, the same values are taken as for non-compacted circular conductors.
  • ,

Formulas
$e^{-\left(\frac{1}{4}\right)}$
Choices
Number of wiresFactor K
10.7788
30.678
60.714
70.726
120.739
150.747
180.755
190.758
300.764
340.766
350.767
370.768
470.77
530.771
580.772
610.772
910.774
1270.776
1690.777
2170.778
2710.7785
$k_H$Heinhold characteristic diameter coefficient

This coefficient depends on the type of load.

Formulas
$205$sinusoidal load variations
$493\sqrt{\mu}$rectilinear load variations
$103+246\sqrt{\mu}$median load variations (neither sinusoidal nor rectilinear)
$k_{hsf}$Thermal conductivity fluid

Thermal conductivity of the material flowing inside a heat source, e.g. water of a district heat pipe.

W/(m.K)
$k_{hsi}$Thermal conductivity pipe insulation material

Thermal conductivity of the insulation material around the pipe in the center of a heat source, e.g. a district heat pipe. Values for PUR is taken from standard EN 253:2009 and typical values for mineral and glass wool are taken from the publication 'A Study on Insulation Characteristics of Glass Wool and Mineral Wool Coated with a Polysiloxane Agent' by Chan-Ki Jeon et.al., Hindawi (2017).

Choices
Materialvalue [W/(m.K)]value [W/(ft.K)]
PE0.2860.08717
PP0.2220.06767
PVC0.1670.0509
PUR0.0290.00884
MW0.0350.01067
GW0.03430.01045
W/(m.K)
$k_{hsj}$Thermal conductivity protective jacket material

Thermal conductivity of the protective jacket material over the insulation of a heat source, e.g. a district heat pipe.

Choices
Materialvalue [W/(m.K)]value [W/(ft.K)]
PE0.2860.08717
PP0.2220.06767
PVC0.1670.0509
SiR0.20.06096
W/(m.K)
$k_{hsp}$Thermal conductivity fluid-filled pipe material

Thermal conductivity of the pipe material in the center of a heat source inside which the fluid is flowing, e.g. water in a district heat pipe.

Choices
Materialvalue [W/(m.K)]value [W/(ft.K)]
PE0.2860.08717
PP0.2220.06767
PVC0.1670.0509
Al208.3363.499
S36.111.003
SS16.314.9713
Cu370.37112.889
Brz11835.966
CuZn18456.083
W/(m.K)
$K_k$Specific short-circuit parameter

Constant depending on the material of the current carrying component.

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{{10}^{-12}\sigma_{kc} \left(\beta_k+20\right)}{\rho_{k20}}}$
A.s$^{1/2}$/mm$^2$
$k_l$Temperature rise factor in air

Cable surface temperature rise factor in air.

Formulas
$\frac{n_{cc} W_t T_{4iii}}{\theta_c-\theta_a}$
$k_{LF}$Load loss coefficient

The coefficient $k_{LF}$ varies substantially for different voltage levels and consumer classes.

  • Previous works such as Neher and McGrath in 1953 suggested the coefficient to be 0.30. This is the value used by other ampacity tools, where the constant coefficient cannot be changed.
  • A planning work group at Electrobras called GTCP recommended in 1983 the value 0.20.
  • A Brazilian study by a committee called CODI analyzed the global load curves of several distribution companies and found the coefficient to lay within 0.04 and 0.14.
  • An American/Canadian study by Gustafson and Baylor, published by IEEE in 1998 set the coefficient to 0.08.
  • A study by Oliveira et al. published by IEEE PES in 2006 found coefficients for different brazilian tariff groups and voltage levels such as LV commercial, residential and industrial consumers as well as MV consumers. For low voltage distribution grids with large amount of industrial activities, the coefficient surpasses the specified range up to 0.03.

The constant coefficient can be estimated from the real load curves using the relationship $k_{LF}=\frac{\mu-LF^2}{LF-LF^2}$.

Choices
0.04CODI 1996 (minimum)
0.08IEEE 1988
0.1MV consumers
0.15LV commercial consumers
0.18LV residential consumers
0.2GTCP Eletrobras 1983
0.3Neher McGrath 1953
0.39LV heavy industrial activities
p.u.
$K_{od}$Diameter ratio object/duct
Formulas
$D_{di} D_o$
$k_p$Proximity effect coefficient

The proximity effect may be calculated using formulae developed for solid round conductors provided that the resistance of the conductor is divided by a factor $k_p$, which is the ratio of the resistance of the path along the strands to the resistance of the path across the strands. This factor depends on many parameters such as the surface condition of the strands, the lay of the strands, the impregnation of the core and the tightness of the insulation on the core.

Values are according to IEC 60287-1-1 with extensions from CIGRE TB 272. Default value is $k_p$ = 1.0 for cases not covered below. Values for PP are assumed to be identical to PE and for SiR to EPR.

Theoretical explanations by A.H.M. Arnold

When the two conductors of a single-phase system are close to one another the magnetic fields due to each current are superimposed, and the effective resistance of both conductors is increased. A formula which is easy to evaluate numerically and which has negligibly small errors has been developed for the case of two round cylindrical conductors. In the stranded core of a cable, the problem is complicated by the unknown contact resistance between the strands.

The proximity effect is due mainly to an increase of current in the part of the conductor nearest the return conductor and to a diminution of current in the part of the conductor remote from the return conductor. If, therefore, the current followed the strands, the proximity effect would be suppressed entirely, since the strands occupy positions alternately near to remote from the return conductor. Experimental results show, however, that the proximity effect is quite appreciable in stranded conductors and it follows, therefore, that the eddy currents follow a path across the strands. The resistance of the path of the current across the strands is greater than the resistance along the strands and is dependent on factors such as the surface condition of the strands, the lay of the strands, the impregnation of the core, and the tightness of the insulation on the core.

Let the ratio of the resistance of the path along the strands to the resistance of the path across the strands be $k_p$. Then the formula for the proximity effect in solid cylindrical conductors may be used for stranded cables provided that the assumed resistance of the conductor is divided by the factor $k_p$. Experimental results indicate that the value of the factor $k_p$ may vary for different stranded conductors between 0.45 and 0.8.

Choices
$c_{type}$MaterialInsulationDirectionValue
2CuPPLP0.8
2CuMass0.8
2CuOilP0.8
2Al0.8
2AL30.8
3CuPEunidirectional0.37
3CuPEbidirectional0.37
3CuPEinsulated0.2
3CuHDPEunidirectional0.37
3CuHDPEbidirectional0.37
3CuHDPEinsulated0.2
3CuXLPEunidirectional0.37
3CuXLPEbidirectional0.37
3CuXLPEinsulated0.2
3CuXLPEfunidirectional0.37
3CuXLPEfbidirectional0.37
3CuXLPEfinsulated0.2
3CuPVCunidirectional0.37
3CuPVCbidirectional0.37
3CuPVCinsulated0.2
3CuEPRunidirectional0.37
3CuEPRbidirectional0.37
3CuEPRinsulated0.2
3CuIIRunidirectional0.37
3CuIIRbidirectional0.37
3CuIIRinsulated0.2
3CuPPunidirectional0.37
3CuPPbidirectional0.37
3CuPPinsulated0.2
3CuSiRunidirectional0.37
3CuSiRbidirectional0.37
3CuSiRinsulated0.2
3CuPPLP0.37
3CuMass0.37
3CuOilP0.37
3Al0.15
3AL30.15
4CuPPLP0.8
4CuMass0.8
4CuOilP0.8
4Al0.8
4AL30.8
$K_{par}$Constant $K_{par}$ (Ovuworie)
Formulas
$\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{Bi}_p}{\mathrm{Bi}_g}\right)^{-1} \left(cos\left(\beta_0\right)+\mathrm{Bi}_p \left(\pi-\beta_0\right) sin\left(\beta_0\right)-\frac{\mathrm{Bi}_p}{\mathrm{Bi}_g}\right)$
$k_{prot}$Thermal conductivity protective cover

Default
0.4

W/(m.K)
$K_r$Radiation shape factor

Radiation shape factor from object surface to ambient tunnel or free air considering the view factor for one system and for concentric cylindrical annuli (cable to duct) such as in a riser/J-tube.

Formulas
$\frac{1-F_m}{1-F_m \left(1-K_t\right)}$in tunnel or free air
$\frac{1}{1+\frac{1-\epsilon_e}{\epsilon_e}+\frac{A_{er} \left(1-\epsilon_{di}\right)}{A_{di} \epsilon_{di}}}$riser/J-tube single cable
$\frac{1}{1+\frac{\eta_e}{\epsilon_e}+\frac{\zeta_{er} A_{er} \eta_{di}}{A_{di} \epsilon_{di}}}$riser/J-tube touching cables
$k_{r2}$Temperature rise ratio $\delta\theta_{SPK}/\delta\theta_c$

Ratio of peak cyclic temperature rise of the cable surface to the permissible steady-state temperature rise of the conductor due to joule losses.

Formulas
$\frac{\delta\theta_{SPK}}{\delta\theta_c} = 1-M^2 (1-k) \left( \sum\limits_{i=0}^5 Y_i \left[\alpha(i+1)-\alpha(i)\right] + \mu\left( 1-\alpha(6) \right) \right)$
p.u.
$k_s$Skin effect coefficient

Skin effect coefficient for Milliken conductors depending on insulation material and wire stranding orientation for copper conductors or number of segments for aluminium conductors. The skin effect in a single-core cable is substantially the same as the skin effect in a solid round cylindrical conductor having the same d.c. resistance per unit length.

Values are according to IEC 60287-1-1 with extensions from CIGRE TB 272. Default value is $k_1$ = 1.0 for cases not covered below. Values for PP are assumed to be identical to PE and for SiR to EPR.

For hollow conductors, the formula from IEC 60287-1-1 Annex B should be used. This value is also applicable to keystone conductors.

Formulas
$\frac{d_c-d_{ci}}{d_c+d_{ci}} \left(\frac{d_c+2d_{ci}}{d_c+d_{ci}}\right)^2$Hollow conductor
$\frac{D_c-D_{ci}}{D_c+D_{ci}} \left(\frac{D_c+2D_{ci}}{D_c+D_{ci}}\right)^2$conductor PAC/GIL
$\frac{D_{encl}-\left(D_{encl}-2t_{encl}\right)}{D_{encl}+D_{encl}-2t_{encl}} \left(\frac{D_{encl}+2\left(D_{encl}-2t_{encl}\right)}{D_{encl}+D_{encl}-2t_{encl}}\right)^2$enclosure PAC/GIL
Choices
$c_{type}$MaterialInsulationDirectionValue
3CuPEunidirectional0.62
3CuPEbidirectional0.8
3CuPEinsulated0.35
3CuHDPEunidirectional0.62
3CuHDPEbidirectional0.8
3CuHDPEinsulated0.35
3CuXLPEunidirectional0.62
3CuXLPEbidirectional0.8
3CuXLPEinsulated0.35
3CuXLPEfunidirectional0.62
3CuXLPEfbidirectional0.8
3CuXLPEfinsulated0.35
3CuPVCunidirectional0.62
3CuPVCbidirectional0.8
3CuPVCinsulated0.35
3CuEPRunidirectional0.62
3CuEPRbidirectional0.8
3CuEPRinsulated0.35
3CuIIRunidirectional0.62
3CuIIRbidirectional0.8
3CuIIRinsulated0.35
3CuPPunidirectional0.62
3CuPPbidirectional0.8
3CuPPinsulated0.35
3CuSiRunidirectional0.62
3CuSiRbidirectional0.8
3CuSiRinsulated0.35
3CuPPLP0.435
3CuMass0.435
3CuOilP0.435
3Al0.25
3Al4 segments0.288
3Al5 segments0.195
3Al6 segments0.118
3Al7 segments0.07
3AL30.25
$k_{sa}$Convection factor (Heinhold)

Coefficient for convection to air for one single cable, three cables spaced and three cables trefoil are given in the book 'Kabel und Leitungen für Starkstrom' by L. Heinhold, 5th edition 1999. The book does not give values for 2 cables. It was assumed that the values are identical to 3 cables.

Choices
IdValueInstallationComment
11.01 cable
21.03 cablesequal for horizontal and vertical spacing
30.8333 cablesequal for horizontal and vertical spacing
40.6673 cables
$k_{sa,1}$Factor 1 heat transfer coefficient convection
Formulas
$0.919+\frac{\theta_{tm}}{369}$
$k_{sa,2}$Factor 2 heat transfer coefficient convection
Formulas
$1.033-\frac{\theta_{tm}}{909}$
$k_{sc}$Thermal conductivity screen material

Sources:

  • The values for copper and aluminium are form the standard IEC 60287-2-1, Figure 4, stating the thermal resistivity, which is the inverse of the thermal conductivity.
  • Physical and mechanical properties for naturally hard copper alloys such as Bronze and Brass can be found in the electrical-contacts-wiki
  • The other values are average values from various sources such as values at 20°C (or approximately) taken from engineeringtoolbox.com

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu370.37IEC 60287-2-1 $ρ=$0.0027
Al208.33IEC 60287-2-1 $ρ=$0.0048
AL3210.08Aluminium in der Elektrotechnik und Elektronik
Brz118electrical-contacts-wiki (CuSn4)
CuZn184electrical-contacts-wiki (CuZn10)
S36.1engineeringtoolbox.com
SS14.4engineeringtoolbox.com
Zn116engineeringtoolbox.com
W/(m.K)
$k_{sh}$Thermal conductivity sheath material

Sources:

  • The values for copper and aluminium are form the standard IEC 60287-2-1, Figure 4, stating the thermal resistivity, which is the inverse of the thermal conductivity.
  • Physical and mechanical properties for naturally hard copper alloys such as Bronze and Brass can be found in the electrical-contacts-wiki The other values are average values from various sources such as values at 20°C (or approximately) taken from engineeringtoolbox.com

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu370.37IEC 60287-2-1 $ρ=$0.0027
Al208.33IEC 60287-2-1 $ρ=$0.0048
Pb33.4engineeringtoolbox.com
Brz118electrical-contacts-wiki (CuSn4)
S36.1electrical-contacts-wiki (CuZn10)
SS14.4engineeringtoolbox.com
Zn116engineeringtoolbox.com
W/(m.K)
$k_{sp}$Thermal conductivity steel pipe material

Thermal conductivity of resistance at 0 °C of steel pipe material for pipe-type cables.

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Al208.33IEC 60287-2-1 $ρ=$0.0048
S36.1engineeringtoolbox.com
SS14.4engineeringtoolbox.com
W/(m.K)
$k_{sw}$Thermal conductivity skid wires
$k_t$Temperature rise ratio

Ratio of cable or duct outside surface temperature rise above ambient to the conductor temperature rise above ambient under steady-state conditions.

Formulas
$\frac{\theta_{de}-\theta_a}{\theta_c-\theta_a}$
p.u.
$K_t$Effective emissivity object surface

Some typical values for the effective emissivity of surface materials are listed in the table below. Also refer to the table in $\epsilon_{rad}$.

Choices
IdComponentValue
1Jacket/protective cover0.9
2Conductor, unpainted0.29
3Conductor, black color painting (by brush)0.9
4Enclosure, white color painting (by brush)0.7
5Enclosure, black color painting (by spray)0.95
$K_{vermeer}$Vermeer constant for convection heat transfer

This constant was introduced by J. Vermeer with a value of 0.16375 in the paper: 'A simple formula for the calculation of the convective heat transfer between conductor and sheath in compressed gas insulated (CGI) cables', 1983 as published in Elektra 87.

Formulas
$0.079{\cdot}2 \pi \left(g \beta_{gas}\right)^{0.333}$
$k_w$Thermal conductivity water

The thermal conductivity of seawater is 0.60 W/(m.K) at 25 °C and a salinity of 35 g/kg. The thermal conductivity decreases with increasing salinity and increases with increasing temperature.

Sources:

  • Values for fresh water are taken from the engineering toolbox .
  • Values for seawater are taken from http://twt.mpei.ac.ru which is based on the Heat Exchange Handbook 2002, Bergell Hoyse.

Choices
WaterSalinity g/kg0.01°C10°C20°C30°C40°C50°C60°C
Fresh water00.5560.5790.5980.6150.6290.6410.651
Seawater00.5720.5890.6040.6180.63
Seawater100.570.5870.6030.6170.629
Seawater200.5690.5860.6020.6160.629
Seawater300.5670.5840.60.6150.628
Seawater400.5650.5830.5990.6140.627
Seawater500.5630.5810.5980.6130.626
Seawater600.5620.580.5970.6120.626
Seawater700.560.5780.5950.6110.625
Seawater800.5580.5770.5940.6090.624
Seawater900.5560.5750.5920.6080.623
Seawater1000.5540.5730.5910.6070.622
Seawater1100.5520.5710.5890.6060.621
Seawater1200.550.570.5880.6040.62
Seawater1300.5480.5680.5560.6030.618
Seawater1400.5460.5660.5850.6020.617
Seawater1500.5440.5640.5830.60.616
W/(m.K)
$K_x$Factor for fictitious diameter by Neher

This factor depends on the cable diameter and the transient period and usually it lays in the range of 0.97 to 1.37 for cable diameters of up to 100 mm. For larger diameters (e.g. ducts and tunnels), the value increases with the diameter of the source and the Neher method is not recommended.

Neher empirically evaluated a value of 1.02 for the factor $K_x$ under the assumption of a sinusoidal load variation with a transient load period $\tau$ of 24 hours and a soil diffusivity $\delta_{soil}$ of 0.5*10-6 m$^2$/s.

Default
1.02

$k_X$Number of heat sources crossing

Number of heat sources crossing the cable route.

$\kappa_i$Electrical conductivity insulation material

Specific direct current conductivity of insulation material at 0°C and 0 kV/mm electrical field strength. Often the symbol $\sigma$ is used.

The values were mainly taken from the book 'An Introduction to Materials Engineering and Science: For Chemical and Materials Engineers' chapter 8 by Brian S. Mitchell, Wiley Online Library, 2003 plus some papers.

Formulas
$\kappa_i e^{\alpha_i \theta_i+\gamma_i E_i}$
Choices
MaterialValueReference
PE3e-15HanyuYe2011 (MDPE type B)
HDPE1e-15Wiley, resistivity $10^{15}-5\cdot10^{16}$
XLPE1.5e-14Varia
XLPEf1e-14Diban2020 (XLPE low, medium, high)
PVC1e-14Wiley, resistivity $>10^{14}$
EPR1.7e-12Wiley, resistivity $\simeq 6 \cdot 10^{11}$
IIR1.7e-12Wiley, resistivity $\simeq 6 \cdot 10^{11}$
PPLP2.1e-15Kwon2015 (average)
Mass1e-16Jeroense1997
OilP6.7e-15Kwon2015 (average)
PP1e-14Wiley, resistivity $>10^{14}$
SiR1e-13Wiley, resistivity $\simeq 10^{13}$
EVA1e-14Wiley, conductivity $<10^{-14}$
XHF1e-15none
S/m
$\kappa_j$Electrical conductivity jacket material

Specific direct current conductivity of insulation material at 0°C and 0 kV/mm electrical field strength. Often the symbol $\sigma$ is used.

The values were mainly taken from the book 'An Introduction to Materials Engineering and Science: For Chemical and Materials Engineers' chapter 8 by Brian S. Mitchell, Wiley Online Library, 2003
and from 'The Universal Selection Source: Plastics & Elastomers' from Omnexus by SpecialChem
plus some papers.

Choices
MaterialminmaxReference
PE2e-171e-16Wiley, conductivity $<10^{-14}$
HDPE2e-162e-15Wiley, resistivity $10^{15}-5\cdot10^{16}$
XLPE2e-162e-15~ HDPE
PVC1e-151e-14Wiley, resistivity $>10^{14}$
POC1e-151e-14Omnexus
PP1e-151e-14Wiley, resistivity $>10^{14}$
SiR1e-131e-14Wiley, resistivity $10^{13}$
FRNC5.5e-175.9e-17Omnexus
CR2.8e-093.5e-08~ nitrile rubber
CSM1e-151e-14~ PVC
CJ1e-071e-06unknown
RSP1.6e-126e-11~ styrene butadiene rubber
BIT1e-151e-14~ PVC
HFS1e-151e-14unknown
S/m
L$L$Inductance matrixH/m
$L_0$Reference length of the tunnel
Formulas
$\left(T_a+T_t+T_e\right) C_{av}$
m
$L_a$Self inductance conductor
Formulas
$\frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{d}{GMR_c}\right)$
H/m
$L_b$Vertical center backfill

The vertical position of the backfill area is defined by the y-coordinate to the center of the backfill area.

Mutiple ductbank areas must have a minium distance between each other.

mm
$L_{b4}$Depth trench multi-layer backfill

Depth to lower edge of cable bedding layer in a multi-layer backfill arrangement.

Formulas
$s_{b1}+s_{b2}+h_b$
m
$L_c$Depth of laying of sources

The depth of laying in mm is used for buried cables, ducts, and heat sources.

With the deep burial thermal inertia option activated, $L_c$ is replaced with $L_{deep}$ (in mm).

mm
$L_{char}$Characteristic length earth surface

The characteristic length of the earth surface is the ratio of the surface area to the perimeter.

For an infinite earth surface $L_{char}$ = 0.5.

Default
0.5

Formulas
$0.5$infinite surface
$\frac{w l}{2\left(w+l\right)}$rectangular surface with length l and width w
$L_{cm}$Depth of laying

The depth of laying is defined as:

  • center axis for directly buried cables or heat sources
  • center of the duct/tunnel for cables in ducts/tunnel
  • center of the group for cables/ducts in trefoil formation
  • at the middle on the bottom of the trough

With the deep burial thermal inertia option activated, $L_{cm}$ is replaced with $L_{deep}$.

Formulas
$\frac{L_c}{1000}$
m
$L_{cor,sh}$Length corrugated sheath

The length of pitch of the corrugated sheath also plays a role, and should be taken into account when calculating the electrical resistance of the sheath.

Formulas
$\frac{0.25{L_{pitch}}^2+{H_{sh}}^2}{H_{sh}} \left(\\arcsin\left(\frac{L_{pitch} H_{sh}}{0.25{L_{pitch}}^2+{H_{sh}}^2}\right)+0\right)$
mm
$L_{crit}$Critical length

The series inductance of an overhead line is about 2-3 times larger compared to an underground circuit but the shunt capacitance of an underground line is about 10-20 times larger. These factors depend on the geometrical configuration of the cable system and material properties of the cable. It is possible to define the concept of critical length considering only the capacitance of the cable.

To feed a purely resistive load in a radial network with a given current $I_{L}$ trough an underground line, it is necessary to inject a higher current $I_{Z}$ at the source to compensate for the cable capacitance. The difference being the capacitive current $I_{C}$ generated in the line, in quadrature with the current in load $I_{Z}^2=I_{L}^2+I_{C}^2$.

With increasing length, the capacitive charging current will reach the value of the maximum allowable current of the cable, so the charging current accounts for all the available heat losses in the cable. This length is called the critical length and occurs when the thermal rated current for the line is equal to the capacitive current for the cable $I_{Z}=I_{C}$. The equation can be re-arranged to find the length at which the charging current is equal to the thermal rating $I_{c}$ of the cable.

It can be concluded that the critical length is determined by the system voltage and frequency and by cable rating which is determined by the conductor size, environmental and installation conditions and cable capacitance.

Formulas
$10\frac{\sqrt{3}}{\omega C_b U_o} I_c{\cdot}{10}^6$
km
$L_d$Length duct

The length of a duct for riser/J-tube exposed to air (and solar radiation).

m
$L_{deep}$Deep burial thermal inertia equivalent depth

The calculation of temperatures of deep tunnels as well as deeply buried cables/ducts/pipes (e.g. from directional drilling) involves special considerations regarding their thermal inertia.

  • The depth can easily reach hundreds of meters (e.g. a tunnel between two valleys in a mountainous area).
  • The initial temperature of rocky soils at the core of mountains can reach unexpected temperature values (more than 50°C).
  • The heating source can be the combination of cable losses, thermal effects from other circulating fluids (in multipurpose structures), but also water-cooling and forced ventilation with cold air renewal.

The calculation of the equivalent depth of a deep tunnel is based on the IEEE transactions on power delivery paper 'Ampacity Calculation for Deeply Installed Cables' by E. Dorison, G.J. Anders, and F. Lesur, dated 2010. The installation of cables in shared tunnels (e.g. railway tunnels) can lead to large diameters, because some tunnel-boring machines are capable of excavating a diameter greater than eight meters. Therefore, some of the assumptions regarding the depth and the diameter may no longer be valid and a more accurate, although somewhat more complex, equation is used, which is described in section IV. Case of Deep Tunnels.

Cableizer does also use the exact equation for deeply buried cables/ducts/pipes and never the approximate solution described in section III. Equivalent Depth of Deeply Buried Cables: $$\frac{1}{2}e^{\frac{1}{2}\left[\ln{\left(4\tau_L\delta_{soil}\right)}-0.5772+\operatorname{expi}{\left(-\frac{L_{cm}^2}{\tau_L\delta_{soil}}\right)}\right]}$$

With unlimited computation power, using the above approximation is not really necessary, especially as this solution does not work for low values of transient load periods $\tau_L$. With a large tunnel diameter and relatively shallow burial, the approximate solution does also result in a thermal resistance to ambient $T_{4iii}$ that is not on the safe side as compared to the exact solution.

Formulas
$\frac{D_o}{2} cosh\left(\frac{-\operatorname{expi}\left(\frac{-{D_o}^2}{16\tau_L \delta_{soil}}\right)+\operatorname{expi}\left(\frac{-{L_{cm}}^2}{\tau_L \delta_{soil}}\right)}{2}\right)$
m
$L_{dry}$Depth characteristic diameter drying zone

This is the depth of the diameter around a source where the soil has dried out. The equation originates from the book 'Kabel und Leitungen für Starkstrom' by L. Heinhold, 5th edition 1999 (in German).

Formulas
$\left(L_{cm}-d_{psc}\right) \frac{{g_{dry}}^2+1}{{g_{dry}}^2-1}$
m
$L_{dw}$Length of duct in water

The length of a duct for riser/J-tube under water.

m
$L_h$Depth of laying of crossing element

>Depth of laying of crossing external heat source or cable $h$.

mm
$L_i$Inductance conductor i

Definition according to 'Kabel und Leitungen für Starkstrom' by L. Heinhold, 5th Ed. 1999, chap. 24.

Formulas
$\frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \left(\ln\left(\frac{\sqrt{a_{12} a_{31}}}{GMR_c}\right)+j \sqrt{3} \ln\left(\frac{S_{ab}}{S_{ac}}\right)\right)$three-phase system, individual, phase 1
$\frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \left(\ln\left(\frac{\sqrt{a_{23} a_{12}}}{GMR_c}\right)+j \sqrt{3} \ln\left(\frac{S_{bc}}{S_{ab}}\right)\right)$three-phase system, individual, phase 2
$\frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \left(\ln\left(\frac{\sqrt{a_{31} a_{23}}}{GMR_c}\right)+j \sqrt{3} \ln\left(\frac{S_{ac}}{S_{bc}}\right)\right)$three-phase system, individual, phase 3
$\frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{GMD}{GMR_c}\right)$three-phase system, trefoil
$\frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \left(\ln\left(\frac{\sqrt{2} S_{ab}}{GMR_c}\right)-j \sqrt{3} \ln\left(\sqrt{2}\right)\right)$three-phase system, flat equal distance
$\frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{GMD}{GMR_c}\right)$multi-core cables
H/m
$L_{lay,3c}$Length of lay twisted conductors

Axial cable length over which the cores make one full helical turn.

mm
$L_{lay,ar}$Length of lay armour

The value is the average of the length of lay of 1st and 2nd armour layer weighted by their thicknesses.

Formulas
$\frac{p_{a,1} t_{a,1}+p_{a,2} t_{a,2}}{2t_{ar}}$
mm
$L_{lay,c}$Length of lay conductor strands

Typically, stranded conductors comprise multiple layers of strands, which all have a different lay diameter and also typically have different lengths of lay.

Note that also the direction of lay may change from layer to layer. A direct calculation of the electrical resistance of a stranded conductor thus becomes involved and requires information that is normally not available for the user calculating the current rating.

mm
$L_{lay,sc}$Length of lay screen wires

The length of lay of the wire screens and wire armours also plays a role, and must be taken into account when calculating the electrical resistance of the screen or armour.Pipe-type cables are often manufactured with tapes that are 22.225 mm (0.825'') in width and are lapped 3.175 mm (0.125'') as described in CIGRE TB 880.

mm
$L_{lay,sw}$Length of lay skid wires

The length of lay of the wire screens and wire armours also plays a role, and must be taken into account when calculating the electrical resistance of the screen or armour.

mm
$L_{leg}$Section length

The length of a section is entered as the length of its projection to a horizontal plane. For a vertical shaft, the length that should be entered is consequently near zero but not zero. For a slope, the input value is then internally adjusted to represent the actual length of that section.

All lengths are rounded to the next decimetre [dm] and used as such in the calculations.

m
$L_{link}$Span length

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.4.2

Choices
IdMethodInfo
1Link connecting two substationsWhere the grounding resistances are small e.g. for a link between 2 substations, this parameter may be neglected.
2Link between a substation and a overhead line with skywireAt a transition OHL/UGL, the grounding resistance to consider is the resistance of the transition tower in parallel with the impedance of the skywire.
3Siphon - overhead line with skywireIf the magnitudes of the grounding resistances at both ends of the underground link are similar, the short-circuit return current shares nearly equally between the ground and the metal screens.
4Link between a substation and a overhead line without skywireWhere the grounding resistances are small and where the return current injected in the earth at the fault location is large e.g. for a link between a substations and a overhead line without skywire, this parameter may be neglected.
5Siphon - overhead line without skywireConsidering typical grounding resistances of several Ohms, the preferential return path is the ground. Where the return current injected in the earth at the fault location is large e.g. in the case of an overhead line without skywire, this parameter may be neglected.
m
$L_m$Inductance (mean)
Formulas
$\frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{GMD}{GMR_c}\right)$without earth return
$\frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_E}{GMR_c}\right)$1 cable with earth return
H/m
$L_{pitch}$Length corrugated sheath (pitch)

The length L or width of the corrugation, called pitch, acc. CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 30

mm
$L_r$Depth of laying of the rated object

Depth of laying, to cable axis, of the rated cable. Value is identical to $L_c$.

mm
$L_{sys}$System length

Default
1000

m
$L_T$Length tunnelm
$\lambda_0$Substitution coefficient $\lambda_0$ for eddy-currents

The two equations for the outer phases of flat formations are identical.

Formulas
$3\frac{{m_0}^2}{1+{m_0}^2} \left(\frac{d_e}{2s_c}\right)^2$trefoil arrangement and non-flat formations
$1.5\frac{{m_0}^2}{1+{m_0}^2} \left(\frac{d_e}{2s_c}\right)^2$flat formation, other outer phase (leading 3/T/W)
$6\frac{{m_0}^2}{1+{m_0}^2} \left(\frac{d_e}{2s_c}\right)^2$flat formation, middle phase (1/R/U)
$1.5\frac{{m_0}^2}{1+{m_0}^2} \left(\frac{d_e}{2s_c}\right)^2$flat formation, outer phase with greater loss (lagging 2/S/V)
$\lambda_1$Loss factor shield (screen/sheath)

The power loss in the sheath or screen consists of losses caused by circulating currents and eddy currents, thus $\lambda_1=\lambda_{11}+\lambda_{12}$.

Special cases are

  • For cables with non-magnetic armour or reinforcement, the general procedure is to combine the calculation or the loss in the reinforcement with that of the sheath. When a non-magnetic armour is present, $\lambda_1$ is then reduced by the armour losses after the evaluation of $\lambda_2$.
  • For single-core cables with magnetic armour, bonded to sheath at both ends, the loss in sheath and armour may be assumed to be approximately equal, so that $\lambda_{11}=\lambda_2=W_{sA}/2W_c$
  • A concentric return cable has a conductor around the core for a return path. These are typically used for single phase systems or for single-core HV AC subsea cable circuits where specially bonded cable systems are not possible. Also DC cables may be of concentric type as is the case in an integrated return conductor cable, where the return conductor is installed around the core conductor.
  • Two phase concentric cables are not directly covered by IEC 60287. The suggested method is to assume that the current in the outer conductor is equal to the current in the central conductor. The heat loss in the outer conductor can then be calculated and hence a revised sheath loss factor can be evaluated: $\lambda_1=R_{outer}/R$, where $R_{outer}$ = a.c. resistance of outer conductor at operating temperature. Normally for the outer conductor the AC resistance can be assumed to be the same as the DC resistance as the skin and proximity effect will be negligible. For the inner conductor the proximity effect can be assumed to be negligible although the skin effect will still need to be calculated. Any subsequent metal sheaths or armour layers can then be assumed to have no heat losses as the magnetic field outside the outer conductor generated by the cable will be negligible.

Formulas
$\lambda_{11}+\lambda_{12}$general case
$\lambda_{11}+F_e \lambda_{12}$both-side bonding, with sheath, CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 6
$\lambda_{11,sc}+\lambda_{11,sh}+F_e \lambda_{12}$both-side bonding, with screen+sheath, CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 6
$\frac{R_e}{R_c}$single-core concentric return cable
$\frac{R_{encl}}{R_c}$single-core concentric return PAC/GIL
$\lambda_{11}$Loss factor shield, circulating currents

This is the loss factor caused by circulating current losses, relevant for installations bonded at both ends (both-side bonding) .

The loss factor is zero for installations where the sheaths are single-point bonded.

The loss factor is zero for installations where the sheaths are cross-bonded and each major section is divided into three electrically identical minor sections. Where a cross-bonded installation contains sections whose unbalance is not negligible, a residual voltage is produced which results in a circulating current loss in that section which must be taken into account. For installations where the actual lengths of the minor sections are known, the loss factor $\lambda_{11}$ can be calculated by multiplying the circulating current loss factor for the cable configuration concerned, calculated as if it were bonded and earthed at both ends of each major section without cross-bonding by a factor $f_{cb}$.

For PAC/GIL, $R_e$ in the following equations is replaced with the electrical resistance $R_{encl}$ of the enclosure.

Formulas
$\frac{\frac{R_e}{R_c}}{1+\left(\frac{R_e}{X_e}\right)^2}$two single-core, three single-core in trefoil, and three-core cable
$\frac{\frac{R_e}{R_c}}{1+\left(\frac{R_e}{X_e}\right)^2}$three single-core in flat formation transposed and two-/three-core cable
$\frac{R_e}{R_c} \left(\xi_{X,3}+\xi_{X,2}-\xi_{X,1}\right)$single-core, flat/rectangular formation, not transposed, other outer phase (leading 3/T/W)
$\frac{R_e}{R_c} 4\xi_{X,2}$single-core, flat/rectangular formation, not transposed, middle phase (1/R/U)
$\frac{R_e}{R_c} \left(\xi_{X,3}+\xi_{X,2}+\xi_{X,1}\right)$single-core, flat/rectangular formation, not transposed, outer phase with greater loss (lagging 2/S/V)
$\frac{W_{sar}}{2W_c}$single-core cables with magnetic armour and screen/sheath
$\frac{1.5\frac{R_e}{R_c}}{1+\left(\frac{R_e}{X_e}\right)^2}$multi-core with separate sheaths (SL type)
$\frac{1.5\frac{R_e}{R_c}}{1+\left(\frac{R_e}{X_e}\right)^2}$pipe-type cables
$0$multi-core with common sheath
$f_{cb} \lambda_{11}$cross-bonded system
$\lambda_{11,sb}$Loss factor shield, circulating currents

This is the loss factor caused by circulating current losses in both-side bonded screen wires and metallic sheath. This is used to calculate the complex current in the shield of cross-bonded systems.

$\lambda_{11,sc}$Loss factor screen, circulating currents

This is the loss factor caused by circulating current losses in screen wires for cables which have screen and sheath and are not single-side bonded. Please refer to CIGRE TB 880 chapter 5.1.5 (case study 1).

Formulas
$\lambda_{11} \frac{R_{sh}}{R_{sc}+R_{sh}}$
$\lambda_{11,sh}$Loss factor sheath, circulating currents

This is the loss factor caused by circulating current losses in sheath for cables which have screen and sheath and are not single-side bonded. Please refer to CIGRE TB 880 chapter 5.1.5 (case study 1).

Formulas
$\lambda_{11} \frac{R_{sc}}{R_{sc}+R_{sh}}$
$\lambda_{12}$Loss factor shield, eddy currents

This is the loss factor for sheath caused by eddy currents.

For cables with sheaths bonded at both ends (both-side bonding) of an electrical section, the loss due to eddy currents can be neglected.

Where the conductors are subject to a reduced proximity effect, as with Milliken conductors, the sheath loss factor $\lambda_{12}$ for eddy current losses cannot be ignored, but shall be obtained by multiplying the value of $\lambda_{12}$, obtained for cables with single-point bonding for the same configuration, by the factor $F_e$.

Acc. to IEC 60287-1-1, clause 2.3.6.1, the eddy-current losses for wire screen and an equalizing tape, or foil screen over the wires are considered negligible for single-core cables. The standard does not specify if this is only applicable for round wires or also flat wires, we consider it only applicable for round wires. We also allow any cable with round wires (including multicore cables) to consider the eddy-current nevertheless upon choice.

Formulas
$\frac{R_{sh}}{R_c} \left(g_s \lambda_0 \left(1+\Delta_1+\Delta_2\right)+\frac{\left(\beta_1 t_{sh}\right)^4}{12{\cdot}{10}^{12}}\right)$single-core cables
$\frac{16{\omega}^2{\cdot}{10}^{-14}}{R_c R_{sh}} \left(\frac{c_c}{d_e}\right)^2 \left(1+\left(\frac{c_c}{d_e}\right)^2\right)$two-core cables, round conductors
$\frac{10.8{\omega}^2{\cdot}{10}^{-16}}{R_c R_{sh}} \left(\frac{1.48r_1+t_{i1}}{d_e}\right)^2 \left(12.2+\left(\frac{1.48r_1+t_{i1}}{d_e}\right)^2\right)$two-core cables, sector-shaped conductors
$\frac{3R_{sh}}{R_c} \left(\left(\frac{2c_c}{d_e}\right)^2 \frac{1}{1+\left({10}^7\frac{R_{sh}}{\omega}\right)^2}+\left(\frac{2c_c}{d_e}\right)^4 \frac{1}{1+4\left({10}^7\frac{R_{sh}}{\omega}\right)^2}\right)$three-core cables unarmoured, round conductors, $R_{sh}$ <= 100$\mu \Omega$/m
${10}^{-14}\frac{3.2{\omega}^2}{R_c R_{sh}} \left(\frac{2c_c}{d_e}\right)^2$three-core cables unarmoured, round conductors, $R_{sh}$ > 100$\mu \Omega$/m
$0.94\frac{R_{sh}}{R_c} \left(\frac{d_c+t_{i1}}{d_e}\right)^2 \frac{1}{1+\left({10}^7\frac{R_{sh}}{\omega}\right)^2}$three-core cables unarmoured, sector-shaped conductors
$F_{ar} \lambda_{12}$cables with steel tape armour
$0$cables with each core in separate sheath (SL type) and pipe-type cables
$F_e \lambda_{12}$cables with milliken conductors, when bonded on both sides
$\lambda_{1s}$Loss factor screen, circulating currents

This is the loss factor used to calculate the current $I_c$ for both-side bonded cables with screen and sheath. Please refer to CIGRE TB 880 chapter 5.1.5 (case study 1).

In all other cases it is the same as $\lambda_1$.

Formulas
$\lambda_1$general case
$\lambda_{11,sc}$both-side bonding, with screen+sheath, CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 6
$\lambda_2$Loss factor armour

The formulae express the power loss occurring in metallic armour and reinforcement of a cable in terms of an increment $\lambda_2$ of the power loss in all conductors.

The IEC standard has formulae for three distinctive cases: Non-magnetic armour or reinforcement, magnetic armour or reinforcement, and losses in steel pipes. We consider the losses in steel pipes of pipe type cables separately using $\lambda_3$ and allow for losses in magnetic ducts using $\lambda_4$.

With non-magnetic armour or reinforcement, the general procedure is to combine the calculation of the loss in the reinforcement with that of the shield. The formulae are given in IEC 60287-1-1, chapter 2.3 and the parallel combination of shield and armour resistance is used in place of the single shield resistance $R_s$. The root mean square value of the shield and armour diameter replaces the mean shield diameter as shown in chapter 2.3.11. This procedure applies to both single, twin and multicore cables.

In case of single-core cables with magnetic armour or reinforcement with both-side bonding, the loss factor $\lambda_2$ is calculated using the total loss in shield (screen$||$sheath) and magnetic armour as described in IEC 60287-1-1 chapter 2.4.2.1. In this case, the loss factors $\lambda_1$ and $\lambda_2$ may be assumed to be approximately equal.

SL-type cables are typically three-core cables with separate lead sheaths. There is no definition given in the IEC 60287. We also consider three-core cables with separate copper and aluminium sheaths, flat or corrugated, with or without a jacket over the sheath, to be SL-type.

  • When there is no armour present, then $\lambda_2$ = 0.
  • The equation for steel tape armour is only valid for steel tapes between 0.3 and 1.0 mm thickness.
  • For one-phase systems, armour loss factor is not calculated ($\lambda_2$ = 0).

Formulas
$\frac{W_{sar}}{2W_c}$single-core cables, magnetic armour and screen/sheath
$\frac{W_{sar}}{W_c}$single-core cables, magnetic armour and without screen/sheath
$\frac{0.62{\omega}^2{\cdot}{10}^{-14}}{R_c R_{ar}}+\frac{3.82A_{ar} \omega{\cdot}{10}^{-5}}{R_c} \left(\frac{1.48r_c+t_{i1}}{{d_{ar}}^2+95.7A_{ar}}\right)^2$two-core cables, steel wire armour
$1.23\frac{R_{ar}}{R_c} \left(\frac{2c_c}{d_{ar}}\right)^2 \frac{1}{\left(\frac{2.77R_{ar}{\cdot}{10}^6}{\omega}\right)^2+1}$three-core cables, steel wire armour
$0.358\frac{R_{ar}}{R_c} \left(\frac{2r_1}{d_{ar}}\right)^2 \frac{1}{\left(\frac{2.77R_{ar}{\cdot}{10}^6}{\omega}\right)^2+1}$three-core cables, sector-shaped conductors, steel wire armour
$\lambda_{21}+\lambda_{22}$three-core cables, steel tape armour or reinforcement
$\operatorname{max}\left(\left(1-\frac{R_c}{R_s} \lambda_{11}\right) \lambda_{21}, 0\right)$three-core cables, SL-type, steel wire armour
$\lambda_{21}$Loss factor armour, circulating currents

The loss factor of armour caused by circulating currents is calculated acc. to IEC 60287-1-1, clause 2.4.2.4, used for three-core cables with steel tape armour or reinforcement.

We likewise use this factor to calculate the loss factor of armour for SL-type cables.

Formulas
$\frac{{10}^{-7}{s_c}^2 \left(\frac{1}{1+\frac{d_{ar}}{\mu_s \delta_{ar}}}\right)^2}{R_c d_{ar} \delta_{ar}} \left(\frac{f}{50}\right)^2$three-core cables, steel tape armour or reinforcement
$1.23\frac{R_{ar}}{R_c} \left(\frac{2c_c}{d_{ar}}\right)^2 \frac{1}{\left(\frac{2.77R_{ar}{\cdot}{10}^6}{\omega}\right)^2+1}$three-core cables, round conductors, SL-type, steel tape armour
$0.358\frac{R_{ar}}{R_c} \left(\frac{2r_1}{d_{ar}}\right)^2 \frac{1}{\left(\frac{2.77R_{ar}{\cdot}{10}^6}{\omega}\right)^2+1}$three-core cables, sector-shaped conductors, SL-type, steel tape armour
$\lambda_{22}$Loss factor shield, eddy currents

The loss factor of armour caused by eddy currents is calculated acc. to IEC 60287-1-1, clause 2.4.2.4, used for three-core cables with steel tape armour or reinforcement.

Formulas
$\frac{2.25{s_c}^2 \left(\frac{1}{1+\frac{d_{ar}}{\mu_s \delta_{ar}}}\right)^2 \delta_{ar}{\cdot}{10}^{-8}}{R_c d_{ar}} \left(\frac{f}{50}\right)^2$
$\lambda_3$Loss factor steel pipe pipe-type cable

The loss in steel pipes of pipe-type cables is given in the IEC by two empirical formulae, one for cables where the cores are bound in close trefoil formation and the other where the cores are placed in a more open configuration (cradled) on the bottom of the pipe. We calculate the ratio of the pipe inside diameter to cable outside diameter and if this ratio is larger than 3, cradled configuration is assumed otherwise triangular.

  • The loss-factor is per phase.
  • The IEC notes that these formulae have been empirically obtained in the United States of America and at present apply only to steel pipe sizes and steel types used in that country.
  • The formulae given apply to a frequency of 60 Hz. For lower frequencies, the induced current in the (ferro)magnetic steel pipe will be lower and for higher frequencies it will be higher.
  • For other frequencies, each formula is multiplied by a correction factor: 50 Hz = 0.760, 16.7 Hz = 0.147.
  • The IEC equations apply for magnetic steel. For other materials the same approach is used as for the frequency but with the electrical resistance of the pipe.

Formulas
${10}^{-5}\frac{0.0115s_c-0.001485Di_{sp}}{R_c}\left(\frac{f}{60}\right)^2\sqrt{\frac{60}{f}}$three single-core cables in trefoil in magnetic steel pipe
${10}^{-5}\frac{0.00438s_c+0.00226Di_{sp}}{R_c}\left(\frac{f}{60}\right)^2\sqrt{\frac{60}{f}}$three single-core cables in cradled formation in magnetic steel pipe
$\lambda_S \frac{1}{\left(\frac{R_{sp}}{R_{sp,S}}\right)^2 \sqrt{\frac{R_{sp,S}}{R_{sp}}}}$other pipe material than steel
$0$pipe-type cables with flat-wire armour over all three cores after they are laid up
$\lambda_4$Loss factor magnetic duct

The loss in duct made of (ferro)magnetic steel is calculated in the same fashion as the loss in steel pipes of pipe-type cables.

Formulas
${10}^{-5}\frac{0.0115s_c-0.001485Di_d}{R_c}$three single-core cables in trefoil in magnetic steel pipe
${10}^{-5}\frac{0.00438s_c+0.00226Di_d}{R_c}$three single-core cables in cradled formation in magnetic steel pipe
$\lambda_4 \left(\frac{f}{60}\right)^2 \sqrt{\frac{60}{f}}$other frequencies than 60 Hz
$0$steel pipe is non-magnetic or a pipe-type cable with flat-wire armour over all three cores after they are laid up is used
$\lambda_d$Factor dielectric losses

The dielectric losses shall be taken into account for values of $U_o$ equal to or greater than the following values, else they may be omitted.

We calculate the dielectric losses for all AC systems independent of operating voltage level.

Choices
$U_o$Material
$U_o \geq$ 127 kVPE, HDPE, XLPE
$U_o \geq$ 63.5 kVXLPEf, EPR, Oil, PPLP
$U_o \geq$ 38 kVMass
$U_o \geq$ 8 kVIIR
$U_o \geq$ 6 kVPVC
$U_o \geq$ 6 kVnone
$\lambda_{gas}$Ratio $c_p/c_v$

Values for 0, 15, and 25°C are taken from encyclopedia.airliquide.com

Formulas
$\frac{c_{p,gas}}{c_{v,gas}}$
$\lambda_i$Parameter $\lambda$ for linear density of dielectric losses
Formulas
$\frac{2\pi {\delta_i}^2 {U_o}^2 \kappa_i}{{r_{osc}}^2 \left(1-\left(\frac{r_{isc}}{r_{osc}}\right)^{\delta_i}\right)^2}$
$\lambda_t$Relaxation parameter

Relaxation parameter between 0 and 1, used for better conversion during iterative calculation of air temperature inside trough.

Default
0.5

$LF$Load factor, daily

The load factor is the ratio between the average power (the energy supplied to the system) and the maximum demand in a period of time. For example, the daily load cycle will be calculated from the average hourly power demands $P_i$, the maximum average hourly power demand $P_{max}$ and a duration $i_{max}$ of 24 hours.

The load factor is usually obtained with energy and demand measurements. Seasonal load and load growing may be considered. The consumer diversity and the different consumer behaviours in areas with different geographical and socioeconomic characteristics may also influence the load factor.

When the demand and the energy are related, the load factor is important for evaluating the economics of any supply. Given that a system is planned as a function of the maximum demand, a high load factor means a high use rate and, consequently, reduced unitary cost (for unit of supplied energy).

For cables in air, channel or tunnel, steady-state load is typically considered. You may use a load factor for the quadratic mean method as described in the book 'Kabel und Leitungen für Starkstrom' by L. Heinhold, 5th edition 1999 (in German). But please note that with this method it is not possible to calculate the maximal permissible current at a certain temperature but instead it is used to calculate the reduction in temperatures in comparison to steady-state when a load factor is applied.

For buried cables, the load factor can be changed between 0.5 and 1.0.

Default
1.0

Formulas
$\frac{1}{i_{max} P_{max}} \sum_{i=0}^{i_{max}} P_i$
p.u.
$LF_w$Load factor, weekly

The weekly load factor is the ratio between the average power (the energy supplied to the system) and the maximum average daily demand in a period of 7 days.

The weekly load factor is available for buried cables and can be changed between 0.5 and 1.0. If set to 1.0, it has no influence on the other load factors (daily and yearly, if applicable).

For more information, refer to the load factor $LF$.

Default
1.0

p.u.
$LF_y$Load factor, yearly

The yearly load factor is the ratio between the average power (the energy supplied to the system) and the maximum average weekly demand in a period of 365.25 days.

The yearly load factor is available for buried cables and can be changed between 0.5 and 1.0. If set to 1.0, it has no influence on the other load factors (daily and weekly, if applicable).

For more information, refer to the load factor $LF$.

Default
1.0

p.u.
$LME$London Metal Exchange

Prices of LME are playing a key role for companies that trade in non-ferrous metals such as copper, aluminium, lead and zinc. All companies dealing with metals know the phenomena that prices can be strongly fluctuating due to many factors that may affect the global market such as oil price and US dollar exchange rate.

Copper (Cu) and aluminium (Al) are the main component of power cables. 50 to 70% of power cable price is determined by the quantity of copper, less in case of cables with aluminium conductors. Thus, the power cable price is varying due to the fluctuating price for metals which are linked with the changes of oil price as well as USD exchange rate. Considering such fact for projects cost estimate stage may reap lots of advantages especially when it comes to determining the budget required for procuring materials.

The London Metal Exchange (LME) is the global platform for trading non-ferrous metals. The latest LME notations, 3-Month-Buyers, should be considered for a metric ton of copper (Cu), aluminium (Al) and lead (Pb). The LME notations are multiplied by the mass of the correspondig metal parts to get the prices for the various metals per meter.

Steel is not traded on the LME. One possible price index is the Shanghai Steel Rebar Futures. For example, on on 07.06.2018, the highest value was 4281 CNY. With the exchange rate of 0.1565 USD/CNY, this results in 670 USD.

Choices
MetalUSD/mtComment
Copper (Cu)6145.5example price LME 3-Month-Buyers, dated 2019-05-10
Aluminium (Al)1800.0example price LME 3-Month-Buyers, dated 2019-05-10
Lead (Pb)1834.0example price LME 3-Month-Buyers, dated 2019-05-10
Zinc (Zn)2629.5example price LME 3-Month-Buyers, dated 2019-05-10
Nickel (Ni)11900.0example price LME 3-Month-Buyers, dated 2019-05-10
Steel (St)611.47example Shanghai Steel Rebar Futures, dated 2019-05-10 (4140 CNY with 0.1477 USD/CNY)
USD/mt
M$M$Cyclic rating factor

The cyclic rating factor M is the factor by which the permissible steady-state rated current (100% load factor) may be multiplied to obtain the permissible peak value of current during a daily (24 h) or longer cycle such that the conductor attains, but does not exceed, the standard permissible maximum temperature during this cycle.

A factor defined in this way has the steady-state temperature, which is usually the permitted maximum temperature, as its reference. The cyclic rating factor depends only on the shape of the daily cycle and is thus independent of the actual magnitudes of the current.

Detail of the load cycle is needed over a period of only 6 h before the time of maximum temperature, and earlier values can be represented with sufficient accuracy by using an average, provided by the loss factor $\mu$. Location of the time of maximum temperature is done by inspection, bearing in mind that although it usually occurs at the end of the period of maximum current this may not always be the case.

Formulas
$1/ \sqrt {\sum\limits_{i=0}^5 Y_i \left[ \frac{\Delta\theta_R(i+1)}{\Delta\theta_{R_\infty}} - \frac{\Delta\theta_R(i)}{\Delta\theta_{R_\infty}} \right]+ \mu\left[1-\frac{\Delta\theta_R(6)}{\Delta\theta_{R_\infty}}\right]}$
p.u.
$m_0$Substitution coefficient $m_0$ for eddy-currents
Formulas
${10}^{-7}\frac{\omega}{R_{sh}}$Cables
${10}^{-7}\frac{\omega}{R_{encl}}$PAC/GIL
Hz.m/$\Omega$
$M_0$Coefficient M partial transient temperature rise

This is the coefficent $M_0$ used for calculating cable partial transient temperature rise acc. to IEC 60853-2.

Formulas
$0.5\left(Q_A \left(T_A+T_B\right)+Q_B T_B\right)$
s
$M_1$Corrected cyclic rating factor

In general, the size of a dry zone where the boundary just achieves a certain critical temperature rise with cyclic loading is smaller than the zone which will form for the same critical temperature rise with steady-state loading. The situation where the cable surface temperature rise is just equal to the soil critical temperature, and a dry zone forms only with steady-state loading, is a particular case. However, a rating factor determined for this latter case is applicable to the steady-state rating with any other critical temperature rise and size of dry zone.

One further step is necessary in order to use a cyclic factor based on a critical temperature equal to the cable surface temperature. Because of the nature of the computation used in IEC 60853-1/2 to derive cyclic rating factors, the value of the factor obtained assumes that the cable external thermal resistance is the same for both cyclic and steady-state loading. The correct value of peak current for the load cycle is obtained when the cyclic factor multiplies the steady-state rating for this value of resistance.

While this equality of external thermal resistance applies for the uniform non-migration conditions assumed in IEC 60287-2-1 and IEC 60853-1/2, it is not so when drying can take place. The size of the dry zone, and hence the cable external thermal resistance, changes with the type of loading. In the latter case the rating factor has to be adjusted so that it can be used to multiply the rating for the higher external thermal resistance occurring with the steady-state. Such an adjustment can be made by using the ratio of the appropriate external thermal resistances.

Formulas
$M \sqrt{\frac{1+k_t \left(v_4-1\right)}{1+k_{r2} \left(v_4-1\right)}}$
K
$M_{ab}$Armour bedding material

This layer is only used for multi-core cables.

Choices
IdMaterial
PEPolyethylene (LDPE)
PVCPolyvinyl chloride (PVC)
EPREthylene-propylene rubber (EPR, EPDM)
POCPolyolefin copolymer (POC)
IIRButyl rubber (IIR isobutylene isoprene rubber)
NRNatural rubber (NR)
PPPolypropylene (PP)
SiRSilicone rubber (SiR)
CRPolychloroprene (CR, Neoprene)
CSMChlorosulphonated polyethylene (Hypalon)
CJCompounded jute
RSPRubber sandwich protection
BITPVC/bitumen tapes
fPOCPolyolefin copolymer (fibrous)
fPPPolypropylene (fibrous)
fPEPolyethylene (fibrous)
fPVCPolyvinyl chloride (fibrous)
tapeWater-blocking tapes
OtUser defined
$m_{ab}$Mass armour bedding
Formulas
${10}^{-3}A_{ab} \zeta_{ab}$
kg/m
$M_{ar}$Armour material

Refer to the list of conductor materials $M_{c}$ for additional information about the metals.

Choices
IdMaterial
CuCopper
AlAluminium
BrzBronze (CuSn)
CuZnBrass (CuZn)
SSteel
SSStainless steel
$m_{ar}$Mass armour
Formulas
${10}^{-3}A_{ar} \zeta_{ar}$
kg/m
$M_c$Conductor material

Typical conductor material for power cable is copper and aluminium.

The use of other materials may be needed in special applications. Any material can be simulated by defining the parameter values individually. Some materials can be found e.g. on elektrisola

  • Aldrey (AL3): This hardened alloy is characterized by high strength, good elongation and chemical resistance. A special heat treatment sets a high conductivity. "ires made of this alloy are used for overhead conductors. A good description is given in the document 'Aluminium in der Elektrotechnik und Elektronik' by Aluminium-Zentrale e.V., Düsseldorf, 1. Auflage.
  • Bronze (Brz): Bronze (CuSn4 to CuSn10) is an alloy that consists primarily of copper (90-96%) with the addition of other ingredients. In most cases the ingredient added is typically tin (10..30%), but arsenic, phosphorus, aluminum, manganese, and silicon can also be used to produce different properties in the material. All of these ingredients produce an alloy much harder than copper alone.
  • Brass (CuZn): Brass (CuZn5 or CuZn10) consists of copper and 4-11% zinc plus small amounts of lead (Pb < 0.05%) and iron (Fe < 0.05%). It has very good mechanical properties and corrosion behavior, comparable to that of copper. The low conductivity and the outstanding bending proof performance makes it the preferred choice for heating applications. Furthermore, bare wire is suitable for electric discharge removal of material (spark erosion). Copper zinc alloy wire is available in all insulation and self-bonding enamel types, as well as bare wire and litz wire.
  • Nickel (Ni): Nickel is especially characterized by very high resistance to oxidation and chemical corrosion. Wires of pure nickel are mainly used for the manufacture of connections for heating elements.
  • Stainless Steel (SS): Stainless steel wires are suitable for several industrial applications.
  • Physical and mechanical properties for naturally hard copper alloys such as Bronze and Brass can be found in the electrical-contacts-wiki

Choices
IdMaterial
CuCopper
AlAluminium
AL3Aldrey (EN 50183)
BrzBronze (CuSn)
CuZnBrass (CuZn)
NiNickel
SSStainless steel
OtUser defined
$m_c$Mass conductor
Formulas
${10}^{-3}n_c A_c \zeta_c$
kg/m
$M_{cable}$Cable material

The following materials may be used in a cable.

Choices
IdMaterial
PEPolyethylene (PE)
LDPEPolyethylene (LDPE)
MDPEPolyethylene (MDPE)
HDPEHigh density polyethylene (HDPE)
XLPECrosslinked polyethylene (XLPE)
XLPEfCrosslinked polyethylene (XLPE) filled
POCPolyolefin copolymer (POC)
PPPolypropylene (PP)
PVCPolyvinyl chloride (PVC)
EVAEthylene vinyl acetate (EVA)
EPREthylene-propylene rubber (EPR)
IIRButyl rubber (IIR isobutylene isoprene rubber)
SiRSilicone rubber (SiR)
PPLPPolypropylene laminated paper (PPLP)
Massmass-impregnated paper
OilPoil-filled paper
XHFX-HF-110 (AS/NZS 3808:2000 R2016)
HFSHFS-110-TP (AS/NZS 3808:2000 R2016)
FRNCFlame-Retardant Non-Corrosive polyethylene (FRNC)
CRPolychloroprene (CR, Neoprene)
CSMChlorosulphonated (Hypalon)
CJCompounded jute
RSPRubber sandwich protection
BITPVC/bitumen tapes
fPOCPolyolefin copolymer, fibrous
fPPPolypropylene, fibrous
fPEPolyethylene, fibrous
fPVCPolyvinyl chloride, fibrous
sPVCPolyvinyl chloride, shaped
sPEPolyethylene, shaped
PRodRods, solid (plastic)
PTubeTubes, hollow (plastic)
OilDOil-ducts between cores
TYTwisted yarns
JuteJute
tapeWater-blocking tapes
CWCotton wool
PaperPaper (for oil impregnated insulation)
AirAir
CuCopper
AlAluminium
AL3Aldrey (EN 50183)
BrzBronze, conducting (CuSn, CuMgCdZn)
CuSnBronze, phosphorus (CuSn, alloy 7..11% tin)
CuZnBrass (CuZn)
NiNickel
SSteel (alloy 0.05% carbon)
SSStainless steel
FeIron
ZnZinc
NiNickel
PbLead
$M_{comp}$Insulating gas material
Choices
IdGas
Airdry air
N2Nitrogen (N₂)
SF6Sulfur hexafluoride (SF₆)
CO2Carbon dioxide (CO₂)
O2Oxygen (O₂)
$M_d$Duct material

Cables in ducts which have been completely filled with a pumpable material having a thermal resistivity not exceeding that of the surrounding soil, either in the dry state or when sealed to preserve the moisture content of the filling material, may be treated as directly buried cables.

Choices
IdMaterial
PEduct made of plastic PE (polyethylene)
PPduct made of plastic PP (polypropylene)
PVCduct made of plastic PVC (polyvinylchloride)
WPEduct made of plastic filled with water
Metalduct made of steel
Fibreduct made of fibrous material
Earthduct made of earthenware
Cemduct made of cement
OtUser defined
$M_e$Substitution coefficient $M_e$ to calculate factor $F_e$
Formulas
$\frac{R_e}{X_e}$trefoil or rectangular
$\frac{R_e}{X_e+X_m}$flat
$m_E$Parameter m earth return

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{\omega \mu_E}{\rho_E}}$
$m_{EMF}$Number of time steps
Formulas
$\mathrm{floor} \left( \frac{j_{max}-1}{10} \right)$
$M_{encl}$Enclosure material

Refer to the list of conductor materials $M_{c}$ for additional information about the metals.

The alluminium alloy EN-AW 6060 (previsously E-AlMgSi0.5) is described in the document 'Aluminium in der Elektrotechnik und Elektronik' by Aluminium-Zentrale e.V., Düsseldorf, 1. Auflage. This hardened wrought alloy is used for flat, profile and tube busbars. Due to the added alloy, it has a higher strength than E-AlMgSi (Aldrey) with still good values for elongation and conductivity. In addition, it has a good chemical resistance. The alloy was acc. DIN EN 6101 A and the chemical denomination used to be E-AlMgSi(A), the new denomination is EN-AW 6060. The electrical conductivity is given to be 28-34 m/$\Omega$mm$^2$; and the thermal conductivity 200-220 W/(m.K); the worst value was used in the table below. However, datasheets from manufacturers like Aluminco and Brütsch-Rüegger state electrical conductivity to be 34-38 m/$\Omega$mm$^2$; Values for the themperature coefficient and specific heat capacity were not found, it is assumed they are approxmately the same as for Aldrey (AL3).

Choices
IdMaterial$\rho_{encl}$$\alpha_{encl}$$\beta_{encl}$$\sigma_{encl}$
CuCopper1.7241e-080.00393370.373450000.0
AlAluminium2.8264e-080.00403208.332500000.0
ENAW6060Aluminium-Alloy (EN-AW 6060)3.5714e-080.004200.02500000.0
SSteel1.38e-070.004536.13800000.0
SSStainless steel7e-070.00116.313760000.0
$M_f$Filler material

This layer is only used for multi-core cables.

Choices
IdMaterial
fPOCPolyolefin copolymer, fibrous
fPPPolypropylene, fibrous
fPEPolyethylene, fibrous
fPVCPolyvinyl chloride, fibrous
sPVCPolyvinyl chloride, shaped
sPEPolyethylene, shaped
PRodRods, solid (plastic)
PTubeTubes, hollow (plastic)
OilDOil-ducts between cores
TYTwisted yarns
JuteJute
tapeWater-blocking tapes
AirAir
OtUser defined
$m_f$Mass filler
Formulas
${10}^{-3}A_f \zeta_f$
kg/m
$M_{foj}$Protective jacket material

Outer protective jacket to mechanically protect the insulation of a fiber optic cable.

Choices
IdMaterial
PEPolyethylene (PE)
PPPolypropylene (PP)
PVCPolyvinyl chloride (PVC)
SiRSilicone rubber (SiR)
$M_{gas}$Gas and gas-mixtures
Choices
IdNameFormula
AirAir0.78084%N2 + 0.20946O%2 + 0.00934%Ar + minor components
N2NitrogenN2
SF6Sulfur hexafluorideSF6
CO2Carbon dioxideCO2
COCarbon monoxideCO
O2OxygenO2
H2HydrogenH2
NH3AmmoniaNH3
SO2Sulfur dioxideSO2
HeHeliumHe
ArArgonAr
KrKryptonKr
XeXenonXe
NeNeonNe
$m_{hollow}$Mass hollow cable
Formulas
$m_{tape}+m_i+m_{shj}+m_{ab}+m_j$
kg/m
$M_{hsf}$Fluid material

Material flowing inside a heat source, e.g. water of a district heat pipe.

Choices
IdMaterial
AirAir
OilMineral oil
H20Hydrogen (H20)
FreonDichlordifluormethan (Freon)
$M_{hsi}$Pipe insulation material

Insulation material around the pipe in the center of a heat source, e.g. a district heat pipe.

Choices
IdMaterial
PEPolyethylene (PE)
PPPolypropylene (PP)
PVCPolyvinyl chloride (PVC)
PURPolyurethane rigid foam (PUR)
MWMineral wool
GWGlass wool
OtUser defined
$M_{hsj}$Protective jacket material

Outer protective jacket to mechanically protect the insulation of a heat source, e.g. a district heat pipe.

Choices
IdMaterial
PEPolyethylene (PE)
PPPolypropylene (PP)
PVCPolyvinyl chloride (PVC)
SiRSilicone rubber (SiR)
OtUser defined
$M_{hsp}$Fluid-filled pipe material

Material of the pipe in the center of a heat source inside which the fluid is flowing, e.g. water in a district heat pipe.

Choices
IdMaterial
PEPolyethylene (PE)
PPPolypropylene (PP)
PVCPolyvinyl chloride (PVC)
AlAluminium
SSteel
SSStainless steel
CuCopper
BrzBronze (CuSn)
CuZnBrass (CuZn)
OtUser defined
$M_i$Insulation material
Choices
IdMaterial
PEPolyethylene (LD/MDPE)
HDPEHigh density polyethylene (HDPE)
XLPECrosslinked polyethylene (XLPE)
XLPEfCrosslinked polyethylene (XLPE) filled
PVCPolyvinyl chloride (PVC)
EPREthylene-propylene rubber (EPR)
IIRButyl rubber (IIR isobutylene isoprene rubber)
PPLPPolypropylene laminated paper (PPLP)
Massmass-impregnated paper
OilPoil-filled paper
PPPolypropylene (PP)
SiRSilicone rubber (SiR)
EVAEthylene vinyl acetate (EVA)
XHFX-HF-110 (AS/NZS 3808:2000 R2016)
OtUser defined
$m_i$Mass insulation
Formulas
${10}^{-3}n_c A_i \zeta_i$
kg/m
$M_{IEEE}$Soil material IEEE 442

The IEEE Standard 442 'Guide for Soil Thermal Resistivity Measurement' provides a procedure to measure the thermal resistivity of the soil and values of the thermal resistivity $\rho$ for some materials.

Choices
Material
 
Thermal resistivity
K.m/W
Quartz grains0.11
Granite grains0.26
Limestone grains0.45
Sandstone grains0.58
Mica grains1.7
Water1.65
Organic wet4.0
Organic dry7.0
Air40.0
$M_j$Jacket material
Choices
IdMaterial
PEPolyethylene (LD/MDPE, ST3)
HDPEHigh density polyethylene (HDPE, ST7)
XLPECrosslinked polyethylene (XLPE)
PVCPolyvinyl chloride (PVC, ST1/2)
POCPolyolefin copolymer (POC)
PPPolypropylene (PP)
SiRSilicone rubber (SiR)
FRNCFlame-Retardant Non-Corrosive polyethylene (FRNC)
CRPolychloroprene (CR, Neoprene)
CSMChlorosulphonated (Hypalon)
CJCompounded jute
RSPRubber sandwich protection
BITPVC/bitumen tapes
HFSHFS-110-TP (AS/NZS 3808:2000 R2016)
OtUser defined
$m_j$Mass jacket
Formulas
${10}^{-3}A_j \zeta_j$
kg/m
$M_k$Thermal contact factor
Formulas
$\frac{\sqrt{\frac{\sigma_{k2}}{\rho_{k2}}}+\sqrt{\frac{\sigma_{k3}}{\rho_{k3}}}}{2\sigma_{kc} \delta_k{\cdot}{10}^{-3}} F_k$
s$^{1/2}$
$m_{metal}$Mass metallic parts
Formulas
$m_c+m_{sc}+m_{sw}+m_{sh}+m_{ar}+m_{sp}$
kg/m
$M_{mol}$Molar mass

Molar mass is a physical property defined as the mass of a given substance divided by the amount of substance. The base SI unit for molar mass is kg/mol. However, for historical reasons, molar masses are almost always expressed in g/mol. The molar mass of a substance is the total weight of that substance (in kg or g) for one mole of that substance. That is, the weight of a substance for 6.022140857e23 molecules (Avogadro constant) of that substance.

Formulas
$m_{mol} N_A$
Choices
GasFormulaMmol
Air78%N2+21%O2+minor28.9647
N2N228.013
SF6SF6146.055
CO2CO244.01
COCO28.01
O2O231.999
H2H22.016
NH3NH317.031
SO2SO264.064
HeHe4.003
ArAr39.948
KrKr83.798
XeXe131.293
NeNe20.179
g/mol
$m_{mol}$Molecular mass

Molecular mass or molecular weight is the mass of a molecule.
Values are taken from encyclopedia.airliquide.com

mol
$m_{Nu,L}$Factor m

Factor $m_{Nu}$ for the calculation of the Nusselt number, ground—air.

Choices
RamNu
1 - 2006
200 - 8x1064
8x106 - 3x10103
$m_{Nu,w}$Factor m

Factor $m_{Nu_w}$ for the calculation of the Nusselt number.

Choices
RemNu
4x10-1 - 4x1000.33
4x100 - 4x1010.385
4x101 - 4x1030.466
4x103 - 4x1040.618
4x104 - 4x1050.805
$M_p$Pipe material

Large enclosing pipe containing multiple objects, usually ducts with cables inside, such as it is used for HDD.

Choices
IdMaterial
Plastpipe made of plastic
Metalpipe made of steel
Cempipe made of cement
OtUser defined
$M_{prot}$Protective cover material
Choices
IdMaterial$k_{prot}$
PEPolyethylene (PE)0.286
PPPolypropylene (PP)0.222
POCPolyolefin copolymer (POC)0.2
SiRSilicone rubber (SiR)0.2
PVCPolyvinyl chloride (PVC)0.167
$M_{riser}$Riser material
Choices
IdMaterial
PEduct made of plastic PE (polyethylene)
PPduct made of plastic PP (polypropylene)
PVCduct made of plastic PVC (polyvinylchloride)
Metalpipe made of steel
$M_{sc}$Screen material

Refer to the list of conductor materials $M_{c}$ for additional information about the metals

Choices
IdMaterial
CuCopper
AlAluminium
AL3Aldrey (EN 50183)
BrzBronze (CuSn)
CuZnBrass (CuZn)
SSteel
SSStainless steel
ZnZinc
$m_{sc}$Mass metallic screen
Formulas
${10}^{-3}A_{sc} \zeta_{sc}$single-core / common screen
${10}^{-3}n_c A_{sc} \zeta_{sc}$multi-core cables separate screens
kg/m
$M_{seabed}$Seabed material
Choices
Material
Peat (dry)
Peat (wet)
Peat (icy)
Sand soil (dry)
Sand soil (moist)
Sand soil (soaked)
Clay soil (dry)
Clay soil (moist)
Clay soil (wet)
Clay soil (frozen)
Gravel
Gravel (sandy)
Limestone
Sandstone
$M_{sh}$Sheath material

Refer to the list of conductor materials $M_{c}$ for additional information about the metals.

Choices
IdMaterial
CuCopper
AlAluminium
PbLead
BrzBronze (CuSn)
SSteel
SSStainless steel
ZnZinc
$m_{sh}$Mass metallic sheath
Formulas
${10}^{-3}A_{sh} \zeta_{sh}$single-core / common screen
${10}^{-3}n_c A_{sh} \zeta_{sh}$multi-core cables separate sheaths
kg/m
$M_{shj}$Sheath jacket material
Choices
IdMaterial
PEPolyethylene (LD/MDPE)
HDPEPolyethylene (HDPE, ST7)
PVCPolyvinyl chloride (PVC, ST1/2)
POCPolyolefin copolymer (POC)
PPPolypropylene (PP)
SiRSilicone rubber (SiR)
FRNCFlame-Retardant Non-Corrosive polyethylene (FRNC)
CRPolychloroprene (CR)
CSMChlorosulphonated polyethylene (Hypalon)
OtUser defined
$m_{shj}$Mass jacket over each core
Formulas
${10}^{-3}n_c A_{shj} \zeta_{shj}$
kg/m
$M_{soil}$Soil material

In the paper 'Improving the Under-Ground Cables Ampacity by using Artificial Backfill Materials' by O.E. Gouda from 2010, artificial samples of soil, different ratios of sand, lime, clay and silt, were tested.

Choices
Soil sample
 
Gravel
%
Sand
%
Silt
%
Clay
%
Lime
%
$\rho_4$ (wet)
K.m/W
$\rho_{4d}$ (dry)
K.m/W
Sand1.588.510.00.00.00.962.036
Lime1.51.57.00.090.00.9412.35
Clay3.06.02.089.00.00.6271.568
75% Sand + 25% Lime1.474.00.60.024.00.881.792
50% Sand + 50% Lime0.548.52.50.048.50.7841.911
25% Sand + 75% Lime0.324.01.70.074.00.8222.156
25% Clay + 75% Lime0.00.02.024.074.00.5221.304
Silt + Sand10.060.030.00.00.00.7561.9
Clay + Silt + Sand3.037.030.030.00.00.831.65
$M_{sp}$Steel pipe material

Material of containment pipe of pipe-type cables, typically steel.

Choices
IdMaterial
AlAluminium
SSteel
SSStainless steel
$m_{sp}$Mass steel pipe
Formulas
${10}^{-3}A_{sp} \zeta_{sp}$
kg/m
$M_{spf}$Steel pipe filling medium

Filling medium of steel pipe for pipe-type cables.

Choices
IdMaterial
N2Nitrogen
OilDielectric oil
$M_{sw}$Skid wire material

Refer to the list of conductor materials $M_{c}$ for additional information about the metals

Choices
IdMaterial
CuCopper
AlAluminium
AL3Aldrey (EN 50183)
BrzBronze (CuSn)
CuZnBrass (CuZn)
SSteel
SSStainless steel
ZnZinc
$m_{sw}$Mass skid wires
Formulas
$2n_c A_{sw} \zeta_{sw}{\cdot}{10}^{-3}$
kg/m
$m_{tape}$Mass tapes
Formulas
${10}^{-3}A_{tape} \zeta_{tape}$single-core / common screen
${10}^{-3}n_c A_{tape} \zeta_{tape}$multi-core cables separate screens
kg/m
$m_{tot}$Mass cable

The mass of the cable can be entered manually in the cable editor or is calculated automatically based on the dimensions of the layers and the density of the various materials.

The following is considered:

  • Because the exact design of the conductor is not known, the mass is calculated based on the cross-section.
  • In order to consider the increase in mass due to stranding of the conductor wires, the result is increased by 6.5%.
  • For wired screen, the dimension is given but not the length of lay. The exact calculated mass is increased by 3.0%.
  • For wired armour, the dimension is given including the length of lay. The mass is calculated with respect of the elongation due to the length of lay.

The mass of the cable is used for cable pulling calculations and transportation studies.

Formulas
$m_{hollow}+m_{metal}$
kg/m
$m_{z,ar}$Parameter m armour

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{\omega \mu_0}{\rho_{ar}}}$armour
$\sqrt{\frac{j Romega \mu_0}{\rho_{sp}}}$steel pipe
$m_{z,c}$Parameter m conductor

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{j \omega \mu_0}{\rho_c}}$
$m_{z,e}$Parameter m earth

Refer to 'Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables', F.F. da Silva, C.L. Bak (2013)

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{j \omega \mu_0}{\rho_E}}$
$m_{z,s}$Parameter m shield

Refer to 'Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables', F.F. da Silva, C.L. Bak (2013)

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{j \omega \mu_0}{\rho_s}}$
$m_{z,sc}$Parameter m screen

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.2.5

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{j \omega \mu_0}{\rho_{sc}}}$
$m_{z,sh}$Parameter m sheath

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.2.5

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{j \omega \mu_0}{\rho_{sh}}}$
$\mu$Loss factor daily load variation

The loss factor is the ratio between the average power losses (energy losses) and the losses during peak load in a period of time. In other words, the loss factor is simply the load factor of the losses. There are two methods to calculate the loss factor:

Neher McGrath, Heinhold, Dorison

For the Neher McGrath, Heinhold and the Dorison method, the power and energy losses are not obtained from directy measurements. Their estimations are based on previous knowledge of their own loss factors. The loads present nearly constant power factor, and express both the demand and energy in p.u. of their respective maximum values. Thus, the loss factor can be expressed in relation to the demand. The consumer diversity and the different consumer behaviours in areas with different geographical and socioeconomic characteristics has an influence on the loss factor. The loss factor could be obtained by using the load curves of all customers which is not viable. Based on measurement campaigns, characteristic curves for consumers separated by groups (e.g. tariff groups) are obtained. The technical losses in the systems can be divided in two large groups: independent (constant) losses of the load like losses in the transformer cores with with $\mu$ = 1 and the depended (variable) losses of the load such as ohmic losses with $\mu$ < 1. All the studies in the search for a relationship between the loss and the load factor led to the same empiric equation below (first equation).

IEC 60853 (CIGRE)

For transient calculations acc. IEC 60853 (CIGRE), the loss factor is determined by decomposing the load cycle over 24 hours into hourly rectangular pulses. The loss factor may also be calculated through summation of weighted measurement values over the past 24 hours.

For convenience, Cableizer does also allow longer durations $i_{max}$ than 24 hours for the loss factor calculation. If the duration $i_{max}$ is shorter than 24 hours, Cableizer does assume that the power losses prior to the first provided value were constant at the same level as the first provided value. The same is also the case if the duration $i_{max}$ is not a multiple of a full hour.

Formulas
$k_{LF} LF+\left(1-k_{LF}\right) {LF}^2$Neher McGrath, Heinhold, Dorison
$\frac{1}{i_{max}} \sum_{i=0}^{i_{max}} Y_i$IEC 60853 (CIGRE)
${LF}^2$Heinhold
p.u.
$\mu_0$Vacuum permeability

The vacuum permeability or magnetic constant is an ideal physical constant for the value of magnetic permeability in a classical vacuum and equal to $4\pi10^{-7}$.

Default
1.2566370614359173e-06

H/m
$\mu_{dyn}$Dynamic friction coefficient

The coefficient of dynamic friction is a measure of the friction between a moving cable and the conduit. The coefficient of friction can have a large impact on the pulling force calculation. It can vary from 0.1 to 1.0 with lubrication and can exceed 1.0 for unlubricated pulls. Pulls should never be stopped and restarted because the coefficient of static friction will always be higher than the coefficient of dynamic friction.

The coefficient of friction between a cable exterior (jacket/sheath) and conduit varies with the type of jacket or sheath, type and condition of conduit, type and amount of pulling lubricant used, cable temperature, and ambient temperature. High ambient temperatures can increase the coefficient of dynamic friction for cable having a nonmetallic jacket.

Pulling lubricants must be compatible with cable components and be applied while the cable is being pulled. Pre-lubrication of the conduit is recommended by some lubricant manufacturers.

$\mu_e$Longitudinal relative permeability steel wires

The longitudinal relative permeability of steel wires varies with the particular sample of steel. Unless reference can be made to measurements on the steel wire to be used, some average value must should be assumed. No appreciable error is involved if, for wires of diameters from 4 mm to 6 mm and tensile breaking strengths around 400 N/mm$^2$, a value of $μ_e = 400$ is assumed.

Default
400

$\mu_E$Magnetic permeability of earth

In most geological environments, variations in the Earth’s magnetic permeability are insignificant and the magnetic permeability is equal to vacuum permeability $\mu_0$. For more information and a better understanding refer to EM GeoSci.

Default
1.2566370614359173e-06

H/m
$\mu_s$Relative permeability steel wires

Relative permeability of the steel tape.

Default
300

$\mu_t$Transverse relative permeability steel wires

The traverse relative permeability of steel wires varies with the particular sample of steel. Unless reference can be made to measurements on the steel wire to be used, some average value must should be assumed. No appreciable error is involved if, for wires of diameters from 4 mm to 6 mm and tensile breaking strengths around 400 N/mm$^2$, a value of $μ_t = 10$ is assumed when wires are in contact an $μ_t = 1$ where wires are separated.

Touching or separated wires can be selected in the cable editor and is valid for both layers in case of double layer armour. We also consider the armour to be touching, independent from the checkbox, when the wires cover 95 % of the circumference.

Default
10

Formulas
$10$touching wires
$1$wires not touching
$\mu_w$Loss factor weekly load variation

The loss factor is the ratio between the average power losses (energy losses) and the losses during peak load in a period of 7 days.

For more information, refer to the loss factor $\mu$.

Formulas
$k_{LF} LF_w+\left(1-k_{LF}\right) {LF_w}^2$
p.u.
$\mu_y$Loss factor yearly load variation

The loss factor is the ratio between the average power losses (energy losses) and the losses during peak load in a period of 365.25 days.

For more information, refer to the loss factor $\mu$.

Formulas
$k_{LF} LF_y+\left(1-k_{LF}\right) {LF_y}^2$
p.u.
N$N_0$Coefficient N partial transient temperature rise

This is the coefficent $N_0$ used for calculating cable partial transient temperature rise acc. to IEC 60853-2.

Formulas
$Q_A T_A Q_B T_B$
s$^2$
$n_{a,1}$Number of wires armour 1
$n_{a,2}$Number of wires armour 2
$n_{ar}$Number of wires armour
Formulas
$n_{a,1}+n_{a,2}$
$N_{Avogrado}$Avogadro constant

The Avogadro constant is the number of constituent particles, usually atoms or molecules, that are contained in the amount of substance given by one mole. It is the proportionality factor that relates the molar mass of a compound to the mass of a sample.

Default
6.022140857e+23

1/mol
$N_b$Number of loaded objects in backfill

The number of loaded objects in the backfill area is one for cables in a common duct or when the mutual heating coefficient $F_{mh}$ = 1 (i.e. the objects are treated as different sources), or equal to $N_c$ otherwise.

Only objects of the same system are considered.

$n_c$Number of conductors cable

Number of conductor cores of equal size.

Four-core cables contain three active phases plus either neutral (N), ground (PE) or ground/neutral (PEN) wire.
Five-core cables contain a neutral (N) plus a separate ground (PE) wire.

Choices
NbType
1single-core cable
2two-core cable
3three-core cable
4four-core cable
5five-core cable
$N_c$Number of sources in system

Number of objects of equal size with the same load acting as sources in a system.

Choices
NbType
11 single-core or multi-core
22 single-core
33 single-core
$n_{cc}$Number of conductors combined

Number of conductor cores of equal size with the same load seen from the outside as combined (e.g. cables in a common duct).

Formulas
$N_c n_{ph}$
$n_{cg}$Number of conductors PAC/GILnumber of conductors in PAC/GIL
Choices
NbType
1single-core PAC/GIL
3three-core PAC/GIL
$n_{cw}$Number of wires conductor

The number of wires are given in the IEC 60228 Ed.3.0 and the draft IEC NP 62602 from 2015, more values were taken from ASTM B8-04.

  • For aluminium conductors where no number of wires is given in the standards, the number from the equivalent copper conductor is taken.
  • For shaped conductors where no number of wires is given in the standards, the number from compacted conductors is taken.
  • For sizes of 1200 mm$^2$ and above for stranded and flexible class 5/6 conductors, values from ASTM B8-04 were taken and interpolated.
  • For sizes of 1200 mm$^2$ and above for milliken and compacted conductors, the number was set to 271 (approximating a solid conductor which leads to high values for the K-factors).
  • For sizes of 2.5 mm$^2$ and smaller, a solid conductor is assumed which is normally the case for electric power cables for installation. The conductors down to 2.5 mm$^2$ are listed with 6, respectively 7 wires as appropriate.
  • The values for 12 and 10 AWG for compacted and shaped conductors, the number was set to 6 instead of solid conductor.
  • The values for 1250, 1500 and 1750 kcmil for compacted aluminium conductors and for shaped conductors were interpolated from metric sizes and set to 53.

Choices
Size$A_{c}$circular
Cu

Al
compact
Cu
shaped
Cu

Al
flexible
class 5/C

class 6/D
Value
26 AWG0.12811111111
24 AWG0.2051111111919
22 AWG0.3241111111919
0.5 mm$^2$0.51111111919
20 AWG0.5191111111919
0.75 mm$^2$0.751111111919
18 AWG0.8231111111919
1.0 mm$^2$11111111919
16 AWG1.311111111919
1.5 mm$^2$1.51111111919
14 AWG2.081111111937
2.5 mm$^2$2.51111111937
12 AWG3.317766661937
4 mm$^2$4.07766661937
10 AWG5.2617766661937
6 mm$^2$6.07766661937
8 AWG8.3677777771937
10 mm$^2$10.07766661937
6 AWG13.37777771937
16 mm$^2$16.07766661937
4 AWG21.157777771937
25 mm$^2$25.07766661937
3 AWG26.677777771937
2 AWG33.627777771937
35 mm$^2$35.07766661937
1 AWG42.411919181818183761
50 mm$^2$50.0191966663761
1/0 AWG53.491919181818183761
2/0 AWG67.431919181815153761
70 mm$^2$70.01919121212123761
3/0 AWG85.011919181815153761
95 mm$^2$95.01919181518153761
4/0 AWG107.21919181815153761
120 mm$^2$120.03737181518153761
250 kcmil127.03737353528286191
150 mm$^2$150.03737181518156191
300 kcmil152.03737353528286191
350 kcmil177.03737353528286191
185 mm$^2$185.03737303030306191
400 kcmil203.03737353528286191
240 mm$^2$240.03737343034306191
500 kcmil253.03737353528286191
300 mm$^2$300.06161343034306191
600 kcmil304.061615835282891127
700 kcmil355.061615847474791127
750 kcmil380.061615847474791127
400 mm$^2$400.061615353535391127
800 kcmil405.061615847474791127
900 kcmil456.061615847474791127
500 mm$^2$500.061615353535391127
1000 kcmil507.061615847474791127
630 mm$^2$630.0919153535353127169
1250 kcmil633.0919191535353127169
1500 kcmil760.0919191535353127169
800 mm$^2$800.0919153535353127169
1750 kcmil887.0919191535353169219
1000 mm$^2$1000.0919153535353169219
2000 kcmil1013.0127127127127127127169219
2250 kcmil1140.0127127127127127127169219
1200 mm$^2$1200.0127127271271271271169219
2500 kcmil1270.0127127271271271271169219
1400 mm$^2$1400.0127127271271271271169219
2750 kcmil1393.0169169271271271271217217
3000 kcmil1520.0169169271271271271217271
1600 mm$^2$1600.0169169271271271271217271
3500 kcmil1770.0169169271271271271217271
1800 mm$^2$1800.0169169271271271271217271
2000 mm$^2$2000.0217217271271271271271271
4000 kcmil2030.0217217271271271271271271
4500 kcmil2280.0217217271271271271271271
2500 mm$^2$2500.0217217271271271271271271
5000 kcmil2530.0217217271271271271271271
3000 mm$^2$3000.0217217271271271271271271
3200 mm$^2$3200.0217217271271271271271271
3500 mm$^2$3500.0217217271271271271271271
$n_{cycle}$Number of load cycles

The number of the same load cycles within 24 hours is used to calculate the characteristic diameter $D_x$ when using the method according to Heinhold. The method is described in the book 'Kabel und Leitungen für Starkstrom' by L. Heinhold, 5th edition 1999.

$N_e$Substitution coefficient $N_e$ to calculate factor $F_e$
Formulas
$\frac{R_e}{X_e}$trefoil or rectangular
$\frac{R_e}{X_e-\frac{X_m}{3}}$flat
$N_{hor}$Number of cable groups beside each other
$n_{Nu,r}$Factor n

Factor $n_{Nu}$ for the calculation of the Nusselt number.

Constant n for Nusselt number in natural convection according to the paper 'The thermal rating of overhead-line conductors part I. The steady-state thermal model' by V.T. Morgan, 1982.

Choices
Gr.PrnNu
Method Anders
10-10 - 10-20.058
10-2 - 1020.148
102 - 1040.188
104 - 1070.25
107 - 10120.333
Method Hartlein & Black, Chippendale, IEC 60287
104 - 1090.25
109 - 10130.4
$N_{ph}$Number of phases in system

Default
3

$n_{ph}$Number of phases in a cable

Number of conductor cores of equal size with the same load.

The cable may have more conductors such a neutral and ground wires.

Formulas
$n_c$
$n_{scw}$Number of wires screen
$N_{sea}$Number of subsea cables
Choices
NbType
11 cable
22 cables
33 cables
$n_{seg}$Number of segments Milliken conductor
Choices
NbType
4four segments
5five segments
6six segments
7seven segments
$N_{sum}$Total number of objects in an air-filled space
$n_{sw}$Number of wires skid wires
$N_{sys}$Number of parallel systems in the same confinement

Number of identical, parallel, and identically loaded systems in the same confinement such as in a common duct, in a tunnel (method IEC 60287-2-3) or on the same tray or ladder.

Default
1

$N_{ver}$Number of cable groups above each other
$N_X$Number of intervals

Number of intervals in the spatial discretization for the calculations.

Formulas
$\frac{z_{max}}{\Delta z}$
$\nu$Summation step 1 - $N_X$
$\nu_{air}$Kinematic viscosity air

The formula is taken from IEC 60287-2-3.

Default
1.6e-05

Formulas
$1.32{\cdot}{10}^{-5}+9.5{\cdot}{10}^{-8} \theta_{at}$
m$^2$/s
$\mathrm{Nu}_c$Nusselt number conductor—gas

The convective heat transfer in SF6, N2 and mixtures of SF6 and N2 between horizontal coaxial cylinders of various different dimensions was studied by J. Lis: 'Experimental investigation of natural convection heat transfer in simple and obstructed horizontal annuli', 1966. He carried out measurements of the Nu number and used the thermal conductivities of SF6 and its mixtures with N2 were taken from the work of J. Lis and P.O. Kellard: 'Measurements of the thermal conductivity of sulphur hexafluoride and a 50 percent (volume) mixture of SF6 and nitrogen', 1965.

According to the work of Lis, the Nu number can be expressed as a function of the product of Gr and Pr and the geometrical factor 1, which contains the ratio of the diameters of the cylinders. For conditions prevailing in compressed gas insulated (CGI) cables, that is for $10^{9}$ < $Gr \cdot Pr$ < $5 \cdot 10^{10}$, the formula published by R. Giblin: 'Transmission de la chaleur par convection naturelle', 1974 holds. The value of the exponent indicates that the heat is transferred by turbulent convection.

In order to keep the mathematical operations as simple as possible, the formula was rewritten without significant loss of accuracy by J. Vermeer: 'A simple formula for the calculation of the convective heat transfer between conductor and sheath in compressed gas insulated (CGI) cables', Elektra 87, 1983. CGI cables are comparable to gas insulated lines (GIL) and the CIGRE TB 218 'Gas Insulated Transmission Lines (GIL)', 2003 is based on this work.

The first two formulae are not used directly but an approximation is derived using a constant $c_{gas}$ depending on the gas concerned. Vermeer1983 published values of $c_{gas}$ for SF6 and N2, we derived values for Air, CO2 and O2 the same way for the Cableizer method.

Kuehn and Goldstein published in 'Correlating equations for natural convection heat transfer between horizontal circular cylinders', 1976 a correlation for natural convection heat transfer from a horizontal cylinder which is valid at any Rayleigh and Prandtl number. This equation is used directly in the method by Eteiba2002.

Formulas
$0.087\left(\mathrm{Gr}_c \mathrm{Pr}_{gas} \left(1-\frac{D_c}{D_{encl}}\right)^{6.5}\right)^{0.329}$Giblin1974 based on Lis&Kellard1965 (not used)
$0.079\left(\mathrm{Gr}_c \mathrm{Pr}_{gas} \left(1-\frac{D_c}{D_{encl}}\right)^{6.5}\right)^{0.333}$Vermeer1983 (not used directly)
$\frac{2}{\ln\left(1+\frac{2}{\left(\left(0.649{\mathrm{Ra}_c}^{\frac{1}{4}} \left(1+\left(\frac{0.559}{\mathrm{Pr}_{gas}}\right)^{\frac{3}{5}}\right)^{\frac{-5}{12}}\right)^{15}+\left(0.12{\mathrm{Ra}_c}^{0.333}\right)^{15}\right)^{0.0667}}\right)}$Kuehn&Goldstein1976 used in Eteiba2002
$\mathrm{Nu}_{encl}$Nusselt number gas—enclosure

The formula is based on Kuehn and Goldstein 'Correlating equations for natural convection heat transfer between horizontal circular cylinders', 1976 who presented a correlation for natural convection heat transfer from a horizontal cylinder which is valid at any Rayleigh and Prandtl number.

Formulas
$\frac{-2}{\ln\left(1-\frac{2}{\left(\left(0.587G_{encl} {\mathrm{Ra}_{encl}}^{\frac{1}{4}}\right)^{15}+\left(0.12{\mathrm{Ra}_{encl}}^{\frac{1}{4}}\right)^{15}\right)^{0.0667}}\right)}$
$\mathrm{Nu}_{ext}$Nusselt number riser—air

The equation for forced convection is the well-known Grimson correlation as published in the paper 'Correlation and Utilization of New Data on Flow Resistance and Heat Transfer for Cross Flow of Gases over Tube Banks' by E.D. Grimson, 1937.

Formulas
$c_{Nu,r} \left(\mathrm{Gr}_{ext} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}\right)^{n_{Nu,r}}$natural convection
$s_{Nu,r} {\mathrm{Re}_{air}}^{p_{Nu,r}} {\mathrm{Pr}_{gas}}^{0.333}$forced convection
$\nu_{gas}$Kinematic viscosity gas

The kinematic viscosity (also called momentum diffusivity) is the ratio of the dynamic viscosity $\mu$ to the density $\rho$.

It is a convenient concept when analyzing the Reynolds number, which expresses the ratio of the inertial forces to the viscous forces.

Formulas
$1.32{\cdot}{10}^{-5}+9.5{\cdot}{10}^{-8} \theta_{gas}$humid air @ 1 atm (IEC 60287-2-3)
$-1.1555{\cdot}{10}^{-14} {T_{gas}}^3+9.5728{\cdot}{10}^{-11} {T_{gas}}^2+0.7604{\cdot}{10}^{-8} T_{gas}+3.4484{\cdot}{10}^{-6}$air @ 1 bar (Dumas&Trancossi2009)
$\frac{\eta_{gas}}{\rho_{gas}}$general formula for gases
m$^2$/s
$\mathrm{Nu}_{gd}$Nusselt number gas—duct
Formulas
$none$Riser closed at both ends (Hartlein & Black)
$none$Riser open at both ends, $Ra$ >= 10^5 (Hartlein & Black IIa)
$0.63\left(\mathrm{Gr}_{gd} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}\right)^{0.25}$Riser open at both ends, 0.1 ≤ $Ra$ < 10^5 (Hartlein & Black IIb)
$\frac{1}{6.92} \left(\mathrm{Gr}_{gd} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}\right)^{0.28}$Riser open at top and closed at bottom, $10^{4.95} ≤ Gr \cdot Pr ≤ 10^{6.15}$ (Hartlein & Black)
$none$Riser closed at both ends (Anders)
$\frac{1}{9.07} \mathrm{Gr}_{gd} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}$Riser open at both ends, $Gr \cdot Pr < 10$ (Anders)
$0.62\left(\mathrm{Gr}_{gd} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}\right)^{0.25}$Riser open at both ends, otherwise (Anders)
$\frac{\mathrm{Gr}_{gd} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}}{400}$Riser open at top and closed at bottom, $Gr \cdot Pr < 200$ (Anders)
$0.35\left(\mathrm{Gr}_{gd} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}\right)^{0.28}$Riser open at top and closed at bottom, otherwise (Anders)
$\mathrm{Nu}_{int}$Nusselt number cable—riser
Formulas
$0.188{\mathrm{Ra}_{int}}^{0.322} \left(\frac{L_d}{\delta_d}\right)^{-0.238} \left(\frac{D_{di}}{D_o}\right)^{0.442}$
$\mathrm{Nu}_L$Nusselt number, ground—air

In heat transfer at a boundary (surface) within a fluid, the dimensionless Nusselt number is the ratio of convective to conductive heat transfer across (normal to) the boundary.

A Nusselt number close to one, namely convection and conduction of similar magnitude, is characteristic of laminar flow. A larger Nusselt number corresponds to more active convection, with turbulent flow typically in the range of 100 to 1000.

Formulas
$C_{Nu,L} {\mathrm{Ra}_L}^{\frac{1}{m_{Nu,L}}}$
$\mathrm{Nu}_{og}$Nusselt number cable—gas
Formulas
$c_{Nu,r} \left(\mathrm{Gr}_{og} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}\right)^{n_{Nu,r}}$Riser closed at both ends (Hartlein & Black)
$0.986{\mathrm{Ra}_{int}}^{0.177}$Riser open at both ends, 133 ≤ $Ra$ ≤ 7000 (Hartlein & Black IIa)
$c_{Nu,r} \left(\mathrm{Gr}_{og} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}\right)^{n_{Nu,r}}$Riser open at both ends, $Ra$ > 7000 (Hartlein & Black IIb)
$c_{Nu,r} \left(\mathrm{Gr}_{og} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}\right)^{n_{Nu,r}}$Riser open at top and closed at bottom (Hartlein & Black)
$0.797\left(\mathrm{Gr}_{og} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}\right)^{0.077} \left(\frac{L_d}{\delta_d}\right)^{-0.052} \left(\frac{D_{di}}{D_o}\right)^{0.505}$Riser closed at both ends, $Ra < 363 \cdot K^{0.25}G^{0.76}$ (Anders)
$0.188\left(\mathrm{Gr}_{og} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}\right)^{0.322} \left(\frac{L_d}{\delta_d}\right)^{-0.238} \left(\frac{D_{di}}{D_o}\right)^{0.442}$Riser closed at both ends, $363 \cdot K^{0.25}G^{0.76} < Ra < 2.3 \cdot 10^6$ (Anders)
$0.1103\mathrm{Gr}_{og} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}$Riser open at both ends, $Gr \cdot Pr < 10$ (Anders)
$0.62\left(\mathrm{Gr}_{og} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}\right)^{0.25}$Riser open at both ends, otherwise (Anders)
$c_{Nu,r} \left(\mathrm{Gr}_{og} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}\right)^{n_{Nu,r}}$Riser open at top and closed at bottom (Anders)
$\mathrm{Nu}_{prot}$Nusselt number surface—air
Formulas
$\left(0.6+\frac{0.387{\mathrm{Ra}_{prot}}^{\frac{1}{6}}}{\left(1+\left(\frac{0.559}{\mathrm{Pr}_{gas}}\right)^{\frac{9}{16}}\right)^{0.2963}}\right)^2$
$\nu_{sc}$Elongation screen

For round and flat wires, an elongation factor can be considered to calculate the effective cross-section area of the screen when stranded around the cable core. The value depends on the stranding angle and a typical value is around 3%.

Another method to consider the elongation would be the length of lay as used for the armour wires.

Default
3.0

$\%$
$\nu_{soil}$Soil moisture content

Moisture content of soil in % of dry weight.

The volumetric soil moisture content or simply soil moisture content is defined as the volume of water that can be removed from a volume of soil by drying the soil at 105°C. It may be expressed as a percentage or a fraction. The porosity of the soil (the relative volume of pores in a soil sample) represents the maximum soil moisture content.

Water content can be tested according ASTM D 2216-92 by determining the mass of the wet soil specimen and then drying the soil in an oven 12 - 16 hours at a temperature of 110°C. Values can vary from essentially 0% (near surface rubble, gravel or clean sand) up to 1200% (organic soil like fibrous peat).

Default
7.0

$\%$
$\mathrm{Nu}_w$Nusselt number surface—water

External surfaces of a subsea pipeline, cable (or duct) and internal sufaces of a subsea pipeline or duct come in contact with fluids (water), so convection heat transfer will occur when there is a temperature difference between the surface and the fluid. The convection coefficient is also called a film heat transfer coefficient in the flow assurance field because convection occurs at a film layer adjacent to the surface.

Convection heat transfer occurs between the fluid flowing and the surface. It depends on the fluid properties, the flow velocity, and the pipe diameter.

  • For the external convection, the correlation of average external convection coefficient suggested by Hilpert is widely used in inductry.
  • For the internal convection, Dittus and Boelter proposed the following dimensionless correlation for fully turbulent flow of single-phase fluids. The exponent of the Prandtl number is 0.4 if the fluid is being heated (which is considered), and 0.3 if the fluid is being cooled.

All of the properties used in the correlations are evaluated at the temperature of film between the external surface and the surrounding fluid or internal surface and internal fluid. Many of the parameters used in the correlation are themselves dependent on temperature. Because the temperature drop along most pipelines and cables is relatively small, average values for physical properties may be used.

Formulas
$C_{Nu,w} {\mathrm{Re}_w}^{m_{Nu,w}} {\mathrm{Pr}_w}^{0.333}$external
$0.0255{\mathrm{Re}_w}^{0.8} {\mathrm{Pr}_w}^{0.4}$internal
$3.66+\frac{0.0668\frac{D_{in}}{L_{leg}} \mathrm{Re}_w \mathrm{Pr}_w}{1+0.4\left(\frac{D_{in}}{L_{leg}} \mathrm{Re}_w \mathrm{Pr}_w\right)^{0.666}}$internal, laminar flow
$3.66$internal, laminar flow ($D_{in}$ ≪ $L_{leg}$)
$\nu_w$Kinematic viscosity water

The kinematic viscosity (also called momentum diffusivity) is the ratio of the dynamic viscosity $\mu$ to the density $\rho$. It is a convenient concept when analyzing the Reynolds number, which expresses the ratio of the inertial forces to the viscous forces.

Sources:

  • Values for fresh water are taken from the engineering toolbox .
  • Equation for fresh water is a third-degree polynominal function for the given values.

Formulas
$\frac{\eta_w}{\zeta_w}$general equation
$-1.312{\cdot}{10}^{-8} {\theta_w}^3+1.2973{\cdot}{10}^{-6} {\theta_w}^2-6.0154{\cdot}{10}^{-5} \theta_w+1.792{\cdot}{10}^{-3}$fresh water
Choices
Water0.01°C10°C20°C25°C30°C
Fresh water1.7918e-061.3065e-061.0035e-068.927e-078.007e-07
m$^2$/s
O$\omega$Angular frequency
Formulas
$2\pi f$
rad/s
P$p_{a,1}$Length of lay armour 1mm
$p_{a,2}$Length of lay armour 2mm
$p_{ab}$Apportioning factor armour bedding

Factor for apportioning the thermal capacitance of the armour bedding

Formulas
$\frac{1}{2\ln\left(\frac{D_{ar}}{D_{ab}-2t_{ab}}\right)}-\frac{1}{\left(\frac{D_{ar}}{D_{ab}-2t_{ab}}\right)^2-1}$
$p_{atm}$Atmospheric air pressure

The hypsometric equation is taken from the keisan online calculator .

The standard barometric height equation is valid for standard atmosphere with static pressure of 1013.25 hPa, air temperature of 15°C and a temperature gradient of 0.65 K per 100 m. The euqation is taken from Wikipedia .

Default
1013.25

Formulas
$1013.25\left(1-\frac{0.0065h_{atm}}{\theta_{at}+0.0065h_{atm}+\theta_{abs}}\right)^{5.257}$hypsometric equation for typical static pressure
$1013.25\left(1-\frac{0.0065h_{atm}}{288.15}\right)^{5.255}$standard barometric height equation for standard atmosphere (15°C)
hPa
$P_C$Charging capacity
Formulas
$n_{ph} {U_e}^2 \omega C_b$
var/m
$p_{cb}$Minor ratio of section lengths
Formulas
$\frac{a_{S2}}{a_{S1}}$
$p_{comp}$Gas pressure in compartmentbar
$P_G$Active power generator-side

Active power is the portion of instantaneous power that, averaged over a complete cycle of the AC waveform, results in net transfer of energy in one direction is known as instantaneous active power. Its time average is known as active power or real power.

kW
$p_{gas}$Pressure gas

Note: 1 Pa = 1 kg/(m.s$^2$) = 0.01 hPa

Default
101325

Formulas
$101325$standard atmosphere of 1 bar
$287.1\rho_{gas} T_{gas}$air (ideal gas)
$296.8\rho_{gas} T_{gas}$N2 (Vermeer1983, ideal gas)
$\frac{56.93\rho_{gas}}{230+T_{gas}}$SF6 (Vermeer1983)
$R_{gas} \rho_{gas} T_{gas}$ideal gas
Pa
$p_i$Apportioning factor insulation

Factor for apportioning the thermal capacitance of the insulation (dielectric) for calculations of partial transients for long durations.

If changes in load current and system voltage occur at the same time, then an additional transient temperature rise due to the dielectric loss has to be calculated. For cables at voltages up to and including 275 kV, it is sufficient to assume that half of the dielectric loss is produced at the conductor and the other half at the insulation screen or sheath. The cable thermal circuit is derived by the method given with the Van Wormer coefficient computed from equations for long- and short-duration transients, respectively. For paper-insulated cables operating at voltages higher than 275 kV, the dielectric loss is an important fraction of the total loss and the Van Wormer coefficient is calculated by the third equation. In practical calculations for all voltage levels for which dielectric losses are important, half of the dielectric loss is added to the conductor loss and half to the sheath loss; therefore, the loss coefficients ($1+\lambda_1$) and ($1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2$) are used to evaluate thermal resistances and capacitances are set equal to 2.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{2\ln\left(\frac{D_i}{d_{c,t}}\right)}-\frac{1}{\left(\frac{D_i}{d_{c,t}}\right)^2-1}$long-term transients
$\frac{1}{\ln\left(\frac{D_i}{d_{c,t}}\right)}-\frac{1}{\frac{D_i}{d_{c,t}}-1}$short-term transients
$\frac{\left(\frac{D_i}{d_{c,t}}\right)^2 \ln\left(\frac{D_i}{d_{c,t}}\right)-{\ln\left(\frac{D_i}{d_{c,t}}\right)}^2-\frac{\left(\frac{D_i}{d_{c,t}}\right)^2-1}{2}}{\left(\left(\frac{D_i}{d_{c,t}}\right)^2-1\right) {\ln\left(\frac{D_i}{d_{c,t}}\right)}^2}$dielectric loss for paper-insulated cables $U_o$ > 275 kV
$p_j$Apportioning factor jacket

Factor for apportioning the thermal capacitance of a cable jacket/oversheath

Formulas
$\frac{1}{2\ln\left(\frac{D_e}{D_{ar}}\right)}-\frac{1}{\left(\frac{D_e}{D_{ar}}\right)^2-1}$
$P_L$Active power load-side

The maximum transmitted power in an underground radial link is dependent on the frequency, length and voltage across the insulation.

For lower voltages the critical length is longer when the conductor area is larger (due to higher rating). At higher voltages as the conductor area increases the capacitance increases and counters the increase of critical length due to higher current ratings seen at lower voltages.

For actual systems as discussed above it is mandatory to do a system planning study which determines the actual current taking into account required load currents, charging current in the cable, and other reactive currents in the wider power system.

It should be noted that the charging current will vary along the length of the cable route. The thermal bottleneck of the cable system may not be at the end of the circuit and the required current carrying capacity (taking into account both load and charging current) should be verified at the position that the thermal bottleneck occurs.

As DC cable systems have no charging currents the length of a DC cable system does not have the same considerations and this is an advantage of such systems.

Formulas
$\sqrt{S_G-\left(10\omega C_b L_{sys} U_o{\cdot}{10}^{-3}\right)^2}$
kW
$p_{Mie}$Factor $p$ (Mie1905)

Factor $p_{Mie}$ for the calculation of the geometric factor for multi-core cables according to Gustav Mie, 'Das Problem der Wärmeleitung in einem verseilten electrischen Kabel', 1905.

Formulas
$\frac{1+\alpha_p \beta_p+\sqrt{\left(1-{\alpha_p}^2\right) \left(1-{\beta_p}^2\right)}}{\alpha_p+\beta_p}$
$p_{Nu,r}$Factor p

Factor $p_{Nu}$ for the calculation of the Nusselt number.

Constant p for Nusselt number in forced convection according to the book 'Heat Transfer' by J.P. Holman, McGraw-Hill, 1990.

Choices
RepNu
0.4 - 40.33
4 - 400.385
40 - 40000.466
4000 - 400000.618
40000 - 4000000.805
$p_{shj}$Apportioning factor sheath jacket

Factor for apportioning the thermal capacitance of the jacket around each core of multi-core subsea cables.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{2\ln\left(\frac{D_{shj}}{D_{sh}}\right)}-\frac{1}{\left(\frac{D_{shj}}{D_{sh}}\right)^2-1}$
$p_{soil}$Depth of image source
Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{\rho_E}{4\pi f \pi{\cdot}{10}^{-7}}}$f > 0
${10}^6$freq = 0
$p_{tr}$Effective perimeter trough

The part of the perimeter of the cable trough which is effective for heat dissipation. If the trough is shaded, then the perimeter is the whole inner surface.

If the trough is exposed to solar radiation, then the top cover is not considered effective for heat transfer.

Formulas
$2w_t+2h_t$shaded troughs
$w_t+2h_t$unshaded troughs
m
$p_w$Pressure water

Assuming the density of sea water to be 1025 kg/m$^3$ (in fact it is slightly variable), pressure increases by 1 atm with each 10 m of depth.

Deep in the ocean, under high pressure, seawater can reach a density of 1050 kg/m$^3$ or higher.

Default
1.0

Formulas
$10d_w \zeta_w g{\cdot}{10}^{-6}$
bar
$P_X$Substitution coefficient P to calculate loss factor by circulating currents

Definition for flat arrangement is according to IEC 60287-1-1 clause 2.3.3
Definition for rectangular arrangement is according to publication 'General Calculations Excerpt from Prysmian Wire and Cable Engineering Guide' (2015)

Formulas
$X_e+X_m$flat
$X_e+\frac{X_m}{2}$rectangular
$\phi$Angle of power factor
Formulas
$\\arccos\left(\mathrm{cos}\varphi\right)$
rad
$\Phi_{air}$Relative humidity air

Relative humidity (RH or $\Phi$) is the ratio of the partial pressure of water vapor to the equilibrium vapor pressure of water at a given temperature. Relative humidity depends on temperature and the pressure of the system of interest. The same amount of water vapor results in higher relative humidity in cool air than warm air.

$\%$
$\phi_{ar}$Angle between armour and cable axis

Angle between axis of armour wire and axis of cable.

Formulas
$\\arctan\left(\frac{\pi d_{ar}}{L_{lay,ar}}\right)$
rad
$\phi_{arc}$Bend angle

The angle of a bend is entered as [°] for convenience but then converted to [rad] for the calculations. The angle of a bend can be either in horizontal or vertical direction.

rad
$\phi_{el}$Angle to the plane of a section

For a horizontal plane, the angle is zero.

For an upward slope (positive elevation), the angle is positive. For an angle of 90°, the pulling is straight up.

For a downward slope (negative elevation), the angle is negative. For an angle of -90°, the pulling is straight down.

The installation of HV cables in vertical shafts is very dangerous. You must be fully aware of the risks involved and the installation must be handled by professionals. The Cableizer cable pulling module cannot be used to determine if it’s safe or not.

rad
$\phi_{tr}$Parameter $\phi$ trough
Formulas
$2.13\left(\frac{t_t}{h_t}+0.05\right)^{-0.39} \left(\frac{w_t}{h_t}\right)^{0.065}$
$\pi$Archimedes' constant $\pi$

The constant $\pi$ represents the area of the unit circle, the half-period of trigonometric functions, and many other things in mathematics.

Default
3.141592653589793

$\mathrm{Pr}_{air}$Prandtl number air

The Prandtl number is a dimensionless number, defined as the ratio of kinematic viscosity (also called momentum diffusivity) to thermal diffusivity.

Values are taken from the engineering toolbox .

The formula is taken from IEC 60287-2-3 and is valid for atmospheric pressure.

Formulas
$0.715-2.5{\cdot}{10}^{-4} \theta_{at}$
Choices
Gaspressure220 K240 K260 K273 K300 K320 K340 K360 K380 K400 K
Air1 bar0.7210.7170.7130.7110.7090.7050.7030.7010.70.699
Air5 bar0.7280.7220.7180.7150.7110.7080.7050.7030.7020.701
Air10 bar0.7360.7290.7230.720.7140.7110.7080.7060.7040.703
Air20 bar0.7540.7420.7340.7290.7220.7170.7140.7110.7090.706
$\mathrm{Pr}_{gas}$Prandtl number gas

The Prandtl number is a dimensionless number, defined as the ratio of kinematic viscosity (also called momentum diffusivity) to thermal diffusivity.

Equation for humid air is taken from paper by P.T. Tsilingiris: 'Thermophysical and transport properties of humid air at temperature range between 0 and 100°C', 2007

Formulas
$0.7215798365-3.703124976{\cdot}{10}^{-4} \theta_{gas}+2.240599044{\cdot}{10}^{-5} {\theta_{gas}}^2-4.162785412{\cdot}{10}^{-7} {\theta_{gas}}^3+4.969218948{\cdot}{10}^{-9} {\theta_{gas}}^4$humid air @ 1 atm (Tsilingiris2007)
$0.715-2.5{\cdot}{10}^{-4} \theta_{gas}$humid air @ 1 atm (IEC 60287-2-3)
$\frac{c_{p,gas} \eta_{gas}}{k_{gas}}$general formula for gases
$\mathrm{Pr}_w$Prandtl number water

The Prandtl number is a dimensionless number, defined as the ratio of kinematic viscosity (also called momentum diffusivity) to thermal diffusivity.

Default
6.9

Formulas
$\frac{c_{p,w} \eta_w}{k_w}$
Q$q_1$Ratio of losses screen bedding,screen serving

Ratio of losses in conductor and screen/sheath to losses in conductor.

Formulas
$1+\lambda_1$Single-core cables and multi-core cables type SS and CC
$1+\frac{\lambda_1}{2}$multi-core cables type SC
$q_2$Ratio of losses armour bedding

Ratio of losses in conductor, screen/sheath, and armour to losses in conductor.

Formulas
$1+\lambda_1$
$q_3$Ratio of losses affecting jacket

Ratio of losses in conductor, screen/sheath and armour to losses in conductor.

Formulas
$1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3$
$q_4$Ratio of losses environment

Ratio of current-dependent losses in conductor, screen/sheath, armour and pipe to losses in conductor. Voltage-dependent losses (dielectric losses) are not included in this ratio.

The ratio corresponds to $1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3+\lambda_4$.

Formulas
$1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3+\lambda_4$
$Q_A$Thermal capacitance A transient thermal circuit
Formulas
$Q_c+p_i Q_i$long-term transients
$Q_c+p_i Q_{i1}$short-term transients
J/(m.K)
$Q_{ab}$Thermal capacitance armour bedding

The thermal capacitance of the nonmetallic armour bedding layer can be divided into two parts using the Van Wormer factor.

Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_{ab} A_{ab}}{{10}^6}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_{ar}$Thermal capacitance armour
Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_{ar} A_{ar}}{{10}^6}$
J/(m.K)
$q_{ar}$Ratio of losses armour

Ratio of losses in conductor, screen/sheath and armour to losses in conductor.

Formulas
$1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2$
$Q_B$Thermal capacitance B transient thermal circuit
Formulas
$Q_{B,i}+Q_{B,s}+Q_{B,f}+Q_{B,ab}+Q_{B,j}+Q_{B,d}$Cableizer
$\left(\left(1-p_i\right) Q_i+\frac{Q_{sc}+Q_{sh}+p_j Q_j}{q_1}\right) \frac{1}{n_c}$IEC 60853
J/(m.K)
$Q_{B,ab}$Thermal capacitance B transient thermal circuit, armour bedding
Formulas
$\frac{\left(\frac{q_2 \left(T_2+T_3+T_{4i}+T_{4ii}\right)}{T_B}\right)^2 p_{ab} Q_{ab}}{q_2}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_{B,d}$Thermal capacitance B transient thermal circuit, duct
Formulas
$\frac{\left(\frac{q_4 \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}\right)}{T_B}\right)^2 \left(\left(1-p_j\right) Q_j+Q_{d,fill}+Q_d\right)}{q_4}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_{B,f}$Thermal capacitance B transient thermal circuit, filler
Formulas
$0$single-core cables
$\frac{\left(\frac{q_f \left(T_2+T_3+T_{4i}+T_{4ii}\right)}{T_B}\right)^2 Q_f}{q_f}$multi-core cables
J/(m.K)
$Q_{B,i}$Thermal capacitance B transient thermal circuit, insulation
Formulas
$\frac{\left(1-p_i\right) Q_i}{n_c}$long-term transients
$\frac{\left(1-p_i\right) Q_{i,t1}+p_i Q_{i,t2}}{n_c}+\frac{\left(\frac{T_B-\frac{T_1}{2n_c}}{T_B}\right)^2 \left(1-p_i\right) Q_{i,t2}}{n_c}$short-term transients
J/(m.K)
$Q_{B,j}$Thermal capacitance B transient thermal circuit, jacket
Formulas
$\frac{\left(\frac{q_3 \left(T_3+T_{4i}+T_{4ii}\right)}{T_B}\right)^2 \left(\left(1-p_{ab}\right) Q_{ab}+Q_{ar}+p_j Q_j\right)}{q_3}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_{B,s}$Thermal capacitance B transient thermal circuit, screen/sheath
Formulas
$\frac{Q_{sc}+Q_{sh}}{q_1 n_c}$long-term transients
$\frac{\left(\frac{T_B-\frac{T_1}{2n_c}}{T_B}\right)^2 \left(Q_{sc}+Q_{sh}\right)}{q_1 n_c}$short-term transients
J/(m.K)
$Q_c$Thermal capacitance conductor

The capacitance of the equivalent conductor for multi-core cables is equal to the sum of the capacitances of the conductors plus the capacitance of that portion of the insulation which is enclosed within the perimeter of the equivalent conductor.

Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_c A_c}{{10}^6}$IEC 60853
$\frac{F_{lay,c} \sigma_c A_c}{{10}^6}$Increased area for stranded conductors
$\frac{1.05\sigma_c A_c}{{10}^6}$Test case for Draft CIGRE WG B1.72
J/(m.K)
$Q_{c,t}$Thermal capacitance conductor transient (IEC 60853)

The capacitance of the equivalent conductor for multi-core cables is equal to the sum of the capacitances of the conductors plus the capacitance of that portion of the insulation which is enclosed within the perimeter of the equivalent conductor.

Formulas
$Q_c$cables, round conductors
$Q_c+\frac{\sigma_i n_c d_c t_{i1}}{{10}^6}$multi-core cables, sector-shaped conductors
J/(m.K)
$q_{cb}$Major ratio of section lengths
Formulas
$\frac{a_{S3}}{a_{S1}}$
$Q_{ct}$Thermal capacitance conductor tape (IEC 60853)

The capacitance of the equivalent conductor for multi-core cables is equal to the sum of the capacitances of the conductors plus the capacitance of that portion of the insulation which is enclosed within the perimeter of the equivalent conductor.

Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_i \left(\left(\frac{d_c}{2}+t_{ct}\right)^2-\left(\frac{d_c}{2}\right)^2\right)}{{10}^6}$single-core cables
$\frac{\sigma_i \left(\left(\frac{d_c}{2}+t_{ct}\right)^2-\left(\frac{d_c}{2}\right)^2\right)}{{10}^6}$multi-core cables, round conductors
$\frac{\frac{\sigma_i \left(\left(\frac{d_c}{2}+t_{ct}\right)^2-\left(\frac{d_c}{2}\right)^2\right)}{{10}^6}}{n_c}$multi-core cables, sector-shaped conductors
J/(m.K)
$Q_d$Thermal capacitance duct wall
Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_d A_d}{{10}^6}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_{d,fill}$Thermal capacitance duct filling

Thermal capacitance of the material the duct is filled with such as air, bentonite, oil.

Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_{d,fill} A_{d,fill}}{{10}^6}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_f$Thermal capacitance filler
Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_f A_f}{{10}^6}$
J/(m.K)
$q_f$Ratio of losses filler

Ratio of losses in conductor and screen/sheath to losses in conductor affecting the filler of multi-core cables.

Formulas
$1+\lambda_1$separate screen / separate sheaths (type SS)
$1+\frac{\lambda_1}{2}$separate screen / common sheath (type SC)
$1$common screen / common sheath (type CC)
$Q_G$Reactive power generator-side

Reactive power is the portion of instantaneous power that results in no net transfer of energy but instead oscillates between the source and load in each cycle due to stored energy.

kvar
$Q_i$Thermal capacitance insulation
Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_i A_i}{{10}^6}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_{i,t}$Thermal capacitance insulation (IEC 60853)
Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_i A_{i,t}}{{10}^6}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_{i,t1}$Thermal capacitance insulation, 1st portion (IEC 60853)

his corresponds to $\sigma\cdot{A_i}$

Formulas
$\frac{\frac{\sigma_i \pi}{4} d_{c,t} \left(D_{i,t}-d_{c,t}\right)}{{10}^6}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_{i,t2}$Thermal capacitance insulation, 2nd portion (IEC 60853)
Formulas
$\frac{\frac{\sigma_i \pi}{4} D_{i,t} \left(D_{i,t}-d_{c,t}\right)}{{10}^6}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_j$Thermal capacitance jacket
Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_j A_j}{{10}^6}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_L$Reactive power load-side

Reactive power is the portion of instantaneous power that results in no net transfer of energy but instead oscillates between the source and load in each cycle due to stored energy.

kvar
$q_{Mie}$Factor $q$ (Mie1905)

Factor $q_p$ for the calculation of the factors $\alpha_p$ and $\beta_p$ used to calculate the geometric factor of multi-core cables with round conductors according to Gustav Mie, 'Das Problem der Wärmeleitung in einem verseilten electrischen Kabel', 1905.

Formulas
$\frac{c_c-n_c r_c}{c_c+n_c r_c}$
$Q_s$Thermal capacitance sheath+sheath
Formulas
$Q_{sc}+Q_{sh}$
J/(m.K)
$q_s$Ratio of losses screen/sheath

Ratio of losses in conductor and screen/sheath to losses in conductor.

Formulas
$1+\lambda_1$
$Q_{sc}$Thermal capacitance screen
Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_{sc} A_{sc}}{{10}^6}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_{scb}$Thermal capacitance screen bedding
Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_{scb} A_{scb}}{{10}^6}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_{scs}$Thermal capacitance screen serving
Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_{scs} A_{scs}}{{10}^6}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_{sh}$Thermal capacitance sheath
Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_{sh} A_{sh}}{{10}^6}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_{shj}$Thermal capacitance sheath jacket
Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_{shj} A_{shj}}{{10}^6}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_{sp}$Thermal capacitance steel pipe

Thermal capacitance of steel pipe for pipe-type cables.

Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_{sp} A_{sp}}{{10}^6}$
J/(m.K)
$Q_{sr}$Reactive power shunt reactor

The shunt reactor works like an absorber for reactive power such as capacitive power generated by the high capacity of high voltage cables. A traditional shunt reactor has a fixed rating and is either connected to the power line all the time or switched in and out depending on the load. The active power from shunt reactors can be considered negligible.

With increasing load variations in today’s system, variable shunt reactors (VSR) are developed as a means to provide more controllability for grid operators in reactive power management by continuously adjusting the compensation according to the load variation.

On long cable lines, shunt reactors can be placed on one end only, on both end and sometimes even in between.

kvar
$Q_{tot}$Thermal capacitance, transient

Total thermal capacitance of cable for transient calculations.

Formulas
$Q_{c,t}+Q_{i,t}+Q_{scb}+Q_{sc}+Q_{scs}+Q_{sh}+Q_{ab}+Q_{ar}+Q_j$single-core cables
$Q_{c,t}+Q_{i,t}+Q_f+Q_{scb}+Q_{sc}+Q_{scs}+Q_{sh}+Q_{ab}+Q_{ar}+Q_j$multi-core cables type CC
$Q_{c,t}+Q_{i,t}+n_c \left(Q_{scb}+Q_{sc}+Q_{scs}\right)+Q_f+Q_{sh}+Q_{ab}+Q_{ar}+Q_j$multi-core cables type SC
$Q_{c,t}+Q_{i,t}+n_c \left(Q_{scb}+Q_{sc}+Q_{scs}+Q_{sh}\right)+Q_f+Q_{ab}+Q_{ar}+Q_j$multi-core cables type SS
$Q_{c,t}+Q_{i,t}+n_c \left(Q_{scb}+Q_{sc}+Q_{scs}+Q_{sh}+Q_{shj}\right)+Q_f+Q_{ab}+Q_{ar}+Q_j$multi-core cables type SS, jacket over each sheath
J/(m.K)
$Q_X$Substitution coefficient Q to calculate loss factor by circulating currents

Definition for flat arrangement is according to IEC 60287-1-1 clause 2.3.3
Definition for rectangular arrangement is according to publication 'General Calculations Excerpt from Prysmian Wire and Cable Engineering Guide' (2015)

Formulas
$X_e-\frac{X_m}{3}$flat
$X_e-\frac{X_m}{6}$rectangular
$q_x$Factor characteristic diameter

The factor for characteristic diameter by Dorison $q_x$ is used to calculate the characteristic diameter.

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{2\pi}{\tau \delta_{soil}}}$general case
$\sqrt{\frac{2\pi}{86400\delta_{soil}}}$for daily transient load variations
$\sqrt{\frac{2\pi}{604800\delta_{soil}}}$for weekly transient load variations
$\sqrt{\frac{2\pi}{31557600\delta_{soil}}}$for yearly transient load variations
R$r_1$Construction circle circumscribing the shaped conductors

For sector-shaped conductors the input of $d_c$ is the diameter encircling the conductors.

Formulas
$\frac{d_c}{2}$
mm
$R_1$Positive sequence resistance

Definition according to 'Fundamentals of calculation of earth potential rise in the underground power distribution cable network' (Parsoatam1997)

Formulas
$R_c$general case
$R_{cDC} \left(1+\lambda_2\right)$armoured three-core cables bonded at both sides
$R_{cDC} \left(1+y_p+y_s+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right)$pipe-type cables
$\Omega$/m
$R_{ar}$Electrical resistance armour

Electrical resistance of armour at operating temperature.

Formulas
${10}^6\frac{\rho_{ar}}{A_{ar}}$at 20°C, IEC 60287-1-1
${10}^6\frac{f_{ar} \rho_{ar}}{A_{ar}}$at 20°C, IEC 60287-1-1, CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 34
$F_{lay,ar} R_{ar}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 32, at 20°C
$R_{ar} \left(1+\alpha_{ar} \left(\theta_{ar}-20\right)\right)$at operating temperature DC
$\Omega$/m
$r_{arc}$Bend radius

This is the radius to the centerline of the bend.

When calculating the sidewall bearing pressure $F_{rad}$ the inside bending radius of the conduit is used instead, which is calculated as $r_{arc}-Di_{d}/2000$.

The smallest inside bending radius along the cable route should always be larger than the allowed minimal bending radius $r_{mbp}$.

m
$r_b$Equivalent radius backfill

Equivalent radius of the backfill area.

Formulas
$e^{\frac{\operatorname{Min}\left(w_b, h_b\right)}{2\operatorname{Max}\left(w_b, h_b\right)} \left(\frac{4}{\pi}-\frac{\operatorname{Min}\left(w_b, h_b\right)}{\operatorname{Max}\left(w_b, h_b\right)}\right) \ln\left(1+\left(\frac{\operatorname{Max}\left(w_b, h_b\right)}{\operatorname{Min}\left(w_b, h_b\right)}\right)^2\right)+\ln\left(\frac{\operatorname{Min}\left(w_b, h_b\right)}{2}\right)}$rectangular backfill
$\frac{d_b}{2}$circular backfill
mm
$r_c$Radius conductor
Formulas
$\frac{d_c}{2}$round conductors
$\frac{d_x}{2}$sector-shaped conductors
$\frac{D_c}{2}$PAC/GIL
mm
$R_c$Electrical resistance conductor

Electrical AC resistance of conductor at operating temperature.

Skin effect in solid round circular conductors and proximity effects between solid round circular conductors were deeply investigated, specially by A.H.M. Arnold, and formulae were worked out for $y_s$ and $y_p$, through tedious calculations to approximate the Bessel's functions involved in the solution of Maxwell's equations.

CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 25: In case of single- and three-core magnetic armoured or shielded cables, the AC resistance of the conductor should be calculated with the factor 1.5 like for pipe type cable systems.

Formulas
$R_{cDC} \left(1+y_s+y_p\right)$AC resistance of cable conductor at operating temperature
$R_{cDC} \left(1+1.5\left(y_s+y_p\right)\right)$AC resistance of pipe-type cable conductor at operating temperature
$R_{cDC} \left(1+y_c\right)$AC resistance of PAC/GIL conductor at operating temperature
$R_{cDC}$Resistance of conductor at operating temperature
$F_{lay,3c} R_c$AC resistance of cable conductor at operating temperature
$\Omega$/m
$R_{c1}$Thermal resistance part 1

This considers the insulation including the conductor shield (inner semi-conducting layer) but without the insulation screen. The insulation screen is added to the 2nd loop.

Formulas
$T_1$single-core cables
$\frac{T_1}{3}$three-core cables
K.m/W
$R_{c2}$Thermal resistance part 2

This considers the screen bedding and serving plus the insulation screen. For three-core cables, this also includes the jacket over each sheath.

Formulas
$T_{is}+T_{scb}+T_{scs}$single-core cables
$\frac{T_{is}}{3}+\frac{T_{scb}}{3}+\frac{T_{scs}}{3}+\frac{T_{shj}}{3}$three-core cables
K.m/W
$R_{c20}$Electrical resistance DC conductor 20°C

Electrical DC resistance of conductor at 20°C.

Formulas
${10}^6\frac{\rho_c}{A_c}$at 20°C, IEC 60287
${10}^6\frac{F_{lay,3c} \rho_c}{A_c}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 23, at 20°C
$\Omega$/m
$R_{c3}$Thermal resistance part 3
Formulas
$T_j$single-core cables, without armour
$T_{ab}$single-core cables, with armour
$T_2-\frac{T_{shj}}{3}+T_{ab}$three-core cables
K.m/W
$R_{c4}$Thermal resistance part 4
Formulas
$T_j$single-core cables, with armour
$T_j$three-core cables
K.m/W
$R_{c,ins}$Electrical resistance @ field limited conductor temperature
Formulas
$R_{c20} \left(1+\alpha_c \left(\theta_{c,ins}-20\right)\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$R_{cDC}$Electrical resistance DC conductor

Electrical DC resistance of conductor at operating temperature.

Formulas
$R_{c20} \left(1+\alpha_c \left(\theta_c-20\right)\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$R_{CG}$Thermal resistance multi-layer backfill

Overall thermal resistance between buried cables in a multi-layer backfill and the ground surface.

All resistances $R_q$ are calculated once for the side with shorter distance to the backfill boundary, and once for the other side. The resistances were defined in the paper by R. de Lieto Vollaro et.al: 'Experimental study of thermal field deriving from an underground electrical power cable buried in non-homogeneous soils', 2014. The total resistance to ambient $T_{4iii}$ is calculated by taking the two values of $R_{CG}$ for the two sides in parallel.

Within the range of variability as given in the paper by R. de Lieto Vollaro et.al: 'Thermal analysis of underground electrical power cables buried in non-homogeneous soils', 2011, the best fit of the numerical data for the overall thermal resistance $R_{CG}$ was derived by way of Montecarlo optimization method. The method has a 3.6 % standard deviation of error and a 10 % range of relative error with a 98 % level of confidence. The paper points out that if the trench is filled with a single backfilling material (i.e., $\rho_{b1}$ = $\rho_{b2}$ = $\rho_{b}$), which means that the method from IEC 60287 can be applied, the range of relative error of the results obtained through the IEC method is +/- 35 %. Whenever the trench is filled with layers of different materials stacked one above the other, the only possibility of application of the IEC 60287 is to replace the actual multiple filling of the trench with a single fictitious material having an equivalent thermal resistivity given by the weighted average of the thermal resistivities of the backfilling layers and the cable bedding, in which the weights are their thicknesses. In such case, the order of the errors is noticeably much higher with +250 / -45 % than that corresponding to the use of the multi-layer method.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\frac{1}{R_{q11}+R_{q12}+R_{q13}}+\frac{1}{R_{q21}+R_{q22}}+\frac{1}{R_{q31}+R_{q32}}}$
K.m/W
$R_{co}$Standard DC resistance of conductor

From standard IEC 60228 Ed.3.0 and UL 1581 (up to 2000 kcmil) and ASTM B8-11/B231-04 and ICEA S-94-649-2000 (2500 kcmil and above).

Please note that the value for aluminium with 2500 mm$^2$ was changed from 0.0127 to 0.0119 in the new edition 4 of IEC 60288 published end of 2024. If you want to use the value from the currently still valid edition 3, you can set it manually in the cable editor.

The fact that triplex or three core cables are twisted together leads to the possible need of a correction factor, the lay length factor $F_{lay}$, to take into account the longer length of the cores, considering the length of lay $L_{lay}$.If the manufacturer provides an electrical resistance value, the electrical resistance value must be valid for the cable, meaning that the $F_{lay}$ should already be included.This holds for any type of power cable, including three-core constructions and cables that are delivered as triplex constructions. Correction factors for lay length are not required where conductors comply with IEC 60228 but they are required for AWG/kcmil conductors to IEC TR 62602 and are given in that publication.
If the electrical resistance of a power cable is not provided by the manufacturer, the lay lengths must be taken into account manually. Then, the electrical resistance calculated on the basis of the conductor cross section must be multiplied by the $F_{lay}$ to take the effect of the twisting into account, refer to CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 23.

The tabulated standard DC resistance values for cable conductors at 20°C are in $\Omega$/km. For calculation, values in in $\Omega$/m are used.

Formulas
${10}^9\frac{\rho_c}{A_c}$at 20°C, IEC 60287
${10}^9F_{lay,c} \frac{4\rho_c}{n_{cw} \pi {d_{cw}}^2}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 20, at 20°C
Choices
Size
Area
mm²
solid
copper
plain
solid
copper
coated
solid
alu
stranded
copper
plain
stranded
copper
coated
stranded
alu
flexible
class 5/C
copper
plain
flexible
class 5/C
copper
coated
flexible
class 6/D
copper
plain
flexible
class 6/D
copper
coated
26 AWG0.128138143225140150230
24 AWG0.20585.989.314187.694.2144
22 AWG0.32454.356.488.955.459.490.9
0.5 mm$^2$0.536.036.757.4736.036.757.4739.040.139.040.1
20 AWG0.51933.935.255.434.636.757.1
0.75 mm$^2$0.7524.524.838.3124.524.838.3126.026.726.026.7
18 AWG0.82321.422.235.121.823.235.8
1.0 mm$^2$1.018.118.228.7418.118.228.7419.520.019.520.0
1.25 mm$^2$1.2515.616.1
16 AWG1.3113.514.022.013.714.622.5
1.5 mm$^2$1.512.112.219.1612.112.219.1613.313.713.313.7
14 AWG2.088.458.7813.88.628.9614.18.79.248.619.25
2.5 mm$^2$2.57.417.5611.497.417.5611.497.988.217.988.21
12 AWG3.315.315.538.715.435.648.885.485.815.535.94
4 mm$^2$4.04.614.77.184.614.77.184.955.094.955.09
10 AWG5.2613.3433.4765.4793.4093.5465.5893.453.663.483.73
6 mm$^2$6.03.083.114.793.083.114.793.33.393.33.39
8 AWG8.3672.1022.1633.4462.1442.233.5152.182.332.182.35
10 mm$^2$10.01.831.843.081.831.843.081.911.951.911.95
6 AWG13.31.3231.3632.1681.3481.4032.2111.381.461.391.49
16 mm$^2$16.01.151.161.911.151.161.911.211.241.211.24
4 AWG21.150.83150.85591.3630.84810.8821.390.8650.9180.8730.937
25 mm$^2$25.00.7271.20.7270.7341.20.780.7950.780.795
3 AWG26.670.65950.67881.0810.67270.69961.1030.6860.7280.6990.744
2 AWG33.620.52310.53840.85740.53350.55480.87450.5470.580.5540.595
35 mm$^2$35.00.5240.8680.5240.5290.8680.5540.5650.5540.565
1 AWG42.410.41460.42680.67980.4230.43980.69340.4340.460.440.472
50 mm$^2$50.00.3870.6410.3870.3910.6410.3860.3930.3860.393
1/0 AWG53.490.32870.33670.5390.33540.34870.54980.3440.3570.3490.374
2/0 AWG67.430.26080.2670.42750.2660.27660.43610.2720.2840.2760.3
70 mm$^2$70.00.2680.4430.2680.270.4430.2720.2770.2720.277
3/0 AWG85.010.20690.21190.33920.2110.21940.34590.2160.2240.2210.238
95 mm$^2$95.00.1930.320.1930.1950.320.2060.210.2060.21
4/0 AWG107.20.1640.1680.26890.16730.17220.27430.1720.180.1750.189
120 mm$^2$120.00.1530.2530.1530.1540.2530.1610.1640.1610.164
250 kcmil127.00.14160.14730.23220.1460.1250.1490.159
150 mm$^2$150.00.1240.2060.1240.1260.2060.1290.1320.1290.132
300 kcmil152.00.1180.12270.19350.1210.1260.1230.133
350 kcmil177.00.10110.10520.16590.1040.1080.1060.114
185 mm$^2$185.00.1010.1640.09910.10.1640.1060.1080.1060.108
400 kcmil203.00.088510.091090.1450.09110.09480.09280.0997
240 mm$^2$240.00.07750.1250.07540.07620.1250.08010.08170.08010.0817
500 kcmil253.00.07080.072870.11610.07290.07580.07430.0798
300 mm$^2$300.00.0620.10.06010.06070.10.06410.06540.06410.0654
600 kcmil304.00.0590.061350.096730.06130.06380.06190.0664
700 kcmil355.00.050570.052050.082910.05250.05470.0530.0569
750 kcmil380.00.047210.048580.077380.04910.0510.04950.0531
400 mm$^2$400.00.04650.07780.0470.04750.07780.04860.0495
800 kcmil405.00.044250.045540.072510.0460.04780.04640.0499
900 kcmil456.00.039330.040480.064480.04090.04250.04130.0443
500 mm$^2$500.00.06050.03660.03690.06050.03840.0391
1000 kcmil507.00.03540.036430.058040.03680.03820.03710.0399
630 mm$^2$630.00.04690.02830.02860.04690.02870.0292
1250 kcmil633.00.028330.029150.046430.02950.0306
1500 kcmil760.00.02360.024290.038690.02450.0255
800 mm$^2$800.00.03670.02210.02240.0367
1750 kcmil887.00.020230.020820.033160.0210.0218
1000 mm$^2$1000.00.02910.01760.01770.0291
2000 kcmil1013.00.01770.018220.029020.01840.0192
2250 kcmil1140.00.01560.01560.0255
1200 mm$^2$1200.00.02470.01510.01510.0247
2500 kcmil1270.00.0140.01440.0229
1400 mm$^2$1400.00.01290.01290.0212
2750 kcmil1393.00.01260.01260.0209
3000 kcmil1520.00.01170.0120.0192
1600 mm$^2$1600.00.01130.01130.0186
3500 kcmil1770.00.01010.01040.0166
1800 mm$^2$1800.00.01010.01010.0165
2000 mm$^2$2000.00.0090.0090.0149
4000 kcmil2030.00.00880.00910.0145
4500 kcmil2280.00.00790.00820.013
2500 mm$^2$2500.00.00720.00720.0119
5000 kcmil2530.00.007150.00740.0117
3000 mm$^2$3000.00.0060.0060.0099
3200 mm$^2$3200.00.00560.00560.0093
3500 mm$^2$3500.00.00510.00510.0085
$\Omega$/km
$r_{core}$Radius over core cable
Formulas
$\frac{D_{core}}{2}$
mm
$R_{ct}$Resistance earth continuity conductor

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.9

$\Omega$/m
$R_e$Electrical resistance shield/armour

Equivalent electrical resistance of screen$||$sheath and armour in parallel at operating temperature.

Formulas
$R_s$without armour IEC 60287-1-1
$\frac{R_s R_{ar}}{R_s+R_{ar}}$with armour, IEC 60287
$R_{sh}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 31, multi-core cables with without/armour
$R_{ar}$with armour without shield
$\Omega$/m
$R_E$Equivalent resistance of earth return path

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.3

Default
4.93e-05

Formulas
$\frac{\omega \mu_E}{8}$
$\Omega$/m
$R_{encl}$Electrical resistance enclosure

Electrical AC resistance of enclosure at operating temperature.

Formulas
$R_{enclDC} \left(1+y_{encl}\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$R_{encl20}$Electrical resistance DC enclosure 20°C
Formulas
${10}^6\frac{\rho_{encl}}{A_{encl}}$
$\Omega$/m
$R_{enclDC}$Electrical resistance DC enclosure

Electrical DC resistance of enclosure at operating temperature.

Formulas
$R_{encl20} \left(1+\alpha_{encl} \left(\theta_{encl}-20\right)\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$R_f$Tower footing impedance

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.4.2

$\Omega$
$r_g$Geometric mean radius of the ground conductor

Definition according to IEEE 575-2014 Annex E.1.3.3

This corresponds to parameter GMR_p in Energies 2022, 15-05010 used to calculate E_p

Formulas
$\frac{0.75\frac{d_{ecc}}{2}}{1000}$
m
$R_{gas}$Specific gas constant

The specific gas constant of a gas or a mixture of gases is given by the molar gas constant divided by the molar mass $M_{gas}$ of the gas or mixture.

Another important relationship comes from thermodynamics. Mayer's relation relates the specific gas constant to the specific heat capacity at constant pressure minus the specific heat capacity at constant volume ($c_p-c_v$).

Values are taken from the engineering toolbox .

Formulas
$\frac{1000R_{gas0}}{M_{mol}}$
Choices
GasFormulaRgas
Air78%N2+21%O2+minor287.05
N2N2296.8
SF6SF656.93
CO2CO2188.92
COCO296.84
O2O2259.84
H2H24124.2
NH3NH3488.21
SO2SO2129.78
HeHe2077.1
ArAr208.13
KrKr99.22
XeXe63.33
NeNe412.02
J/(kg.K)
$R_{gas0}$Universal molar gas constant

The gas constant (also known as the molar, universal, or ideal gas constant) is a physical constant which is featured in many fundamental equations in the physical sciences

The U.S. Standard Atmosphere (USSA1976) defines the gas constant different than the ISO does for the SI unit system. The USSA1976 acknowledges that this value is not consistent with the cited values for the Avogadro constant and the Boltzmann constant. Cableizer uses the ISO value.

Choices
GasValue
ISO8.3144598
USA8.31432
$R_h$Resistance link

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.4.3

Formulas
$0$Link connecting two substations
$\frac{R_r Z_{sky}}{R_r+Z_{sky}}$Link between a substation and a overhead line with skywire
$\frac{\left(R_l+R_r\right) Z_{sky}}{R_l+R_r+Z_{sky}}$Siphon - overhead line with skywire
$R_r$Link between a substation and a overhead line without skywire
$R_l+R_r$Siphon - overhead line without skywire
$\Omega$/m
$r_{ij}$Coefficient r view factor
Formulas
$\frac{r_j}{r_i}$
$r_{isc}$Radius above the inner semi-conducting layer

Radius of the conductor or the conductor shield (inner semi-conducting layer, if existing).

Formulas
$\frac{d_x}{2}+t_{ct}-t_{cs}$multi-core cables, sector-shaped conductors
$\frac{d_c}{2}+t_{ct}+t_{cs}$general case
mm
$R_l$Ground resistance load

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.4.2

$\Omega$
$R_{max}$Resistance of conductor at emergency rating

a.c. resistance of conductor at end of period of emergency rating.

$\Omega$/m
$r_{mbi}$Minimal bending radius, installation

The minimal bending radius after installation can be determined from the minimal bending radius factor multiplied with the external diameter of the cable $D_e$.

Formulas
$\frac{r_{mbif} D_e}{1000}$
m
$r_{mbif}$Factor minimal bending radius, installation

The minimal bending radius after installation can be determined from the minimal bending radius factor multiplied with the external diameter of the cable $D_e$.

Choices
InsulationTypeValue
Paper insulationsingle-core16 (U_n <= 30kV)
16 (U_n > 30kV)
Paper insulationmulti-core12 (U_n <= 30kV)
16 (U_n > 30kV)
Polymer insulationsingle-core12 (U_n <= 30kV)
16 (U_n > 30kV)
Polymer insulationmulti-core10 (U_n <= 30kV)
16 (U_n > 30kV)
Rubber insulationsingle-core9 (U_n <= 30kV)
12 (U_n > 30kV)
Rubber insulationmulti-core8 (U_n <= 30kV)
12 (U_n > 30kV)
$r_{mbp}$Minimal bending radius, pulling

The minimal bending radius during cable pulling can be determined from the minimal bending radius factor multiplied with the external diameter of the cable $D_e$.
The minimal bending radius should be larger than the smallest inside bending radius $r_{arc}$ along the cable route.

Formulas
$\frac{r_{mbpf} D_e}{1000}$
m
$r_{mbpf}$Factor minimal bending radius, pulling

The minimal bending radius during cable pulling can be determined from the value given in the below table multiplied with the external diameter of the cable $D_e$.

Choices
InsulationTypeValue
Paper insulationsingle-core20 (U_n <= 30kV)
20 (U_n > 30kV)
Paper insulationmulti-core15 (U_n <= 30kV)
20 (U_n > 30kV)
Polymer insulationsingle-core15 (U_n <= 30kV)
20 (U_n > 30kV)
Polymer insulationmulti-core12 (U_n <= 30kV)
20 (U_n > 30kV)
Rubber insulationsingle-core15 (U_n <= 30kV)
20 (U_n > 30kV)
Rubber insulationmulti-core12 (U_n <= 30kV)
20 (U_n > 30kV)
$r_o$Radius of object
Formulas
$\frac{D_o}{2}$
m
$r_{osc}$Radius over capacitive insulation layers

This is the radius over all insulation layers up to the first metallic shielding layer.

For single-core cables, this is typically the radius of the insulation without the insulation screen (outer semi-conducting layer). In case of nulti-core cables screen, this is the radius from the center of the cable to the screen, sheath or armour.

Formulas
$\frac{D_{ins}}{2}$single-core cables, with screen/sheath
$\frac{D_{ab}}{2}$single-core cables, without screen/sheath, with armour
$\frac{D_j}{2}$single-core cables, without screen/sheath, without armour
$\frac{D_{ins}}{2}$multi-core cables SC/SS or with, screen SS or with, sheath > 36 kV
$\frac{D_{scb}}{2}$belted cables (CC), with common screen
$\frac{D_f}{2}$belted cables (CC), no screen, with common sheath
$\frac{D_{scb}}{2}$belted cables (SC), with separate screen
$\frac{D_f}{2}+t_{ab,1}$belted cables (SC), no screen, with common sheath
$\frac{D_{scb}}{2}$belted cables (SS), with separate screen
$\frac{D_{scs}}{2}$belted cables (SS), no screen, with separate sheath
$\frac{D_f}{2}+t_{ab,1}$belted cables, no screen, no sheath, with armour
$\frac{D_j}{2}$belted cables, no screen, no sheath, without armour
mm
$R_{q11}$Thermal resistance 11 multi-layer backfill

Thermal resistance of 1st segment along flow path $\Phi_1$ of the multi-layer backfill method.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_b \ln\left(\frac{s_{b3}+C_{b1} \left(d_{b3}-s_{b3}\right)}{r_o}\right)}{\\arctan\left(\frac{w_{b4}}{s_{b3}}\right)}$
K.m/W
$R_{q12}$Thermal resistance 12 multi-layer backfill

Thermal resistance of 2nd segment along flow path $\Phi_1$ of the multi-layer backfill method.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{b2} s_{b2}}{w_{b4}}$
K.m/W
$R_{q13}$Thermal resistance 13 multi-layer backfill

Thermal resistance of 3rd segment along flow path $\Phi_1$ of the multi-layer backfill method.

Formulas
$\rho_{b1} \left(\frac{s_{b1}}{w_{b4}}+d_{im}\right)$Including a top layer
$\rho_{b2} d_{im}$Without top layer
K.m/W
$R_{q21}$Thermal resistance 21 multi-layer backfill

Thermal resistance of 1st segment along flow path $\Phi_2$ of the multi-layer backfill method.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_b \ln\left(\frac{w_{b4}+C_{b3} \left(\frac{d_{b3}+d_{b4}}{2}-w_{b4}\right)}{r_o}\right)}{\\arctan\left(\frac{s_{b3}}{w_{b4}}\right)+\\arctan\left(\frac{s_{b4}}{w_{b4}}\right)}$
K.m/W
$R_{q22}$Thermal resistance 22 multi-layer backfill

Thermal resistance of 2nd segment (soil) along flow path $\Phi_2$ of the multi-layer backfill method.

Formulas
$\rho_4 C_{b4} \left(\frac{L_{cm}+d_{im}}{s_{b3}+s_{b4}}\right)^{C_{b5}}$
K.m/W
$R_{q31}$Thermal resistance 31 multi-layer backfill

Thermal resistance of 1st segment along flow path $\Phi_3$ of the multi-layer backfill method.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_b \ln\left(\frac{s_{b4}+C_{b2} \left(d_{b4}-s_{b4}\right)}{r_o}\right)}{\\arctan\left(\frac{w_{b4}}{s_{b4}}\right)}$
K.m/W
$R_{q32}$Thermal resistance 32 multi-layer backfill

Thermal resistance of 2nd segment (soil) along flow path $\Phi_3$ of the multi-layer backfill method.

Formulas
$2\rho_4 C_{b6} \left(\frac{L_{b4}+d_{im}}{2w_{b4}}\right)^{C_{b7}}$
K.m/W
$R_r$Ground resistance receiving end

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.4.2

$\Omega$
$R_s$Electrical resistance shield

Equivalent resistance of screen $R_{sc}$ and resistance of sheath $R_{sh}$ in parallel at operating temperature.

Formulas
$\frac{R_{sh} R_{sc}}{R_{sh}+R_{sc}}$screen and sheath
$\frac{1}{\frac{1}{R_{sc}}+\frac{1}{R_{sw}}}$screen and skid wires
$0$without screen & sheath
$\Omega$/m
$r_s$Mean radius shield
Formulas
$\frac{d_s}{2} \frac{1}{1000}$
m
$R_{sc}$Electrical resistance screen

Electrical resistance of screen at operating temperature.

Formulas
${10}^6\frac{\rho_{sc}}{A_{sc}}$at 20°C
${10}^6\frac{F_{lay,sc} \rho_{sc}}{A_{sc}}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 27, at 20°C
$R_{sc} \left(1+\alpha_{sc} \left(\theta_{sc}-20\right)\right)$at operating temperature
$F_{lay,3c} R_{sc}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 44, three-core cables at operating temperature
$\Omega$/m
$R_{sh}$Electrical resistance sheath

Electrical resistance of sheath at operating temperature.

Formulas
${10}^6\frac{\rho_{sh}}{A_{sh}}$at 20°C
${10}^6\frac{F_{cor,sh} \rho_{sh}}{A_{sh}}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 30, at 20°C
$R_{sh} \left(1+\alpha_{sh} \left(\theta_{sh}-20\right)\right)$at operating temperature
$F_{lay,3c} R_{sh}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 27, at operating temperature
$\Omega$/m
$R_{sky}$Resistance skywire
Formulas
${10}^6\frac{\rho_{sky}}{\left(\frac{d_{sky}}{2}\right)^2} \pi$
$\Omega$/m
$R_{so}$Electrical resistance screen/sheath 20°C

Equivalent resistance of screen $R_{sco}$ and resistance of sheath $R_{sho}$ in parallel at 20°C.

Formulas
$\frac{R_{sc} R_{sh}}{R_{sc}+R_{sh}}$single-core cables
$\frac{R_{sc} R_{sh}}{R_{sc}+R_{sh}}$multi-core cables type SS
$\frac{3R_{sc} R_{sh}}{R_{sc}+3R_{sh}}$multi-core cables type SC
$\frac{3R_{sc} R_{sh}}{3\left(R_{sh}+R_{sc}\right)}$multi-core cables type CC
$0$without screen & sheath
$\Omega$/m
$r_{sp}$Mean radius steel pipe

Mean radius of steel pipe of pipe-type cables.

Formulas
$\frac{Di_{sp}+Do_{sp}}{4}$
mm
$R_{sp}$Electrical resistance steel pipe

Electrical resistance of steel pipe of pipe-type cable at operating temperature.

Formulas
${10}^6\frac{\rho_{sp}}{A_{sp}}$at 20°C
$R_{sp} \left(1+\alpha_{sp} \left(\theta_{sp}-20\right)\right)$at operating temperature
${10}^6\frac{1.38{\cdot}{10}^{-7}}{A_{sp}}\left(1+\alpha_{sp} \left(\theta_{sp}-20\right)\right)$magnetic steel at operating temperature
$\Omega$/m
$R_{ss}$Resistance of conductor before emergency rating

a.c. resistance of conductor before application of emergency current (i.e. at the conductor temperature corresponding to $I_{ss}$.

Formulas
$R_c$
$\Omega$/m
$R_{sw}$Electrical resistance skid wires

Electrical resistance of skid wires at operating temperature.

Formulas
${10}^6\frac{\rho_{sw}}{A_{sw}}$at 20°C
$F_{lay,sw} R_{sw}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 27, at 20°C
$\Omega$/m
$r_x$Radius to point x in insulationmm
$r_{z1}$Radius conductor

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

Formulas
$\frac{r_c}{1000}$
m
$r_{z2}$Radius shield (inner)

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

m
$r_{z2,sc}$Radius screen (inner)

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.2.5 composite screen and sheath

Formulas
$\left(\frac{d_{sc}}{2}-t_{sc}\right) \frac{1}{1000}$
m
$r_{z2,sh}$Radius sheath (inner)

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.2.5 composite screen and sheath

Formulas
$\left(\frac{d_{sh}}{2}-t_{sh}-\frac{H_{sh}+\Delta H}{2}\right) \frac{1}{1000}$
m
$r_{z3}$Radius shield (outer)

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

m
$r_{z3,sc}$Radius screen (outer)

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.2.5 composite screen and sheath

Formulas
$\left(\frac{d_{sc}}{2}+t_{sc}\right) \frac{1}{1000}$
m
$r_{z3,sh}$Radius sheath (outer)

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.2.5 composite screen and sheath

Formulas
$\left(\frac{d_{sh}}{2}+t_{sh}+\frac{H_{sh}+\Delta H}{2}\right) \frac{1}{1000}$
m
$r_{z4}$Radius armour (inner)

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

Formulas
$\frac{\frac{D_{ab}}{2}}{1000}$
m
$r_{z5}$Radius armour (outer)

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

Formulas
$\frac{\frac{D_{ar}}{2}}{1000}$
m
$r_{z6}$Radius outersheath

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

Formulas
$\frac{D_o}{2}$
m
$\mathrm{Ra}_c$Rayleigh number conductor→gas
Formulas
$\mathrm{Gr}_c \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}$
$\mathrm{Ra}_{encl}$Rayleigh number gas→enclosure
Formulas
$\mathrm{Gr}_{encl} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}$
$\mathrm{Ra}_{ext}$Rayleigh number riser—air

Rayleigh number $c_{Nu}$ gas/duct

Formulas
$\mathrm{Gr}_{ext} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}$duct to ambient
$\frac{g \mathrm{Pr}_{gas} \beta_{gas} \left(\theta_{de}-\theta_{air}\right) {L_d}^3}{{\nu_{gas}}^2}$Chippendale, IEC
$\mathrm{Ra}_{int}$Rayleigh number gas→riser
Formulas
$\mathrm{Gr}_{og} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}$object→gas
$\mathrm{Gr}_{gd} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}$gas→duct
$\mathrm{Gr}_{int} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}$object→duct
$\frac{g \mathrm{Pr}_{gas} \beta_{gas} \left(\theta_e-\theta_{di}\right) {\delta_d}^3}{{\nu_{gas}}^2}$object→riser, Chippendale, IEC 60287
$\mathrm{Ra}_L$Rayleigh number ground—air

The Rayleigh number for a fluid is a dimensionless number associated with buoyancy-driven flow, also known as free convection or natural convection. When the Rayleigh number is below a critical value for that fluid, heat transfer is primarily in the form of conduction; when it exceeds the critical value, heat transfer is primarily in the form of convection.

The Rayleigh number is the product of the Grashof number $Gr$ and the Prandtl number $Pr$.

Formulas
$\mathrm{Gr}_L \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}$
$\mathrm{Ra}_{prot}$Rayleigh number surface→air
Formulas
$\mathrm{Gr}_{prot} \mathrm{Pr}_{gas}$
$\mathrm{Re}_{air}$Reynolds number air

The Reynolds number is a dimensionless number.

Formulas
$\frac{V_{air} D_o}{\nu_{air}}$for cable
$\frac{V_{air} Di_t}{\nu_{air}}$for tunnel
$\frac{V_{air} D_o}{\nu_{air}}$in free air
$\frac{V_{air} D_{do}}{\nu_{gas}}$for riser
$\mathrm{Re}_w$Reynolds number water

The Reynolds number is a dimensionless number.

Formulas
$\frac{V_w D_{ext}}{100\nu_w}$extermal convection
$\frac{V_{fluid} D_{in}}{\nu_w}$internal convection
$RF$Reduction factor
Formulas
$\frac{R_s}{\sqrt{{R_s}^2+{X_s}^2}}$
$\rho_4$Thermal resistivity soil

The thermal resistivity of the soil has a significant impact on cable ampacity of buried cables, especially when directly buried without backfill. The lower the thermal resistivity, the higher the cable ampacity for the same conductor temperature $\theta_c$.

If the thermal resistivity of soil is unknown, the values from the reference operating conditions in IEC 60287-3-1 are recommended. Or else, the IEEE Standard 442 provides values for some materials and a paper by O.E. Gouda from 2010 lists values for some tested type of soils.

The table lists the thermal resistivities calculated from the thermal conductivities of typical soils surrounding pipelines as given in the Subsea Engineering Handbook by Yong Bai and Qiang Bai, 2012.

Choices
Materialminmeanmax
Peat (dry)5.882
Peat (wet)1.852
Peat (icy)0.529
Sand soil (dry)2.3261.7861.449
Sand soil (moist)1.1491.0470.962
Sand soil (soaked)0.5260.4630.413
Clay soil (dry)2.8572.2991.923
Clay soil (moist)1.4491.2821.149
Clay soil (wet)0.9620.7690.641
Clay soil (frozen)0.938
Gravel1.1110.930.8
Gravel (sandy)0.398
Limestone0.769
Sandstone0.6130.5310.481
K.m/W
$\rho_{4d}$Thermal resistivity dry soil

Under loading conditions of underground cables, the cable losses produce heat, which changes the moisture of the surrounding soil to vapor.

K.m/W
$\rho_{ab}$Thermal resistivity armour bedding

Typical values for different materials are listed below.

Values are taken from IEC 60287-2-1 with following additions or deviations:

  • For Natural Rubber (NR) the value was taken from matweb.com (value for Rubber acc. IEC is 5.0)
  • The value for fibrous polyolefin copolymer (fPOC) is taken from the book 'Handbook of Polyolefins' by C. Vasile (2000)
  • The value for fibrous polypropylene (fPP) is taken from Table 1 Thermal conductivity of various fibres (Hearle and Morton, 2008) whereas the IEC 60287-2-1 suggests a slightly higher value.
  • The value for fibrous polyethylene (fPE) and polyvinyl chloride (fPVC) is considered to be twice the value used for insulation.
  • The value for the water-blocking tapes is an approximate mean value based on different sources

Note: The value is the average of the thermal resistivities of 1st and 2nd armour bedding layer weighted by their thicknesses.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{ab,1} t_{ab,1}+\rho_{ab,2} t_{ab,2}}{t_{ab}}$
Choices
MaterialValueReference
PE3.5IEC 60287-2-1
PVC5.0 (U_n <= 30kV)
6.0 (U_n > 30kV)
IEC 60287-2-1
EPR3.5 (U_n <= 30kV)
5.0 (U_n > 30kV)
IEC 60287-2-1
POC3.5= PE
IIR5.0IEC 60287-2-1
NR7.0matweb.com
PP5.9Polypropylene - The Definitive User's Guide and Databook
SiR5.0shinetsusilicone-global.com
CR5.5IEC 60287-2-1
CSM9.1IEC 60287-2-1
CJ6.0IEC 60287-2-1
RSP6.0IEC 60287-2-1
BIT6.0IEC 60287-2-1
fPOC6.6Handbook of Polyolefins
fPP9.0Hearle and Morton 2008
fPE7.02 x PE
fPVC12.02 x PVC
tape6.0mix
Ot10.0fibrous polypropylene, IEC 60287-2-1
K.m/W
$\rho_{ab,1}$Thermal resistivity armour bedding 1

Typical values for different materials can be found in $\rho_{ab}$

K.m/W
$\rho_{ab,2}$Thermal resistivity armour bedding 2

Typical values for different materials can be found in $\rho_{ab}$

K.m/W
$\rho_{ar}$Specific electrical resistivity armour material

Values for specific electrical resistivity of sheath material at 20°C. are taken from standard IEC 60287-1-1 where available and from standard technical handbooks for the others. The standard provides a different value of aluminium conductor and sheaths and armour.

Formulas
$\rho_{ar} \frac{\pi \left(\left(\frac{D_{ar}}{2}\right)^2-\left(\frac{D_{ab}}{2}\right)^2\right)}{A_{ar}}$
Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu1.7241e-08IEC 60287-1-1
Al2.84e-08IEC 60287-1-1
Brz3.5e-08
CuZn3.9e-08
S1.38e-07
SS7e-07
$\Omega$.m
$\rho_b$Thermal resistivity backfill

Thermal resistivity of backfill material.

The thermal resistivity of the backfill is only relevant for the cables within this backfill area. The heat flow of cables outside of a backfill area is not influenced by the backfill, which also applies for cables in another backfill area.

K.m/W
$\rho_{b1}$Thermal resistivity surface layer

Thermal resistivity of the surface layer of a multi-layer backfill arrangement. Should be in the range between 0.53 and 9.8 K.m/W.

K.m/W
$\rho_{b2}$Thermal resistivity middle layer

Thermal resistivity of the middle layer of a multi-layer backfill arrangement. Should be in the range between 0.53 and 9.5 K.m/W.

K.m/W
$\rho_c$Electrical resistivity conductor material

Specific electrical resistivity of conductor material at 20°C, values are taken from standard IEC 60287-1-1 when available.

Value for Aldrey (AL3) is taken from EN 50183, the value given by a manufacturer was 3.33e-8. According to document 'Aluminium in der Elektrotechnik und Elektronik' by Aluminium-Zentrale e.V., Düsseldorf, 1. Auflage, the electrical conductivity is <30.5 m/$\Omega$mm$^2$;.

Values for some other elements are:

  • Silver 1.587e-8
  • Gold 2.214e-8
  • Tungsten 5.28e-8
  • Molybdenum 5.34e-8
  • Zinc 5.90e-8
  • Iron 9.61e-8
  • Platinum 10.5e-8
  • Steel (alloy 0.5% carbon) 16.62e-8
  • Constantan (Cu-Ni alloy) 45.38e-8
  • Manganin (Cu86/Mn12/Ni2) 48.21e-8
  • Nichrome (80% Ni 20% Cr) 112.2e-8

Formulas
$\rho_c \frac{\pi {r_c}^2}{A_c}$
Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu1.7241e-08IEC 60287-1-1
Al2.8264e-08IEC 60287-1-1
AL33.253e-08Manufacturer
Brz3.5e-08IEC 60287-1-1
CuZn3.9e-07engineeringtoolbox.com
Ni6.93e-07engineeringtoolbox.com
SS7e-08IEC 60287-1-1
$\Omega$.m
$\rho_{cr}$Thermal resistivity conductor material

Thermal resistivity of conductor material at 20°C.

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu0.0026IEC 60287-3-3
Al0.0049IEC 60287-3-3
AL30.00476$1/k_{c}$
Brz0.00909$1/k_{c}$
CuZn0.00532$1/k_{c}$
Ni0.01099$1/k_{c}$
SS0.00625$1/k_{c}$
K.m/W
$\rho_{cs}$Thermal resistivity conductor shield

Typically, the same value as for insulation is used. If CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15 is activated, the default value is used.

Default
2.5

K.m/W
$\rho_{ct}$Thermal resistivity conductor tape

Typically, the same value as for insulation is used. If CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15 is activated, the default value is used.

Default
6.0

K.m/W
$\rho_d$Thermal resistivity duct material

According to standard IEC 60287-2-1 with exception to metal, where the thermal conductivity of wrought iron/steel with a value of 59 W/(m.K) is taken instead.

Choices
MaterialValue
PE3.5
PP4.5
PVC6.0
WPE3.5
Metal0.017
Fibre4.8
Earth1.2
Cem2.0
K.m/W
$\rho_{d,fill}$Thermal resistivity duct filling

In the paper 'Thermophysical Properties of Bentonite' by Plötze et al. from 2007, the thermal characteristics of different highly compacted bentonite blocks as well as granular material of compacted bentonite were characterised. These values are approximate and for reference only.

Choices
TypeValue
moist sample @ 20 $^{\circ}$C0.77
moist sample @ 90 $^{\circ}$C0.96
air dry sample @ 20 $^{\circ}$C1.0
air dry sample @ 90 $^{\circ}$C1.25
granular sample compacted fill1.72
granular sample loose fill2.94
K.m/W
$\rho_E$Specific electrical resistivity of soil

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.3, 'Sequence Impedances of Transmission Lines' R.E. Fehr (2004)

Choices
Soil typeValuemin - max
Sea water0.10.01 - 1.0
Swampy ground2010 - 100
Damp earth100
Dry earth1000
Pure slate100000000.0
Sandstone10000000000.0
$\Omega$.m
$\rho_{encl}$Specific electrical resistivity enclosure material

Specific electrical resistivity of enclosure material at 20°C.

Values are taken from standard IEC 60287-1-1 when available.

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu1.7241e-08IEC 60287-1-1
Al2.8264e-08IEC 60287-1-1
ENAW60603.5714e-08weltstahl.com
S1.38e-07IEC 60287-1-1
SS7e-07IEC 60287-1-1
$\Omega$.m
$\rho_f$Thermal resistivity filler

The IEC 60287 does not list materials for filler but states: depending on the filler material and its compaction, the thermal resistivity is in the range 6 to 13 K.m/W for cables with extruded insulation, 10 K.m/W is suggested for fibrous polypropylene.

Following values are taken from IEC 60287-2-1 for insulation or jacket with following additions:

  • The value for fibrous polyolefin copolymer (fPOC) is taken from the book 'Handbook of Polyolefins' by C. Vasile (2000)
  • The value for fibrous polypropylene (fPP) is taken from Table 1 Thermal conductivity of various fibres (Hearle and Morton, 2008) whereas the IEC 60287-2-1 suggests a slightly higher value.
  • The value for fibrous polyethylene (fPE) and polyvinyl chloride (fPVC) is considered to be twice the value used for insulation.
  • The value for the tapes is an approximate mean value based on different sources
  • The value for air is taken from engineeringtoolbox.com
  • The value for other materials (Ot) is considered to be as suggested by the IEC 60287-2-1 for fibrous polypropylene.

Choices
MaterialValueReference
fPOC6.6Handbook of Polyolefins
fPP9.0Hearle and Morton 2008
fPE7.0= 2 x sPE
fPVC12.0= 2 x sPVC
sPVC6.0IEC 60287-2-1
sPE3.5PE, IEC 60287-2-1
PRod8.0mix plastic/air
PTube12.0mix plastic/air
OilD6.0OilP, IEC 60287-2-1
TY5.3
Jute6.0IEC 60287-2-1
tape6.0mix
Air38.2engineeringtoolbox.com
Ot10.0fibrous polypropylene, IEC 60287-2-1
K.m/W
$\rho_{gas}$Density gas

Sources:

  • Values for 0, 15, and 25°C are taken from encyclopedia.airliquide.com
  • Values for 50, 75, and 100°C are taken from nist.gov
  • Values for 50, 75, and 100°C for dry air have been calculated using the equation from Dumas & Trancossi, 2009.
  • Equation for humid air is taken from paper by P.T. Tsilingiris: 'Thermophysical and transport properties of humid air at temperature range between 0 and 100°C', 2007
  • Equation for air is taken from paper by A. Dumas and M. Trancossi: 'Design of Exchangers Based on Heat Pipes for Hot Exhaust Thermal Flux, with the Capability of Thermal Shocks Absorption and Low Level Energy Recovery', 2009
  • Equation for humid air is taken from paper by P.T. Tsilingiris: 'Thermophysical and transport properties of humid air at temperature range between 0 and 100°C', 2007
  • Equation for air is taken from paper by A. Dumas and M. Trancossi: 'Design of Exchangers Based on Heat Pipes for Hot Exhaust Thermal Flux, with the Capability of Thermal Shocks Absorption and Low Level Energy Recovery', 2009.
    They are calculated from polynomial curve fits to a data set for 100 K to 1600 K in the SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 2nd Edition Table B-2. You may find a free air property calculator from Pierre Bouteloup
  • Equations for N2 and SF6 are taken from paper by J. Vermeer: 'A simple formula for the calculation of the convective heat transfer between conductor and sheath in compressed gas insulated (CGI) cables', 1983 as published in Elektra 87
  • The factor 353.0 in the formula for Air was calculated by multiplying $1.1840\cdot(273.15+25)$.
  • The factor 538.9 in the formula for CO2 was calculated by multiplying $1.8075\cdot(273.15+25)$.
  • The factor 390.1 in the formula for O2 was calculated by multiplying $1.3085\cdot(273.15+25)$.

Formulas
$1.293393662-5.538444326{\cdot}{10}^{-3} \theta_{gas}+3.860201577{\cdot}{10}^{-5} {\theta_{gas}}^2-5.2536065{\cdot}{10}^{-7} {\theta_{gas}}^3$humid air @ 1 atm (Tsilingiris2007)
$360.77819{T_{gas}}^{-1.00336}$air @ 1 bar (Dumas&Trancossi2009)
$\frac{351.99}{T_{gas}}+\frac{344.84}{{T_{gas}}^2}$dry air @ 1 bar (UW/MHTL 8406, 1984)
$\frac{353p_{gas}}{T_{gas}}$air (ideal gas)
$\frac{337.4p_{gas}}{T_{gas}}$N2 (Vermeer1983)
$\frac{1666p_{gas}}{230+\theta_{gas}}$SF6 (Vermeer1983)
$\frac{538.9p_{gas}}{\theta_{gas}+\theta_{abs}}$CO2 (linear interpolation)
$\frac{\frac{1}{R_{gas}} p_{gas}}{T_{gas}}$ideal gas
$\frac{390.1p_{gas}}{\theta_{gas}+\theta_{abs}}$O2 (linear interpolation)
Choices
GasFormula0°C15°C25°C50°C75°C100°C
Air78%N2+21%O2+minor1.2921.2251.1841.09341.01430.9462
N2N21.25011.18481.1451.05620.98020.9145
SF6SF66.61616.25636.03835.55545.14664.7949
CO2CO21.97631.87141.80751.66571.54481.4403
COCO1.25021.18491.1451.05620.98020.9144
O2O21.42871.3541.30851.2071.12011.0449
H2H20.08990.08520.08230.0760.07050.0658
NH3NH30.77130.72890.70330.64710.59950.5586
SO2SO22.93052.76332.66362.44592.26342.1073
HeHe0.17840.16920.16350.15090.140.1306
ArAr1.78351.69031.63351.50681.39831.3045
KrKr3.7483.55143.43143.16442.93612.7386
XeXe5.89655.5845.39374.97074.60994.2983
NeNe0.89960.85280.82420.76050.70590.6586
kg/m$^3$
$\rho_i$Thermal resistivity insulation material

The values of the thermal resistivity of insulation are taken from standard IEC 60287-2-1 where available with the following additions:

  • The semi-conducting screening materials are assumed to have the same thermal properties as the adjacent dielectric materials.
  • Value for Polypropylene (PP) is based on the minimal value of thermal conductivity (0.17 to 0.22) given in the book 'Polypropylene - The Definitive Users Guide and Databook', Plastics Design Library, 1998. whereas a range of 0.10 to 0.23 is given by professionalplastics.com
  • Value for Silicone rubber (SiR) is taken from shinetsusilicone-global.com
  • Value for Ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) is taken from expresspolymlett.com and J. Allan and Z. Dehouche: 'Enhancing the thermal conductivity of ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) in a photovoltaic thermal collector', 2016 ().

Choices
MaterialValue
PE3.5
HDPE3.5
XLPE3.5
XLPEf3.5
PVC5.0 (U_n <= 3kV)
6.0 (U_n > 3kV)
EPR3.5 (U_n <= 3kV)
5.0 (U_n > 3kV)
IIR5.0
PPLP5.5
Mass6.0
OilP5.0 (self-contained)
5.0 (pipe-type oil-filled)
5.5 (pipe-type gas pressure)
PP5.9
SiR5.0
EVA4.35
XHF4.0
K.m/W
$\rho_{is}$Thermal resistivity insulation screen

Typically, the same value as for insulation is used. If CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15 is activated, the default value is used.

Default
2.5

K.m/W
$\rho_j$Thermal resistivity jacket material

Typical values for different materials are listed below.

Values are taken from IEC 60287-2-1 with following additions or deviations:

  • Value for Polypropylene (PP) is based on the minimal value of thermal conductivity (0.17 to 0.22) given in the book 'Polypropylene - The Definitive Users Guide and Databook', Plastics Design Library, 1998. whereas a range of 0.10 to 0.23 is given by professionalplastics.com
  • Values for silicone rubber (SiR) are taken from shinetsusilicone-global.com
  • The value for chlorosulphonated polyethylene (CSM) is taken from the data sheet of Hypalon from the chemical company metz.net.au

Choices
MaterialValueReference
PE3.5IEC 60287-2-1
HDPE3.5IEC 60287-2-1
XLPE3.5~ HDPE
PVC5.0 (U_n <= 30kV)
6.0 (U_n > 30kV)
IEC 60287-2-1
POC3.5= PE
PP5.9Polypropylene - The Definitive User's Guide and Databook
SiR5.0shinetsusilicone-global.com
FRNC3.5= PE
CR5.5IEC 60287-2-1
CSM9.1metz.net.au
CJ6.0IEC 60287-2-1
RSP6.0IEC 60287-2-1
BIT6.0IEC 60287-2-1
HFS3.39amplex.com.au
Ot2.3IEC 60287-2-1
K.m/W
$\rho_{jj}$Thermal resistivity additional layer

CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15

Default
2.5

K.m/W
$\rho_{k2}$Thermal resistivity layer below

Thermal resistivity of the layer located below the layer being calculated.

K.m/W
$\rho_{k20}$Electrical resistivity metallic component

Electrical resistivity of current carrying metallic component.

$\Omega$.m
$\rho_{k3}$Thermal resistivity layer above

Thermal resistivity of the layer located above the layer being calculated.

K.m/W
$\rho_{ki}$Thermal resistivity adjacent non-metallic material

Thermal resistivity of adjacent component made of non-metallic material.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{k2}+\rho_{k3}}{2}$
K.m/W
$\rho_p$Thermal resistivity pipe material

According IEC 60287-2-1 Ed.3.0 (2023).
With exception to metal, where the thermal conductivity of wrought iron/steel with a value of 59 W/(m.K) is taken instead.

Choices
MaterialValue
Plast3.5
Metal0.017
Cem2.0
K.m/W
$\rho_s$Specific electrical resistivity shield (screen/sheath)
Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{sc} \rho_{sh} \left(A_{sc}+A_{sh}\right)}{\rho_{sh} A_{sh}+\rho_{sc} A_{sc}}$
$\Omega$.m
$\rho_{sc}$Specific electrical resistivity screen material

Values for specific electrical resistivity of screen material at 20°C. are taken from standard IEC 60287-1-1 where available and from standard technical handbooks for the others. The standard provides a different value of aluminium conductor and sheaths and armour. We use the same value for screen as for sheath.

Value for Aldrey (AL3) is taken from EN 50183, the value given by a manufacturer was 3.33e-8.

Formulas
$\rho_{sc} \left(1+\alpha_{sc} \left(\theta_{sc}-20\right)\right)$
Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu1.7241e-08IEC 60287-1-1
Al2.84e-08IEC 60287-1-1
AL33.253e-08Manufacturer
Brz3.5e-08IEC 60287-1-1
CuZn3.9e-07IEC 60287-1-1
S1.38e-07IEC 60287-1-1
SS7e-07IEC 60287-1-1
Zn6.11e-08engineeringtoolbox.com
$\Omega$.m
$\rho_{scb}$Thermal resistivity screen bedding

Typically, the same value as for insulation is used. If CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15 is activated, the default value is used.

Default
12.0

K.m/W
$\rho_{scs}$Thermal resistivity screen serving

Typically, the same value as for insulation is used. If CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15 is activated, the default value is used.

Default
12.0

K.m/W
$\rho_{sh}$Specific electrical resistivity sheath material

Values for specific electrical resistivity of sheath material at 20°C. are taken from standard IEC 60287-1-1 where available and from standard technical handbooks for the others. The standard provides a different value of aluminium conductor and sheaths and armour.

Formulas
$\rho_{sh} \left(1+\alpha_{sh} \left(\theta_{sh}-20\right)\right)$
Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu1.7241e-08IEC 60287-1-1
Al2.84e-08IEC 60287-1-1
Pb2.14e-07IEC 60287-1-1
Brz3.5e-08IEC 60287-1-1
S1.38e-07IEC 60287-1-1
SS7e-07IEC 60287-1-1
Zn6.11e-08engineeringtoolbox.com
$\Omega$.m
$\rho_{shj}$Thermal resistivity sheath jacket material

Typical values for different materials are listed below.

Values are taken from IEC 60287-2-1 with following additions or deviations:

  • Value for polypropylene (PP) is taken from professionalplastics.com
  • Values for silicone rubber (SiR) are taken from shinetsusilicone-global.com
  • The value for chlorosulphonated polyethylene (CSM) is taken from the data sheet of Hypalon from the chemical conpany metz.net.au

Choices
MaterialValueReference
PE3.5IEC 60287-2-1
HDPE3.5IEC 60287-2-1
PVC5.0 (U_n <= 30kV)
6.0 (U_n > 30kV)
IEC 60287-2-1
POC3.5= PE
PP4.5professionalplastics.com
SiR5.0shinetsusilicone-global.com
FRNC3.5= PE
CR5.5IEC 60287-2-1
CSM9.1metz.net.au
K.m/W
$\rho_{sky}$Specific electrical resistivity skywire$\Omega$.m
$\rho_{sp}$Specific electrical resistivity steel pipe material

Specific electrical resistivity at 20°C of steel pipe material for pipe-type cables

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Al2.8264e-08IEC 60287-1-1
S1.38e-07IEC 60287-1-1
SS7e-07IEC 60287-1-1
$\Omega$.m
$\rho_{spf}$Thermal resistivity steel pipe filling medium

The values for the possible filling material of the steel pipe are listed.

Sources:

  • Calculated for dry air at 50 °C and 10 bar using the equation taken from paper by Daniel L. Carrol at al: 'Thermal Conductivity of Gaseous Air at Moderate and High Pressures', 1968
  • Calculated for N2 at 50 °C using the equation taken from paper by J. Vermeer: 'A simple formula for the calculation of the convective heat transfer between conductor and sheath in compressed gas insulated (CGI) cables', 1983 as published in Elektra 87

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Air35.0Daniel L. Carrol at al 1968
N236.2J. Vermeer 1983
Oil10.0Wikipedia
J/(K.m$^3$)
$\rho_{sw}$Specific electrical resistivity skid wire material$\Omega$.m
$\rho_t$Thermal resistivity wall

For cables in tunnels, this is the thermal resistivity of the tunnel wall, typically made of concrete.
For cables in troughs, this is the thermal resistivity of the trough wall and cover, made of concrete or polymere.

K.m/W
S$S$Mean distance between the phases

This is the geometric mean distance between phases.

Formulas
$\left(S_{ab} S_{bc} S_{ac}\right)^{\frac{1}{3}}$
m
$S_{ab}$Distance phases a — b

This is the center-to-center distance between two phases

Formulas
$|\frac{a_{12}}{1000}|$
m
$S_{ac}$Distance phases a — c

This is the center-to-center distance between two phases

Formulas
$|\frac{a_{31}}{1000}|$
m
$s_{air}$Axial spacing between objects

Axial spacing of cables in air, also applicable for cables in tunnels and cables in troughs.

m
$S_{ap}$Distance phases a — p (ground)

This is the center-to-center distance between one phase and any other conductor

Formulas
$|\frac{a_{1t}}{1000}|$
m
$S_{ar}$Circumference armour

The equation for duplex/triplex and pipe-type cables is according to CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 41.

Formulas
$n_c D_{core}+\left(D_{core}+2t_{ab}+t_{a,1}+t_{a,2}\right) \pi$multi-core cables without filler (duplex/triplex), pipe-type cables
$\left(D_{ab}+t_{a,1}+t_{a,2}\right) \pi$otherwise
mm
$s_{b1}$Thickness surface layer

Thickness of the upper layer of a multi-layer backfill arrangement. Should be in the range between 0.048 and 0.16 m.

m
$s_{b2}$Thickness middle layer

Thickness of the middle layer of a multi-layer backfill arrangement. Should be in the range between 0.2 and 1.5 m.

m
$s_{b3}$Thickness from object to top of bedding layer

Thickness of the upper part of the backfill area around the cables in a multi-layer backfill arrangement.

Formulas
$L_{cm}-s_{b1}-s_{b2}$
m
$s_{b4}$Thickness from object to bottom of bedding layer

Thickness of the lower part of the backfill area around the cables in a multi-layer backfill arrangement.

Formulas
$h_b-s_{b3}$
m
$S_{bc}$Distance phases b — c

This is the center-to-center distance between two phases

Formulas
$|\frac{a_{23}}{1000}|$
m
$S_{bp}$Distance phases b — p (ground)

This is the center-to-center distance between one phase and any other conductor

Formulas
$|\frac{a_{2t}}{1000}|$
m
$s_c$Separation of conductors in a system

In multi-core cables, the axial separation depends on the sreen and sheath construction.

In arrangements with single-core cables, the axial separation is the shortest distance between the center of two phases.

Formulas
$d_x+t_{i1}$multi-core cables, sector-shaped conductors
$D_i$multi-core cables, common screen/sheath
$D_i+2\left(t_{scb}+t_{sc}+t_{scs}\right)$multi-core cables, separate screen and common sheath
$D_{sh}$multi-core cables, separate screen/sheaths
$D_{shj}$multi-core cables, jacket around each core
$D_{sw}$multi-core cables, pipe-type cables with skid wires
mm
$S_{cp}$Distance phases c — p (ground)

This is the center-to-center distance between one phase and any other conductor

Formulas
$|\frac{a_{3t}}{1000}|$
m
$S_G$Apparent power generator-side

In an electric circuit, instantaneous power is the time rate of flow of energy past a given point of the circuit. In alternating current circuits, energy storage elements such as inductors and capacitors may result in periodic reversals of the direction of energy flow.

In order to feed a purely resistive load in a radial network with a given current through an underground line, it is necessary to inject a higher current at the source to compensate for cable capacitance with the difference being the capacitive current generated in the line.

Formulas
$\sqrt{3} U_o I_c$three-phase system
$U_o I_c$two-phase system
$U_o I_c$single-phase system
kVA
$S_{gas}$Sutherland's constant

Used in Sutherlands model vor dynamic viscosity of ideal gases.
The values for $S_{gas}$ are listed under the entry for $\eta0_{gas}$.

K
$s_{ij}$Spacing object—object
$S_k$Cross-sectional area metallic component

Geometrical cross-sectional area of the current carrying component.

mm$^2$
$S_m$Separation of conductors in a system
Formulas
$\frac{s_c}{1000}$
m
$s_{Nu,r}$Factor s

Factor $b_{Nu}$ for the calculation of the Nusselt number. based on the well-known Grimson correlation

Constant b for Nusselt number in forced convection according to the book 'Heat Transfer' by J.P. Holman, McGraw-Hill, 1990.

Choices
Re$b_{Nu}$
0.4 - 40.989
4 - 400.911
40 - 40000.683
4000 - 400000.193
40000 - 4000000.0266
$S_p$Distance between phases a/b/c + conductor p

This is the center-to-center distance between a phase and any other conductor.

Formulas
$\begin{bmatrix}a_{1t} | a_{2t} | a_{3t} \end{bmatrix}$
m
$s_{S1}$Spacing between phases minor section 1

Factor for spacing between phases in 1st section. A factor larger than 1.0 means wider spacing than standard, a factor lower than 1.0 means closer spacing than standard.

mm
$s_{S2}$Spacing between phases minor section 2

Factor for spacing between phases in 2nd section. A factor larger than 1.0 means wider spacing than standard, a factor lower than 1.0 means closer spacing than standard.

mm
$s_{S3}$Spacing between phases minor section 3

Factor for spacing between phases in 3rd section. A factor larger than 1.0 means wider spacing than standard, a factor lower than 1.0 means closer spacing than standard.

mm
$S_{sp}$Mean distance between the phases, pipe-type cables

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.4.3

Formulas
$D_{core}$trefoil
$1.26\left(1-\left(\frac{D_{core}}{Di_{sp}-D_{core}}\right)^2\right)^{\frac{1}{6}}$cradled
$\Omega$/m
$\sigma$Stefan Boltzmann constant

The Boltzmann constant is the physical constant of proportionality in the Stefan–Boltzmann law, which states that the total intensity radiated over all wavelengths of a black body is proportional to the fourth power of the thermodynamic temperature.

Default
5.67036713e-08

W/m$^2$K$^4$
$\sigma_{ab}$Volumetric heat capacity armour bedding

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of armour bedding material per K at 20°C

The values are taken from standard IEC 60853-2 Ed.1.0 plus following additions:

  • Natural rubber (NR) is assumed to be identical to butyl rubber (IIR)
  • Values for polyolefin copolymers (POC) are assumed to be similar to polyethylene (PE)
  • Values for chlorosulphonated polyethylene (CSM) are assumed to be similar to polyethylene (PE)
  • Values for fibrous polypropylene (fPP), polyolefin copolymers (fPOC), polyethylene (fPE), and polyvinyl chloride (fPVC) are assumed to be 70% of the corresponding solid material
  • Values for polypropylene (PP) and silicone rubber (SiR) are taken from professionalplastics.com
  • Value for PP laminated paper (PPLP) is assumed to be slightly higher than for paper insulation because the value for oil is given with 1.7 whereas the value for polypropylene lies between 1.7 and 1.9
  • Tapes are assumed to be similar to jute

Note: The value is the average of the heat capacities of 1st and 2nd armour bedding layer weighted by their thicknesses.

Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_{ab,1} t_{ab,1}+\sigma_{ab,2} t_{ab,2}}{t_{ab}}$
Choices
MaterialValueReference
PE2400000.0IEC 60853-2
PVC1700000.0IEC 60853-2
EPR2000000.0IEC 60853-2
POC2400000.0= PE
IIR2000000.0IEC 60853-2
NR2000000.0IEC 60853-2
PP1800000.0professionalplastics.com
SiR1400000.0professionalplastics.com
CR2000000.0IEC 60853-2
CSM2400000.0= PE
CJ2000000.0IEC 60853-2
RSP2000000.0IEC 60853-2
BIT2000000.0IEC 60853-2
fPOC1680000.070% of POC
fPP1260000.070% of PP
fPE1680000.070% of PE
fPVC1190000.070% of PVC
tape2000000.0= Jute
J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{ab,1}$Volumetric heat capacity armour bedding 1

Typical values of the specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity for different materials can be found in $\sigma_{ab}$

J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{ab,2}$Volumetric heat capacity armour bedding 2

Typical values of the specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity for different materials can be found in $\sigma_{ab}$

J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{ar}$Volumetric heat capacity armour material

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of armour material per K at 20°C

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu3450000.0IEC 60853-2
Al2500000.0IEC 60853-2
Brz3400000.0IEC 60853-2
CuZn3750000.0engineeringtoolbox.com
S3800000.0IEC 60853-2
SS3800000.0IEC 60853-2
J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_c$Volumetric heat capacity conductor material

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of conductor material per K at 20°C is the product of the density (in kg/m$^3$) and the isobaric mass heat capacity (in J/kg.K).

Value for Aldrey (AL3) is identical to Aluminium according to a manufacturer.

Values for some other elements are:

  • Silver 2.465e06
  • Gold 2.492e06
  • Molybdenum 2.557e06
  • Tungsten 2.587e06
  • Zinc 2.768e06
  • Steel (alloy 0.05% carbon) 3.80e06
  • Platinum 2.846e06
  • Manganin (Cu86/Mn12/Ni2) 3.444e06
  • Constantan (Cu-Ni alloy) 3.471e06
  • Iron 3.525e06
  • Nichrome (80% Ni 20% Cr) 3.780e06

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu3450000.0IEC 60853-2
Al2500000.0IEC 60853-2
AL32500000.0~ Al
Brz3400000.0IEC 60853-2
CuZn3750000.0engineeringtoolbox.com
Ni3955000.0engineeringtoolbox.com
SS3760000.0engineeringtoolbox.com
J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_d$Volumetric heat capacity duct material

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of duct material per K at 20°C The values are taken from standard IEC 60853-2 Ed.1.0.

Choices
MaterialValue
PE2400000.0
PP1800000.0
PVC1700000.0
WPE2400000.0
Metal3800000.0
Fibre2000000.0
Earth1700000.0
Cem1900000.0
J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{d,fill}$Volumetric heat capacity duct filling

The values for the possible filling material of the duct are listed such as air, nitrogen at 15 bar, water and oil.

Choices
MaterialValue
AirNormal air1200.0
N2Nitrogen17000.0
OilMineral oil1700000.0
H2OCooling water4180000.0
J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{encl}$Volumetric heat capacity enclosure material

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of enclosure material per K at 20°C

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu3450000.0IEC 60853-2
Al2500000.0IEC 60853-2
ENAW60602500000.0weltstahl.com
S3800000.0IEC 60853-2
SS3760000.0engineeringtoolbox.com
J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_f$Volumetric heat capacity filler

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of filler material per K at 20°C

The values are taken from standard IEC 60853-2 Ed.1.0 plus following additions:

  • Values for fibrous polypropylene (fPP), polyolefin copolymers (fPOC), polyethylene (fPE), and polyvinyl chloride (fPVC) are assumed to be 70% of the corresponding solid material (refer to $\sigma_{ab}$)
  • Plastic rods are considered to have 30% air-space, the rest PVC
  • Plastic tubes are considered to have 50% air-space, the rest PVC
  • Twisted yarns are assumed to be similar to jute
  • Tapes are assumed to be similar to jute

Choices
MaterialValueReference
fPOC1680000.070% of POC
fPP1260000.070% of PP
fPE1680000.070% of PE
fPVC1190000.070% of PVC
sPVC1700000.0IEC 60853-2
sPE2400000.0IEC 60853-2
PRod1190000.070% of sPVC
PTube850000.050% of sPVC
OilD2000000.0= OilP
TY2000000.0= Jute
Jute2000000.0IEC 60853-2
tape2000000.0~ Jute
Air1200.0engineeringtoolbox.com
Ot2000000.0assumption
J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_i$Volumetric heat capacity insulation material

The values for the specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of insulation material per K at 20°C are taken from standard IEC 60853-2 Ed.1.0 where available with the following additions:

  • Semi-conducting screening materials are assumed to have the same properties as the insulation.
  • Values for Polypropylene (PP) and Silicone rubber (SiR) are taken from professionalplastics.com
  • Value for PP laminated paper (PPLP) is assumed to be slightly higher than for paper insulation because the value for oil is given with 1.7 whereas the value for polypropylene lies between 1.7 and 1.9.
  • Value for Ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) is defined as 2200 J/kg.K * 0.955 kg/m3 acc. plasticfantasticlibrary.com
  • .

Choices
MaterialValue
PE2400000.0
HDPE2400000.0
XLPE2400000.0
XLPEf2400000.0
PVC1700000.0
EPR2000000.0
IIR2000000.0
PPLP2000000.0
Mass2000000.0
OilP2000000.0
PP1800000.0
SiR1400000.0
EVA2100000.0
XHF1320000.0
J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_j$Volumetric heat capacity jacket material

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of jacket material per K at 20°C

The values are taken from standard IEC 60853-2 Ed.1.0 plus following additions:

  • Values for polyolefin copolymers (POC) and chlorosulphonated PE (CSM) are assumed to be similar to polyethylene (PE).
  • Values for polypropylene (PP) and silicone rubber (SiR) are taken from professionalplastics.com

Choices
MaterialValueReference
PE2400000.0IEC 60853-2
HDPE2400000.0= PE
XLPE2400000.0= PE
PVC1700000.0IEC 60853-2
POC2400000.0~ PE
PP1800000.0professionalplastics.com
SiR1400000.0professionalplastics.com
FRNC2400000.0~ PE
CR2000000.0IEC 60853-2
CSM2400000.0~ PE
CJ2000000.0IEC 60853-2
RSP2000000.0IEC 60853-2
BIT2000000.0IEC 60853-2
HFS1300000.0~ XHF
J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{k2}$Volumetric heat capacity layer below

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of adjacent non-metallic media below the layer being calculated.

J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{k3}$Volumetric heat capacity layer above

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of adjacent non-metallic media above the layer being calculated.

J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{kc}$Volumetric heat capacity metallic component

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of current carrying metallic component.

J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{ki}$Volumetric heat capacity adjacent non-metallic material

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of adjacent component made of non-metallic material.

Formulas
$\frac{\sigma_{k2}+\sigma_{k3}}{2}$
J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{prot}$Volumetric heat capacity protective cover

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of protective cover

J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{sc}$Volumetric heat capacity screen material

Values for specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of screen material per K at 20°C are taken from standard IEC 60853-2 Ed. 1.0 where available and from standard technical handbooks for the others.

Value for Aldrey (AL3) is identical to Aluminium according to a manufacturer.

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu3450000.0IEC 60853-2
Al2500000.0IEC 60853-2
AL32500000.0~ Al
Brz3400000.0IEC 60853-2
CuZn3750000.0engineeringtoolbox.com
S3800000.0IEC 60853-2
SS3800000.0IEC 60853-2
Zn2760000.0engineeringtoolbox.com
J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{scb}$Volumetric heat capacity screen bedding

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of swelling tapes material per K at 20°C used as bedding of screen wires.

The value is given in $\sigma_{ab}$.

J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{scs}$Volumetric heat capacity screen serving

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of swelling tapes material per K at 20°C used as serving of screen wires.

The values are given in $\sigma_{ab}$.

J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{sh}$Volumetric heat capacity sheath material

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of sheath material per K at 20°C

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu3450000.0IEC 60853-2
Al2500000.0IEC 60853-2
Pb1450000.0IEC 60853-2
Brz3400000.0IEC 60853-2
S3800000.0IEC 60853-2
SS3800000.0IEC 60853-2
Zn2760000.0engineeringtoolbox.com
J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{shj}$Volumetric heat capacity sheath jacket material

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity of jacket material per K at 20°C

The values are taken from standard IEC 60853-2 Ed.1.0 plus following additions:

  • Values for polyolefin copolymers (POC) and chlorosulphonated PE (CSM) are assumed to be similar to polyethylene (PE).
  • Values for polypropylene (PP) and silicone rubber (SiR) are taken from professionalplastics.com

Choices
MaterialValueReference
PE2400000.0IEC 60853-2
HDPE2400000.0IEC 60853-2
PVC1700000.0IEC 60853-2
POC2400000.0= PE
PP1800000.0professionalplastics.com
SiR1400000.0professionalplastics.com
FRNC2400000.0= PE
CR2000000.0IEC 60853-2
CSM2400000.0= PE
J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{sp}$Volumetric heat capacity steel pipe material

Specific isobaric volumetric heat capacity per K at 20°C of steel pipe material for pipe-type cables.

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Al2500000.0IEC 60853-2
S3800000.0IEC 60853-2
SS3800000.0IEC 60853-2
J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{spf}$Volumetric heat capacity steel pipe filling medium

The values for the possible filling material of the steel pipe are listed.

Choices
MaterialValueReference
Air1200.0σd,fill
N217000.0σd,fill
Oil1700000.0σd,fill
J/(K.m$^3$)
$\sigma_{sun}$Absorption coefficient solar radiation

The absorption coefficient of solar radiation for the cable surface is used to calculate the temperature rise due to solar radiation.

The coefficient is material-dependant, typical values are given in standard IEC 60287-1-1 for different cable jacket materials and in standard IEC 60287-2-1 for different duct materials.

No reference values were found for Polypropylene (PP), Silicone rubber (SiR) and Chlorosulphonated polyethylene (CSM) and they are assumed to be similar to PVC.

Choices
MaterialCableDuct
PE0.40.4
HDPE0.40.4
XLPE0.40.4
PVC0.60.6
PP0.60.6
FRNC0.80.4
HFS0.40.4
POC0.6n.a.
SiR0.6n.a.
CR0.8n.a.
CSM0.6n.a.
CJ0.8n.a.
RSP0.8n.a.
BIT0.80.8
WPEn.a.0.4
Metaln.a.0.3
Fibren.a.0.6
Cemn.a.0.75
Earthn.a.0.75
$\sigma_{sw}$Volumetric heat capacity skid wiresJ/(K.m$^3$)
$SIL$Surge impedance loading

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.5

The surge impedance loading, or natural loading, is the power loading at which reactive power is neither produced nor absorbed.

Formulas
$\frac{{U_n}^2}{Z_{ch}}$nominal voltage
$\frac{{U_o}^2}{Z_{ch}}$operating voltage
MW
T$T0_{gas}$Gas reference temperature

Used in Sutherlands model vor dynamic viscosity of ideal gases.
The values for $T0_{gas}$ are listed under the entry for $\eta0_{gas}$.

K
$T_1$Thermal resistance conductor—sheath

All three-core cables require fillers to fill the space between insulated cores and the belt insulation or a sheath. The fillers of extruded cables usually have higher thermal resistivities than the insulation, unlike paper-insulated cables. In a paper by G. Anders from 1998, a formula was developed to take into account the different thermal resistivities. This formula has been included in the new editions of the IEC standards.

For three-core cables with a touching metallic screen made of copper tapes each core the thermal resistance of the insulation is obtained in two steps:

  1. First, the cables are considered as belted cables for which $t_1/t$ = 0.5.
  2. Second, the resulting $T_1$ is multiplied by a factor $K$, called the screening factor.

In a paper by G. Anders from 1999, a more precise formula was developed. This formula has not been included in the IEC, but is used by Cableizer.

Type of screen/sheath of multi-core cables

  • SS: with separate screen and separate sheaths
  • SC: with separate screen and common sheath
  • CC: with common screen and common sheath

For calculation of the cyclic and emergency current rating of cables acc. IEC 60853, the multi-core cable is replaced by an equivalent single-core construction dissipating the same total conductor losses. The space between the equivalent single-core conductor and the sheath is considered to be completely occupied by insulation. For oil-filled cables, this space is filled partly by the total volume of oil in the ducts and the remainder is oil-impregnated paper.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_i}{2\pi} \ln\left(1+\frac{2t_1}{d_c}\right)$single-core cables
$\frac{\rho_i}{2\pi} G_1$multi-core cables, general formula
$K_1 \frac{\rho_i}{2\pi} G_1$three-core cables, screened, round conductors
$0.89T_1+K_1 \left(\frac{\sqrt{3} \rho_f}{\rho_i}-0.12d_c+2.25\right) e^{0.13+\frac{t_1}{d_c}-7K_1}$three-core cables, screened, round conductors (Anders1999)
$\frac{\rho_i}{2\pi} G_1+0.031\left(\rho_f-\rho_i\right) e^{\frac{0.67t_1}{d_c}}$three-core cables, unscreened, round conductors
$0.385\rho_i \frac{2t_{ic}}{d_c+2t_{ic}}$three-core cables, oil-filled, round conductors, with metallized paper core screens & oil ducts between the cores
$0.35\rho_i \left(0.923-\frac{d_c}{d_c+2t_{ic}}\right)$three-core cables, oil-filled, round conductors, with metal tape core screens & oil ducts between the cores
$\frac{475}{{D_{sc}}^{1.74}} \left(\frac{0.5\left(\frac{D_{shb}+D_{sh}-2t_{sh}}{2}-2.16D_{sc}\right)}{D_{sc}}\right)^{0.62}+\frac{\rho_i}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{d_c-2t_{sc}}{d_c}\right)$three-core cables, oil-filled, round conductors, without fillers and oil ducts, having a copper woven fabric tape binding the cores together and a corrugated aluminium sheath
$1.07T_1$single-core cables, part-metallic sheathed, trefoil, up to 35 kV
$1.16T_1$single-core cables, part-metallic sheathed, trefoil, from 35 to 150 kV
$T_{ct}+T_{cs}+T_{ins}+T_{is}+T_{scb}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15, cables with screen
$T_{ct}+T_{cs}+T_{ins}+T_{is}+T_{scb}+T_{scs}+T_{dsh}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15, cables without screen
$\frac{1}{F_{lay,3c}} T_1$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 44, three-core cables
$\frac{\rho_i}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{ins}}{d_c}\right)$4-loop method
$\frac{\theta_c-\theta_{encl}}{W_{conv,ce}+W_{rad,ce}}$PAC/GIL
K.m/W
$t_1$Thickness conductor—sheath

Insulation thickness between conductors and sheath used to calculate $T_1$ with following considerations:

  • For multi-core cables, $t_1$ is up to the sheath and $t_2$ is between sheath and armour.
  • A tape screen is considered equivalent to a sheath, so for single-core cables with a tape screen and no sheath and for multi-core cables with a common screen and no sheath, the screen serving is added to $t_2$.
  • A wired screen is not relevant for the calculation.
  • For multi-core cables with separate sheaths, the filler is part of $t_2$.

Type of screen/sheath of multi-core cables

  • SS: with separate screen and separate sheaths
  • SC: with separate screen and common sheath
  • CC: with common screen and common sheath

Formulas
$t_i+t_{scb}+t_{scs}+\frac{H_{sh}+\Delta H}{2}$single-core cables
$t_i+t_{scb}+t_{scs}+\frac{H_{sh}+\Delta H}{2}$multi-core cables, type SS
$t_i+t_{scb}+t_{scs}+t_f+\frac{H_{sh}+\Delta H}{2}$multi-core cables, type SC
$t_i+t_f+t_{scb}+t_{scs}+\frac{H_{sh}+\Delta H}{2}$multi-core cables, type CC
$t_i+t_{scb}+t_{scs}+t_f$multi-core cables, without screen & sheath
$\frac{D_{sc}}{2}-\frac{d_c}{2}+t_{scs}$pipe-type cables
mm
$t_{1,t}$Thickness conductor—sheath, transient

For calculation of the cyclic and emergency current rating of cables acc. IEC 60853, the multi-core cable is replaced by an equivalent single-core construction dissipating the same total conductor losses. The space between the equivalent single-core conductor and the sheath is considered to be completely occupied by insulation. For oil-filled cables, this space is filled partly by the total volume of oil in the ducts and the remainder is oil-impregnated paper.

Formulas
$t_1$single-core cables
$\frac{D_{i,t}-d_{c,t}}{2}+t_{scb}+t_{scs}+\frac{H_{sh}+\Delta H}{2}$multi-core cables, type SS
$\frac{D_{i,t}-d_{c,t}}{2}+t_{scb}+t_{scs}+t_f+\frac{H_{sh}+\Delta H}{2}$multi-core cables, type SC
$\frac{D_{i,t}-d_{c,t}}{2}+t_f+t_{scb}+t_{scs}+\frac{H_{sh}+\Delta H}{2}$multi-core cables, type CC
$\frac{D_{i,t}-d_{c,t}}{2}+t_{scb}+t_{scs}+t_f$multi-core cables, without screen & sheath
$\frac{D_{i,t}-d_{c,t}}{2}+t_{scb}$pipe-type cables
mm
$T_2$Thermal resistance armour bedding

Thermal resistance of the bedding between sheath and armour consists of the bedding between the sheath and the first armour layer plus the separation material between the first and second armour layer if any. In case of three-core cables with jacket around each core, this is the thermal resistance of the filler between sheath and armour for three-core cables type SS with sheath. This includes the thermal resistance of the jacket around each core and of the armour bedding.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{ab}}{2\pi} \ln\left(1+\frac{2t_2}{D_{sh}-\left(H_{sh}+\Delta H\right)}\right)$Single-core cables or multi-core cables with common sheath
$\frac{\rho_f}{6\pi} G_2$three-core cables type SS with sheath or type SS/SC without sheath with tape screen
$\frac{1}{3} \frac{1}{F_{lay,3c}} \frac{\rho_{shj}}{2\pi} \ln\left(1+\frac{2t_{shj}}{D_{sh}-\left(H_{sh}+\Delta H\right)}\right)+\frac{\rho_f}{6\pi} G_2$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 45, three-core cables type SS with sheath + jacket over each core
$T_{spf}+T_{ab}$pipe-type cables
$T_{scs}+T_{dsh}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15, cables with screen, with sheath, without armour
$T_{scs}+T_{dsh}+T_{ab}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15, cables with screen, with armour
$T_{ab}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15, cables without screen, without sheath, with armour
$T_{ab}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15, cables without screen, with sheath, with armour
$0$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15, cables otherwise
K.m/W
$t_2$Thickness sheath—armour

Thickness of the bedding between sheath and armour.

Formulas
$\frac{H_{sh}+\Delta H}{2}+t_{ab}$single-core cables
$\frac{H_{sh}+\Delta H}{2}+t_{shj}+t_f+t_{ab}$multi-core cables, type SS
$\frac{H_{sh}+\Delta H}{2}+t_{ab}$multi-core cables, type SC
$\frac{H_{sh}+\Delta H}{2}+t_{ab}$multi-core cables, type CC
$t_{shj}+t_{ab}$multi-core cables, without screen & sheath
$t_{shj}+t_{ab}+t_f$pipe-type cables
mm
$T_3$Thermal resistance jacket
Formulas
$\frac{\rho_j}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_j}{D_j-2t_3}\right)$general case
$1.6T_3$single-core cables, part-metallic sheathed/metallic sheathed, trefoil
$T_{scs}+T_{dsh}+T_{ab}+T_j+T_{jj}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15, cables without armour/sheath, with screen
$T_{ab}+T_j+T_{jj}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15, cables without armour, with sheath5
$T_j+T_{jj}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15, cables otherwise
K.m/W
$t_3$Thickness armour—surface
Formulas
$t_j+t_{jj}$
mm
$T_{4c}$Thermal resistance backfill correction Neher

Thermal resistivity correction for native soil outside of trench for ac losses Please refer to CIGRE TB 880 chapter 7.11 (case study 3).

Formulas
$\frac{\mu \left(\rho_4-\rho_b\right)}{2\pi} G_b$
K.m/W
$T_{4d}$Thermal resistance daily load cycle

Effective transient thermal resistance in the earth for a transient period of $\tau$. The used equations ensure that the transient thermal resistance cannot become negative for very short transient periods.

The transient component of the heat flow will penetrate the earth only to a limited distance from the cable, thus the corresponding thermal resistance will be smaller than its steady-state counterpart $T_{4ss}$. It is assumed that the temperature rise over the internal thermal cable resistance is complete by the end of the transient cycle.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_4}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{\operatorname{Max}\left(D_x, Do_d\right)}{Do_d}\right)$buried
$\frac{\rho_b}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{\operatorname{Max}\left(D_x, Do_d\right)}{Do_d}\right)$buried in backfill or filled troughs
$\frac{\rho_4}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{\operatorname{Max}\left(D_x, Do_d\right)}{Do_d}\right)+\frac{\rho_d}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{Do_d}{Di_d}\right)+\frac{\rho_{d,fill}}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{Di_d}{D_{eq}}\right)$buried in bentonite-filled ducts
$\frac{\rho_4}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_x}{Do_d}\right)$buried, CIGRE TB 880 Case study 3
$\frac{\rho_b}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_x}{Do_d}\right)$buried in backfill, CIGRE TB 880 Case study 3
K.m/W
$T_{4db}$Thermal resistance backfill correction

When the cables or ducts are embedded in concrete, the calculation of the thermal resistance $T_{4iii}$ is first of all made assuming a uniform medium having a thermal resistivity equal to the concrete $\rho_b$. A correction $T_{4db}$ is then added algebraically to take account of the difference between the thermal resistivity of concrete and soil for that part of the thermal circuit exterior to the backfill. The backfill is transformed into an equivalent circle with the help of the geometric factor $G_b$.

When the cables or ducts are not embedded in concrete, $T_{4db}$ is zero.

Formulas
$\frac{N_b \left(\rho_4-\rho_b\right)}{2\pi} G_b$backfill
$\frac{N_b \left(\rho_4-\rho_b\right)}{2\pi} G_b+T_{4pii}$backfill with pipe
$T_{4pi}+T_{4pii}+T_{4piii}-T_{4iii}$air-filled pipe with objects
Choices
IdMethodInfo
0IEC 60287-1-1When the cables or ducts are embedded in backfill material such as concrete, the calculation of the thermal resistance outside the objects is first of all made assuming a uniform medium outside the ducts having a thermal resistivity equal to the backfill. A correction is then added algebraically to take account of the difference, if any, between the thermal resistivities of backfill and soil for that part of the thermal circuit exterior to the backfill or duct bank. This method is only valid for ratios of width and height ranging from 1/3 to 3 without distinction of the backfills orientation.
1El-Kady/Horrocks (1985)A paper by El-Kady and Horrocks describes an efficient finite-element-based technique for calculating geometric factors for extended ranges of the height/width ratio and presents results for a wide range of values in a direct tabular and graphical format suitable for conventional IEC calculations.This method is valid for ratios of height/width ranging from 0.05 to 5.0 and ratios of depth/height ranging from 0.6 to 20.0 and it differenciates between cases where height > width and cases where height < width.
2multi-layer backfillWith the multi-layer backfill method, it is possible to simulate the filling of a rectangular trench where the cables are buried with one or two superimposed horizontal layers of different materials, stacked above the cable bedding, respectively duct bank. This method is based on fitting the thermal resistances to numerical data from finite element simulations. In two papers by De Lieto Vollaro et.al equations for thermal resistances of different elements in the heat paths were defined with a range of application for the relevant parameters.
3air-filled pipe with objectsThis method allows for calculation of an air-filled pipe with one or many air-filled ducts inside. The thermal resistance of the air inside the pipe is calculated using the same method as for cables in ducts.
K.m/W
$T_{4fem}$Thermal resistance finite element methodK.m/W
$T_{4i}$Thermal resistance medium in the duct

The equation for ducts with bentonite filling is based on the conduction shape factor of a cylinder surrounded by an eccentric cylinder of larger radius, refer to Table 5.4 in the book 'A Heat Transfer Textbook' by John H. Lienhard IV and V (Phlogiston Press 2008) or to table 3.5 in the book 'Heat Transfer - A Practical Approach' by Yunus A. Cengel (2014). It is assumed that the cables are in the duct so that it comes to contact.

Formulas
$\frac{U_d}{1+0.1\left(V_d+Y_d \theta_{dm}\right) D_{eq}}$Default
$\frac{\rho_{d,fill}}{2\pi} \cosh^{-1}\left(\frac{{Di_d}^2+{D_{eq}}^2-\left(\frac{Di_d}{2}-\frac{D_{eq}}{2}\right)^2}{2Di_d D_{eq}}\right)$Bentonite filling, steady-state
$\frac{\theta_e-\theta_{di}}{W_{conv,og}-W_{conv,gd}+W_{rad,int}}$Cables in riser
$\frac{\theta_e-\theta_{di}}{W_{conv,int}+W_{rad,int}}$Cables in riser Chippendale
$\frac{1}{\frac{\pi D_{eq}}{1000} \left(h_{conv,int}+h_{rad,int}\right)}$Cables in riser IEC 60287
$F_{\alpha} T_{4i}$buried inclined ducts
K.m/W
$T_{4ii}$Thermal resistance duct wall
Formulas
$\frac{\rho_d}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{Do_d}{Di_d}\right)$Default
$F_{\alpha} T_{4ii}$buried inclined ducts
$\frac{\rho_d}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{Do_d}{Do_d-2t_{dp}}\right)$steel pipe with protective cover
K.m/W
$T_{4iii}$Thermal resistance ambient

Thermal resistance to ambient of a single cable or duct depends on laying.

For touching cables or ducts, different formulae are being used:

  • Metallic sheathed cables are taken to be cables where it can be assumed that there is a metallic layer that provides an isotherm at, or immediately under, the outer sheath of the cable or for metallic ducts.
  • Cables and ducts of the same system are assumed to be touching, when they are located at a distance smaller than a few percent of their diameter.
  • Touching of cables from different systems is not addressed
  • When the cables or ducts are embedded in concrete (backfill), the thermal resistivity of soil $\rho_4$ is replaced with the thermal resistivity of the bank material $\rho_b$ in the equations below.
  • The formulas for buried cables, touching, flat formation, are valid for u >= 5 and in trefoil formation for u >= 4.
  • For three buried single-core cables in touching trefoil formation, metallic sheathed or part-metallic covered, the thermal resistance of the serving over the sheath or armour, $T_3$, shall be multiplied by a factor of 1.6. Can be deactivated in the advanced options.
  • For part-metallic covered cables (where helically laid armour or screen wires cover from 20 to 50% of the cable circumference), the thermal resistance of the insulation $T_1$, shall be multiplied by the factor 1.07 for cables up to 35 kV and by 1.16 for cables from 35 kV to 150 kV. Can be deactivated in the advanced options.

For cables in a channel acc. Heinhold, the thermal resistance to ambient is the total convection and radiation thermal resistance between cable and channel (Heinhold equation 18.103).

Note: $ln(g_{u})=ln(u+\sqrt{u^2-1})=\cosh^{-1}u$

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_4}{2\pi} \ln\left(g_u\right)$buried cables/ducts non-touching (or drying-out of soil cyclic load variation finite element method multi-layer backfill)
$\frac{\rho_4}{\pi} \left(\ln\left(g_u\right)-0.451\right)$2 buried cables/ducts, flat touching, metallic sheathed
$\frac{\rho_4}{\pi} \left(\ln\left(g_u\right)-0.295\right)$2 buried cables/ducts, flat touching, non-metallic sheathed
$\rho_4 \left(0.475\ln\left(g_u\right)-0.346\right)$3 buried cables/ducts, flat touching, metallic sheathed
$\rho_4 \left(0.475\ln\left(g_u\right)-0.142\right)$3 buried cables/ducts, flat touching, non-metallic sheathed
$3\frac{\rho_4}{2\pi} \left(\ln\left(g_u\right)-0.63\right)$3 buried cables/ducts, trefoil touching, (part-)metallic sheathed
$\frac{\rho_4}{2\pi} \left(\ln\left(g_u\right)+2\ln\left(u\right)\right)$3 buried cables/ducts, trefoil touching, non-metallic sheathed
$\frac{1}{\pi D_o h_{bs} {\Delta \theta_s}^{\frac{1}{4}}}$cylinders in air/trough
$\frac{h_{T4}}{\pi D_o h_{bs} {\Delta \theta_s}^{\frac{1}{4}}}$multiple groups of cylinders in air/trough
$\frac{1}{\frac{1}{R_{CG,L}}+\frac{1}{R_{CG,R}}}$cables in multi-layer backfill
$\frac{1}{\frac{1}{T_{sa}+T_{at}}+\frac{1}{T_{st}}}$Cables in channel (Heinhold)
$\frac{\theta_e-\theta_a}{W_{conv,sa}+W_{rad,sa}-W_{sun}}$PAC/GIL in air
$\frac{1}{\pi D_{ext} U_{OHTC}}$subsea
$\frac{\theta_{de}-\theta_{air}}{W_{conv,ext}+W_{rad,ext}-W_{sun}}$riser in air
$\frac{1}{\pi D_{do} \left(h_{conv,ext}+h_{rad,ext}\right)}$riser in air IEC 60287
$\frac{\rho_4}{2\pi} \left(\ln\left(g_u\right)+\ln\left(F_{mh}\right)\right)$buried cables/ducts non-touching (apply Fₘₕ)
K.m/W
$T_{4\mu}$Thermal resistance ambient

This is the effective thermal resistance in the earth, typically just named $T_4$.

Formulas
$T_{4ss}$without cyclic load variation (continuous load)
$T_{4ss} \left(\mu+\frac{\left(1-\mu\right) T_{4d}}{T_{4ss}}\right)$with cyclic load variation (daily)
$T_{4ss} \left(\mu+\frac{\left(1-\mu\right) T_{4d}}{T_{4ss}}\right) \left(\mu_w+\frac{\left(1-\mu_w\right) T_{4w}}{T_{4ss}}\right)$with cyclic load variation (daily, weekly)
$T_{4ss} \left(\mu+\frac{\left(1-\mu\right) T_{4d}}{T_{4ss}}\right) \left(\mu_w+\frac{\left(1-\mu_w\right) T_{4w}}{T_{4ss}}\right) \left(\mu_y+\frac{\left(1-\mu_y\right) T_{4y}}{T_{4ss}}\right)$with cyclic load variation (daily, weekly, yearly )
$F_{\alpha} T_{4\mu}$buried inclined cable / duct
K.m/W
$T_{4pi}$Thermal resistance of medium in the air-filled pipe with objects

Thermal resistance between ducts and air-filled pipe based on IEC 60287-2-1 for cables in ducts.

Formulas
$\frac{U_p}{1+0.1\left(V_p+Y_p \theta_{at}\right) D_{eq}}$
K.m/W
$T_{4pii}$Thermal resistance pipe wall
Formulas
$\frac{\rho_p}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{Do_p}{Di_p}\right)$air-filled pipe
$\frac{\rho_p}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{r_b+t_p}{r_b}\right)$otherwise
K.m/W
$T_{4piii}$Thermal resistance pipe—ambient
Formulas
$\frac{\rho_4}{2\pi} \ln\left(u_p+\sqrt{{u_p}^2-1}\right)$
K.m/W
$T_{4ss}$Thermal resistance steady-state

This is the effective steady-state thermal resistance in the earth.

In order to evaluate the effect of a cyclic load upon the maximum temperature rise of a cable system, Neher observed that the heating effect of a cyclical load can be seen as a wave front which progresses alternately outward and inward in respect to the conductor during the cycle (1953). He further assumed that the heat flow during the loss cycle is represented by a steady component of magnitude plus a transient component. The steady-state component of the heat flow will penetrate the earth completely, thus the corresponding thermal resistance $T_{4ss}$ will be larger than its transient counterpart $T_{4et}$ which penetrates the earth only to a limited distance from the cable.

Formulas
$T_{4iii}+T_{4db}$with backfill
$T_{4iii}$without backfill
$T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+T_{4iii}+T_{4db}$cables in duct with bentonite filling and cyclic without backfill
$T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+T_{4iii}+T_{tr}$with filled troughs
$\frac{\rho_4}{2\pi} \ln\left(F_{mh}\right)+T_{4fem}$with finite element method
$T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+T_{4iii}+T_{4pi}+T_{4pii}+T_{4piii}$air-filled pipe
K.m/W
$T_{4t}$Equivalent thermal resistance for tunnel

A delta-star transformation is used to derive the following parameters used to calculate the equivalent thermal resistance of the surrounding soil of a tunnel:

  • $T_s$ is the equivalent star thermal resistance of cable
  • $T_t$ is equivalent star thermal resistance of tunnel wall
  • $T_a$ is the equivalent star thermal resistance of air.

Formulas
$N_{sys} N_c \left(T_s+\left(T_t+T_e\right) \left(1-\frac{T_t+T_e}{T_a+T_t+T_e} e^{\frac{-L_T}{L_0}}\right)\right)$
K.m/W
$T_{4w}$Thermal resistance weekly load cycle

Effective transient thermal resistance in the earth for weekly load (transient period $\tau$ of 7 days). In the majority of practical cases, the load variations will exhibit a more complex pattern than the one described by a daily load cycle, such as for example, loading of cables is usually much lighter during the weekend than during the weekdays.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_4}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{x,w}}{Do_d}\right)$buried
$\frac{\rho_b}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{x,w}}{Do_d}\right)$buried in backfill
$\frac{\rho_4}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{x,w}}{Do_d}\right)+\frac{\rho_d}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{Do_d}{Di_d}\right)+\frac{\rho_{d,fill}}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{Do_d}{D_{eq}}\right)$buried in bentonite-filled ducts
K.m/W
$T_{4y}$Thermal resistance yearly load cycle

Effective transient thermal resistance in the earth for yearly load (transient period $\tau$ of 1 year). For deeply buried cables and for tunnels, the yearly load variations play a significant role because of the very long constants at great depths.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_4}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{x,y}}{Do_d}\right)$buried
$\frac{\rho_4}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{x,y}}{Do_d}\right)$buried in backfill
$\frac{\rho_4}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{x,y}}{Do_d}\right)+\frac{\rho_d}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{Do_d}{Di_d}\right)+\frac{\rho_{d,fill}}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{Do_d}{D_{eq}}\right)$buried in bentonite-filled ducts
K.m/W
$T_A$Thermal resistance A transient thermal circuit

A three-core cable is represented as an equivalent single-core cable for long-term transients with duration < $PQ$. However, for very short transients with duration < $TQ$ where $TQ$ refers to a single core, the mutual heating of the cores is neglected, and a three-core cable is treated as a single-core cable with the dimensions corresponding to the one core. For durations between these two limits, the transient is assumed to be given by a straight line interpolation in a diagram with axes of linear temperature rise and logarithmic times.

Formulas
$T_1$long-term transients
$\frac{\frac{T_1}{n_c}}{2}$short-term transients
K.m/W
$T_a$Star thermal resistance air
Formulas
$\frac{T_{at} \frac{T_{sa}}{N_{sys} N_c}}{\frac{T_{st}}{N_{sys} N_c}+\frac{T_{sa}}{N_{sys} N_c}+T_{at}}$
K.m/W
$T_{a0}$Apparent thermal resistance a

This is the apparent thermal resistance $T_{a0}$ used to calculate cable partial transient temperature rise acc. to IEC 60853-2.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{a_0-b_0} \left(\frac{1}{Q_A}-b_0 \left(T_A+T_B\right)\right)$
K.m/W
$t_{a,1}$Thickness armour 1

Thickness of armour tape, respectively diameter or thickness of armour wires, assuming a single layer of wires only.

mm
$t_{a,2}$Thickness armour 2mm
$t_{ab}$Thickness armour bedding
Formulas
$t_{ab,1}+t_{ab,2}$
mm
$T_{ab}$Thermal resistance armour bedding
Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{ab}}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{ab}}{F_x D_{shj}}\right)$multi-core cables type SS
$\frac{\rho_{ab}}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{ab}}{D_{shj}-\left(H_{sh}+\Delta H\right)}\right)$otherwise
$T_{ab,1}+T_{ab,2}$double layer armour CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15
K.m/W
$T_{ab,1}$Thermal resistance armour bedding 1

Cable with double layer armour applying CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{ab,1}}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{ab,1}}{F_x D_{shj}}\right)$multi-core cables type SS
$\frac{\rho_{ab,1}}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{ab,1}}{D_{shj}-\left(H_{sh}+\Delta H\right)}\right)$otherwise
K.m/W
$t_{ab,1}$Thickness armour bedding 1mm
$T_{ab,2}$Thermal resistance armour bedding 2

Cable with double layer armour applying CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{ab,2}}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{ab,2}}{D_{ab,2}-2t_{ab,2}}\right)$
K.m/W
$t_{ab,2}$Thickness armour bedding 2mm
$T_{air}$Absolute air temperature
Formulas
$\theta_{air}+\theta_{abs}$
K
$t_{ar}$Thickness armour

The value is the sum of the thicknesses of 1st and 2nd armour layer weighted by the number of wires in case of wired armour.

Formulas
$\frac{t_{a,1} n_{a,1}+t_{a,2} n_{a,2}}{n_{ar}}$wires
$t_{a,1}+t_{a,2}$TECK or steel tapes
mm
$T_{at}$Thermal resistance convection air—tunnel

Convection thermal resistance between air and inner wall of the tunnel.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{0.023\pi k_{air} {\mathrm{Re}_{air}}^{0.8} {\mathrm{Pr}_{air}}^{0.4}}$ventilated tunnel
$\frac{1}{2\alpha_{at} \left(w_t+h_t\right)}$in channel (Heinhold)
K.m/W
$T_{axial}$Axial thermal resistance due to the movement of air through the tunnel
Formulas
$\frac{1}{C_{av}}$
K.m/W
$T_B$Thermal resistance B transient thermal circuit

In the case of cables in air, the transient temperature rise of conductor above outer surface is obtained by replacing $T_B$ by $(T_B+T_C)$.

Formulas
$q_2 T_2+q_3 \left(T_3+T_{4i}\right)+q_4 T_{4ii}$long-term transients
$\frac{T_1}{2}+q_2 T_2+q_3 \left(T_3+T_{4i}\right)+q_4 T_{4ii}$short-term transients
$T_B+T_C$cables in air
K.m/W
$T_{b0}$Apparent thermal resistance b

This is the apparent thermal resistance $T_{b0}$ used to calculate cable partial transient temperature rise acc. to IEC 60853-2.

Formulas
$T_A+T_B-T_{a0}$
K.m/W
$T_{bulk}$Bulk temperature

In thermofluids dynamics, the bulk temperature, or the average bulk temperature in the thermal fluid, is a convenient reference point for evaluating properties related to convective heat transfer, particularly in applications related to flow in pipes and ducts.

The concept of the bulk temperature is that adiabatic mixing of the fluid from a given cross section of the duct will result in some equilibrium temperature that accurately reflects the average temperature of the moving fluid, more so than a simple average like the film temperature.

Formulas
$\theta_a+\theta_{abs}$
K
$t_c$Thickness of hollow conductor
Formulas
$\frac{d_c}{2}-\frac{d_{ci}}{2}$
mm
$T_C$Thermal resistance C transient thermal circuit

Element C is only relevant for cables in air. The factor $T_{4iii}$ is the external thermal resistance due to air in the steady-state, calculated according to IEC 60287, expressed as a quantity per conductor or equivalent conductor.

Formulas
$\frac{q_4 T_{4iii}}{n_c}$
K.m/W
$t_{comp}$Thickness compartment
Formulas
$\frac{D_{comp}-D_c}{2}$
m
$T_{conv,ce}$Thermal resistance convection conductor—enclosure

Convection thermal resistance from conductor surface to inner wall of the PAC/GIL enclosure.

Formulas
$\frac{W_{conv,ce}}{\Delta \theta_{gas}}$Vermeer1983 / Itaka1978 / Eteiba2002
$\frac{1}{\frac{0.36\pi \left(\beta_{gas} g\right)^{0.25} \left(\frac{D_{comp}-D_c}{2}\right)^{0.75} \left(\frac{c_{p,gas} \rho_{gas} k_{gas}}{\eta_{gas}} \Delta \theta_{gas}\right)^{0.25}}{\ln\left(\frac{D_{comp}}{D_c}\right)}}$Haubrich1973
K.m/W
$T_{conv,int}$Thermal resistance convection cable—riser
Formulas
$\frac{W_{conv,int}}{\theta_e-\theta_{di}}$
K.m/W
$T_{conv,sa}$Thermal resistance convection surface—air

Thermal resistance for convection from outer surface of PAC/GIL to surrounding air.

Formulas
$\frac{W_{conv,sa}}{\theta_e-\theta_{film}}$
K.m/W
$t_{cs}$Thickness conductor shieldmm
$T_{cs}$Thermal resistance conductor shield
Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{cs}}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{cs}}{D_{cs}-2t_{cs}}\right)$
K.m/W
$t_{ct}$Thickness conductor tape

This is an optional tape wrapped around the conductor.

  • In case of paper-insulated cables, this is considered a metallic tape, and electrically and thermally negligible.
  • In case of all other cables, this is considered to be semi-conducting insulating tapes forming an unity with the conductor shield.

mm
$T_{ct}$Thermal resistance conductor tape
Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{ct}}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{d_c+2t_{ct}}{d_c}\right)$
K.m/W
$T_d$Internal thermal resistance for dielectric losses
Formulas
$\frac{T_1}{2n_c}+T_2+T_3$
K.m/W
$t_d$Thickness duct

Thickness of a duct

Formulas
$\frac{Do_d-Di_d}{2}$
mm
$t_{dp}$Thickness protective cover

Protective cover to prevent corrosion of a metallic duct

mm
$T_{dsh}$Thermal resistance corrugation filling
Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{scs}}{2\pi} \ln\left(1+\frac{2\frac{H_{sh}+\Delta H}{2}}{D_{scs}}\right)$
K.m/W
$T_e$External thermal resistance of tunnel

External thermal resistance of the surrounding soil of a tunnel.

In order to use the deep tunnel thermal inertial correction also for rectangular shaped tunnels, the outer diameter is calculated approximately using formula from Japanese Cable Standard JCS 0501. Then the parameter $u$ is calculated using this outer diameter and the formula for circular shape below is used. The thermal resistance of the wall of a rectangular tunnel or channel is calculated acc. Heinhold.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_4}{2\pi} \ln\left(u+\sqrt{u^2-1}\right)+T_{tw}$circular tunnel and rectangular tunnel (JCS)
$\frac{\rho_4}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{3.388L_{cm}}{\sqrt{A_t}}\right)+T_{tw}$rectangular tunnel (IEC)
$\frac{\rho_4}{\frac{4}{\pi} \left(1+\ln\left(\frac{\frac{h_t}{d_t+d_{im}}+1}{\sqrt{2}}+\sqrt{\left(\frac{\frac{h_t}{d_t+d_{im}}+1}{\sqrt{2}}\right)^2-0.5}\right)\right)+\frac{w_t}{d_t+d_{im}}}$rectangular channel (Heinhold)
K.m/W
$t_{EMF}$Time step to calculate current source
Formulas
$j \Delta t$
s
$t_{encl}$Thickness enclosurem
$T_{eq}$Thermal resistance, equivalent

Equivalent thermal resistance per conductor.

Formulas
$T_1+n_{ph} \left(\left(1+\lambda_1\right) T_2+\left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right) T_3\right)+n_{cc} \left(\left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right) \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+v_4 T_{4\mu}\right)+\lambda_4 \left(\frac{T_{4ii}}{2}+v_4 T_{4\mu}\right)\right)$cable
$T_1+n_{ph} \left(1+\lambda_1\right) T_{prot}+n_{cc} \left(1+\lambda_1\right) \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+v_4 T_{4\mu}\right)$PAC/GIL
$T_{hs}+T_{4iii}$heat source
$T_{fo}+T_{4iii}$fiber optic cable
K.m/W
$t_f$Thickness of filler/belt insulationmm
$T_f$Thermal resistance filler

Thermal resistance of the filler.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_f}{6\pi} G_2$three-core cables type SS with sheath or type SS/SC without sheath with tape screen
$0$otherwise
K.m/W
$T_{fo}$Thermal resistance FOC

Total thermal resistance of a fiber optic cable.

Formulas
$T_{foj}$
K.m/W
$t_{foj}$Thickness protective jacket

Thickness of the protective jacket over the insulation of a fiber optic cable.

mm
$T_{foj}$Thermal resistance protective jacket

Thermal resistance of the protective jacket over the insulation of a fiber optic cable.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{k_{foj}} \frac{1}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{foj}}{D_{fot}}\right)$
K.m/W
$T_{gas}$Absolute gas temperature
Formulas
$\theta_{gas}+\theta_{abs}$Absolute temperature
$\frac{T_{surf}+T_{bulk}}{2}$non-isothermal earth surface
K
$T_{hs}$Thermal resistance heat source

Total thermal resistance of a heat source.

Formulas
$T_{hsp}+T_{hsi}+T_{hsj}$
K.m/W
$t_{hsi}$Thickness pipe insulation

Thickness of the insulation around the pipe in the center of a heat source, e.g. a district heat pipe.

mm
$T_{hsi}$Thermal resistance pipe insulation

Thermal resistance of the insulation around the pipe in the center of a heat source, e.g. a district heat pipe.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{k_{hsi}} \frac{1}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{hsi}}{Do_{hsp}}\right)$
K.m/W
$t_{hsj}$Thickness protective jacket

Thickness of the protective jacket over the insulation of a heat source, e.g. a district heat pipe.

mm
$T_{hsj}$Thermal resistance protective jacket

Thermal resistance of the protective jacket over the insulation of a heat source, e.g. a district heat pipe.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{k_{hsj}} \frac{1}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{hsj}}{D_{hsi}}\right)$
K.m/W
$t_{hsp}$Thickness fluid-filled pipe

Thickness of the pipe in the center of a heat source inside which the fluid is flowing, e.g. water in a district heat pipe.

mm
$T_{hsp}$Thermal resistance fluid-filled pipe

Thermal resistance of the pipe in the center of a heat source inside which the fluid is flowing, e.g. water in a district heat pipe.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{k_{hsp}} \frac{1}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{Do_{hsp}}{Di_{hsp}}\right)$
K.m/W
$T_i$Thermal resistance insulation
Formulas
$\frac{\rho_i}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_i}{d_c}\right)$IEC 60287
$T_{ct}+T_{cs}+T_{ins}+T_{is}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15
K.m/W
$t_i$Thickness insulation
Formulas
$t_{ct}+t_{cs}+t_{ins}+t_{is}$
mm
$t_{i1}$Thickness of insulation between conductors

Relevant for multicore cables.

Formulas
$2t_i$
mm
$t_{i2}$Thickness of insulation between conductor and metallic sheath

Relevant for multicore cables with common screen/sheath (type CC).

Formulas
$t_i+t_{scb}+t_{scs}+t_f$
mm
$t_{ic}$Thickness core insulation

The thickness of core insulation is including screening tapes plus half the thickness of any non-metallic tapes over the laid up cores.

This is used for two types of three-core oil-filled cables with circular conductors and circular oil ducts between the cores.

  1. with metallised paper core screens, where the thickness is including carbon black and metallised paper tapes.
  2. with metal tape core screens, where the thickness is including the metal screening tapes.

Formulas
$t_{ct}+t_{cs}+t_{ins}+t_{is}+t_{sc}+\frac{t_{scb}}{2}+\frac{t_{scs}}{2}$
mm
$t_{ins}$Thickness insulationmm
$T_{ins}$Thermal resistance insulation

This is the thermal resistance of the insulation layer without conductor shield and insulation screen.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_i}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{ins}}{D_{ins}-2t_{ins}}\right)$
K.m/W
$T_{int}$Internal thermal resistance for current losses

A concentric return cable has a conductor around the core for a return path. These are typically used for single phase systems or for single-core HV AC subsea cable circuits where specially bonded cable systems are not possible. Also DC cables may be of concentric type as is the case in an integrated return conductor cable, where the return conductor is installed around the core conductor.

Formulas
$\frac{T_1}{n_{ph}}+\left(1+\lambda_1\right) T_2+\left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right) T_3$AC cables, or concentric return
$\frac{T_1}{n_{ph}}+T_2+T_3$DC cables up to 5 kV, not concentric return
$\frac{T_1}{n_{ph}}+\left(1+\lambda_1\right) T_{prot}$PAC/GIL
$\frac{T_1}{n_{ph}}+\left(1+\lambda_1\right) T_2$Cables subsea
$\frac{7}{18} T_1$three-core cables in riser (Hartlein & Black)
K.m/W
$t_{is}$Thickness insulation screenmm
$T_{is}$Thermal resistance insulation screen
Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{is}}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{ins}+2t_{is}}{D_{ins}}\right)$
K.m/W
$t_j$Thickness jacket

Also known as serving, outer sheath, or oversheath.

mm
$T_j$Thermal resistance jacket
Formulas
$\frac{\rho_j}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_j}{D_j-2\left(t_j+t_{jj}\right)}\right)$IEC 60287-2-1
$\frac{\rho_j}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_j-2t_{jj}}{D_j-2\left(t_j+t_{jj}\right)}\right)$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15
K.m/W
$t_{jj}$Thickness of additional layer over jacket

This layer is added on top of the serving/jacket. It may be a semi-conducting layer or a flame retardant added during extrusion process or a flame retardant paint being applied after installation. For calculations, the additional layer has the same material properties as the serving/jacket.

mm
$T_{jj}$Thermal resistance additional layer

CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 15

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{jj}}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_j}{D_j-2t_{jj}}\right)$
K.m/W
$t_k$Duration of short-circuit

Calculations according to IEC are made for 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3 and 5 s. In addition, calculations are made for a short-circuit duration of 10 ms. In the preferences, an optional custom short-circuit duration in the range between 0.01 and 5 s can be defined.

Calculations according to ICEA are made for 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 30, 60 and 100 cycles.

s
$T_L$Thermal resistance, longitudinal

Thermal longitudinal resistance of a conductor.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{{10}^{-6}k_c A_c}$cables/PAC/GIL
$0$heat source, fiber optic cable
K.m/W
$T_{mh}$Mutual thermal resistance between rated and crossing object(s)

Mutual thermal resistance between the rated object and the crossing object with several crossings.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho(e^{\gamma_X\Delta z}-1)}{4\pi} \sum\limits_{{v}=1}^{N_X} T_{mh_v}$
K.m/W
$T_{mh,v}$Mutual thermal resistance between object(s) per slice

Mutual thermal resistance between the rated object and the crossing object with several crossings.

Formulas
$e^{-|\nu| \gamma_X \Delta z} \ln\left(\frac{\left(L_r+L_h\right)^2+\left(\nu \Delta z \mathrm{sin}\beta\right)^2}{\left(L_r-L_h\right)^2+\left(\nu \Delta z \mathrm{sin}\beta\right)^2}\right)$single source crossing
$e^{-|\nu| \gamma_X \Delta z} \ln\left(\frac{\left(L_r+L_h\right)^2+\left(\left(z_r-z_h+\nu \Delta z\right) \mathrm{sin}\beta\right)^2}{\left(L_r-L_h\right)^2+\left(\left(z_r-z_h+\nu \Delta z\right) \mathrm{sin}\beta\right)^2}\right)$several crossings
K.m/W
$T_o$Thermal resistance oil in the pipe
Formulas
$0$
K.m/W
$t_p$Thickness enclosing pipe

Thickness of large enclosing pipe with ducts inside such as it is used for HDD.

mm
$t_{prot}$Thickness protective cover

For GIL, the thickness is in meter, for heat sources in mm.

m
$T_{prot}$Thermal resistance protective cover
Formulas
$\frac{1}{2k_{prot} \pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{prot}}{D_{encl}}\right)$
K.m/W
$T_r$Thermal resistance, total

Total thermal resistance per conductor.

Formulas
$T_1+n_c \left(T_2+T_3\right)+n_{cc} \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+v_4 T_{4\mu}\right)$cable
$T_1+n_c T_{prot}+n_{cc} \left(T_{4i}+T_{4ii}+v_4 T_{4\mu}\right)$PAC/GIL
$T_{hs}+T_{4iii}$heat source
$T_{fo}+T_{4iii}$fiber optic cable
K.m/W
$T_{rad,ce}$Thermal resistance radiation conductor—enclosure

Radiation thermal resistance from conductor surface to inner wall of the PAC/GIL enclosure using the Stefan-Boltzmann law.

Formulas
$\frac{W_{rad,ce}}{\theta_c-\theta_{encl}}$
K.m/W
$T_{rad,int}$Thermal resistance radiation cable—riser

Thermal resistance for radiation from cable outer surface to inner duct wall using the Stefan-Boltzmann law.

Formulas
$\frac{W_{rad,int}}{\theta_e-\theta_{di}}$
K.m/W
$T_{rad,sa}$Thermal resistance radiation surface—air

Thermal resistance for radiation from outer surface to ambient air using the Stefan-Boltzmann law.

Formulas
$\frac{W_{rad,sa}}{\theta_e-\theta_{film}}$
K.m/W
$T_{rad,sun}$Thermal resistance solar radiation air—surface

Thermal resistance for solar radiation to outer surfaceusing the Stefan-Boltzmann law.

Formulas
$\frac{W_{sun}}{\theta_e-\theta_{film}}$
K.m/W
$T_{riser}$Thermal resistance riser

The heat transfer through risers and the J-tube air section is calculated considering::

  1. convection and radiation between the cable surface and the duct inner surface
  2. the conduction through the duct
  3. convection and radiation between the duct outer surface and ambient plus optionally solar radiation and wind.

Above the J-tube air section, the thermal network only needs to consider one of the separated power cores as the thermal influence of the hang off itself is considered negligible. The thermal network for a single power core is defined by a sub set of the thermal network designed for the J tube air section, with only $T_1$ and $T_2$, because due to the separation of the power cores, the armour layer is no longer present i.e. no need for $T_3$.

The radial thermal network below the sea level is comparable to the J-tube air section, with the only difference being that the convection and radiation terms within the air section are replaced by a solid water domain. The thermal resistance of the water between the cable and the J-tube is calculated using the standard thermal resistance equation for an annuls.

Formulas
$\frac{\zeta_w}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{Di_D}{D_e}\right)$
Choices
IdMethodInfo
0ERA empirical methodThe first method is an empirically derived method and was published by ERA in 1988. The cables had outer diameters 75 to 130 mm and the tubes 160 to 400 mm. For other values, the results must be used with caution. The method is intended for use with J tubes which are sealed at the top. The continuous rating is calculated by recognizing that under steady state conditions, the permissible heat flux across each radial component must be the same. Inherent within the balanced permissible heat flux statement is the assumption that minimal heat is produced within the armour and sheath which is a further limitation of this rating approach.
1Hartlein & BlackThe second method is an analytical method proposed by R.A. Hartlein and W.Z. Black in 1983. It is based around a thermal network model and is more general in its applicability than the ERA empirical method. It considers tubes which are both open and sealed at the top. The ladder network for the cable is akin to the network layout within IEC 60287-2, with the temperature difference between two radial positions being given as Δθ = qT where q is the heat flux passing through the region which has a thermal resistance, T.
2AndersThe third method was published by G.J. Anders in 1996 and is an extension of the pioneering work by Hartlein and Black which missed formulae for computation of heat transfer coefficients under certain conditions and required assumptions which were sometimes incompatible with typical cable-riser geometry. The paper by Anders updated the work of Hartlein and Black by redefining the mathematical model and supplementing information lacking in their work. Careful comparison of both models was made and reported in a previous paper by Anders, published 1995.
3ChippendaleThe fourth method is an analytical method proposed by R.D. Chippendale et al. in 2017 more in line with IEC 60287 approaches. Three component models are used, one for each of the three thermal sections: Central air section with the section below sea level before and the section with individual phases after. The results obtained demonstrate that a 2D approximation is acceptable for cases where the length of the tube air section is greater than 10 m. For lengths less than this, the use of the 2D methods becomes conservative and the 3D calculation is recommended, particularly for wind farm export cables with large conductor sizes.
4IEC 60287 DraftThe last method is a draft of an analytical method proposed to be included in IEC 60287 in the future.
K.m/W
$T_s$Star thermal resistance object
Formulas
$\frac{\frac{T_{st}}{N_{sys} N_c} \frac{T_{sa}}{N_{sys} N_c}}{\frac{T_{st}}{N_{sys} N_c}+\frac{T_{sa}}{N_{sys} N_c}+T_{at}}$
K.m/W
$T_{sa}$Thermal resistance convection object—air

Convection thermal resistance between surface of cable and air inside the tunnel and in free air.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\pi k_{air} K_{cv} {\mathrm{Re}_{air}}^{0.65}}$in tunnel (turbulent flow), $Re_{air}$ > 2000
$\frac{1}{\left(\pi D_o h_{bs}-\frac{1}{{30}^{0.25}T_{st}}\right) {|\theta_{de}-\theta_{at}|}^{0.25}}$in tunnel (laminar flow), $Re_{air}$ ≤ 2000
$\frac{1}{\left(\pi D_o h_{bs}-\frac{1}{{30}^{0.25}T_{st}}\right) {|\theta_{o,L}-\theta_{at,L}|}^{0.25}}$in tunnel (laminar flow), $Re_{air}$ ≤ 2000, IEC 60287-2-3
$\frac{1}{\pi D_o k_{sa} \alpha_{sa} {f_{atm}}^{0.5}}$in channel (Heinhold)
Choices
IdMethodInfo
0CableizerThe method developed by Cableizer is applicable to any type of cable or heat source installed in ventilated tunnels and up to six different systems, unequally loaded, can be calculated. The method applies to natural as well as forced ventilation. and the longitudinal heat transfer in the tunnel air is calculated every meter of tunnel length. The method is described in the paper 'Ampacity Calculation of Multiple Independent Cable Systems in Ventilated Tunnels' from 2019.
1IEC 60287-2-3The method acc. IEC 60287-2-3 is applicable to any type of cable installed in ventilated tunnels. The method applies to natural as well as forced ventilation. Longitudinal heat transfer within the cables and the surroundings of the tunnel is assumed to be negligible. All cables are assumed to be identical and equally loaded within the tunnel.
2HeinholdThe method acc. Heinhold is applicable to any type of cable installed in channels near the surface and does not consider ventilation. The method is described in the book 'Kabel und Leitungen für Starkstrom' by L. Heinhold from 1999 (in English only earlier edition available of 'Power Cables and their Applications' from 1990).
K.m/W
$t_{sc}$Thickness screen

Corresponds to the diameter of round screen wires, or the thickness of flat screen wires and screen tape.

Only a single layer of screen wires is supported.

Choices
Namemmmm$^2$in.cmilin.$^2$
AWG 240.5110.2050.0201404.00.00031731
AWG 230.5740.2590.0226511.00.00040115
AWG 220.6430.3240.0253640.00.00050273
AWG 210.7240.4110.0285812.00.00063794
AWG 200.8130.5170.0321020.00.00080425
AWG 190.9120.6540.03591290.00.00101223
AWG 181.0240.8230.04031620.00.00127556
AWG 171.1511.040.04532050.00.00161171
AWG 161.291.310.05082580.00.00202683
AWG 151.451.650.05713260.00.00256072
AWG 141.6282.080.06414110.00.00322705
AWG 131.8292.630.0725180.00.0040715
AWG 122.0523.310.08086530.00.00512758
AWG 112.3044.170.09078230.00.00646107
AWG 102.5885.260.101910380.00.00815527
AWG 92.9066.630.114413090.00.01027879
AWG 83.2648.370.128516510.00.012969
AWG 73.66510.50.144320820.00.016354
AWG 64.11513.30.16226240.00.020612
AWG 54.6216.80.181933090.00.025987
AWG 45.18921.20.204341740.00.032781
mm
$t_{scb}$Thickness screen bedding

The screen bedding usually consists of semi-conducting water-blocking swelling tape.

Its thickness is added to the thickness of insulation to sheath $t_1$ which is used to calculate the thermal resistance between conductor and sheath. Therefore it has the same thermal resistivity as the insulation in the calculation. In reality, it usually has a higher value, but the error is small because the layer is thin with typical thickness of less than 0.5 mm.

mm
$T_{scb}$Thermal resistance screen bedding
Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{scb}}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{scb}}{D_i}\right)$
K.m/W
$t_{scs}$Thickness screen serving

The screen serving usually consists of water-blocking swelling tape.

Its thickness is added to the thickness of insulation to sheath $t_1$ which is used to calculate the thermal resistance between conductor and sheath. Therefore it has the same thermal resistivity as the insulation in the calculation. In reality, it usually has a higher value, but the error is small because the layer is thin with typical thickness of approx. 0.5 mm.

mm
$T_{scs}$Thermal resistance screen serving
Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{scs}}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{scs}}{D_{sc}}\right)$
K.m/W
$t_{sh}$Thickness sheathmm
$t_{sha}$Total thickness between separate sheath and armour
Formulas
$\frac{D_{ab}-D_f}{2}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 45
$t_{shj}+t_f+t_{ab,1}$otherwise
mm
$t_{shj}$Thickness sheath jacketmm
$T_{shj}$Thermal resistance sheath jacket

Thermal resistance of the jacket around each core of three-core subsea cables. The thermal resistance of the sheath jacket is considered per phase, same as the thermal resistance of the insulation.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{shj}}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_{shj}}{D_{sh}-\left(H_{sh}+\Delta H\right)}\right)$per core
$F_{lay,3c} T_{shj}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 44, compensated for the lay length
K.m/W
$t_{sp}$Thickness steel pipe

Thickenss of steel pipe of pipe-type cables.

mm
$T_{spf}$Thermal resistance steel pipe filling

The thermal resistance of the gas or oil between the surface of the cores and the pipe is calculated in the same way as that part of $T_{4i}$ which is between a cable and the internal surface of a duct.

Formulas
$\frac{U_{spf}}{1+0.1\left(V_{spf}+Y_{spf} \theta_{spf}\right) D_{eq}}$
K.m/W
$T_{st}$Thermal resistance radiation object—tunnel

Radiation thermal resistance between cable surface and inner wall of the tunnel.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\pi D_o K_r K_t \sigma \left(\left(\theta_{de}+\theta_{abs}\right)^2+\left(\theta_t+\theta_{abs}\right)^2\right) \left(\theta_{de}+\theta_t+2\theta_{abs}\right)}$ventilated tunnel (multi-system)
$\frac{1}{\pi D_o K_r K_t \sigma \left(\left(\theta_{o,L}+\theta_{abs}\right)^2+\left(\theta_{t,L}+\theta_{abs}\right)^2\right) \left(\theta_{o,L}+\theta_{t,L}+2\theta_{abs}\right)}$ventilated tunnel (IEC 60287-2-3)
$\frac{1}{\pi D_o K_r \alpha_{st}}$in channel (Heinhold)
K.m/W
$T_{surf}$Absolute surface temperature
Formulas
$T_{bulk}+\frac{W_{sys}}{h_{tr}}$cables
$T_{bulk}+\frac{W_{hs}}{h_{tr}}$heat sources defined by loss
$T_{bulk}$heat sources defined by temperature
$T_{bulk}+\frac{1}{h_{tr}} \left(\sum_{i=0}^{n-1} W_{sys,i}+\sum_{j=0}^{m-1} W_{hs,j}\right)$Over sum of all objects
K
$t_{sw}$Thickness skid wiresmm
$t_t$Thickness wall

For cables in tunnels, this is the thickness of the tunnel wall, both for rectangular and circular tunnels.
For cables in troughs, this is the thickness of the walls and the cover of the trough.

m
$T_t$Star thermal resistance tunnel
Formulas
$\frac{T_{at} \frac{T_{st}}{N_{sys} N_c}}{\frac{T_{st}}{N_{sys} N_c}+\frac{T_{sa}}{N_{sys} N_c}+T_{at}}$
K.m/W
$T_{tot}$Thermal resistance, transient

Total thermal resistance of cable for transient calculations.

Formulas
$T_1+T_2+T_3$
K.m/W
$T_{tr}$Thermal resistance trough

Thermal resistance of trough to account for increase in the air temperature inside the trough to the ambient air temperature.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{3p_{tr}}$IEC 60287-2-1
$\frac{0.2}{w_t+0.705h_t}$IEE Wiring Regulations BS 7671
$\frac{\pi \rho_4}{2\left(2+\frac{\pi w_t}{2t_t}+\ln\left(\left(\frac{t_t}{2\left(t_t+h_t\right)}\right)^2\right)\right)}$Slaninka I
$\frac{1}{\frac{2\left(2\left(1-\ln2\right)+\frac{\pi w_t}{2t_t}\right)}{\pi \rho_t}-\frac{2\ln\left(\left(\frac{t_t}{2\left(t_t+h_t\right)}\right)^2\right)}{\pi \rho_4}+\frac{2\ln2}{\pi \rho_4}}$Slaninka II
$\frac{\rho_4}{0.3907+H_{tc}+\phi_{tr}}$Anders + Slaninka II
$\frac{0.33}{{V_{air}}^{0.74} {L_{cm}}^{0.2}}+\frac{\Delta \theta_{sun}}{W_{sum}}$filled troughs Endacott1970
Choices
IdMethodInfo
0IEC 60287-2-1An empirical formula is used which gives the temperature rise of the air in the trough above the air ambient as Δθ being equal to the total power dissipated in the trough per meter length (W/m) divided by 3 times that part p of the trough perimeter which is effective for heat dissipation (m). Any portion of the perimeter, which is exposed to sunlight, is therefore not included in the value of p.
1IEE Wiring Regulations BS 7671The IEE Wiring Regulations, BS 7671, is a United Kingdom standard that sets out the requirements for low-voltage electrical installations. Rating factors are given for standard troughs and are applied to the tabulated rating for cables in free air. The origin of the derating factors is not known but considered likely to derive from equations given in an anonymous document probably prepared in about 1950. It is stated that a ground temperature of 25˚C is used and the method is only applicable to troughs within buidings where conditions are generally drier, and thermal resistivites higher, than for outdoor troughs.
2Slaninka IAs with the IEC 60287 method, Slaninka I leads to an additional temperature rise, which is added to the ambient air temperature. Isothermal conditions for both the ground surface and the inner surface of the enclosure are assumed and certain assumptions were made that are only valid for troughs of roughly square cross-section.
3Slaninka IISlaninka II is an extended solution to a situation with non-isothermal conditions and troughs that are not roughly square. This work also attempted to develop a method for calculating the heat transfer between the cable surface and the inner surface of the trough. The method divided the trough along a horizontal axis that ran through the centreline of the cables. Heat transfer to the upper part of the enclosure was taken to be by convection and radiation, while that to the lower part was taken to be by radiation only. Heat transfer by conduction for cables laid on the base of the trough was not considered.
4Anders + Slaninka IIThis is the proposed analytical solution by Anders et al. based on previous work and is an extension of the Slaninka’s method. The calculated results were compared with with those obtained from test work performed at ERA Technology outside in 1968 and reported in Electricity Council Research Centre (ECRC) Report R219 and gives good agreement.
5filled troughs Endacott1970When cables are installed in a filled trough, either completely buried or with the cover flush with the ground surface, there is a danger that the material will dry out and the cable external thermal resistance may then be very high leading to undesirably high temperatures. A method to calculate the maximum cable surface temperature was developed by Endacott et al. 1970.
6filled troughs FEMThis numeric method uses finite element to calculate the external thermal resistance of the ambient outside of cables and ducts. All losses are still calculated according to IEC standard.
K.m/W
$T_{tw}$Thermal resistance wall

The equation for rectangular tunnel is given in the book 'Kabel und Leitungen für Starkstrom' by L. Heinhold, 5th edition 1999.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_t}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{Do_t}{Di_t}\right)$circular tunnel
$\frac{2\rho_t t_t}{2U_{ti}+8t_t}$rectangular tunnel
K.m/W
$T_{wall}$Thermal resistance pipe wall

Thermal resistance of pipe wall

Formulas
$\frac{1}{D_{wall} \pi U_{wall}}$
K.m/W
$\mathrm{tan} \delta_i$Loss factor insulation material

The values for the loss factor of insulation are taken from standard IEC 60287-1-1 where available with the following additions:

  • Values for Polypropylene (PP) and Silicone rubber (SiR) are taken from kronjaeger.com

Choices
MaterialValue
PE0.001
HDPE0.001
XLPE0.004 (U_n <= 30kV)
0.001 (U_n > 30kV)
XLPEf0.005
PVC0.1
EPR0.02 (U_n <= 30kV)
0.005 (U_n > 30kV)
IIR0.05
PPLP0.0014
Mass0.01
OilP0.0035 (self-contained U_n <= 60kV)
0.0033 (self-contained 60kV < U_n <= 150kV)
0.003 (self-contained 150kV < U_n <= 280kV)
0.0028 (self-contained 280kV < U_n <= 500kV)
0.0045 (pipe-type oil-filled)
0.004 (pipe-type external gas pressure)
0.0045 (pipe-type internal gas pressure)
PP0.001
SiR0.025
EVA0.022
XHF0.052
$\tau$Transient load period

The transient period $\tau$ is the number of hours of the loading cycle, usually 24 hours.

With a period of 1 year, a soil diffusivity equivalent to the general and a load factor approaching unity, the current rating approaches steady-state load as defined by IEC. A longer transient period would reach a current rating below the steady-state value. Because we allow to select the soil diffusivity for each system separately, this may cause problematic effects for long transient periods. Therefore we limit the transient period to 1 year for buried cables.

Formulas
$\operatorname{expi}\left(\frac{-{L_{cm}}^2}{4\tau \delta_{soil}}\right)$
Choices
secondsof the transient period
60010 minutes
36001 hour
72002 hours
216006 hours
3600010 hours
4320012 hours
864001 day
6048001 week
315576001 year
s
$\tau_L$Deep burial thermal inertia transient load period

The input and output is made in years, while the calculation is made in seconds, with 1 year = 365.25 days and 1 day = 86400 seconds.

For soils with a thermal diffusivity varying from 0.35e-6 to 1.2e-6 m2/s a soil layer with a depth of about 100 m results in a time constant of 30 to 100 year. Refer to the book Sustainable Energy Technologies, chapter 9.3.1, by E. Rincon-Mejia, 2008. For a typical life time of an XLPE cable, count with a $\tau_L$ of 40 years.

Default
40.0

s
$\theta_{2K}$Temperature rise 2K criterion°C
$\theta_a$Ambient temperature

The ambient temperature is the temperature of the surrounding medium under normal conditions, at a situation in which cables are installed, or are to be installed. It includes the effect of any local source of heat, but not the increase of temperature in the immediate neighbourhood of the cables due to heat arising therefrom.

°C
$\theta_{abs}$Absolute temperature

Thermodynamic temperature is the absolute measure of temperature and is one of the principal parameters of thermodynamics. It is defined by the third law of thermodynamics in which the theoretically lowest temperature is the null or zero point. At this point, absolute zero, the particle constituents of matter have minimal motion and can become no colder. It is often also called absolute temperature because it does not depend on the properties of a particular material and refers to an absolute zero according to the properties of the ideal gas.

The International System of Units specifies a particular scale for thermodynamic temperature. It uses the kelvin scale for measurement and selects the triple point of water at 273.15 K as the fundamental fixing point.

Default
273.15

K
$\theta_{air}$Ambient air temperature

For cables in troughs, this is the temperature of the ambient air above ground. This is taken as the initial air temperature inside the air-filled trough.

°C
$\theta_{ar}$Temperature armour

The temperature of armour is the mean value of the temperatures of the first and second armour layer. Because the resistances of the armour layers are calculated based on the temperatures of the corresponding layers, this temperature is not used.

With crossing heat sources, a temperature rise of $\Delta\theta_{0x}$ applies at the hottest point.

Formulas
$\theta_c-T_1 \left(W_c+\frac{W_d}{2}\right)-n_{ph} T_2 \left(W_c \left(1+\lambda_1\right)+W_d\right)$steady-state
$\Delta \theta_{c,t}-T_1 W_c-n_{ph} T_2 W_c \left(1+\lambda_1\right)$transient (approximation) CIGRE WG B1.72
°C
$\theta_{at}$Air temperature with load

This is the temperature of the air inside a tunnel, trough or channel. The same approach is used for air-filled pipe with objects.

Formulas
$iteration$in tunnel
$\left(1-\lambda_t\right) \theta_{iter}+\lambda_t \left(\theta_{init}+\Delta \theta_{air}\right)$in trough
$\left(1-\lambda_t\right) \theta_{iter}+\lambda_t \left(\theta_{init}+\Delta \theta_{air}+\Delta \theta_p\right)$in air-filled pipe with objects
°C
$\theta_{at,L}$Air temperature at outlet
Formulas
$\theta_{init}+\left(\theta_a+\left(T_t+T_e\right) N_{sys} N_c W_{tot}-\theta_{init}\right) \left(1-e^{\frac{-L_T}{L_0}}\right)$in tunnel
$\frac{W_{sum} L_T}{C_{av}}+\theta_{init}$in ventilated channel (Heinhold)
°C
$\theta_{at,max}$Air temperature permissible

This is the maximal permissible temperature of the air at the air outlet of a tunnel or channel.

°C
$\theta_{at,z}$Air temperature z

Air temperature in the tunnel at the point z in the cable route.

Formulas
$\theta_{init}+\left(\theta_a+\left(T_t+T_e\right) N_{sys} N_c W_{tot}-\theta_{init}\right) \left(1-e^{\frac{-z}{L_0}}\right)$
°C
$\theta_c$Temperature conductor

The temperature of a power cable is the conductor temperature rise above the ambient temperature plus the

  • temperature rise by solar radiation for cables in air
  • temperature rise by other buried cables for buried cables
  • critical soil temperature rise for buried cables where drying out of soil can occur
  • temperature rise by crossing heat sources $\Delta\theta_{0x}$ at the hottest point

Formulas
$\theta_a+\Delta \theta_c+\Delta \theta_{sun}$Cables in air, in riser IEC 60287
$\theta_a+\Delta \theta_c-\left(v_4-1\right) \Delta \theta_x+v_4 \Delta \theta_p$Cables buried
$\theta_{de}+\Delta \theta_c$Cables in tunnel
$\theta_a+\Delta \theta_c+\Delta \theta_{0t}$Cables in tunnel (IEC 60287-2-3)
$\theta_t+\Delta \theta_c$Cables in channel (Heinhold)
$\theta_{at}+\Delta \theta_c$Cables in trough (air-filled)
$\theta_a+\Delta \theta_c+\Delta \theta_p$Cables subsea
$\theta_{air}+\Delta \theta_c$Cables in riser
°C
$\theta_{c,ins}$Field limited conductor temperature
Formulas
$\frac{\Delta \theta_{i,max}}{T_{ins}} \frac{T_{ins}}{\Delta \theta_i} \Delta \theta_c+\theta_a$
°C
$\theta_{c,t}$Transient temperature conductor
Formulas
$\theta_a+\Delta \theta_{c,t}$
K
$\theta_{c,t,0}$Temperature of conductor at transient step

This is the transient temperature of conductor at start of the transient step.

°C
$\theta_{c,z}$Temperature conductor z

Conductor temperature at the point z in the cable route in the tunnel.

Formulas
$\theta_{o,z}+W_c \left(T_1+n_{ph} \left(1+\lambda_1\right) T_2+n_{ph} \left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right) T_3\right)+W_d \left(\frac{T_1}{2}+n_{ph} \left(T_2+T_3\right)\right)$cables
$\theta_{o,z}+W_c \left(T_1+n_c \left(1+\lambda_1\right) T_{prot}\right)$PAC/GIL
$\theta_{o,z}+W_{hs} T_{hs}$heat sources
°C
$\theta_{cmax}$Max. temperature conductor

Values for maximum conductor temperature depending on the insulation material for normal operation, under emergency overload operation (max 8 hours/day and 100 hours/year) and during short-circuit are according to IEC 60840 and IEC 62087 where available with the following additions:

  • Values for Polypropylene (PP) are taken from the book 'Handbook of Electrical Engineering: For Practitioners in the Oil, Gas and Petrochemical Industry' by A.L. Sheldrake (2003) .
  • Values for Silicone rubber (SiR) as well as EVA, ETFE, FEP, PTFE and PFA are taken from Leoni LEOMER 'Insulation material properties' .
  • High temperature materials SiR and EVA are limited to 100°C and extra-high temperature materials ETFE, FEP, PTFE and PFA are limited to 110°C.

The IEC 60724 defines the short-circuit temperature limit of PVC at 160°C for cables with cross-section ≤ 300mm$^2$ and at 140°C for cables with cross-section > 300mm$^2$

Choices
Materialnormal operationemergency overloadshort-circuit
PE7080130
HDPE8090160
XLPE90105250
XLPEf90105250
PVC7590160
EPR90105250
IIR85105250
PPLP7080130
Mass8095150
OilP8095150
PP8095150
SiR100130225
EVA100130180
XHF110130250
ETFE110130230
FEP110150260
PTFE110150305
PFA110150290
°C
$\theta_{cmaxeo}$Max. temperature conductor, emergency overload

Maximum conductor temperature under emergency overload operation (max 8 hours/day and 100 hours/year).

°C
$\theta_{cmaxsc}$Max. temperature conductor, short-circuit

Maximum conductor temperature during short-circuit.

°C
$\theta_{cs}$Temperature conductor shield
Formulas
$\theta_c-\left(T_{ct}+T_{scb}\right) W_c$
°C
$\theta_{de}$Temperature duct outer surface

This is the temperature of the outer surface of a duct or a riser/J-tube.

With crossing heat sources, a temperature rise of $\Delta\theta_{0x}$ applies at the hottest point.

Formulas
$\theta_{di}-T_{4ii} n_{cc} W_t+\frac{T_{4ii} n_{cc} W_{duct}}{2}$cables in duct
$\frac{W_{tot} T_{st} T_{sa}+\theta_t T_{sa}+\theta_{at} T_{st}}{T_{sa}+T_{st}}$cables,heat sources or PAC/GIL in ventilated tunnel
$\theta_{di}-T_{4ii} n_{cc} W_t$cables in trough, in channel
$\theta_e$heat sources in trough, in channel
$\theta_a+v_4 \Delta \theta_p+\left(1-v_4\right) \Delta \theta_x+n_{cc} W_{tot} v_4 T_{4\mu}$PAC/GIL buried in duct
$\theta_{di}-T_{4pii} W_{sum}$air-filled pipe with objects
°C
$\theta_{di}$Temperature duct inner surface

With crossing heat sources, a temperature rise of $\Delta\theta_{0x}$ applies at the hottest point.

Formulas
$\theta_e-T_{4i} n_{cc} \left(W_I+W_d\right)$cables in duct
$\theta_{de}+T_{4ii} n_{cc} W_{di}$cables in riser (ERA)
$\theta_{de}+T_{4ii} n_{cc} W_{tot}$PAC/GIL with duct
$\theta_{at}-\frac{T_{4pi}}{2} W_{sum}$air-filled pipe with objects
°C
$\theta_{dm}$Mean temperature medium in the duct

This is the mean temperature of the medium filling the space between cable and duct.

With crossing heat sources, a temperature rise of $\Delta\theta_{0x}$ applies at the hottest point.

Formulas
$\frac{\theta_e}{2}+\frac{\theta_{di}}{2}$
°C
$\theta_e$External temperature object

With crossing heat sources, a temperature rise of $\Delta\theta_{0x}$ applies at the hottest point.

Formulas
$\theta_c-T_1 \left(W_c+\frac{W_d}{2}\right)-n_{ph} T_2 \left(W_c \left(1+\lambda_1\right)+W_d\right)-n_{ph} T_3 \left(W_I+W_d\right)$cables
$\theta_{hsf}-W_{hs} T_{hs}$heat sources
$\theta_a+\Delta \theta_s$PAC/GIL in air
$\theta_a+v_4 \Delta \theta_p+\left(1-v_4\right) \Delta \theta_x+W_{tot} v_4 T_{4\mu}$PAC/GIL buried without duct
$\theta_{di}+T_{4i} n_{cc} W_{tot}$PAC/GIL with duct
$\theta_{at}+\Delta \theta_s$PAC/GIL in trough in air
$\theta_t+T_{4iii} W_{tot}$PAC/GIL in channel (Heinhold)
$\Delta \theta_{c,t}-T_1 W_c-n_{ph} T_2 W_c \left(1+\lambda_1\right)-n_{ph} T_3 W_I$transient (approximation) CIGRE WG B1.72
°C
$\theta_{encl}$Temperature enclosure

Because the temperature of the enclosure of a PAC/GIL is a function of the current, $I_c$, an iterative method is used for the calculation.

Formulas
$\theta_e+T_{prot} W_{tot}$
°C
$\theta_f$Temperature filler for multi-core cables type SS with sheath

With crossing heat sources, a temperature rise of $\Delta\theta_{0x}$ applies at the hottest point.

Formulas
$\theta_c-T_1 \left(W_c+\frac{W_d}{2}\right)-n_{ph} T_2 \left(W_c \left(1+\lambda_1\right)+W_d\right)$
°C
$\theta_{film}$Film temperature

In heat transfer and fluid dynamics, the film temperature is an approximation to the temperature of a fluid inside a convection boundary layer. It is calculated as the arithmetic mean of the temperature at the surface of the solid boundary wall and the free-stream temperature $T_{\infty}$. The film temperature is often used as the temperature at which fluid properties are calculated when using Prandtl number, Nusselt number, Reynolds number or Grashof number to calculate a heat transfer coefficient, because it is a reasonable first approximation to the temperature within the convection boundary layer.

Somewhat confusing terminology may be encountered in relation to boilers and heat exchangers, where the same term is used to refer to the limit (hot) temperature of a fluid in contact with a hot surface.

Formulas
$\frac{\theta_e}{2}+\frac{\theta_a}{2}$PAC/GIL in air
$\frac{\theta_c}{2}+\frac{\theta_{gas}}{2}$PAC/GIL conductor—gas
$\frac{\theta_{gas}}{2}+\frac{\theta_{encl}}{2}$PAC/GIL gas—enclosure
$\theta_{di}$Riser closed at both ends (Hartlein & Black)
$\frac{\theta_e}{2}+\frac{\theta_{di}}{2}$Riser closed at both ends (Anders)
$\theta_{air}$Riser open at both ends (Hartlein & Black)
$\frac{\theta_e}{2}+\frac{\theta_{air}}{2}$Riser open at both ends, object—gas (Anders)
$\frac{\theta_{di}}{2}+\frac{\theta_{air}}{2}$Riser open at both ends, gas—duct (Anders)
$\frac{\theta_e+\theta_{di}+\theta_{air}}{3}$Riser open at top and closed at bottom, object—gas (Hartlein & Black)
$\theta_{air}$Riser open at top and closed at bottom, gas—duct (Hartlein & Black)
$\frac{\theta_e+\theta_{di}+2\theta_{air}}{4}$Riser open at top and closed at bottom, object—gas (Anders)
$\theta_{di}$Riser open at top and closed at bottom, gas—duct (Anders)
$\theta_{air}$air around riser (Hartlein & Black)
$\frac{\theta_{de}}{2}+\frac{\theta_{air}}{2}$air around riser (Anders)
°C
$\theta_{fo}$Temperature optical fiber

Temperature of an optical fiber.

Formulas
$\theta_a+v_4 \Delta \theta_p-\left(v_4-1\right) \Delta \theta_x$fiber optic cable buried
$\frac{\theta_t T_{sa}+\theta_{at} T_{st}}{T_{sa}+T_{st}}$fiber optic cable in ventilated tunnel
$\theta_t$fiber optic cable in channel (Heinhold)
$\theta_{at}$fiber optic cable in air-filled trough, in air-filled pipe with objects
$\theta_a+v_4 \Delta \theta_p-\left(v_4-1\right) \Delta \theta_x$fiber optic cable in filled troughs
°C
$\theta_{gas}$Gas temperature
Formulas
$T_{gas}-\theta_{abs}$Absolute temperature
$\frac{\theta_c}{2}+\frac{\theta_{encl}}{2}$PAC/GIL compartment
$\frac{h_{conv,c} \pi D_c \theta_c+h_{conv,encl} \pi D_{comp} \theta_{encl}}{h_{conv,encl} \pi D_{comp}-h_{conv,c} \pi D_c}$PAC/GIL compartment
$\frac{\theta_e}{2}+\frac{\theta_{di}}{2}$inside riser
$\frac{\theta_{de}}{2}+\frac{\theta_{air}}{2}$outside riser
°C
$\theta_{hs}$Temperature heat source

Temperature of a heat source, e.g. the fluid flowing inside the heat pipe.

°C
$\theta_{hsf}$Temperature fluid

Temperature of the material flowing inside a heat source, e.g. water of a district heat pipe.

Formulas
$\theta_e+W_{hs} T_{hs}$
°C
$\theta_{hsi}$Temperature pipe insulation

Temperature of the insulation around the pipe in the center of a heat source, e.g. a district heat pipe.

Formulas
$\theta_{hsf}-\left(T_{hsp}+T_{hsi}\right) W_{hs}$
°C
$\theta_{hsj}$Temperature protective jacket

The temperature of the outer jacket is identical to the external temperature $theta_e$.

*** These formulae are valid when the outer temperature defines the load.

Formulas
$\theta_a+v_4 \Delta \theta_p-\left(v_4-1\right) \Delta \theta_x+T_{4\mu} v_4 W_{hs}$heat sources buried
$\frac{W_{hs} T_{st} T_{sa}+\theta_t T_{sa}+\theta_{at} T_{st}}{T_{sa}+T_{st}}$heat sources in ventilated tunnel
$\theta_t+T_{4iii} W_{hs}$heat sources in channel (Heinhold)
$\theta_{at}+T_{4iii} W_{hs}$heat source in air-filled trough, in air-filled pipe with objects
$\theta_a+v_4 \Delta \theta_p-\left(v_4-1\right) \Delta \theta_x+\left(T_{4iii}+T_{tr}\right) v_4 W_{hs}$heat sources in filled troughs
°C
$\theta_{hsp}$Temperature fluid-filled pipe

Temperature of the pipe in the center of a heat source inside which the fluid is flowing, e.g. water in a district heat pipe.

Formulas
$\theta_{hsf}-T_{hsp} W_{hs}$
°C
$\theta_i$Temperature of insulation
Formulas
$\theta_c-\left(T_{ct}+T_{scb}\right) W_c-T_{ins} \left(W_c+\frac{W_d}{2}\right)$
°C
$\theta_{init}$Air temperature without load

The meaning of this parameter depends on the calculation method:

  • For ventilated tunnels, this is the temperature of the air at the inlet.
  • For troughs, unventilated tunnels and channels, this is the temperature of the air inside the trough with no load.

The temperature of the air with no load depends on the object:

  • For troughs, it is equal to the ambient air temperature above ground plus an increase caused by solar radiation acting directly on the through cover.
  • For unventilated tunnels and channels, it is equal to the ambient soil temperature plus an increase proportional to the inner surfaces.
    Explanations: The temperature of the soil depends on the laying depth. The temperature at a depth of about 10 m is constant and equal to the average annual temperature of the air (e.g. in Germany about 9°C). In less deep layers, the temperature follows the fluctuations in the air temperature with a certain time delay. Seasonal fluctuations can be observed at medium depths. In addition, fluctuations in the time of day can be detected in the vicinity of the earth's surface. Their mean value is higher in the summer months than the temperature in lower layers. With no load, the air in an unventilated tunnel or channel assumes an average temperature, which results from the temperatures of the inner surfaces and the proportion of the inner surfaces on the circumference of the object. The bottom and walls take on the temperature of the ground at the depth of the object's center. Under the influence of air temperature and solar radiation, the inside surface of the ceiling reaches in the summer months a temperature that is at most increased by $\Delta\theta_{sun}$. The mean temperature of the air in the duct with unloaded cables is the ambient air temperature above ground plus the increase through solar radiation divided by a geometric factor depending on height and width of the channel.

Formulas
$input$in tunnel
$\theta_a+\frac{\Delta \theta_{sun}}{2\left(\frac{h_t}{w_t}+1\right)}$in channel (Heinhold)
$\theta_{air}+\Delta \theta_{sun}$in air-filled trough
$\theta_{air}$in air-filled pipe with objects
°C
$\theta_{iter}$Air temperature previous iteration

For cables in troughs and channels, the calculated air temperature inside the enclosed space is damped by taking a mean value of the newly calculated air temperature using the calculated losses within multiplied by a relaxation parameter < 1 and add it to the air temperature of the previous cycle multiplied by 1 minus the relaxation parameter. Initially, this temperature is equal to the ambient air temperature above ground.

°C
$\theta_{kf}$Final temperature

Values for maximum temperature of jacket and bedding materials and of screen, sheath and armour materials are specified for following cable elements:

  • Insulation materials, defined by $\theta_{cmax}$
  • Bedding/serving materials, defined by $\theta_{kmax}$
    1. Continuous screen/metallic sheath or non-embedded screen wires or a closed layer of armour wires:
      The temperature limits of the screen/metallic sheath/armour when in contact with the oversheath materials, but thermally separated from the insulation by layers of suitable material and sufficient thickness. If thermal separation is not provided, the temperature limit of the insulation should be used if it is lower than that of the oversheath.
    2. Embedded spaced screen wires:
      The temperature limits of spaced wires when embedded in the oversheath materials, but thermally separated from the insulation of suitable material and sufficient thickness. If thermal separation is not provided, the temperature limit of the insulation should be used if it is lower than that of the oversheath.
  • Jacket/oversheath materials, defined by $\theta_{kmax}$
  • Current carrying components
    1. Conductors:
      limited by the insulation material
    2. Screen/sheath/armour:
      generally limited by the material which it is in contact.
      • In the case of screens (except for embedded wires) where there is a layer thermally separating the screen from other material in the cable, a temperature of 350°C should not be exceeded.
      • Lead sheath is limited to 170°C and lead alloy to 210°C.
    3. Joints and terminations:
      Attention should be given to the design and installation of joints and terminations if the short-circuit limits set out are to be safely used.
      • Soldered joints should not be used if conductor temperatures > 160°C are contemplated, while welded, compressed or bolted joints allow for 250°C.
      • Longitudinal thrust in cable conductors can be considerable, depending on the degree of lateral restraint on the cable, with values up to 50 N/mm$^2$.
      • Longitudinal tension in cable conductors is also to be expected after a short-circuit and may exist for a very long period.
      • With impregnated paper cables, compound expansion can give rise to considerable fluid pressure and moisture may also be drawn back into the accessory and cable.

Formulas
$\left(\theta_{ki}+\beta_k\right) e^{\frac{{I_{kAD}}^2 t_k}{{K_k}^2 {S_k}^2}}-\beta_k$
°C
$\theta_{ki}$Initial temperature°C
$\theta_{kmax}$Maximal temperature of non-insulation material

Values for maximum temperature of bedding, serving, filler and jacket material for normal operation, under emergency overload operation (max 8 hours/day and 100 hours/year) and during short-circuit are according to definitions in $\theta_{cmax}$ with the following additions:

  • Values for short-circuit for PE, HDPE, PVC, polyolefin copolymer (POC) polychloroprene (CR) and chlorosulphonated PE (CSP/CSM) are according to IEC 60724.
  • Values for fibruous materials are assumed to be similar to solid materials of the same kind.
  • Values for jute and compounded jute (CJ) are limited by the autoignition temperature for jute of 107°C according to tis-gdv.de .
  • Values for twisted yarns (TY) are assumed to be similar to jute.
  • Values for natural rubber (NR) are assumed to be similar to butyl rubber (IIR).
  • Values for water swelling tapes for screen wire bedding and serving have an operating temperature of 80-100°C according to scapa.com , while for the short-circuit temperature an assumption was taken.

Choices
Materialnormal operationemergency overloadshort-circuit
PE7080150
fPE7080150
HDPE8080180
PVC7590200
fPVC7590200
POC90110200
fPOC90110200
PP8095150
fPP8095150
SiR180200250
CR7590200
CSM90110200
EPR90110250
IIR85110250
NR85110250
tape80100200
RSP85110200
PRod90130250
PTube90130250
BIT7070130
CJ7070105
Jute7070105
TY7070105
°C
$\theta_{max}$Temperature of conductor at end of emergency loading

The maximum permissible conductor temperature at the end of the period of emergency loading.

°C
$\theta_o$Temperature outer surface

Outer surface temperature of an object, i.e. the surface temperature of cables or ducts.

°C
$\theta_{o,L}$Temperature object surface at outlet

Temperature of the cable surface at tunnel outlet.

Formulas
$\theta_{at,L}+T_a W_{a,L}+T_s N_{sys} N_c W_{tot}$
°C
$\theta_{o,z}$Temperature object surface z

Temperature of the cable surface at the point z in the cable route in the tunnel.

Formulas
$\theta_{at,z}+T_a W_{a,z}+T_s N_{sys} N_c W_{tot}$
°C
$\theta_{omax}$Max. temperature outer surface

Input for the outer temperature of an object, i.e. the surface temperature of cables or ducts, which defines the load of that system. The load of a system can also be defined by the conductor current or the maximum conductor temperature.

°C
$\theta_R$Rated current transient to steady-state ratio
Formulas
$\left(1-k_t+k_t \beta_t\right) \alpha_t$N = 1
$\left(1-k_t+k_t \gamma_t\right) \alpha_t$N > 1
$\theta_s$Temperature screen/sheath

The formulae to calculate the loss factor for screen and sheath $\lambda_1$ use the resistance of the sheath $R_{sh}$ or screen $R_{sc}$ at its maximum operating temperature. Because the temperature of the sheath or screen is a function of the current, $I_c$, an iterative method is used for the calculation.

With crossing heat sources, a temperature rise of $\Delta\theta_{0x}$ applies at the hottest point.

Formulas
$\frac{\theta_{sc}+\theta_{sh}}{2}$average screen || sheath
$\Delta \theta_{c,t}-T_1 W_c$transient (approximation) CIGRE WG B1.72
°C
$\theta_{sc}$Temperature screen

The formulae to calculate the loss factor for screen $\lambda_1$ use the resistance of the screen $R_{sh}$ at its maximum operating temperature. Because the temperature of the screen is a function of the current, $I_c$, an iterative method is used for the calculation.

With crossing heat sources, a temperature rise of $\Delta\theta_{0x}$ applies at the hottest point.

Formulas
$\theta_c-T_1 \left(W_c+\frac{W_d}{2}\right)$
°C
$\theta_{sh}$Temperature sheath

The formulae to calculate the loss factor for sheath $\lambda_1$ use the resistance of the sheath $R_{sh}$ at its maximum operating temperature. Because the temperature of the sheath is a function of the current, $I_c$, an iterative method is used for the calculation.

With crossing heat sources, a temperature rise of $\Delta\theta_{0x}$ applies at the hottest point.

Formulas
$\theta_c-T_1 \left(W_c+\frac{W_d}{2}\right)$without screen
$\theta_{sc}-T_{scs} \left(W_c \left(1+\lambda_{11,sc}\right)+\frac{W_d}{2}\right)$with screen
$\theta_{sc}-n_c \left(T_{scs}+T_f\right) \left(W_c \left(1+\lambda_{11,sc}\right)+\frac{W_d}{2}\right)$multicore type with screen SC
°C
$\theta_{sp}$Temperature steel pipe

The formulae to calculate the loss factor for steel pipe $\lambda_3$ use the resistance of the pipe $R_{sp}$ at its maximum operating temperature. Because the temperature of the steel pipe is a function of the current, $I_c$, an iterative method is used for the calculation.

With crossing heat sources, a temperature rise of $\Delta\theta_{0x}$ applies at the hottest point.

Formulas
$\theta_c-T_1 \left(W_c+\frac{W_d}{2}\right)-n_{ph} T_2 \left(W_c \left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2\right)+W_d\right)$
°C
$\theta_{spf}$Mean temperature medium in the steel pipe

This is the mean temperature of the medium filling the space between cables and steel pipe.

With crossing heat sources, a temperature rise of $\Delta\theta_{0x}$ applies at the hottest point.

Formulas
$\frac{\theta_{sc}}{2}+\frac{\theta_{sp}}{2}$
°C
$\theta_{surf}$Surface temperature
Formulas
$T_{surf}-\theta_{abs}$
°C
$\theta_t$Temperature wall (inner)
Formulas
$\left(1-\lambda_t\right) \theta_{iter}+\lambda_t \left(\theta_{init}+\Delta \theta_{air}\right)$
°C
$\theta_{t,L}$Temperature wall at outlet

Temperature of the inner tunnel wall at tunnel outlet.

Formulas
$\theta_{at,L}+T_a W_{a,L}-T_t \left(N_{sys} N_c W_{tot}-W_{a,L}\right)$
°C
$\theta_{t,z}$Temperature wall z

Temperature of the inner tunnel wall at the point z in the cable route in the tunnel.

Formulas
$\theta_{at,z}+T_a W_{a,z}-T_t \left(N_{sys} N_c W_{tot}-W_{a,z}\right)$
°C
$\theta_{tm}$Mean temperature between surface and air in tunnel or trough
Formulas
$\frac{\theta_{de}+\theta_{at}}{2}$
°C
$\theta_{to}$Temperature wall (outer)
Formulas
$\theta_t+\frac{T_{tw}}{T_e} \left(\theta_a-\theta_t\right)$
°C
$\theta_{to,z}$Temperature wall (outer) z
Formulas
$\theta_{t,z}+\frac{T_{tw}}{T_e} \left(\theta_a-\theta_{t,z}\right)$
°C
$\theta_w$Temperature water

The water temperature is the mean temperature of the seawater under normal conditions, at a situation in which cables are installed, or are to be installed.

Vertical stratification definition in bodies of water creates zones, including the thermocline, based on differences of temperature, salinity and density. For layers determined by temperature, the top surface layer is called the epipelagic zone. This layer interacts with the wind and waves, which mixes the water and distributes the warmth. At the base of this layer is the thermocline. A thermocline is the transition layer between the warmer mixed water at the surface and the cooler deep water below. At the thermocline, the temperature decreases rapidly from the mixed layer temperature to the much colder deep water temperature.

In the ocean, the depth and strength of the thermocline vary from season to season and year to year. It is semi-permanent in the tropics, variable in temperate regions (often deepest during the summer), and shallow to nonexistent in the polar regions, where the water column is cold from the surface to the bottom.

The sample equation is an example of a thermocline below the epipelagic zone and therefore only valid for depths about >200 m.

Default
20.0

Formulas
$218.55{d_w}^{-0.5258}$
°C
$\theta_x$Critical soil temperature

This is the critical temperature of the soil on the boundary between dry and moist zones. If $\theta_x$ < $\theta_o$ no drying-out will occur while the soil around the object will dry out if $\theta_o$ ≥ $\theta_x$.

When calculating drying-out according to IEC 60287, the critical soil temperature is an input value. When using the VDE 0276-1000 method the critical soil temperature is calculated with the given formula.

Default
50.0

Formulas
$\theta_a+\Delta \theta_x$
°C
$TQ$Cable thermal time constant
Formulas
$T_{tot} Q_{tot}$
s
U$u$Substitution coefficient u

Substitution coefficient for the calculation of the thermal resistance to ambient.

Formulas
$\frac{2L_{cm}}{D_o}$Standard case
$\frac{2\left(L_{cm}-d_{psc}\right)}{D_o}$point source correction
$\frac{2\left(L_{cm}+d_{im}\right)}{D_o}$non-isothermal earth surface
$\frac{2\left(L_{cm}-d_{psc}+d_{im}\right)}{D_o}$point source correction & non-isothermal earth surface
$U_0$Base voltage for tests

$U_0$ is multiplied by a factor to get the test voltage. The test voltage is according to:

  • the IEC 60502 for rated voltages 1 - 30 kV
  • the IEC 60840 for rated voltages up to 150 kV
  • the IEC 61067 for rated voltages above 150 kV.

For a three-phase system, $U_o$ corresponds to the rated phase-to-ground voltage of the cable.

kV
$u_b$Substitution coefficient u

Substitution coefficient for the calculation of the thermal resistance of the equivalent radius of backfill to ambient.

Formulas
$\frac{L_b}{r_b}$from $L_b$ and $r_b$
$\frac{e^{G_b}+1}{2e^{G_b}}$from $G_b$
$U_{buried}$OHTC pipe fully buried

Overall heat transfer coefficient (OHTC) of the buried pipe.

In offshore developments pipeline burial may be required for protection and on-bottom stability by means of placement of rock, grit or seabed material on the pipe. Acc. to a publication from Bai2005, burial can result from the gradual infill of sediments on a trenched pipeline; it can also develop from seabed mobility or pipeline movement.

When a pipe is fully buried a term, $h_{soil}$, is added to the definition of the overall heat transfer coefficient to account for the heat transfer by conduction through the asymmetric soil layer surrounding the pipe. The outside film coefficient $h_{ext}$ is replaced with a pseudo film coefficient, $h_{amb}$, modeling the heat transfer by convection at the sea/soil interface.

Case when $D_{ext}/2$ < $H$.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{in} h_{in}}+\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{wall} U_{wall}}+\frac{1}{h_{buried}}}$Carslaw & Jaeger
$\frac{1}{\frac{1}{h_{buried}}+\frac{1}{h_{amb}}}$Morud & Simonsen / OTC 23033
$\frac{1}{\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{in} h_{in}}+\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{wall} U_{wall}}+\frac{1}{h_{buried}}+\frac{1}{h_{amb}}}$Ovuworie
$\frac{1}{\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{in} h_{in}}+\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{wall} U_{wall}}+\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{ext} h_{soil}}+\frac{1}{h_{amb}}}$fully buried
W/(K.m$^2$)
$U_d$Constant U for cables in ducts

According IEC 60287-2-1 Ed.3.0 (2023)

Choices
MaterialValue
PE1.87
PP1.87
PVC1.87
WPE0.1
Metal5.2
Fibre5.2
Earth1.87
Cem5.2
Ot1.87
$U_e$Line-to-ground voltage

$U_e$ is the operating line-to-ground voltage of the system.

Formulas
$\frac{1000U_o}{\sqrt{3}}$three-phase AC system
$\frac{1000U_o}{2}$two-phase AC system
$1000U_o$one-phase AC system, DC system
V
$U_{exposed}$OHTC part of pipe in contact with water

Overall heat transfer coefficient (OHTC) of the wetted exposed part of the pipe.

It is equal to the OHTC of an unburied pipe comprises three primary terms modeling the heat transfer by convection at the inner surface of the pipe wall in contact with the pipeline product (gas, oil, water, and possibly solids), the heat transfer by conduction through the pipe wall layers, and the heat transfer by convection at the outer surface of the pipe wall in contact with the ambient fluid. For cables, the first term is missing.

Case when $D_{ext}/2$ < $H$ and $H$ < 0.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{in} h_{in}}+\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{wall} U_{wall}}+\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{ext} h_{ext}}}$
W/(K.m$^2$)
$U_{ground}$OHTC part of pipe in contact with ground

Overall heat transfer coefficient (OHTC) of the pipe in contact with ground.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{in} h_{in}}+\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{wall} U_{wall}}+\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{ext} h_{ground}}}$Carslaw & Jaeger
$\frac{1}{\frac{1}{h_{ground}}+\frac{1}{h_{amb}}}$Morud & Simonsen / OTC 23033
$\frac{1}{\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{in} h_{in}}+\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{wall} U_{wall}}+\frac{1}{h_{buried}}+\frac{1}{h_{amb}}}$Ovuworie
W/(K.m$^2$)
$U_{inwall}$OHTC inside film + pipe wall

Overall heat transfer coefficient (OHTC) of the inside film and pipe wall.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{in} h_{in}}+\frac{D_{ref}}{D_{wall} U_{wall}}}$
W/(K.m$^2$)
$U_k$Induced shield voltage

Definition according to IEEE 575-2014 Annex D ($E_p$)

Formulas
$\begin{bmatrix}I_{1} | I_{2} | I_{3} \end{bmatrix} \times \begin{bmatrix}X_{11} X_{12} X_{13} | X_{21} X_{22} X_{23} | X_{31} X_{32} X_{33} \end{bmatrix} \times I_{c}$
V/m
$U_{k0}$Induced shield voltage during phase-to-ground fault current
Formulas
$\max\left( \left| E_a \right|, \left| E_b \right|, \left| E_c \right| \right)$
kV/km
$U_{k1}$Induced shield voltage during phase-to-neutral fault current
Formulas
$\max\left( \left| E_a \right|, \left| E_b \right|, \left| E_c \right| \right)$
kV/km
$U_{k2}$Induced shield voltage during phase-to-phase fault current
Formulas
$\max\left( \left| E_a \right|, \left| E_b \right|, \left| E_c \right| \right)$
kV/km
$U_{k3}$Induced shield voltage during three-phase symmetrical fault current
Formulas
$\max\left( \left| E_a \right|, \left| E_b \right|, \left| E_c \right| \right)$
kV/km
$U_m$Highest voltage for equipment

$U_m$ is the highest voltage for equipment according to insulation coordination standard IEC 60071. For a three-phase system, this corresponds to the rated phase-to-ground voltage of the cable.

kV
$U_n$Rated line-to-line voltage

The rated voltage of a cable is limited to the choices below. However, when laid in a project, the operating voltage of every cable system can be chosen arbitrary but no higher than $U_m$

  • $U_n$ is the rated line-to-line voltage of the cable
  • $U_m$ is the highest voltage for the equipment
  • $U_0$ is the test voltage
For DC cables, e.g. in PV installations, the highest voltage of equipment is 1.5 · $U_m$ according to DIN VDE 0298-3.
$U_m$ will increase as follows: 440→660 V, 500→825 V, 825→1238 V, 1 kV→1.8 KV, 3 kV→5.4 kV.

Choices
$U_n$$U_m$$U_{mDC}$$U_0$Standard
208 V240 V120 VUSA, Canada
400 V440 V660 V230 VDIN VDE 0298-3
480 V600 V277 VUSA, Canada
500 V550 V825 V300 VDIN VDE 0298-3
750 V825 V1238 V450 VDIN VDE 0298-3
1 kV1.2 kV1.8 kV0.6 kVIEC 60502-1 Ed.2.1
3 kV3.6 kV5.4 kV1.8 kVIEC 60502-1 Ed.2.1
6 kV7.2 kV3.6 kVIEC 60502-2 Ed.3.0
6.6 kV7.2 kV3.8 kVHD 620 S2:2010 Part 1
10 kV12 kV6 kVIEC 60502-2 Ed.3.0
11 kV12 kV6.35 kVUK & Commonwealth
15 kV17.5 kV8.7 kVIEC 60502-2 Ed.3.0
20 kV24 kV12 kVIEC 60502-2 Ed.3.0
22 kV24 kV12.7 kVHD 620 S2:2010 Part 1
25 kV30 kV15 kVHD 620 S2:2010 Part 1
30 kV36 kV18 kVIEC 60502-2 Ed.3.0
33 kV36 kV19 kVUK & Commonwealth
36 kV42 kV20.8 kVHD 620 S2:2010 Part 1
45 kV52 kV26 kVIEC 60840 Ed.5.0
60 kV72.5 kV36 kVIEC 60840 Ed.4.0
66 kV72.5 kV38 kVUK & Commonwealth
110 kV123 kV64 kVIEC 60840 Ed.5.0
132 kV145 kV76 kVIEC 60840 Ed.5.0
150 kV170 kV87 kVIEC 60840 Ed.5.0
220 kV245 kV127 kVIEC 62067 Ed.3.0
275 kV300 kV160 kVUK & Commonwealth
280 kV300 kV160 kVIEC 62067 Ed.3.0
330 kV362 kV190 kVIEC 62067 Ed.3.0
380 kV420 kV220 kVIEC 62067 Ed.3.0
400 kV420 kV230 kVUK & Commonwealth
500 kV550 kV290 kVIEC 62067 Ed.3.0
kV
$U_o$Operating voltage

$U_o$ is the operating phase-to-phase voltage of the system. The range is any positive value between 12 V and 550 kV.

The IEC 60287-1-1 Ed. 2.0 limits DC systems to 5 kV DC because DC cables have additional constraints such as temperature dependent stress profiles and void formation. The electrical resistance of the insulation is temperature dependent as well as dependent of the electrical field. And for HVDC cables the temperature drop across the insulation can limit the current rating.

kV
$U_{OHTC}$Overall heat transfer coefficient

Combining the previous definitions the overall heat transfer coefficient, $U_{OHTC}$, is defined as a function of burial depth.

  • fully buried: $D_{ext}/2$ < $H$
  • partially buried: $D_{ext}/2$ ≥ |$H$|
  • completely in water: $D_{ext}/2$ < $-H$

Formulas
$U_{buried}$fully buried
$U_{partially}$partially buried
$U_{exposed}$completely in water
Choices
IdMethodInfo
0IEC 60287-1-1The first method is the standard calculation method for buried cables according to the international standard IEC 60287-2-1. It is only possible for completely buried cables and only accurate for sufficiently deep buried cables.
1Carslaw & JaegerThe second method is named after Carslaw & Jaeger's reference book on conduction (Carslaw, 1959). It is assuming isothermal (Dirichlet) boundary conditions at the sea/soil interface and outside surface of the pipe.
2Morud & SimonsenThe third method is the result of Morud & Simonsen's work (Morud, 2007) and is an extended version to partially buried pipes of the Bau & Sadhal formula (Bau, 1982). Unlike Carslaw & Jaeger, Morud & Simonsen is based on a convective (mixed) boundary condition at the outside surface of the pipe. An isothermal (Dirichlet) boundary is assumed at the sea/soil interface.Few differences to the original paper have been introduced: Modified definition of the pipe Biot number to include internal convection; And the external convection at the sea/soil interface when the pipe is fully buried is accounted for by means of an additional ambient film coefficient hamb (necessary for low values of ambient film coefficient).
3OvuworieThe fourth method is based on Ovuworie's work (Ovuworie, 2010) and is based on convective (mixed) boundary conditions at both sea/soil interface and outside surface of the pipe. Few differences to the original paper have been introduced: Unlike other formulae the Biot numbers in the Ovuworie formula are based on the overall external diameter of the pipe, Dext. The coefficients Uground and Uburied depend explicitly on the heat transfer coefficients hin and Uwall.
4OTC 23033The fifth method is a modified version of Ovuworie and named after the Offshore Technology Conference, OTC, where it was published 2012. The inside film coefficient hin and and heat transfer coefficient Uwall are removed from the definition of Uburied. The pipe and ground Biot numbers are more rigorously based on the reference diameter Dref instead of Dext. The heat transfer coefficient Uground is derived from the limit of Uburied when H approaches Dext/2, bearing in mind that α0 = 0 at H = Dext/2; sinh(x) = x+O(x³); and cosh(x) = 1+x²/2+O(x⁴).
W/(K.m$^2$)
$u_p$Substitution coefficient u

Substitution coefficient for the calculation of the thermal resistance to ambient of air-filled pipe with objects, considering point-source correction.

Formulas
$\frac{2L_{cm}}{Do_p}$
$U_p$Constant U for air-filled pipe with objects

According IEC 60287-2-1 Ed.3.0 (2023)

Choices
MaterialValue
Plast1.87
Metal5.2
Cem5.2
Ot1.87
$U_{partially}$OHTC pipe partially buried

The overall heat transfer coefficient (OHTC) of partially buried pipes is commonly modeled as an average, weighted on the exposed wetted surface area of the pipe.

Case when $|D_{ext}/2|$ ≥ $H$.

Formulas
$\frac{\beta_b}{\pi} U_{exposed}+\left(1-\frac{\beta_b}{\pi}\right) U_{ground}$
W/(K.m$^2$)
$U_{spf}$Constant U pipe-type cable

According IEC 60287-2-1 Ed.3.0 (2023)

Choices
MaterialValue
N20.95
Oil0.26
$U_{sr}$Reference voltage shunt reactor

Optional input

kV
$U_{ti}$Circumference of inner rectangular tunnel wall
Formulas
$2w_t+2h_t$
m
$U_{wall}$OHTC pipe wall

Overall heat transfer coefficient (OHTC) of the pipe wall and coatings.

In cables, induced currents produce ohmic losses in the screen/sheath and armour and an alternating voltage causes dielectric losses in the insulation. In PAC/GIL on the other hand, induced currents produce ohmic losses in the metal enclosure. In both cases, the heat flow between conductor and surface needs multiple steps to calculate. The value of $U_{wall}$ is representing only the outer sheath for cables, the insulation for heat sources and the protective cover for PAC/GIL. In case of cables in ducts, the insulation of the air inside the duct and the duct wall are both incorporated into $U_{wall}$ as well.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{D_{wall} \pi T_3}$cables not in duct
$\frac{1}{D_{wall} \pi \left(T_3+T_{4i}+T_{4ii}\right)}$cables in duct
$\frac{1}{D_{wall} \pi T_{ins}}$heat sources
$\frac{1}{D_{wall} \pi T_{prot}}$PAC/GIL
$\frac{1}{\frac{D_{ext}}{2} \left(\frac{\ln\left(\frac{D_{ins}}{Do_{hsp}}\right)}{k_{ins}}+\frac{\ln\left(\frac{Do_{hsp}}{Di_{hsp}}\right)}{k_{hsp}}\right)}$Pipes (Incropera1996)
W/(K.m$^2$)
V$v_4$Ratio thermal resistivity dry/moist soil
Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{4d}}{\rho_4}$
$V_{ab}$Voltages between shields/sheaths at the cross-bonding points phases a — b

Definition according to IEEE 575-2014 Annex E.1.4

Formulas
$I_{ka} \left(Z_{sg}-Z_{ss}+R_s\right)$single-phase fault minor section 1, cross-bonded
$I_{kc} \left(\frac{I_{kx}}{3} \left(Z_{oig}-2Z_{oog}\right)+I_{ka} \left(Z_{oog}-Z_{oig}\right)\right)$single-phase fault minor section 1, cross-bonded, flat
V
$V_{ac}$Voltages between shields/sheaths at the cross-bonding points phases a — c

Definition according to IEEE 575-2014 Annex E.1.4

Formulas
$I_{kc} \left(Z_{sg}-Z_{ss}+R_s\right)$single-phase fault minor section 1, cross-bonded
$I_{kc} I_{kx} \left(Z_{ss}-R_s-Z_{oog}\right)$single-phase fault minor section 1, cross-bonded, flat
V
$V_{air}$Air velocity

For cables in tunnels, this is the velocity of the air inside the tunnel.
For cables in troughs, this is the velocity of the air above ground (optional parameter).

Default
1

m/s
$V_{air,min}$Air velocity required to remove all heat by ventilation

This is the minimal velocity of the air inside the tunnel in order to remove all generated heat by ventilation.

Formulas
$\frac{W_{sum} L_T}{C_{vair} A_t \left(\theta_{at,max}-\theta_{init}\right)}$
m/s
$V_{bc}$Voltages between shields/sheaths at the cross-bonding points phases b — c

Definition according to IEEE 575-2014 Annex E.1.4

Formulas
$0$single-phase fault minor section 1, cross-bonded
$I_{kc} \left(\frac{I_{kx}}{3} \left(Z_{oig}-2Z_{oog}\right)+I_{kb} \left(Z_{oog}-Z_{oig}\right)\right)$single-phase fault minor section 1, cross-bonded, flat
V
$V_{comp}$Gas volume

Volume of gas in 1 m of PAC/GIL gas compartment

Formulas
$\frac{\pi}{4} \left({D_{comp}}^2-{D_c}^2\right)$
m$^3$
$V_d$Constant V for cables in ducts

According IEC 60287-2-1 Ed.3.0 (2023)

Choices
MaterialValue
PE0.312
PP0.312
PVC0.312
WPE0.03
Metal1.4
Fibre0.83 (air)
0.91 (buried)
Earth0.28
Cem1.2 (air)
1.1 (buried)
Ot0.312
$V_{drop}$Voltage drop

For the calculation, a power factor $cos\varphi$ = 0.9 is assumed. The power factor is the ratio of active power to apparent power. When the waveforms are purely sinusoidal, the power factor is equal to the phase angle $\varphi$ between the current and voltage.

IEC 60364-5-52 in Annex G states that the voltage drop between the origin of an installation and any load point should not be greater than:

  • Low voltage installations supplied directly from a public low voltage distribution system: 3% in case of lighting and 5% for other uses
  • Low voltage installations supplied from private LV supply: 6% in case of lighting and 8% for other uses

Formulas
$\sqrt{3} \left(R_c \mathrm{cos}\varphi+\omega L_m \mathrm{sin}\varphi\right)$three-phase system
$2\left(R_c \mathrm{cos}\varphi+\omega L_m \mathrm{sin}\varphi\right)$single-/two-phase system AC
$2R_c \mathrm{cos}\varphi$single-/two-phase system DC
V/(A.m)
$V_{fluid}$Velocity of fluidcm/s
$V_{gas}$Volume percentage of second gas

Volume percentage of second gas in a gas mixture.

$\%$
$V_{mol}$Molar volume

The molar volume is the volume occupied by one mole of a substance at a given temperature and pressure. It is equal to the molar mass divided by the mass density.

Formulas
$\frac{M_{gas}}{\rho_{gas}}$by molar mass and density
m$^3$/mol
$V_p$Constant V for air-filled pipe with objects

According IEC 60287-2-1 Ed.3.0 (2023)

Choices
MaterialValue
Plast0.312
Metal1.4
Cem1.1
Ot0.312
$v_{prop}$Velocity of propagation

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.5

The velocity of propagation or velocity factor is a coaxial cable is determined by the dielectric used.

Formulas
$\frac{1}{1000\sqrt{\mu_0 \epsilon_0 \epsilon_i}}$
km/s
$V_{spf}$Constant V pipe-type cables

According IEC 60287-2-1 Ed.3.0 (2023)

Choices
MaterialValue
N20.46
Oil0.0
$V_w$Velocity water

Maximum current velocities of bottom currents in different parts of the world's oceans are summarized in this table. Measured current velocities usually range from 1 to 20 cm/s (Hollister and Heezen, 1972); however, exceptionally strong, near-bottom currents with maximum velocities of up to 300 cm/s were recorded in the Strait of Gibraltar (Gonthier et al., 1984). Bottom-current velocities of 73 cm/s were measured at a water depth of 5 km on the lower continental rise off Nova Scotia (Richardson et al., 1981). Heezen and Hollister (1971) suggested that at extremely high bottom velocities of over 100 cm/s, relict pockets of sand and gravel may occur on the barren seafloor. According to Bulfinch and Ledbetter (1983/1984), a Deep Western Boundary Undercurrent (DWBUC) flows south along the North American continental slope and rise between 1,000 m and 5,000 m. The DWBUC has a 300-km wide high-velocity zone, with a maximum measured velocity of 73 cm/s, which winnows both fine and very fine silt, and results in deposition of medium and coarse silt.

The data is taken from 'New Perspectives on Deep-water Sandstones' by G. Shanmugam, in Handbook of Petroleum Exploration and Production, 2012.

Choices
Region
 
Study
 
Depth
m
max velocity
cm/s
Straits of GibraltarGonthier et al., 1984400-1400300
Upper slope. Offshore Brazil, Equatorial AtlanticViana et al., 1998200300
Gulf of Mexico, Loop CurrentCooper et al., 1990100204
Green Canyon 166 area, Gulf of Mexico, during drilling operations 1989Koch et al., 199145153
Faeroe Bank Channel, North AtlanticCrease, 1965760709
Rise, Off Nova Scotia, North AtlanticRichardson et al., 1981500073
Base of North American Continental RiseBulfinch & Ledbetter, 1983502273
Ryukyu Trench, JapanTsuji, 199334051
Samoan Passage, Western South PacificHollister et al., 197450
Hebrides Slope, North AtlanticHowe & Humphrey, 1995403-46848
Faeroe-Shetland Channel, North AtlanticAkhurst, 199190033
Rise near Hatteras Canyon, North AtlanticRowe, 197133
Carnegie Ridge, Eastern Equatorial PacificLonsdale & Malfait, 19741000-200030
SE of Iceland, North AtlanticSteele et al., 1962210030
Argentine Basin, Western South AtlanticEwing et al., 197130
Amirante Passage, Western Indian OceanJohnson & Damuth, 19794000-460030
Rise, Off New England, North AtlanticZimmermann, 19713000-500026.5
Blake-Bahama Outer Ridge, North AtlanticAmos et al., 19714300-520026
Off North Carolina, North AtlanticRowe & Menzies, 19681500-400025
Off Cape Cod, North AtlanticVolkman, 196210-320021.5
Off Cape Hatteras, North AtlanticBarrett, 196521
Greater Antilles Outer Ridge, North AtlanticTucholke et al., 19735300-580020
Off Blake Plateau, North AtlanticSwallow & Worthington, 19613300-350020
Tonga Trench and vicinity, Western South PacificReid, 1969>480019
Western North AtlanticWust, 19502000-300017
West Bermuda Rise, North AtlanticKnauss, 1965520017
Scotia Ridge, Antarctic Cicumpolar Current, AntarcticaZenk, 1981300817
Greenland-Iceland-Faeroes Ridge, North AtlanticWorthington & Volkman, 19652000-300012
Antillean-Caribbean Basin (outer), North AtlanticWust, 19634000-800010
cm/s
W$w_{a,1}$Width of flat wires armour 1mm
$w_{a,2}$Width of flat wires armour 2mm
$W_{a,L}$Heat removed by air at outlet

Heat removed by the air in the tunnel at the tunnel outlet. Considering the energy carried by the flowing air. Considering air flow used by the Cableizer method, the equation uses the distance between second last and last value calculated and the temperature gradient between those two points. Heinhold considers still air, so the total heat to be removed is the sum of all losses multiplied by the tunnel length.

Formulas
$\frac{\rho_{gas} A_t c_{p,gas} \Delta \theta_{at} V_{air}}{\Delta L}$ventilated tunnel (multi-system)
$\frac{\left(T_t+T_e\right) N_{sys} N_c W_{tot}-\left(\theta_{at,L}-\theta_a\right)}{T_a+T_t+T_e}$ventilated tunnel (IEC 60287-2-3)
$W_{sum}$in channel (Heinhold)
W/m
$W_{a,z}$Heat removed by air z

Heat removed by the air in the tunnel at the point z in the cable route, which is equal to $C_{av}\frac{\partial{\theta_{at}(z)}}{\partial{z}}$.

Formulas
$\frac{\left(T_t+T_e\right) N_{sys} N_c W_{tot}-\left(\theta_{at,z}-\theta_a\right)}{T_a+T_t+T_e}$
W/m
$W_{ar}$Armour losses (phase)

Armour losses consist of losses in non-magnetic or magnetic armour/reinforcement, losses in pipes of pipe-type cables, and losses in a common (ferro)magnetic steel pipes.

Formulas
$\lambda_2 W_c$
W/m
$w_{ar}$Width armour

The value is the sum of the widths of 1st and 2nd armour layer weighted by the number of wires.

Formulas
$\frac{w_{a,1} n_{a,1}+w_{a,2} n_{a,2}}{n_{ar}}$
mm
$w_b$Width backfill

Width of the backfill area.

mm
$w_{b4}$Distance to lateral edge multi-layer backfill

Distance from cable to the side of the backfill area.

All resistances $R_q$ are calculated once for the side with shorter distance to backfill boundary, and once for the other side.

Formulas
$\frac{w_b}{2}+x_{pos}-x_b$distance to left side of backfill
$\frac{w_b}{2}+x_b-x_{pos}$distance to right side of backfill
m
$W_c$Conductor losses (phase)
Formulas
${I_c}^2 R_c$
W/m
$W_{conv,ce}$Convective heat transfer conductor→enclosure

Radiation heat transfer from conductor surface to inner wall of the PAC/GIL enclosure.

According to Elektra 87, the amount of heat $Q_c$ per unit length that is transmitted by convection between two horizontal coaxial cylinders can formally be described by the formula $Q_c=2\pi{h_c}(\theta_c-\theta_{encl})/\mathrm{ln}(D_{encl}/D_c)$.

Formulas
$K_0 F_{form} \left(p_{comp} {\Delta \theta_{gas}}^2\right)^{0.667}$Vermeer1983
$K_0 F_{form} {p_{comp}}^{0.6} {\Delta \theta_{gas}}^{\frac{5}{4}}$Itaka1978
$h_{conv,c} \pi D_c \left(\theta_c-\theta_{gas}\right)+h_{conv,encl} \pi D_{comp} \left(\theta_{gas}-\theta_{encl}\right)$Eteiba2002
$K_{vermeer} F_{form} F_{pt} \Delta \theta_{gas}$Vermeer1983, non-linear formula
Choices
IdMethodInfo
0Cableizer based on Vermeer1983The calculation method of the convective heat transfer between conductor and enclosure is an extension of Vermeer1983. The factors $c_{gas}$ were recalculated and extended with the factors for CO2 and dry air, which were calculated in the same way. Calculation is allowed for mixtures of two gases from SF6, N2, and CO2. Dry air contains approx. 20% of N2 and cannot be mixed further.
1Vermeer1983The calculation method of the convective heat transfer between conductor and enclosure is based on the paper 'A simple formula for the calculation of the convective heat transfer between conductor and sheath in compressed gas insulated (CGI) cables' by J. Vermeer, published 1983 in Elektra 87. A generally applicable formula was derived for the convective heat transfer in the gas of CGI cables. The non-linear formula is based on a publication from 1966 by J. Lis who investigated SF6, N2, and mixtures of these gases. The formula was linearized within the application range, that is for temperatures between 30°C and 90°C and for gas pressures between 2 and 6 bars for SF6 and 10 and 20 bars for N2. The method can be applied to all practical cases with two horizontal coaxial cylinders.
2Itaka1978The calculation method of the convective heat transfer between conductor and enclosure is based on the paper 'Heat Transfer Characteristics of Gas Spacer Cables', by K. Itaka et al, published 1978. The formula includes a constant $K_0$, the value of which was determined by experiment and given as 24.4 for SF6 and 14.9 for N2. In addition to Vermeer1983, the method allows to calculate single- and three-core cables but is limited to SF6 and N2 and cannot be extended to other gases without further measurements.
3Eteiba2002The calculation method of the convective heat transfer between conductor and enclosure is based on the paper 'Steady State and Transient Ampacities of Gas-Insulated Transmission Lines', by M. B. Eteiba, published 2002. The method is based on calculation of the heat transfer coefficients by use of Nusselt numbers between conductor and gas, and between gas and enclosure as published 1976 by T. H. Kuehn and R. J. Goldstein. It could be used to calculate with any gas and mixtures thereof. Implementation was done for unmixed gases only.
W/m
$W_{conv,ext}$Convective heat transfer riser—air

Convection heat transfer from duct outer surface to ambient air.

Formulas
$\pi D_{do} h_{conv,ext} \left(\theta_{de}-\theta_{air}\right)$
W/m
$W_{conv,gd}$Convective heat transfer gas—duct

Radiation heat transfer from gas in duct to inner wall of the duct used for riser/J-tube.

Formulas
$0$Riser closed at both ends (Hartlein & Black)
$0$Riser open at both ends (Hartlein & Black IIa)
$\frac{\mathrm{Nu}_{gd} \pi D_{di} \left(\theta_{air}-\theta_{di}\right) k_{gas}}{\frac{D_{di}}{2}}$Riser open at both ends, 0.1 ≤ $Ra$ < 10^5 (Hartlein & Black IIb)
$\frac{\mathrm{Nu}_{gd} \pi D_{di} \left(\theta_{air}-\theta_{di}\right) k_{gas}}{\frac{D_{di}}{2}}$Riser open at top and closed at bottom (Hartlein & Black)
$h_{conv,gd} \pi D_{di} \left(\theta_{gas}-\theta_{di}\right)$Anders
W/m
$W_{conv,int}$Convective heat transfer cable→riser

Radiation heat transfer from envelope around cables to inner wall of the duct used for riser/J-tube.

Formulas
$h_{conv,int} \pi F_{eq} D_o \left(\theta_e-\theta_{di}\right)$
W/m
$W_{conv,og}$Convective heat transfer cable→gas

Radiation heat transfer from cable surface to gas in duct used for riser/J-tube.

Formulas
$h_{conv,og} \pi F_{eq} D_o \left(\theta_e-\theta_{gas}\right)$Hartlein & Black
$h_{conv,og} \pi F_{eq} D_o \left(\theta_e-\theta_{gas}\right)$Anders
W/m
$W_{conv,sa}$Convective heat transfer, surface→air

Convection heat transfer from outer surface of PAC/GIL to surrounding air.

Formulas
$h_{conv,sa} \pi D_o \left(\theta_e-\theta_{film}\right)$
W/m
$W_d$Dielectric losses (phase)
Formulas
$\omega C_b \left(1000\frac{U_o}{\sqrt{3}}\right)^2 \mathrm{tan} \delta_i$3-phase system with relative phase angle 120° or mono-phase
$\omega C_b \left(1000\frac{U_o}{2}\right)^2 \mathrm{tan} \delta_i$2-phase system with relative phase angle 180°
$0$DC system
W/m
$w_d$Volumetric density of dielectric losses

Refernce is made to Zbigniew Nadolny 'Electric Field Distribution and Dielectric Losses in XLPE Insulation and Semiconductor Screens of High-Voltage Cables', 2022 ().

Formulas
${E_i}^2 \omega \epsilon_0 \epsilon_i \mathrm{tan} \delta$General equation (Nadolny2022)
${E_i}^2 \kappa_i$General equation (Ohm's law)
$\frac{{\delta_i}^2 {U_o}^2 \left(\frac{r}{r_{osc}}\right)^{2\left(\delta_i-1\right)}}{{r_{osc}}^2 \left(1-\left(\frac{r_{isc}}{r_{osc}}\right)^{\delta_i}\right)^2} \kappa_i e^{\alpha_i \theta_i+\gamma_i E_i}$rewritten using $\alpha$ and $\kappa$
W/m$^3$
$W_{d,DC}$Dielectric losses in HVDC cables

In HVAC cables, dielectric losses are due to conduction phenomena and dipole polarization hysteresis. In this case, the latter phenomenon is preponderant over the former. In HVDC cables, dielectric losses are mainly due to the leakage current through the insulation. Due to the interdependence, in dielectric materials, between electrical conductivity and dielectric losses, the leakage current can be roughly calculated through complex conductivity or bipolar charge transport models.

A cable manufacturer created and validated a simplified procedure for the calculation of dielectric losses in the insulation of HVDC cables. With this purpose, an analytic model for the calculation of dielectric losses was developed under simplifying assumptions. This approach leads to obtaining an integral function for the calculation of dielectric losses which can be treated by numerical methods. The outputs of this approach were compared with the results of simulations carried out using FEM software for various case studies. From the comparison between the results, it was deduced that the proposed method provides reliable results within a certain range of temperature and dielectric properties of the insulating material.

The method is proprietary and patent pending.

Formulas
$\lambda_{i} \int\limits_{r=r_{isc}}^{r_{osc}} \left[ \Delta w_{d} r \right] dr$
W/m
$W_{de}$Losses outside of riser
Formulas
$\pi D_{do} h_{era} {\Delta \theta_s}^{1.09}-W_{sun}$
W/m
$W_{di}$Losses between cable and riser
Formulas
$20.3{D_{di}}^{0.315} {D_o}^{0.73} {\Delta \theta_{gas}}^{1.05}$
W/m
$W_{duct}$Duct losses

In case of ducts made of (ferro)magnetic steel, the conductor current induces a current in the pipe which causes additional losses.

We calculate these losses using a separate loss-factor $\lambda_4$ for cables in a common magnetic steel pipe to distinguish them from the armour losses and from the losses in pipes of pipe-type cables.

Formulas
$\lambda_4 W_c$
W/m
$W_{encl}$Ohmic losses enclosure
Formulas
$\lambda_1 {I_c}^2 R_{encl}$
W/m
$W_{fo}$Heat fiber optic cable

A fiber optic cable does not produce any heat on its own

Formulas
$\frac{\theta_e-\theta_a-v_4 \Delta \theta_p+\left(v_4-1\right) \Delta \theta_x}{\left(T_{4iii}+T_{4db}\right) v_4}$fiber optic cable buried
$\frac{\theta_e \left(T_{sa}+T_{st}\right)-\theta_t T_{sa}-\theta_{at} T_{st}}{T_{st} T_{sa}}$fiber optic cable in ventilated tunnel
$\frac{\theta_e-\theta_t}{T_{4iii}}$fiber optic cable in channel (Heinhold)
$\frac{\theta_e-\theta_{at}}{T_{4iii}}$fiber optic cable in trough
$\frac{\theta_e-\theta_a-v_4 \Delta \theta_p+\left(v_4-1\right) \Delta \theta_x}{\left(T_{4iii}+T_{tr}\right) v_4}$fiber optic cable in filled troughs
W/m
$W_h$Heat generated by external object

Heat generated by external heat source / cable $h$.

Formulas
$\mu n_{ph} \left({I_c}^2 R_c \left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3+\lambda_4\right)+W_d\right)$cables
$\mu n_{ph} {I_c}^2 R_c \left(1+\lambda_1\right)$PAC/GIL
$W_{hs}$heat sources
$0$FOC
W/m
$W_{hs}$Heat dissipation heat source

A heat source is defined as having a positive heat dissipation, whereas a heat sink is defined by a negative value.

*** These formulae are valid when the outer temperature defines the load.

Formulas
$\frac{\theta_e-\theta_a-v_4 \Delta \theta_p+\left(v_4-1\right) \Delta \theta_x}{T_{4\mu} v_4}$heat sources buried
$\frac{\theta_e \left(T_{sa}+T_{st}\right)-\theta_t T_{sa}-\theta_{at} T_{st}}{T_{st} T_{sa}}$heat sources in ventilated tunnel
$\frac{\theta_e-\theta_t}{T_{4iii}}$heat sources in channel (Heinhold)
$\frac{\theta_e-\theta_{at}}{T_{4iii}}$heat sources in trough
$\frac{\theta_e-\theta_a-v_4 \Delta \theta_p+\left(v_4-1\right) \Delta \theta_x}{\left(T_{4iii}+T_{tr}\right) v_4}$heat sources in filled troughs
W/m
$W_I$Ohmic losses (phase)
Formulas
$W_c \left(1+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3+\lambda_4\right)$
W/m
$W_{rad,ce}$Radiation heat transfer conductor→enclosure

Radiation heat transfer from conductor surface to inner wall of the PAC/GIL enclosure.

Formulas
$\sigma n_c \pi D_c K_{ce} \left(\left(\theta_c+\theta_{abs}\right)^4-\left(\theta_{encl}+\theta_{abs}\right)^4\right)$Stefan–Boltzmann law
$\pi D_c h_{rad,ce} \left(\theta_c-\theta_{encl}\right)$using heat transfer coefficient
W/m
$W_{rad,ext}$Radiation heat transfer riser—air

Radiation heat transfer from duct outer surface to ambient air.

Formulas
$\sigma \pi D_{do} \epsilon_{do} \left(\left(\theta_{de}+\theta_{abs}\right)^4-\left(\theta_{air}+\theta_{abs}\right)^4\right)$
W/m
$W_{rad,int}$Radiation heat transfer cable—riser

Radiation heat transfer from envelope around cables to inner wall of the duct used for riser/J-tube.

Formulas
$\sigma A_{er} K_r \left(\left(\theta_e+\theta_{abs}\right)^4-\left(\theta_{di}+\theta_{abs}\right)^4\right)$
W/m
$W_{rad,sa}$Radiation heat transfer surface—air

Radiation heat transfer from outer surface to ambient air.

Formulas
$\sigma \pi D_o K_r \left(\left(\theta_e+\theta_{abs}\right)^4-\left(\theta_{film}+\theta_{abs}\right)^4\right)$surface to air, by Stefan–Boltzmann law
$\pi D_o h_{rad,sa} \left(\theta_e-\theta_{film}\right)$surface to air, using heat transfer coefficient
W/m
$W_s$Screen/sheath losses (phase)

Equivalent losses of screen and sheath resistances in parallel.

Formulas
$\lambda_1 W_c$
W/m
$W_{sar}$Total loss in shield and magnetic armour (phase)

The total loss in shield (screen$||$sheath) and magnetic armour is given acc. IEC 60287-1-1 chapter 2.4.2.1 and is used to calculate the loss factors $\lambda_1$ and $\lambda_2$ which may be assumed to be approximately equal.

Formulas
${I_c}^2 R_e \frac{{B_2}^2+{B_1}^2+R_e B_2}{\left(R_e+B_2\right)^2+{B_1}^2}$
W/m
$W_{sc}$Screen losses (phase)

This are the losses caused by circulating current losses in screen wires for cables which have screen and sheath and are not single-side bonded. Please refer to CIGRE TB 880 chapter 5.1.5 (case study 1).

Formulas
$\lambda_{11,sc} W_c$
W/m
$w_{sc}$Width flat screen wiresmm
$W_{sh}$Sheath losses (phase)

This are the losses caused by circulating current losses in sehath for cables which have screen and sheath and are not single-side bonded. Please refer to CIGRE TB 880 chapter 5.1.5 (case study 1).

Formulas
$\lambda_{11,sh} W_c$
W/m
$W_{sp}$Steel pipe losses (phase)

In case of pipe-type cables, the conductor current induces a current in the (ferro)magnetic steel pipe which causes additional losses. According to IEC, the losses in magnetic steel pipes are part of the armour losses $W_{ar}$ for pipe-type cables.

We calculate these losses using a separate loss-factor $\lambda_3$ to distinguish them from the armour losses.

Formulas
$\lambda_3 W_c$
W/m
$W_{sum}$Sum of total losses of all systems

This is the sum of total losses of all systems inside a tunnel or an air-filled trough.

W/m
$W_{sun}$Heat transfer solar radiation air→surface

Solar radiation heat transfer to surface of PAC/GIL by sun. It is assumed that the sun shines directly from above onto an area of the length (1 m) multiplied with the diameter $D_o$ of the cylindrical object (and not half its circumference $\pi{D_o}/2$).

Formulas
$\sigma_{sun} D_o H_{sun}$general case
$\sigma_{sun} \frac{D_o}{2} H_{sun}$riser
W/m
$W_{sys}$Total losses (system)
Formulas
$N_c W_{tot}$touching single-core cables in trefoil or in common duct
$\sum W_{tot}$otherwise
W/m
$W_t$Total losses (phase)

The total losses per cable phase include the dielectric losses in the insulation, the losses in a steel pipe in case of pipe-type cables and the losses in a common (ferro)magnetic steel duct.

Formulas
$W_I+W_d$
W/m
$w_t$Width (inner)

For cables in tunnels, this is the inner width of the tunnel (only applicable for rectangular tunnels).
For cables in troughs, this is the inner width of the trough.

m
$W_{tot}$Total losses (object)
Formulas
$n_{ph} W_t$Cables
$n_{ph} \left(W_c+W_{encl}\right)$PAC/GIL
W/m
X$X$Reactance matrix

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531

Formulas
$\begin{bmatrix}X_{11} X_{12} X_{13} | X_{21} X_{22} X_{23} | X_{31} X_{32} X_{33} \end{bmatrix}$
$\Omega$/m
$X_1$Positive sequence reactance

Definition according to 'Fundamentals of calculation of earth potential rise in the underground power distribution cable network' (Parsoatam1997)

Formulas
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{GMD}{GMR_c}\right)$general case
$1.15\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{S_{sp}}{GMR_{sp}}\right)$pipe-type cables
$\Omega$/m
$X_a$Self reactance conductor

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.4

Formulas
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_E}{GMR_c}\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$X_{ap}$Equivalent mutual reactance between conductors

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.8

Formulas
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_E}{GMD}\right)$general case
$\frac{2X_c+X_L}{3}$flat formation
$\Omega$/m
$X_{ar}$Self reactance armour
Formulas
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{2s_c}{d_{ar}}\right)$default cable without transposition
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{2a_m}{d_{ar}}\right)$default cable with regular transposition
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{2{\cdot}1000D_E}{d_{ar}}\right)$1 cable with earth return
$\Omega$/m
$x_b$Horizontal center backfill

The horizontal position of the backfill area is defined by the x-coordinate to the center of backfill area.

Multiple ductbank areas must have a minium distance between each other.

mm
$X_c$Mutual reactance between middle and outer cables in flat formation with earth return

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.4

Formulas
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_E}{S_m}\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$X_{cp}$Zero-sequence reactance steel pipe

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.4.3

Formulas
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{{r_{sp}}^3}{GMR_{sp} {S_{sp}}^2}\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$X_d$Reactance steel pipe

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.4.3

Formulas
$1.15\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{S_{sp}}{GMR_{sp}}\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$X_e$Self reactance screen/sheath

Definition for flat with/without transposition is according to IEC 60287-1-1.
The same definition can also be found in 'General Calculations Excerpt from Prysmian Wire and Cable Engineering Guide' (2015), the parameter is called $X_M$ instead of $X_s$.

Definition for variation of spacing is according to IEC 60287-1-1.
Definition for PAC/GIL is analog to cables without transposition.

Formulas
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{2s_c}{d_s}\right)$cables without transposition
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{2a_m}{d_s}\right)$cables with regular transposition
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(2\sqrt[3]{2} \frac{s_c}{d_s}\right)$cables with regular transposition in equidistant flat formation (special case of the above)
$1.25X_e$unknown variation of spacing between sheath bonding points
$\frac{a_{S1} X_{e1}+a_{S2} X_{e2}+a_{S3} X_{e3}}{a_{S1}+a_{S2}+a_{S3}}$known variation of spacing between sheath bonding points
$F_{lay,3c} X_e$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 44, three-core cables
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{2.3s_c}{d_s}\right)$CIGRE TB 880 Sample case 3, pipe-type cables cradled
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{2S_m}{D_{encl}-t_{encl}}\right)$PAC/GIL
$\Omega$/m
$X_G$Factor $X_G$

Factor $X_G$ for the calculation of the geometric factor for multi-core cables according to IEC 60287-2-1.

Formulas
$\frac{t_1}{d_c}$
$X_{G2}$Factor $X_{G2}$

Factor for the calculation of the geometric factor for cables with separate sheaths.

Formulas
$\frac{t_{sha}}{D_{shj}}$CIGRE TB 880 Guidance Point 45
$\frac{t_{sha}}{D_{sh}}$otherwise
$X_h$Reactance link

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.4.3

Formulas
$0$Link connecting two substations
$R_h$Link between a substation and a overhead line with skywire
$R_h$Siphon - overhead line with skywire
$0$Link between a substation and a overhead line without skywire
$0$Siphon - overhead line without skywire
$\Omega$/m
$X_{ij}$Mutual reactance between conductors i + j

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.7

Formulas
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_E}{S_{ab}}\right)$phase 1 — phase 2
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_E}{S_{bc}}\right)$phase 2 — phase 3
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_E}{S_{ac}}\right)$phase 3 — phase 1
$\Omega$/m
$X_K$Factor $X_K$

Factor $X_K$ for the calculation of the screening factor for three-core cables.

Formulas
$\delta_1 \rho_i \frac{k_{sc}}{d_c}$round conductors
$\delta_1 \rho_i \frac{k_{sc}}{d_x}$sector-shaped conductors
$X_L$Mutual reactance between outer cables in flat formation

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.8

Formulas
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_E}{2S_m}\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$X_m$Mutual reactance between conductors flat formation without transposition

Definition according to IEC 60287-1-1.

$X_m$ is the mutual reactance per unit length of cable between the sheath of an outer cable and the conductors of the other two, when the cables are in flat formation without transposition.

Definition for flat and rectangular arrangement can also be found in 'General Calculations Excerpt from Prysmian Wire and Cable Engineering Guide' (2015), the parameter is called $A$ instead of $X_m$.

Formulas
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln2$
$\Omega$/m
$X_{mut}$Mutual reactance

telegrapher equation

Formulas
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{GMD}{r_s}\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$x_p$Factor for proximity effect of conductors

Proximity effect is the tendency for current to flow along one side of a conductor due to interaction of the magnetic fields of the current in the conductor considered and the currents in adjacent conductors.

$x_p$ should not exceed 2.8 for an accurate estimation of the proximity effect factor $y_p$.

Formulas
$\sqrt{{10}^{-7}\frac{8\pi f}{R_{cDC}}k_p}$
$x_{pos}$Horizontal position x multi-layer backfill

Horizontal cartesian coordinate in a multi-layer backfill arrangement.

m
$x_s$Factor for skin effect on conductor
Formulas
$\sqrt{{10}^{-7}\frac{8\pi f}{R_{cDC}}k_s}$
$X_s$Self reactance screen/sheath

Definition according to IEEE 575-2014 chapter E.1.4.3.1. (without) and CIGRE TB 531 chapter 4.2.3.8 (with earth return).

Formulas
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{1}{r_s}\right)$without earth return
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_E}{r_s}\right)$with earth return
$\Omega$/m
$X_{S1}$Reactance section 1
Formulas
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{2s_{S1} s_c}{d_e}\right)$cable without transposition
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{2s_{S1} a_m}{d_e}\right)$cable with regular transposition
$\Omega$/m
$X_{S2}$Reactance section 2
Formulas
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{2s_{S2} s_c}{d_e}\right)$cable without transposition
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{2s_{S2} a_m}{d_e}\right)$cable with regular transposition
$\Omega$/m
$X_{S3}$Reactance section 3
Formulas
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{2s_{S3} s_c}{d_e}\right)$cable without transposition
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{2s_{S3} a_m}{d_e}\right)$cable with regular transposition
$\Omega$/m
$X_{sky}$Reactance skywire

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.4

Formulas
$\omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{1000D_E}{e^{-\left(\frac{1}{4}\right)} \frac{d_{sky}}{2}}\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$x_t$Horizontal center trough

The horizontal position of the trough is defined by the x-coordinate to its center.

m
$\xi_X$Parameter $\xi$ calculation of loss factor

Used for flat and rectangular formation, not transposed.

Formulas
$\frac{2R_e P_X Q_X X_m}{\sqrt{3} \left({R_e}^2+{P_X}^2\right) \left({R_e}^2+{Q_X}^2\right)}$$\xi_{{X_1}}$
$\frac{0.25{Q_X}^2}{{R_e}^2+{Q_X}^2}$$\xi_{{X_2}}$
$\frac{0.75{P_X}^2}{{R_e}^2+{P_X}^2}$$\xi_{{X_3}}$
Y$Y$Admittance matrixS/m
$Y_1$Positive sequence admittance

telegrapher equation

Formulas
$G+j \omega C_b$
S/m
$y_{2K}$Depth 2K criterionmm
$Y_{ag}$Admittance armour - ground

Refer to

'Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables', F.F. da Silva, C.L. Bak (2013)

Formulas
$j \omega C_{ag}$
S/m
$y_c$Skin and proximity effect factor y PAC/GIL conductor

The proximitiy effect is negligible compared to the skin effect for PAC/GIL conductors.

Formulas
$a_c \left(1-\frac{\gamma_c}{2}-{\gamma_c}^2 b_c\right)$Elektra 125 (1989)
$y_s+y_p$IEC 60287-1-1
$Y_{cs}$Admittance conductor - shield

Refer to 'Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables', F.F. da Silva, C.L. Bak (2013)

The conductance $G$ is normally considered zero

Formulas
$j \omega C_{cs}$
S/m
$Y_d$Constant Y for cables in ducts

According IEC 60287-2-1 Ed.3.0 (2023)

Choices
MaterialValue
PE0.0037
PP0.0037
PVC0.0037
WPE0.001
Metal0.011
Fibre0.006 (air)
0.01 (buried)
Earth0.0036
Cem0.006 (air)
0.011 (buried)
Ot0.0037
$y_{encl}$Skin and proximity effect factor y PAC/GIL enclosure

The proximitiy effect is negligible compared to the skin effect for PAC/GIL enclosures.

Formulas
$a_{encl} \left(1+\frac{\gamma_{encl}}{2}\right)$
$Y_G$Factor $Y_G$

Factor $Y_G$ for the calculation of the geometric factor for multi-core cables according to IEC 60287-2-1.

Formulas
$\frac{2t_1}{t_{i1}}-1$belted cables
$2{\cdot}0.5-1$screened cables
$Y_i$Ordinates of the loss-load cycle

The ordinates of the loss-load cycle acc. to standard IEC 60853-2 are the squared value of the cyclic load $I_{c_i}$ at hour $i$ from the given load profile divided by the highest current $I_{c_{max}}$ during the given load profile.

Formulas
$\left(\frac{I_{c,i}}{I_{c,max}}\right)^2$
p.u.
$Y_K$Factor $Y_K$

Factor $Y_K$ for the calculation of the screening factor for three-core cables.

Formulas
$\frac{t_1}{d_c}$round conductors
$\frac{t_1}{d_x}$sector-shaped conductors
$y_p$Proximity effect factor conductor

Proximity effect is the tendency for current to flow along one side of a conductor due to interaction of the magnetic fields of the current in the conductor considered and the currents in adjacent conductors.

The formulae are accurate providing $x_p$ does not exceed 2.8, and therefore applies to the majority of practical cases.

Formulas
$0$1 single-core cable
$\frac{2.9{x_p}^4}{192+0.8{x_p}^4} \left(\frac{d_c}{s_c}\right)^2$two-core cables & 2 single-core cables
$\frac{2.9{x_p}^4}{192+0.8{x_p}^4} \left(\frac{d_x}{s_c}\right)^2$two-core cables, sector-shaped conductors
$\frac{{x_p}^4}{192+0.8{x_p}^4} \left(\frac{d_c}{s_c}\right)^2 \left(0.312\left(\frac{d_c}{s_c}\right)^2+\frac{1.18}{\frac{{x_p}^4}{192+0.8{x_p}^4}+0.27}\right)$three-core cables & 3 single-core cables
$\frac{\frac{2}{3} {x_p}^4}{192+0.8{x_p}^4} \left(\frac{d_x}{s_c}\right)^2 \left(0.312\left(\frac{d_x}{s_c}\right)^2+\frac{1.18}{\frac{{x_p}^4}{192+0.8{x_p}^4}+0.27}\right)$three-core cables, sector-shaped conductors
$Y_p$Constant Y for air-filled pipe with objects

According IEC 60287-2-1 Ed.3.0 (2023)

Choices
MaterialValue
Plast0.0037
Metal0.011
Cem0.011
Ot0.0037
$y_s$Skin effect factor conductor

Skin effect is the name given to the tendency for current to flow predominantly in the periphery of a conductor due to the internal magnetic field in the conductor.

In the absence of alternative formulae, it is recommended that the formulae should be used for sector and oval-shaped conductors.

Formulas
$\frac{{x_s}^4}{192+0.8{x_s}^4}$$x_s<=2.8$
$0.354x_s-0.733$$x_s>3.8$
$0.0563{x_s}^2-0.0177x_s-0.136$otherwise
$Y_{sa}$Admittance shield - armour

Refer to 'Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables', F.F. da Silva, C.L. Bak (2013)

The conductance $G$ is normally considered zero

Formulas
$j \omega C_{sa}$
S/m
$Y_{sg}$Admittance shield - ground

Refer to

'Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables', F.F. da Silva, C.L. Bak (2013)

Formulas
$j \omega C_{sg}$
S/m
$Y_{spf}$Constant Y pipe-type cables

According IEC 60287-2-1 Ed.3.0 (2023)

Choices
MaterialValue
N20.0021
Oil0.0026
$y_t$Bottom trough (inside)

The vertical position of the trough is defined by the y-coordinate to the bottom of the backfill area.

m
Z$Z$Impedance matrix

Refer to

$\Omega$/m
$Z_1$Positive sequence impedance

Impedance, or positive sequence impedance, is the opposition to alternating current presented by the combined effect of resistance and reactance in a circuit. Quantitatively, the impedance of a two-terminal circuit element is the ratio of the complex representation of the sinusoidal voltage between its terminals, to the complex representation of the current flowing through it, it possesses both magnitude and phase, unlike resistance, which has only magnitude. The notion of impedance is useful for performing AC analysis of electrical networks, because it allows relating sinusoidal voltages and currents by a simple linear law. In multiple port networks, the complex voltages at the ports and the currents flowing through them are linearly related by the impedance matrix.

For cables, the negative sequence impedance is equal to the positive sequence impedance.

For subsea armoured three-core cables, the three screens are assumed to be solidly bonded to the armour at least at both ends.

The equations are based on the CIGRE TB 531 for symmetric systems without earth return path.

Formulas
$R_1+j X_1$
$\Omega$/m
$Z_2$Negative sequence impedance

For cables, the negative sequence impedance is equal to the positive sequence impedance.

$\Omega$/m
$Z_a$Self impedance of phase conductor with earth return

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.4

Formulas
$R_E+R_c+j X_a$
$\Omega$/m
$Z_{as}$Impedance at transition overhead line to underground cable

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.4.2

Formulas
$Z_{sky} L_{link}+\frac{\sqrt{\left(Z_{sky} L_{link}\right)^2+4R_r Z_{sky} L_{link}}}{2}$exact
$\sqrt{R_r Z_{sky} L_{link}}$approximation
$\Omega$/m
$Z_{bs}$Installation constant Z

The installation constant Z for black surfaces of objects in free air is according to IEC 60287-2-1.

$Z_c$Mutual inductance between middle and outer cables in flat formation with earth return

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.8

Formulas
$R_E+j X_c$
$\Omega$/m
$Z_C$Surge impedance

telegrapher equation

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{Z_1}{Y_1}}$
$\Omega$
$z_c$Factor z to calculate skin effect coefficients for conductor
Formulas
$\frac{\mu_0 f \gamma_c}{\left(1-\frac{\gamma_c}{2}\right) R_{cDC}}$
$Z_{ch}$Surge impedance

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.5

The characteristic impedance or surge impedance of a uniform transmission line is the ratio of the amplitudes of voltage and current of a single wave propagating along the line. It is a function of primary constants of the line and operating frequency.

For well-functioning transmission lines, with either $R$ and $G$ both very small, or with $\omega$ very high, or all of the above, the characteristic impedance is typically very close to being a real number which means the line is considered lossless.

Formulas
$\sqrt{\frac{\mathcal{Z}_{int}}{Y_{cs}}}$Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.5
$\sqrt{\frac{L_m}{C_b}}$Lossless line
$\Omega$
$Z_{ct}$Self impedance earth continuity conductor

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.9

Formulas
$R_E+R_{ct}+j \omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_E}{r_g}\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$Z_d$Positive sequence impedance

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.4.3

Definition for three-core cables with armour was specifically for submarine armoured three-core cables, with individual separate metal screens.

For cables, the negative sequence impedance is equal to the positive sequence impedance.

Formulas
$Z_a-Z_x-\frac{\left(Z_m-Z_x\right)^2}{Z_s-Z_x}$single-core cables, both-side bonding
$Z_a-Z_x$single-core cables, single-point bonding
$Z_a-Z_x$single-core cables, cross-bonding
$Z_a-Z_x-\frac{\left(Z_m-Z_x\right)^2}{Z_s-Z_x}+R_c \lambda_2$three-core cables, with armour
$R_{cDC} \left(1+y_p+y_s+\lambda_1+\lambda_2+\lambda_3\right)+j X_d$pipe-type cables
$\Omega$/m
$z_{encl}$Factor z to calculate skin effect coefficients for enclosure
Formulas
$\frac{\mu_0 f \gamma_{encl}}{\left(1-\frac{\gamma_{encl}}{2}\right) R_{enclDC}}$
$z_h$Location of the heat source

Location of the heat source $h$ (z-coordinate) when several crossings are considered.

m
$Z_h$Zero-sequence impedance

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.4.3

Definition for three-core cables with armour was specifically for submarine armoured three-core cables, with individual separate metal screens. The impedances of pipe-type cable are generally determined using semi-empirical formulae based on laboratory measurements, performed by Neher in 1964. The theoretical approach is very difficult because of the non linear permeability and losses in the steel pipe. The accuracy of these formulae is quite questionable. In his paper, Neher points out a difference between the calculated and measured results within 19 % and 35 % for the zero-sequence resistance and reactance, respectively, on an example.

The parameter $X_{sp}$ is unknown. It was determined by Neher from curves, based upon experimental results.
An iterative process has to be performed since these impedances depend on the magnitude of the zero sequence current.

Formulas
$Z_a+2Z_x-\left(Z_m-2Z_x\right) \frac{Z_m+2Z_x+\frac{3X_h}{L_{link}}}{Z_s+2Z_x+\frac{3R_h}{L_{link}}}$single-core cables, both-side bonding
$Z_a+2Z_x-3Z_{mt} \frac{Z_{mt}+\frac{X_h}{L_{link}}}{Z_{ct}+\frac{R_h}{L_{link}}}$single-core cables, single-point bonding
$Z_a+2Z_x-\left(Z_m-2Z_x\right) \frac{Z_m+2Z_x+\frac{3X_h}{L_{link}}}{Z_s+2Z_x+\frac{3R_h}{L_{link}}}$single-core cables, cross-bonding
$R_{cDC} \left(1+y_s\right)+j X_a+2Z_x-\frac{\left(Z_m+2Z_x\right)^2}{Z_s+2Z_x}$three-core cables, with armour
$R_{cDC} \left(1+y_s\right)+j X_{cp}+3\left(R_{sp}+j X_{sp}\right)$pipe-type cables
$\Omega$/m
$Z_{ij}$Mutual impedance between cables with earth return

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.7

This is the mutual impedance between the phase conductor or the metal screen of cable $i$ and the phase conductor or the metal screen of cable $j$, with $d_{ij} as the axial distance between these cables

Formulas
$R_E+j X_{ij}$
$\Omega$/m
$Z_K$Factor $Z_K$

Factor $Z_K$ for the calculation of the screening factor for three-core cables.

Formulas
$1.25Y_K-0.25$
$Z_{kp}$Impedance between cable k and p in ground

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

Formulas
$\frac{\omega \mu_0 \mu_E}{2\pi} \left(\ln\left(\frac{D_E}{d_{kp}}\right)-\frac{2}{3} m_E \left(L_{ck}+L_{cp}\right)\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$Z_L$Mutual inductance between outer cables in flat formation with earth return

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.8

Formulas
$R_E+j X_L$
$\Omega$/m
$Z_m$Mutual impedance between phase conductor and metal screen with earth return

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.6

The mutual reactance between the phase conductor and the metal sheath is equal to the sheath reactance $X_s$ when the conductor is concentric within the sheath.

Formulas
$R_E+j X_s$
$\Omega$/m
$z_{max}$Logitudinal thermal limit distance

Distance along the cable route from the hottest point where longitudinal heat flux is negligible.

The distance $z_{max}$ is a function of the longitudinal thermal resistance of the conductors, the separation between the cable and the heat source and the heat generated by the crossing source. In the example in Annex A of standard IEC 60287-3-3 a value of 5 m is used. We calculate over a longer distance which depends on the arrangement.

m
$Z_{mt}$Equivalent mutual impedance between earth continuity conductor and any cable

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.9

Formulas
$R_E+j \omega \frac{\mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_E}{GMD_t}\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$Z_{oig}$Mutual impedance between shields/sheaths of inner and outer cables with ground return

Definition according to IEEE 575-2014 Annex E.1.4.3.2

Formulas
$+j \omega 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{1}{S_m}\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$Z_{oog}$Mutual impedance between shields/sheaths of outer cables with ground return

Definition according to IEEE 575-2014 Annex E.1.4.3.2

Formulas
$+j \omega 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{1}{2S_m}\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$z_r$Location of the hottest point

Location of the hottest point on the route of the rated cable (z-coordinate) when several crossings are considered.

m
$Z_s$Self impedance of metal screen with earth return

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.5

Formulas
$R_E+R_s+j X_s$
$\Omega$/m
$Z_{sg}$Mutual impedance of shield/sheath with ground return

Definition according to IEEE 575-2014 Annex E.1.4.3.1

Formulas
$\mathcal{Z}_4$
$\Omega$/m
$Z_{sky}$Self impedance skywire
Formulas
$R_{sky}+j X_{sky}$
$\Omega$/m
$Z_{ss}$Self impedance of the shield/sheath with ground return

Definition according to IEEE 575-2014 Annex E.1.4.3.1

Formulas
$+j \omega 2{\cdot}{10}^{-7} \ln\left(\frac{2}{d}\right)$
$\Omega$/m
$Z_x$Equivalent mutual impedance between cables with earth return

Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.3.8

Formulas
$R_E+j X_{ap}$general case
$\frac{2Z_c+Z_L}{3}$flat formation, without transposition
$\Omega$/m
$\zeta_{ab}$Density armour bedding material

Default
0.93

Formulas
$\frac{\zeta_{ab,1} t_{ab,1}+\zeta_{ab,2} t_{ab,2}}{t_{ab}}$
g/cm$^3$
$\zeta_{ar}$Density armour material
Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu8.94engineeringtoolbox.com
Al2.712engineeringtoolbox.com
Brz8.91Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen in der Technik
CuZn8.55engineeringtoolbox.com
S7.85engineeringtoolbox.com
SS7.48engineeringtoolbox.com
g/cm$^3$
$\zeta_c$Density conductor material
Choices
MaterialValueReference
Cu8.94engineeringtoolbox.com
Al2.712engineeringtoolbox.com
AL32.7Manufacturer
Brz8.91Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen in der Technik
CuZn8.55engineeringtoolbox.com
Ni7.135engineeringtoolbox.com
SS7.48engineeringtoolbox.com
g/cm$^3$
$\zeta_{er}$Radiation shape factor touching cables
Formulas
$\left(2-\frac{2\pi-4}{4\pi}\right) \epsilon_e$2 cables
$\frac{3}{1-\frac{6\pi A_e \epsilon_e \eta_{di}}{\epsilon_{di} A_{di}}}$3 cables, Anders1997
$\frac{3}{1-6\pi \eta_e}$3 cables, Anders1995
$\frac{N_c D_o}{D_{di}} \frac{1}{1-\frac{\pi N_c D_o}{D_{di}} \frac{\epsilon_e}{\epsilon_{di}} \left(N_c-1\right) \left(1-\epsilon_{di}\right)}$n cables, Weely1998
$\zeta_f$Density filler materialg/cm$^3$
$\zeta_i$Density insulation material

Default
0.93

g/cm$^3$
$\zeta_j$Density jacket material

Density of jacket material.

Default
0.93

g/cm$^3$
$\zeta_M$Density cable material

The density is used to calculate the mass of the cable which is used for cable pulling calculations.

Sources:

  • Metallic materials: engineeringtoolbox.com
  • Insulation materials: myelectrical.com (mean value)
  • Polyolefin insulation materials: lyondellbasell.com
  • High and extra-high temperature insulation materials EVA, SiR and ETFE, FEP, PTFE and PFA: Leoni LEOMER 'Insulation material properties'
  • PPLP: contains paper (0.85), PP (0.91) and oil/rosin (1.05) in case of mass impregnated HVDC cables so the value is expected to be around 0.9. In case of HVAC PPLP cables, which is not common anymore, mineral oil (0.88) is used and the value will be lower.
  • Compounded Jute: matbase.com
  • Butyl rubber: matbase.com
  • CR: kugelpompel.at
  • Silyl Terminated Polyether: buildside.com
  • Mass/Oil impregnated paper: acc. the book 'High Voltage Engineering' by F. Rizk (2014)
    the insulation is made of kraft paper with 0.75 g/cm$^3$ and contains about 50% of the volume impregnating fluid. For oil impregnated (SCOF) cables mineral oil with 0.88 g/cm$^3$ is used and for mass impregnated oil/rosin with higher viscosity and 1.05 g/cm$^3$ is used.
  • PVC/Bitumen tapes: mean value between the density of bitumen with 1.06 g/cm$^3$ taken from benzeneinternational.com and PVC
  • Water-blocking tapes: scapa.com (mean value)
  • Paper: CIGRE TB 720 'Fire issues for insulated cables in air'
  • Aldrey (AL3): Value is taken from EN 50183 (2000).

  • Bronze: Cu with up to 3% alloy of Mg (0.1 to 0.5%), Cd and Zn is used which is called 'Leitbronze' acc. to the book 'Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen in der Technik' by K. Dies (1967)
  • Choices
    IdValueReference
    PVC1.4
    PE0.930.919-0.940
    sPVC1.4≈PVC
    sPE0.93≈PE
    LDPE0.9190.919-0.925
    MDPE0.9260.926-0.940
    HDPE0.9410.941-0.970
    XLPE0.923
    XLPEf0.93
    PP0.91
    PPLP0.950/50% paper/PP, paper 50% soaked oil/rosin
    PUR1.17
    PS1.05
    PA1.06
    TPEE1.17
    STPe1.56
    TPEO0.96
    POC1.4
    PVDF1.7
    ETFE1.7
    EVA1.250.955-1.40
    XHF1.372
    HFS1.425
    FPE0.65
    FEP2.14
    PET1.31
    PFA2.15
    PTFE2.15
    HFFR1.55
    FRNC1.56
    NR1.6
    EPR1.42
    EPDM1.42≈EPR
    CR1.36kugelpompel.at
    CSM1.45
    IIR1.251.15-1.35
    PIB0.92
    OilP1.28paper 50% soaked with mineral oil (0.88)
    Mass1.19paper 50% soaked with oil/rosin (1.05)
    CJ1.2860% jute + 40% PP
    RSP1.1
    BIT1.2
    tape0.34
    SiR1.25
    fPOC0.9870% of POC
    fPP0.6470% of PP
    fPE0.6570% of PE
    fPVC0.9870% of PVC
    PRod0.4
    PTube0.7
    OilD1.28assuming similar to oil impregnated paper
    Jute1.53
    TY1.45
    CW1.37
    Paper0.850.8-0.9
    Air0.00115at 35°C
    Cu8.94
    Al2.712
    AL32.7
    ENAW60602.7
    Pb11.34
    Brz8.91
    CuSn8.8
    CuZn8.55
    Fe7.87
    S7.85
    SS7.48
    Zn7.135
    Ni8.908
    g/cm$^3$
    $\zeta_{sc}$Density metallic screen material

    Density of metallic screen material.

    Choices
    MaterialValueReference
    Cu8.94engineeringtoolbox.com
    Al2.712engineeringtoolbox.com
    AL32.7Manufacturer
    Brz8.91Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen in der Technik
    CuZn8.55engineeringtoolbox.com
    S7.85engineeringtoolbox.com
    SS7.48engineeringtoolbox.com
    Zn7.135engineeringtoolbox.com
    g/cm$^3$
    $\zeta_{sh}$Density sheath material
    Choices
    MaterialValueReference
    Cu8.94engineeringtoolbox.com
    Al2.712engineeringtoolbox.com
    Pb11.34engineeringtoolbox.com
    Brz8.91Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen in der Technik
    S7.85engineeringtoolbox.com
    SS7.48engineeringtoolbox.com
    Zn7.135engineeringtoolbox.com
    g/cm$^3$
    $\zeta_{shj}$Density of jacket material over each core

    Default
    0.93

    g/cm$^3$
    $\zeta_{soil}$Density soil material

    The soil density is used to calculate the thermal capacity of soil.

    The values are taken from engineeringtoolbox.com . A typical average value of the soil dry density for central European soil is 1400 kg/m$^3$.

    Choices
    Material
     
    Value
    kg/m$^3$

    lb/ft$^3$
    Dirt, loose dry122076
    Dirt, loose moist125078
    Clay, dry1600100
    Clay, wet1760110
    Gravel, dry1680105
    Gravel, wet2000125
    Limestone2560160
    Loam128080
    Mud, flowing1730108
    Mud, steady1840115
    Rock, well blastered2480155
    Sand, dry155597
    Sand, wet1905119
    Concrete3150197
    kg/m$^3$
    $\zeta_{sp}$Density steel pipe material

    Density of steel pipe material for pipe-type cables.

    g/cm$^3$
    $\zeta_{sw}$Density skid wire materialg/cm$^3$
    $\zeta_{tape}$Density tape material

    The density of tape material is used for conductor tapes, screen bedding and screen serving.

    g/cm$^3$
    $\zeta_w$Density water

    Fresh water and seawater have very different physical properties.

    • Seawater: Seawater is saline and the salt affects the density. The density of surface seawater ranges from about 1020 to 1029 kg/m$^3$, which is higher than the density of fresh water. The density depends on the temperature and salinity and it increases with depth and the water is stratified all the way to the sea floor, although in >2000 m depth there is only a small increase. In the Atlantic Ocean, the density ranges from 1024 at the surface to 1028 kg/m$^3$ in a depth of >2000 m.
    • Freshwater: As the air temperature falls the temperature of the water at the surface of a freshwater lake decreases and its density changes. The maximum density is at 3.98°C. As a lake cools to this temperature in winter the surface waters will sink through convection and warmer water rises to the surface. With continued cooling this warmer surface water also becomes dense and sinks. As the surface water is being cooled the lake will become stratified. That is, the density will increase with depth to almost 1000 kg/m$^3$, and the deep water will have a temperature of 3.98°C. Imagine the convection continuing until all the water has reached 3.98°C. Eventually the surface layer of water will be cooled to the freezing point (0°C) and ice will form on the surface. The temperature structure throughout the lake will show three layers: a cold surface layer with 0°C, an intermediate layer and a warm deeper layer with 4°C. The Density structure is mirroring the shape: a surface layer with lower density of 999.85 kg/m$^3$, an intermediate layer and a a deeper layer with higher density of 999.97 kg/m$^3$.

    Sources:

    • Information about sea- and fresh water is taken from OpenLearn .
    • Values for fresh water are taken from the engineering toolbox .

    The calculation uses a value of 1025 kg/m$^3$ for seawater (and 1000 kg/m$^3$ for fresh water).

    Choices
    Water0.01°C4°C10°C15°C20°C25°C30°C
    Fresh water999.85999.97999.7999.1999.21997.05995.65
    kg/m$^3$
    $\mathcal{Z}_1$Impedance conductor outer surface

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

    Formulas
    $\frac{m_{z,c} \rho_c}{2\pi r_{z1}} \operatorname{coth}\left(0.777m_{z,c} r_{z1}\right)+\frac{0.356\rho_c}{\pi {r_{z1}}^2}$hyperbolic function
    $\frac{m_{z,c} \rho_c}{2\pi r_{z1}} \frac{\operatorname{i0}\left(m_{z,c} r_{z1}\right)}{\operatorname{i1}\left(m_{z,c} r_{z1}\right)}$Bessel function
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_2$Impedance insulation conductor—screen

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

    Formulas
    $\frac{j \omega \mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{r_{z2}}{r_{z1}}\right)$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_3$Impedance shield inner surface

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

    Formulas
    $\mathcal{Z}_{3,sc}$screen
    $\mathcal{Z}_{3,sh}$sheath
    $\mathcal{Z}_{3,sc}-\frac{{\mathcal{Z}_{4,sc}}^2}{\mathcal{Z}_{5,sc}+\mathcal{Z}_6+\mathcal{Z}_{3,sh}}$composite screen and sheath
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{34}$Impedance insulation shield—armour

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1 ($z_6$)

    Formulas
    $\frac{j \omega \mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{r_{z4}}{r_{z3}}\right)$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{3,s}$Impedance shield inner surface

    Refer to 'Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables', F.F. da Silva, C.L. Bak (2013)

    Formulas
    $\frac{m_{z,s} \rho_s}{2\pi r_{z2,sc}} \operatorname{coth}\left(m_{z,s} \left(r_{z3,sh}-r_{z2,sc}\right)\right)-\frac{\rho_s}{2\pi r_{z2,sc} \left(r_{z2,sc}+r_{z3,sh}\right)}$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{3,sc}$Impedance screen inner surface

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.2.5 composite screen and sheath ($z_3$)

    Formulas
    $\frac{m_{z,sc} \rho_{sc}}{2\pi r_{z2,sc}} \operatorname{coth}\left(m_{z,sc} \left(r_{z3,sc}-r_{z2,sc}\right)\right)-\frac{\rho_{sc}}{2\pi r_{z2,sc} \left(r_{z2,sc}+r_{z3,sc}\right)}$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{3,sh}$Impedance sheath inner surface

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.2.5 composite screen and sheath ($z_7$)

    Formulas
    $\frac{m_{z,sh} \rho_{sh}}{2\pi r_{z2,sh}} \operatorname{coth}\left(m_{z,sh} \left(r_{z3,sh}-r_{z2,sh}\right)\right)-\frac{\rho_{sh}}{2\pi r_{z2,sh} \left(r_{z2,sh}+r_{z3,sh}\right)}$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_4$Mutual impedance shield

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

    Formulas
    $\mathcal{Z}_{4,sc}$screen
    $\mathcal{Z}_{4,sh}$sheath
    $\frac{\mathcal{Z}_{4,sc} \mathcal{Z}_{4,sh}}{\mathcal{Z}_{5,sc}+\mathcal{Z}_6+\mathcal{Z}_{3,sh}}$composite screen and sheath
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{4,s}$Mutual impedance shieldRefer to 'Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables', F.F. da Silva, C.L. Bak (2013)

    Formulas
    $\frac{m_{z,s} \rho_s}{\pi \left(r_{z2,sc}+r_{z3,sh}\right)} \frac{1}{sinh\left(m_{z,sc} \left(r_{z3,sh}-r_{z2,sc}\right)\right)}$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{4,sc}$Mutual impedance screen

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.2.5 composite screen and sheath ($z_4$)

    Formulas
    $\frac{m_{z,sc} \rho_{sc}}{\pi \left(r_{z2,sc}+r_{z3,sc}\right)} \frac{1}{sinh\left(m_{z,sc} \left(r_{z3,sc}-r_{z2,sc}\right)\right)}$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{4,sh}$Mutual impedance sheath

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.2.5 composite screen and sheath ($z_8$)

    Formulas
    $\frac{m_{z,sh} \rho_{sh}}{\pi \left(r_{z2,sh}+r_{z3,sh}\right)} \frac{1}{sinh\left(m_{z,sh} \left(r_{z3,sh}-r_{z2,sh}\right)\right)}$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_5$Impedance shield outer surface

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

    Formulas
    $\mathcal{Z}_{5,sc}$screen
    $\mathcal{Z}_{5,sh}$sheath
    $\mathcal{Z}_{5,sh}-\frac{{\mathcal{Z}_{4,sh}}^2}{\mathcal{Z}_{5,sc}+\mathcal{Z}_6+\mathcal{Z}_{3,sh}}$composite screen and sheath
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{56}$Impedance jacket

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

    Formulas
    $\frac{j \omega \mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{r_{z6}}{r_{z5}}\right)$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{5,s}$Impedance shield outer surface

    Refer to 'Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables', F.F. da Silva, C.L. Bak (2013)

    Formulas
    $\frac{m_{z,s} \rho_s}{2\pi r_{z3,sh}} \operatorname{coth}\left(m_{z,s} \left(r_{z3,sh}-r_{z2,sc}\right)\right)-\frac{\rho_s}{2\pi r_{z3,sh} \left(r_{z2,sc}+r_{z3,sh}\right)}$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{5,sc}$Impedance screen outer surface

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.2.5 composite screen and sheath ($z_5$)

    Formulas
    $\frac{m_{z,sc} \rho_{sc}}{2\pi r_{z3,sc}} \operatorname{coth}\left(m_{z,sc} \left(r_{z3,sc}-r_{z2,sc}\right)\right)-\frac{\rho_{sc}}{2\pi r_{z3,sc} \left(r_{z2,sc}+r_{z3,sc}\right)}$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{5,sh}$Impedance sheath outer surface

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.2.5 composite screen and sheath ($z_9$)

    Formulas
    $\frac{m_{z,sh} \rho_{sh}}{2\pi r_{z3,sh}} \operatorname{coth}\left(m_{z,sh} \left(r_{z3,sh}-r_{z2,sh}\right)\right)-\frac{\rho_{sh}}{2\pi r_{z3,sh} \left(r_{z2,sh}+r_{z3,sh}\right)}$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_6$Impedance insulation screen—sheath

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.2.5 composite screen and sheath

    Formulas
    $\frac{j \omega \mu_0}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{r_{z2,sh}}{r_{z3,sc}}\right)$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{cc}$Impedance conductor

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

    Formulas
    $\mathcal{Z}_1+\mathcal{Z}_2+\mathcal{Z}_3+\mathcal{Z}_{ss}-2\mathcal{Z}_4$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{cs}$Impedance conductor—screen

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

    Formulas
    $\mathcal{Z}_{ss}-\mathcal{Z}_4$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_g$Impedance earth return in ground

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1, 4.2.2.8

    Refer to 'Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables', F.F. da Silva, C.L. Bak (2013)

    Formulas
    $\frac{j \omega \mu_E}{2\pi} \left(\ln\left(\frac{D_E}{r_{z4}}\right)-\frac{4}{3} m_{z,e} L_{cm}\right)$CIGRE 531, 4.2.1
    $\frac{\omega \mu_E}{8}+j \frac{\omega \mu_E}{2\pi} \ln\left(\frac{D_E}{r_{z4}}\right)$CIGRE 531, 4.2.2.8
    $\frac{\rho_E {m_{z,e}}^2}{2\pi} \left(\operatorname{kv}\left(0, m_{z,e} r_{z4}\right)+\frac{2}{4+{m_{z,e}}^2 {r_{z4}}^2} e^{-2L_{cm} m_{z,e}}\right)$da Silva
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{gm}$Impedance mutual earth return in ground

    Refer to 'Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables', F.F. da Silva, C.L. Bak (2013)

    Formulas
    $\frac{\rho_E {m_{z,e}}^2}{2\pi} \left(\operatorname{kv}\left(0, m_{z,e} S_m\right)+\frac{2}{4+{m_{z,e}}^2 {S_m}^2} e^{-2L_{cm} m_{z,e}}\right)$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{int}$Impedance cable, internal

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

    Formulas
    $\mathcal{Z}_1+\mathcal{Z}_2+\mathcal{Z}_3$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{os}$Impedance outersheath

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

    Formulas
    $\mathcal{Z}_{34}$without armour
    $\mathcal{Z}_{56}$with armour
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{pin}$Impedance armour inner surface

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

    Formulas
    $\frac{m_{z,ar} \rho_{ar}}{2\pi r_{z4}} \operatorname{coth}\left(m_{z,ar} \left(r_{z5}-r_{z4}\right)\right)-\frac{\rho_{ar}}{2\pi r_{z4} \left(r_{z4}+r_{z5}\right)}$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{pmut}$Mutual impedance armour

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

    Formulas
    $\frac{m_{z,ar} \rho_{ar}}{\pi \left(r_{z4}+r_{z5}\right)} \frac{1}{sinh\left(m_{z,ar} \left(r_{z5}-r_{z4}\right)\right)}$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{pout}$Impedance armour outer surface

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

    Formulas
    $\frac{m_{z,ar} \rho_{ar}}{2\pi r_{z5}} \operatorname{coth}\left(m_{z,ar} \left(r_{z5}-r_{z4}\right)\right)-\frac{\rho_{ar}}{2\pi r_{z5} \left(r_{z4}+r_{z5}\right)}$
    $\Omega$/m
    $\mathcal{Z}_{ss}$Impedance cable, external

    Definition according to CIGRE TB 531 chap. 4.2.1

    Formulas
    $\mathcal{Z}_5+\mathcal{Z}_{os}+\mathcal{Z}_g$
    $\Omega$/m